Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
Corporate Headquarters
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC.
102 Indiana Highway 212,
P.O. Box 373
Michigan City, IN 46361, U.S.A.
PHONE
219/879-8000
FAX
219/872-9057
United Kingdom
DWYER INSTRUMENTS LTD
Unit 16, The Wye Estate, London Road
High Wycombe, Bucks HP11 1LH-U.K.
PHONE
(+44) (0) 1494 461707
FAX
(+44) (0) 1494 465102
Australia
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, PTY. LTD.
Unit 1, 11 Waverley Drive
Unanderra, NSW 2526 Australia
PHONE
(+61) (0) 2 4272 2055
FAX
(+61) (0) 2 4272 4055
INTERNATIONAL CUSTOMERS
Dwyer has local distributors in over 50 countries. Contact the office of your country or contact the corporate headquarters to find your
local distributor.You can also go to our website at the following address to be contacted by your local distributor:
http://www.dwyer-inst.com/Distributors/DistContactInfo.cfm.
PHONE
In the U.S. call toll free:
800/872-9141
Outside the U.S. call:
219/879-8000
FAX
219/872-9057
EMAIL
orders@dwyer-inst.com
WEBSITE
www.dwyer-inst.com
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
tech@dwyer-inst.com
LITERATURE REQUESTS
lit@dwyer-inst.com
QUOTATION/BID REQUESTS
quotes@dwyer-inst.com
GENERAL INFORMATION
info@dwyer-inst.com
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 I
Dwyer Instruments, Inc. produces a broad range of competitively priced precision instruments for measuring,
transmitting and controlling pressure, temperature, level and flow.
Many of these instruments are widely known by their individual brand names, such as Magnehelic
and
Spirahelic
switch/gages, Rate-Master
, Mini-Master
and Visi-Float
flowmeters,
Slack Tube
and Flex-Tube
pressure switches.
Other established Dwyer brands, including Flotect
valves, Self-Tune
temperature controllers and Iso Verter
Digital Differential
Pressure and Air Flow Gage
Air velocity or air flow operation
24 Volt, battery powered or
battery as back-up
Fits Magnehelic
gage cut-out
page 12
SERIES EDPS
H.V.A.C. Differential
Pressure Switch
Approved to standard UL-508
Housing materials UL94 V0 rated
Field-adjustable set-point knob
page 29
SERIES BYDS
Bypass Damper Switch
Solid state differential pressure control
of motorized by-pass dampers
Solid state operation can handle the
high cycle rates of by-pass damper
actuation
Solid state output prolongs life of
switch and motor
Field adjustable set-point knob
page 30
SERIES CMT
Carbon Monoxide Transmitter
Models for wall or duct installations
High accuracy electrochemical sensor
Internal display standard on all models
page 146
NEW! PRODUCTS
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 IX
SERIES 628CR
Pressure Transmitter
Robust ceramic sensor
Compact design
1% F.S. accuracy
page 104
SERIES 3100
Explosion-proof Differential
Pressure Transmitter
Completely configurable using
zero/span buttons
(no calibrator required)
Rangeability (100:1)
High accuracy (0.075%)
Automatic ambient temperature
compensation
Fail-mode process function
page 56
SERIES 3200
Explosion-proof
Pressure Transmitter
Completely configurable using
zero/span buttons
(no calibrator required)
Rangeability (100:1)
High accuracy (0.075%)
Automatic ambient temperature
compensation
Fail-mode process function
page 111
SERIES SVT
Solenoid Valve Enclosure
with Timer
Timer and solenoids in one
enclosure
90 to 240 VAC power supply
Adjustable on-time and off-time
settings
Downtime cleaning
page 398
NEW! PRODUCTS
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
X
SERIES TE
Temperature Sensors
Available in duct or immersion
configurations
Integral terminal block
Optional enclosure with
multiple conduit knock outs
page 302-303 SERIES TS3
Temperature Switch
Field selectable
engineering units
Intelligent defrost
Real time clock with
HACCP alarm monitoring
page 276
SERIES V7
Flotect
Vane Operated
Flow Switch
Magnetic linkage with no mechanical
linkages or seals to wear or break
Rated to 250 psi and 250F and is
UL353 approved making it perfect for
boiler use
Weatherproof enclosure standard
page 202
SERIES PFT
Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
Insertion style with one model
that fits 1/2 to 40 pipe
Non-magnetic sensor
technology so no concern
with magnetic material in the flow
Weatherproof and submersible
rated for irrigation applications
page 220
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879-8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494-461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 XI
N
E
W
!
P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S
Model A-286
Magnehelic
Gage
Panel Mounting Flange
Flange for Panel Mounting
4-1/2 Diameter Gages
page 6
Series PTGD
Differential Pressure
Piston-Type Gage
Excellent Accuracy and
Over-Pressure Ratings
page 13
Series SGC2
Spiral Tube Pressure Gage
Compact Size, 1 Dial
page 62
Series DPGAB & DPGWB
Digital Pressure Gage
with Rubber Boot
0.5% Full Scale Accuracy,
Selectable Engineering Units
page 85
Model 670
Fume Hood Monitor
Ensures Proper Fume
Hood Performance
page 131
Model RHRS
Outside Air Humidity
Radiation Shield
6 Plate Design,
Integral Pipe Mounting Kit
page 140
Series WHP
Wireless Humidity/Temperature
Sensors
Transmits up to 100 Feet,
Battery Operated
page 141
Wireless Temperature/Humidity
Product Accessories
Accessories To Be Used
With WTP & WHP
page 142-143
Model OSC-200
Omnidirectional Occupancy Sensor
300 Detection Pattern, Energy Efficient
page 148
Model OSW-100
Wall Mount Occupancy Sensor
Wide Viewing Angle, Easy Install
page 148
Model WTI-100
Wall Plate Digital LCD
Temperature Indicator
Battery Operated, Less Than 1 Deep
page 254
Model 4V-3
1/4 DIN Valve
Temperature Controller
Valve Position Feedback,
RS-485 Communications
page 265
XI_NewProducts.P:Layout 2 2/15/11 3:02 PM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
XII
N
E
W
!
P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S
Series SCD-8
Multi-Loop DIN Rail Mount
Temperature Controller
Up to 8 Control Loops,
Optional Display
page 270
Series 40T
Digital Thermocouple/RTD
Temperature Switch
3 1/2 Digit Display,
Programming Configuration Key
page 275
Series TSX3
Digital Refrigeration
Temperature Switch
Intelligent Defrost,
HACCP Alarm Logging
page 276
Series TE-W
Wall Mount Temperature Sensor
Discrete Wall Mount Housing
page 304
Series WTP-W
Wireless Wall Mount
Temperature Sensors
Transmits up to 100 Feet,
with Manual Override
page 304
Series WTP-R
Wireless Remote Probe
Temperature Sensors
Transmits up to 100 Feet,
Up to 25 Capillary
page 305
Series WTP
Wireless Temperature Sensors
Transmits up to 100 Feet,
NEMA 4X Enclosure
page 306
Series WD2
Water Leak Detector
Visual & Audible Alarm,
Drain Pan Level Switch
page 319
Model FD
Fluidizer Disk
Self Cleaning
page 357
Model MFD
Micro Fluidizer Disk
Compact Design
page 357
Series EBV
Electric Bin Vibrator
Adjustable Vibration Intensity
page 362
Series EMR
Electromechanical Relay
30 Amp, SPDT and DPDT Operation
page 383
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 XIII
N
E
W
!
P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S
Model BPS-015
Low Cost DC Power Supply
1.5A, Fuse Protection
page 391
Model CBAS
Belt Alignment Switch
Adjustable Activation Angles,
Two Micro Switches
page 404
Model CPS
Cable Pull Switch
For Emergency or Normal Shut Off
page 404
Series DLP
Pressure/Temperature Data Logger
1/4 NPT Fitting, Up to 5000 PSIA
page 409
Series ISDL
Temperature/Humidity
Data Logger
Submersible, Measures Humidity
and Temperature
page 413
Model AFH2
Air Flow Hood
Measures Volumetric Flow Rate with
Highly Accurate Digital Manometer
page 438
Model 89088
Pocket Wind Meter
Measures Wind Speed,
Wind Chill and Temperature
page 440
Model 1207A
Handheld Flue Gas
Combustion Analyzer
Rotary Dial Selection, Display 4
Parameters Simultaneously
page 455
Model LPTK
Gas Pressure Test Kit
Convenient Kit Perfect For Testing
LP and Natural Gas Controls
page 456
Series TAC3
Pocket Tachometer
Multi Function, NIST Certified
page 464
Model TNV
PTFE Needle Valve
All PTFE and PCTFE Wetted Parts
page 477
Series PGV
Compact Plug Valve
One Piece Body,
Low Operating Torque
page 482
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
XIV
N
E
W
!
P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S
Series MSV
Compact Two Way Ball Valve
Blowout Proof Ball & Stem
page 483
Series SMV
Mini Stainless Steel Ball Valve
Economical, Compact
page 484
Series SVB
Stainless Steel V-Ball Valve
Control Valve,
ISO 5211 Mounting Pad
page 490
Series HBV
NI-Alloy C Ball Valve
Corrosion Resistant, Full Port
page 490
Series 3MSV
Compact 3-Way Ball Valve
3 Way Blow Out Proof Ball & Stem
page 491
Series ZV2
Two-Way Detachable Zone Valves
Floating or Modulating
page 517
Series 3ZV2
Three-Way Detachable Zone Valves
Floating or Modulating
page 517
Series VPI
Valve Position Indicator
Low Cost, Mechanical or
Proximity Limit Switches
page 530
Pneumatic Shut-Off Valves with
Quick-Connect Connection
page 546
Series A-1012
Stainless Steel Fitting Line
page 552
Stainless Steel
Static Pressure Tips
page 557
PRESSURE
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 1
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
pages 2 3
Differential Pressure Gages
pages 4 13
Differential Pressure
Gages/Switches, Digital
pages 14 18
Differential Pressure
Gages/Switches, Dial
pages 19 23
Differential Pressure
Switches
pages 27 39
Differential Pressure
Transmitters
pages 40 56
Single Pressure Gages,
Dial
pages 57 75, 77 82
Manometers, Stationary
pages 24 26
Single Pressure Gages,
Digital
pages 83 86
Single Pressure
Gages/Switches/Transmitters,
Digital
pages 87 89
Single Pressure Switches
pages 90 101
Single Pressure/Temperature
Gages
pages 75 76
Single Pressure Transmitters
pages 102 112
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
2
T
y
p
c
a
A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Differential pressure
gage assists
operator in
adjusting venturi
pressure drop in
dust scrubber.
Air Supply
Magnehelic
Gages
HI
LO
2
1
B
A
A zero-center Dwyer
Magnehelic
Magnehelic
Gage
Clean
Gas
Drain
Drop Legs
HI
LO
Dirty Gas
Water Supply
Nozzles
Venturi Slot
Gasoline vapor recovery system.
Some area pollution control agencies require that 90% or more of
gasoline vapor vented at service stations when fuel is dispensed
must be prevented from venting to atmosphere. Using a dual hose
dispenser, this vapor recovery system is a vacuum assist, vapor
burnoff type. The blower creates a low vacuum at the nozzle,
routing vapor from the automobile tank to underground storage
tanks. As uncondensed vapor pressure reaches 2 to 3 w.c.
pressure, a Dwyer 1950 Series explosion-proof differential
pressure switch activates a rooftop burnoff unit, which ignites
excess vapor. The Magnehelic
Gage
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 3
T
y
p
c
a
A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
This portable pressure monitor alarm utilizes a Dwyer
Mini-
Photohelic
Photohelic
differential pressure
switch/gage serves as an automatic and readily adjustable
pressure control for the helium, argon or nitrogen gas used in the
system. The box is first evacuated, then pressurized with the
required gas. Therefore, a zero-center Photohelic
switch/gage is
used, permitting both pressure and vacuum to be read and
controlled by a single gage. Use of the low pressure gage
connection (rear chamber of gage) and a Buna-N diaphragm is
suggested to minimize leaks from or to the atmosphere.
Zero-center switch/gage controls the inert atmosphere
in glove box.
Glove
Box
LO
Solenoid
Valve
Pressure
Relief
Valve
Regulator
Gas Supply
Vent to
Atomosphere
in Safe Area
Photohelic
Switch Gage
Demand for compressed gas varies in this gas line. So a Mercoid
Series DA
Pressure Switch
Receiver
Pressurized
Gas Out
Compressor
Gas
Supply
Overpressure
Relief Valve
When using differential pressure transmitters in fluid applications,
it is essential to periodically make sure that there is no air in the
system, as this can cause erroneous readings. Unfortunately, the
necessary three-valve bleed system is often expensive and large,
making installation difficult and bulky. For this reason, Dwyer
Instruments, Inc. offers the 3V option on all 629 Wet/Wet
Differential Pressure Transmitters. This compact, lightweight, and
economical bleed manifold is shipped factory-installed on the 629,
eliminating the hassle of constructing a custom apparatus. The
629, when combined with the three-valve option, makes for an
ideal setup to monitor hydraulic filter clogging or other fluid
pressure sensing applications.
Three-valve manifold simplifies installation of wet/wet
differential pressure transmitter.
Series 629
Wet/Wet
Differential
Pressure
Transmitter
Liquid Flow
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
4
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Mounting
A single case size is used for most models of Magnehelic
gages ideal
for both stationary and portable applications. A 4-9/16 hole
is required for flush panel mounting. Complete mounting
and connection fittings plus instructions are furnished with
each instrument.
Vent Valves
In applications where pressure is continuous and the
Magnehelic
rr Magnehelic
gage
installations for applications such as clean rooms and mechanical equipment rooms. The A-
464 can also be used as an alternative means to flush mount Magnehelic
gages on control
panel enclosures. The space pressure reference port eliminates the need to drill separate
holes and run tubing long distances. Utilizing the A-464 for Magnehelic
gage installations
reduces installation time while also producing an aesthetically pleasing result.
Flush Mount Kit for Magnehelic
Gages
Ideal for Clean Rooms & Control Panels
Model
A-464
Magnehelic
Accessories
A-432 A-605
A-610
Flush ...Surface...or Pipe Mounted
A-464 Back View
Shown with A-465
Model A-464
Model A-432 Portable Kit
Combine carrying case with any Magnehelic
Gage
2.5% Accuracy, Dual Scale in SCFM & w.c.
The Venturi Flow Meter with Magnehelic
II gage
make it well-suited for a wide variety of OEM and user applications. OEM
applications include cabinet air purging, medical respiratory therapy
equipment, air samplers, laminar flow hoods, and electronic air cooling
systems. As an air filter gage, the Minihelic
gage are
not required.
PRESSURE CONNECTIONS
B A
LOW PRESSURE PORT
7/16 [11.11] HOLE IN
PANEL FOR SURFACE MOUNT
(2) 5/32 HOLES
IN PANEL FOR SURFACE
MOUNT
HIGH PRESSURE PORT
7/16 [11.11] HOLE IN
PANEL FOR SURFACE MOUNT 2-21/64 [59.18]
SURFACE
MOUNT HOLES
1
[25.40]
3-1/16
[77.79]
2-19/32
[65.88]
2-3/8
[60.33]
9/32
[7.14]
1-7/16
[36.51]
Minihelic
Pressure Gage has a large, easy-to-read 4" (102 mm) dial. Dimensions, Series 4000 Capsuhelic
Pressure Gages.
Flush mounted
in panel.
Back view shows flush
mounting adapters.
Back view for
surface mounting.
MOUNTING
Capsuhelic
gage shown on page 4. All standard models are calibrated for vertical
mounting. Gages with ranges above 5 in. w.c. can be factory calibrated for horizontal
or inclined mounting on special order.
Capsuhelic
gage movement.
Straightforward design assures maintenance-free performance
Series 4000 Capsuhelic
Gage
Scales reading directly in flow, heights, etc., are also available.
Bezel provides flange for flush mounting in panel.
O-ring seal for cover assures dust tight integrity of
case.
Clear plastic front cover is highly resistant to
breakage. Provides undistorted viewing of pointer
and scale.
Precision scale, screen printed on aluminum, is
accurate and easy to read.
Samarium cobalt magnet mounted at end of range
spring rotates helix without mechanical linkages.
Wishbone assembly provides mounting for helix,
helix bearings and pointer shaft.
Thin wall magnetic window is well braced and of
minimum area for maximum pressure capability.
Jeweled bearings for helix are shock resistant
mounted. They provide virtually friction free rotation
for helix. Rotation is damped with high viscosity
silicone fluid.
Helix is precision milled from an alloy of high
magnetic permeability, mounted in jeweled bearings,
and rotates to align with magnetic field of magnet
and transmit pressure indication to pointer.
Zero adjustment screw is conveniently located in
plastic cover, accessible without removing cover. O
ring seal provides dust seal.
Top low pressure connection (for Air or Gas)
connects to chamber in back of diaphragm. High
pressure air or gas port (cut away; not shown)
connects with chamber in front of diaphragm through
passageways in case.
Precision made case is offered in two materials.
Standard is die cast aluminum coated inside for
resistance to most oils and similar fluids. Optional
forged brass case is recommended when using water
or water based liquids. One case size for all pressure
ranges can be either surface or flush mounted.
Silicone rubber diaphragm with integrally molded O
ring is sealed between the case and backplate.
Diaphragm motion is restricted to prevent damage due
to over pressure.
Diaphragm support plate of stainless steel minimizes
position or attitude sensitivity.
Calibrated range spring is a flat leaf of nickel plated
spring steel. Small amplitude of motion assures
consistency and long life. It reacts to pressure on
diaphragm. Live length factory adjusted for calibration.
Bottom high pressure connection (for Liquids)
connects to chamber in front of diaphragm. Low
pressure liquid connection (not visible) connects with
chamber in back of diaphragm through
passageways in case.
Range spring calibration is set by custom
camlock. Rate adjust and rate adjust lock are
coaxial and are factory set and sealed.
Model
*4000-0
*4001
*4002
*4003
*4004
*4005
*4006
*4008
*4010
*4015
*4020
*4025
*4030
*4040
*4050
*4060
*4080
*4100
*4150
*4200
*4300
*4400
*4500
Model
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4210
4215
4220
4230S
4260S
42100S
42300S
Model
*4302
*4304
4310
4320
4330
Range,
Inches
of
Water
0 .50
0 1.0
0 2.0
0 3.0
0 4.0
0 5.0
0 6.0
0 8.0
0 10
0 15
0 20
0 25
0 30
0 40
0 50
0 60
0 80
0 100
0 150
0 200
0 300
0 400
0 500
Range
Zero Center
Inches of
Water
1 0 1
2 0 2
5 0 5
10 0 10
15 0 15
Range
PSID
0 1
0 2
0 3
0 4
0 5
0 10
0 15
0 20
0 30
0 60
0 100
0 300
ACCESSORIES
A-298, Flat Flush Mounting Bracket
A-309, 3 way Manifold Valve
A-314, Bleed Fitting
A-370, Mounting Bracket
A-471, Portable Kit
A-496, Flush Mount Bracket
A-610, Pipe Mount Kit
OPTIONS
Add Options as Suffix, Example 4001 ASF
ASF (Adjustable Signal Flag)
B (Brass Case)
Scale Overlays Red, Green, Mirrored or combination. Specify Locations
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
12
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
DM-1000
DigiMag
Gage Cut-Out
The Digi-Mag
Differential Pressure Gage. All models are factory calibrated to specific ranges
as listed in the chart below. The 4-digit LCD can display readings in common English and
metric units so conversions are not necessary. The simplified four button operation reduces
set up time and simplifies calibration with its digital push button zero and span.
The DigiMag
Digital Gages are more versatile than analog gages with their ability to be
field-programmed to select pressure, air velocity or flow operation depending on model.
The DigiMag
Digital Gages have an added feature for filter applications where a set point
can be input where the display will blink when the filter is dirty, alerting the user that a
maintenance action needs to occur.
Programming the Series DM-1000 is easy using the menu key to access 4 simplified menus
which provide access to depending on model: Security level; engineering units; K-factor for
use with various Pitot tubes and flow sensors, circular or rectangular duct size for
volumetric flow operation; filter set point; view peak and valley process readings; digital
damping for smoothing erratic process applications; display update to conserve battery life;
zero and span field calibration.
The Series DM-1000 DigiMag
PC 1604 or equivalent).
Battery Service Life: Battery life depending on the display update setting: 150
hours (typical) if display update = 1 second; 9 month (typical) if display update =
10 minutes; 1.5 years (typical) if display update is disabled. Battery may last up to
four times longer when using lithium based battery ULTRALIFE U9VL J.
Current Consumption: 5 mA maximum.
Electrical Connections: Removable terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG.
Electrical Entry: Cable gland for 0.114 to 0.250 (2.9 to 6.4 mm) diameter cable.
Process Connections: 1/8 (3 mm) I.D. tubing.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Weight: 1.18 lb (535 g).
Size: 5 (127 mm) O.D. front face.
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
DM-1102
DM-1103
DM-1104
DM-1105
DM-1107
DM-1108
DM-1109
DM-1110
DM-1111
DM-1112
(in w.c.)
0.250
0.500
1.000
2.000
5.000
10.00
15.00
25.00
50.00
100.0
psi
0.181
0.361
0.543
0.903
1.806
3.613
kPa
0.062
0.124
0.249
0.498
1.245
2.491
3.738
6.227
12.45
24.91
Pa
62.20
124.5
249.1
498.2
1245
2491
3738
6227
mbar
0.622
1.245
2.492
4.982
12.45
24.91
37.38
62.27
124.5
249.1
mm w.c.
6.35
12.70
25.40
50.80
127.0
254.0
381.0
635.0
1270
2540
in Hg
0.368
0.736
1.104
1.839
3.678
7.355
mm Hg
0.467
0.934
1.868
3.736
9.34
18.68
28.02
46.71
93.42
186.8
NEW PRODUCT!
% of FS
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
5.00
2.33
MENU
WAKE
DigiMag
E
Contact the factory for available bi directional ranges from 0.25 w.c. to 10 w.c.
Range
ACCESSORIES
A-299, Surface Mounting Braket
A-300, Flat Flush Mounting Braket
A-286, 4 1/2 Gage Panel Mounting Flange
A-310A, 3 Way Vent Valve
A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip
A-481, Installer kit. Includes 2 plastic static pressure tips
and 7 ft (2.1 m) of PVC tubing
Resolution
(in w.c.)
0.001
0.001
0.001
0.001
0.002
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.020
0.100
Note: For air flow models change 11XX to 12XX.
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 13
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series PTGD Differential Pressure Piston-Type Gage can be used
to measure the pressure drop across filters, strainers, pump performance
testing, and heat exchanger pressure drop monitoring. Its simple, rugged
design possesses weather and corrosion resistant gage front with a shatter
resistant lens. The Series PTGD contains a piston-sensing element which
provides different differential pressure ranges with full-scale accuracies of
2%. Constructed with aluminum or 316SS and available with two 1/4 female
NPT end connections, the Series PTGD provides over-range protection rated
to 3000 psig (200 bar) or 6000 psig (400 bar) depending on model. Standard
models come with in-line connections. Back or bottom connections are also
available.
Series
PTGD
Differential Pressure Piston-Type Gage
Excellent Accuracy and Over-Pressure Ratings
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Gage body: Aluminum or 316 SS; Piston: Aluminum or
316 SS; Spring: 302 SS; Seals: Buna N (standard); PTFE, Ceramic
magnet; Dial case: Nylon 6 30% glass filled gage case.
Window: Acrylic.
Accuracy: 2% FS ascending.
Temperature Limit: 176F (80C).
Pressure Limits: 3000 psi (206 bar) for aluminum body; 6000 psi (413
bar) for SS body.
Size: 2.5 (63 mm) or 4.5 (115 mm).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Process Connections: 1/4 female NPT end connections standard; 1/4
female NPT back or bottom connections available. All styles available
with 1/4 BSP.
Weight: Aluminum: 2.5 0.88 lb (399 g); 4.5 1.35 lb (612 g); Stainless
steel: 2.5 1.75 lb (794 g); 4.5 2.3 lb (1.04 kg).
1-9/32
[32.20]
1-4
[6.50]
6-7/32
[157.93]
1/4 NPT
BOTH ENDS
1-13/16
[46.00]
3 [76.00]
3-31/32
[101.00]
5-1/4
[133.30]
1-3/32 [28.10]
2-1/8
[54.00]
1 [25.20]
1/2 [12.60]
7-9/32
[32.20]
1-31/32
[50.00]
4X 3/16 [5.16]
EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 5-5/8 [142.85]
BOLT CIRCLE
5-9/32 [133.97]
PANEL CUTOUT
1-31/32
[50.00]
2X 1/4 UNC
1/2 [12.60]
1 [25.20]
1-7/8
[47.60]
7/8 [22.00]
3-31/32
[101.00]
3[76.00]
1-13/16
[46.00]
1/4 NPT
BOTH ENDS
4X 3/16 [5.16]
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
3-1/2 [88.90] BOLT CIRCLE
3-1/32 [76.99]
PANEL CUTOUT
HIGH LOW
HIGH LOW
3
[76.20]
3-3/32
[83.00]
Model
PTGD-AA01A
PTGD-AA02A
PTGD-AA03A
PTGD-AA04A
PTGD-AA05A
PTGD-AA06A
PTGD-AA07A
PTGD-AA08A
PTGD-AA09A
PTGD-AA10A
PTGD-AA11A
PTGD-AA12A
PTGD-SA01A
PTGD-SA02A
PTGD-SA03A
PTGD-SA04A
PTGD-SA05A
PTGD-SA06A
PTGD-SA07A
PTGD-SA08A
PTGD-SA09A
PTGD-SA10A
PTGD-SA11A
PTGD-SA12A
Description
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Aluminum
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
2.5 Stainless Steel
NEW PRODUCT!
OPTIONS
-V, FKM fluoroelastomer seals
-N, EPDM seals
-PY, Glycerine fill
-PF, Pointer follower
-RP, Reverse port
-SP1, 0.5A SPST with DIN plug
-SP2, 0.25A SPDT with DIN plug
Note: For 4.5 dial face, change AA to AC for Aluminum and
SA to SC for Stainless Steel
For back or bottom connections as well as female BSP threads,
contact the factory
Range
0 5 psid (0.25 bar)
0 10 psid (0.75 bar)
0 15 psid (1 bar)
0 20 psid (1.6 bar)
0 25 psid (1.6 bar)
0 30 psid (2 bar)
0 40 psid (3 bar)
0 50 psid (3.5 bar)
0 60 psid (4 bar)
0 80 psid (5.5 bar)
0 100 psid (7 bar)
0 150 psid (10 bar)
0 5 psid (0.25 bar)
0 10 psid (0.75 bar)
0 15 psid (1 bar)
0 20 psid (1.6 bar)
0 25 psid (1.6 bar)
0 30 psid (2 bar)
0 40 psid (3 bar)
0 50 psid (3.5 bar)
0 60 psid (4 bar)
0 80 psid (5.5 bar)
0 100 psid (7 bar)
0 150 psid (10 bar)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
14
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Digihelic
Controller in Photohelic
gage style
housing. Combining these 3 features allows the reduction of several instruments
with one product, saving inventory, installation time and money. The Digihelic
controller is the ideal instrument for pressure, velocity and flow applications,
achieving a 1% full scale accuracy on ranges down to the extremely low 0.25 w.c.
to 2.5 w.c. full scale. Ranges of 5 w.c. and greater maintain 0.5% F.S. accuracy.
Bi-directional ranges are also available.
The Series DH3 Digihelic
, Communications Software
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
16
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Digihelic
Controller is the only instrument you will need for all your pressure applications.
APPLICATIONS
Dust collection bag filters
SCFM flow in ducts
Air flow for industrial ovens
Filter status
Clean room pressure
Fume hood air flow
Pharmaceutical or bio medical glove box pressures
Static pressures in ducts or buildings
Damper control
Fan control
1-3/4
[44.45]
4-1/2
[114.30]
1/2
[12.70]
4-1/2
[114.30]
3-19/32
[91.28]
1-15/16
[49.21]
3-25/32
[96.04]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Housing Material: ABS plastic, UL approved 94 V 0.
Accuracy: 0.5% at 77F (25C) including hysteresis and repeatability.
Stability: < 1% per year.
Pressure Limits: Ranges 2.5 in. w.c. = 2 psi; 5: 5 psi; 10: 5 psi; 25:
5 psi; 50: 5 psi, 100: 9 psi.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Thermal Effects: 0.020%/F (0.036/C) from 77F (25C).
Power Requirements: High voltage power = 100 to 240 VAC, 50 to 400
Hz or 132 to 240 VDC. Low voltage power = 24 VDC 20%.
Power Consumption:
Low voltage power = 24 VDC 130 mA max;
High voltage power = 100 to 240 VAC, 132 to 240 VDC 7VA max.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC into 900 ohms max.
Zero & Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus.
Response Time: 250 ms.
Display: 4 digit LCD 0.4 height. LED indicators for set point and alarm
status.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminals.
Process Connections: Compression fitting for use with 1/8 ID X 1/4 OD
tubing (3.175 mm ID x 6.35 mm OD).
Enclosure Rating: Face designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in horizontal plane.
Size: 1/8 DIN.
Panel Cutout: 1.772 x 3.620 in (45 x 92 mm).
Weight: 14.4 oz (408 g).
Serial Communications: Modbus
Controllers RS 485
serial communication and connecting to virtually any PC.
Available Pressure Engineering Units
in wc
.2500
1.000
5.000
10.00
25.00
50.00
100.0
ft wc
.4167
.8333
2.083
4.167
8.333
mm wc
6.350
25.40
127.0
254.0
635.0
1270
2540
cm wc
0.635
2.540
12.70
25.40
63.50
127.0
254.0
psi
.1806
.3613
.9032
1.806
3.613
in Hg
.3678
.7356
1.839
3.678
7.356
mm Hg
0.467
1.868
9.342
18.68
46.71
93.42
186.8
mbar
0.623
2.491
12.45
24.91
62.27
124.5
249.1
Pa
62.28
249.1
1245
2491
6227
kPa
0.249
1.245
2.491
6.227
12.45
24.91
hPa
0.623
2.491
12.45
24.91
62.27
124.5
249.1
oz/in
2
0.144
0.578
2.890
5.780
14.45
28.90
57.80
Compact 1/8 DIN housing reduces
panel space.
Set Point Status LED Indicators display
set point activation. Allows user to view
process status from a distance.
Hot Key saves time by allowing
instant access to set point and alarms.
Set points/alarms can be easily
adjusted with arrow keys.
Menu Key Scrolls through menus to
adjust settings. 5 simple menus allow
for quick set up and reduced installation
time.
Adjustable clip for panel mounting.
Set point 2 or alarm output (SPDT).
Selectable direct acting control relay
with adjustable deadband or high, low
or high low alarm.
4-20 mA process output. View process
remotely or send signal to PLC.
Alleviates purchase of a separate
transmitter.
24 VDC power supply. Universal power
supply eliminates options, inventory and
ordering mistakes.
Selectable Engineering Units in
Pressure, Velocity or Flow, programmed
on one unit. Alleviates time consuming
conversions and flow charts.
Alarm LED Indicator shows alarm
activation status. View alarm status
from a distance.
Reset button for clearing an alarm
when alarm is set for manual operation.
Enter a menu or store a value. From
home display press to view full scale
range.
120-240 VAC power supply.
Reduce inventory and eliminate lead
times with universal power supply.
Set point 1 output (SPDT).
Direct or reverse acting control relay
with adjustable deadband.
Durable compression fittings for 1/4
O.D. x 1/8 I.D. plastic tubing. Secures
tubing in harsh applications where
vibration & temperature fluctuations
occur.
RS-485 serial communications
View, record, and adjust control settings
remotely from a computer with Modbus
protocol.
Remote reset switch for alarm.
Acknowledge alarm from remote
location. For users that need quick
alarm reset from a distance.
MN-1, Mini Node
, Communication Software
Model
DH-002
DH-004
DH-006
DH-007
DH-008
DH-009*
DH-010*
Bi-Directional* Ranges also available: DH-012, Range: 0.25 0 0.25 w.c.
DH-014, Range: 1.0 0 1.0 w.c.
DH-015, Range: 2.5 0 2.5 w.c.
DH-016, Range: 5 0 5 w.c.
DH-017, Range: 10 0 10 w.c.
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
18
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Data Acquisition and Logging Software
Designed for Communication with Series DH & DHII
Digihelic
Communications
Software provides. The Digihelic Links
Communications Software is
compatible with all Series DH and DHII Digihelic
Differential Pressure
Controllers.
FEATURES
Log and graph data up to 10 units simultaneously. View up to
40 units
Easy to use Windows
XP software. The
hardware requirements for each of these operating systems can be found
in the documentation provided with that operating system. One available
RS 485 port is needed to communicate with the control(s). A minimum of
4 MB of hard disk space is needed for the Digihelic Links
Communications Software application files, and additional hard disk space
is needed to store data log files. Log file size will vary depending on the
duration and rate selected for the controls and the number of controls on
line.
Communication Requirements
To communicate with the Digihelic
Pressure Switch/Gages
3-in-One Indicating Gage, Lo-Limit and Hi-Limit Control
2-1/2 [63.50]
2-1/16 [52.39]
2 [50.80]
1-1/4
[31.75]
(4) 6-32 HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON
A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C.
4-47/64
[120.25]
5
[127.00]
4 [101.60]
FACE
5-1/2 [139.70]
O.D.
MOUNTING
RING
5/8 [15.88]
5/8 [15.88] PANEL
MAX
3/16 [4.76]
3-7/8 [98.43]
5-1/8 [130.18]
6-3/8 [161.93]
(7-5/8 [193.68]) 4-3/8 [111.13]
HOUSING REMOVAL
3/4 CONDUIT
CONNECTION
4-3/4
[120.65]
3-7/8 SQ
[98.43]
1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION
Set points are instantly
adjusted with front knobs.
SPECIFICATIONS
GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 2% of full scale at 70F (21.1C). 3% on 0 and 4% on 00
models.
Pressure Limits: 20 Hg. to 25 psig ( 0.677 to 1.72 bar). MP option; 35 psig
(2.41 bar), HP option; 80 psig (5.52 bar). A36003S 36010S; 150 psig (10.34
bar). A36020S and higher; 1.2 x full scale pressure.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F ( 6.67 to 48.9C). Low temperature option
available.
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT.
Size: 4 (101.6 mm) dial face, 5 (127 mm) O.D. x 8 1/4 (209.55 mm).
Weight: 4 lb (1.81 kg).
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: Each setpoint has 2 form C relays (DPDT).
Repeatability: 1% of full scale.
Electrical Rating: 10A @ 28 VDC, 10A @ 120, 240 VAC.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminals. Use 167F (75C) copper
conductors only.
Power Requirements: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 240 VAC & 24 VAC power
optional.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on face.
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA, CE. Optional EXPL explosion proof
enclosure does not possess any agency approvals.
OPTIONS
Single contact, right set point, for actuation on increasing or decreasing
pressure.
OEM Model, less relay and transformer components and housing but including
infrared diodes and phototransistor(s), light shutter and set pointer(s). For single
or double contact.
Remote-Mounted Relay, relay pack may be mounted remotely from gage.
Standard length is 5 ft. For other lengths, specify cable length required.
Tamper-proof knobs, low temperature option, special scales, voltages and
other features and modifications are available.
Special Housings available include Weatherproof (NEMA 4) and Explosion
proof (NEMA 7 CD, 9 EFG; NEC Class I, DIV. 1 & 2, Groups C, D, Class II, Div.
1 & 2, Groups E, F, G, Class III.) Contact Customer Service for detailed
dimension drawings.
Photohelic
SWITCH/GAGES
In both series of pressure switch/gages, you get the convenience of a visual
indication plus high low limit switching. For both OEM and in plant applications,
the Photohelic
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 21
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Bezel and front cover (with set point
knobs and zero adjustment screw)
removed to expose Photohelic
gage set
point mechanism. Cover is clear
polycarbonate plastic.
Gage pointer and light shutter are
mounted on helix and balancing
counterweight. Shutter passes through
slot in optical limit switch to expose
phototransistors to integral infrared light
source or mask them depending on
applied pressure.
Light shield effectively protects
phototransistors from strong outside light
sources yet allows free pointer
movement. It also gives interior a clean
finished look.
Optical limit switches are used for
reliability and long service life. Attached
directly to set pointers, they are
individually aligned to assure precise
switching accuracy.
Semi-Flexible drive shaft connects to
set point knobs.
Zero adjustment screw connects to
screw in cover to adjust zero pressure
reading.
Plastic enclosure protects electronic
components and electrical connections.
Polycarbonate connection or terminal
board is self extinguishing.
Glass-epoxy printed circuit boards for
durability and performance.
Load relays are DPDT with latching
feature for maximum application
versatility.
Electronics are designed to operate on
50/60 Hz, 120 volt current with 10% over
or under voltage. Special units for other
voltages are available.
Switch set pointers show switch
settings at all times.
Spring loaded friction clutch prevents
operator damage of set point
mechanism.
Check these features for dependable control
Models and Ranges - Series A3000 Photohelic
Switch/Gages
Note: Special models can be built to OEM customers' specifications with scales reading in special pressure units like ounces per square inch,
inches of mercury, etc. Square Root Scales reading in FPM or SCFM are also available. Custom logos and special graduations can also be included.
Contact factory for minimum quantities and pricing.
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES - Add options as a suffix. Example: A3001 LT
Model
A3000-00
A3000-0
A3001
A3002
A3003
A3004
A3005
A3006
A3008
A3010
A3015
A3020
A3025
A3030
A3040
A3050
A3060
A3080
A3100
A3150
Model
A3000-00AV
A3000-0AV
A3001AV
A3002AV
A3010AV
Zero Center Ranges
Zero Center Ranges
Zero Center Ranges
Zero Center Ranges Zero Center Ranges
Pitot tube required
Model
A3000-6MM
A3000-10MM
A3000-25MM
A3000-50MM
A3000-80MM
A3000-100MM
Model
A3000-60PA
A3000-125PA
A3000-250PA
A3000-500PA
A3000-750PA
Bi-Directional Range
A3000-00N
Model
A3300-0
A3301
A3302
A3304
A3310
A3320
A3330
A3300-20MM
A3300-30MM
Model
A3000-1KPA
A3000-1.5KPA
A3000-2KPA
A3000-3KPA
A3000-4KPA
A3000-5KPA
A3000-8KPA
A3000-10KPA
A3000-15KPA
A3000-20KPA
A3000-25KPA
A3000-30KPA
Model
A3300-250PA
A3300-500PA
A3300-4CM
A3300-10CM
A3300-30CM
A3300-1KPA
A3300-3KPA
gage design. Switch setting is easy to adjust with large external knobs on the
gage face. Gage reading is unaffected by switch operation will indicate accurately even
if power is interrupted. Solid state design now results in greatly reduced size and weight.
Units can be flush mounted in 4-13/16 (122 mm) hole or surface mounted with hardware
supplied. 3000MR models employ versatile electromechanical relays with gold over silver
contacts ideal for dry circuits. For applications requiring high cycle rates, choose
3000MRS models with SPST (N.O.) solid state relays. All models provide both low and high
limit control and include 18-inch (45 cm) cable assemblies for electrical connections.
Gage accuracy is 2% of full scale and switch repeatability is 1%. Switch deadband is one
pointer width less than 1% of full scale. Compatible with air and other non-combustible,
non-corrosive gases, they can be used in systems with pressures to 25 psig (1.725 bar).
Optional construction is available for use to either 35 psig (2.42 bar) or 80 psig (5.51 bar).
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
Mounting ring, snap ring (4) 6-32 x 1-1/4 RH machine screws
18 (45 cm) cable assembly (panel mounting)
(2) 3/16 tubing to 1/8 NPT adapters (3) 6-32 x 5/16 RH machine screws
(2) 1/8 NPT pipe plugs (surface mounting)
Series
3000MR
3000MRS
Photohelic
Switch/Gages
Combines Differential Pressure Gage with Low/High Set-points
Series 3000MR, 3000MRS Photohelic
SPECIFICATIONS
GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 2% of full scale (3000-0
3% of full scale). (3000-00 4% of full
scale).
Pressure Limit: -20 Hg. to 25 psig
(-0.677 bar to 1.72 bar). MP option;
35 psig (2.41 bar), HP option; 80 psig
(5.52 bar).
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F
(-6.67 to 48.9C).
Process Connections: 1/8 female
NPT (duplicated side and back).
Size: 4 (101.6 mm) dial face, 5
(127 mm) O.D. x 3-1/8 (79.38 mm).
Weight: 1.8 Ib (816 g).
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS 3000MR
Switch Type: Each setpoint has 1
form C relays (SPDT).
Relay Contacts: (Resistive load) 1
form C rated 1.0A @ 30 VDC, 0.3A
@ 110 VDC or 0.5A @ 125 VAC.
Gold over clad silver - suitable for dry
circuits.
Electrical Connections: 18 (46 cm)
cable assembly with 8 conductors.
Optional lengths to 100 (30.5 m).
Power Requirements: 24 VDC,
regulated 10%.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in
vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable
knobs on face.
Agency Approvals: CE.
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS 3000MRS
Switch Type: Each setpoint has a
solid state relay.
Switching Voltage: 20-280 VAC
(47-63 Hz).
Switching Current: 1.0 amp (AC)
max., 0.01 mA (AC) min., (2) SPST
N.O.
Electrical Connections: 18 (46 cm)
cable assembly with 6 conductors,
optional lengths to 100 (30.5 m).
Power Requirements: 24 VDC,
regulated 10%.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in
vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable
knobs on face.
Agency Approvals: CE.
(4) 6-32 HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
5-1/8 [130.18] B.C.
4 [101.60]
FACE
5-1/2 [139.70] O.D.
MOUNTING RING
2-1/2
[63.50]
3/16
[4.76]
5/8 [15.88]
PANEL MAX
5/8
[15.88]
5
[127.00]
4-47/64
[120.25]
2-1/16
[52.39]
2
[50.80]
1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION
1-1/4
[31.75]
Model
3000(MR)(MRS)**-00
3000(MR)(MRS)*-0
3001(MR)(MRS)
3002(MR)(MRS)
3003(MR)(MRS)
3005(MR)(MRS)
3010(MR)(MRS)
3015(MR)(MRS)
3020(MR)(MRS)
3030(MR)(MRS)
3050(MR)(MRS)
3100(MR)(MRS)
Model
3000(MR)(MRS)-60PA*
3000(MR)(MRS)-125PA
3000(MR)(MRS)-250PA
3000(MR)(MRS)-500PA
Model
3000(MR)(MRS)-1KPA
3000(MR)(MRS)-3KPA
3000(MR)(MRS)-4KPA
Model
3000(MR)(MRS)-6MM*
3000(MR)(MRS)-10MM
3000(MR)(MRS)-25MM
3000(MR)(MRS)-50MM
3000(MR)(MRS)-100MM
Model
3000(MR)(MRS)-20CM
Range,
Kilopascals p
0-1.0
0-3.0
0-4.0
Range,
MM W.C.
0-6
0-10
0-25
0-50
0-100
Range,
CM W.C.
0-20
Minor
Divs.
.02
.10
.10
Minor
Divs.
.20
.50
.50
1.0
2.0
Minor
Divs
.50
Range,
Inches w.c.
0-0.25
0-0.5
0-1.0
0-2.0
0-3.0
0-5.0
0-10
0-15
0-20
0-30
0-50
0-100
Range,
Pascals
0-60
0-125
0-250
0-500
Minor
Divs.
.005
.01
.02
.05
.10
.10
.20
.50
.50
1.0
1.0
2.0
Minor
Divs.
2.0
5.0
5.0
10.0
When ordering, select either MR or MRS
suffix to Series 3000 number.
Examples: 3001MR or 3001MRS
( )( )
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES
Tamper-proof Knobs, require spanner type key (supplied) to change
setpoints. Add suffix -TAMP
Low Temperature Option for use under 20F (-6.7C).
Add suffix -LT
Medium Pressure increases maximum rated pressure to 35 psig
(2.41 bar). Add suffix -MP
High Pressure increases maximum rated pressure to 80 psig
(5.5 bar). Add suffix -HP
Weatherproof Housing Option.
Add Suffix -WP
A-298, Flat Aluminum Bracket for flush mounting 3000MR/MRS
A-370, Mounting Bracket flush mount 3000MR/MRS bracket. Bracket
is then surface mounted. Steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish
A-600, R/C Snubber recommended for inductive loads like a
solenoid or contactor
022.P.N:Layout 2 2/11/11 8:55 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879-8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494-461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 23
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
,
D
i
a
l
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
43000
Capsu-Photohelic
Pressure Switch/Gages
Lo-Limit and Hi-Limit Control, Aluminum or Brass Case Available
Series 43000
Capsu-Photohelic
Switch/Gage.
Set points are instantly
adjusted with front knobs.
SPECIFICATIONS
GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and
liquids. Brass case option required
for water based liquids.
Wetted Materials: Consult
factory.
Accuracy: 3% of full scale at
70F (21.1C). 2% on 43000S
models; 4% on 43215, 43220
and 43500.
Pressure Limits: -20 Hg to 500
psig (-0.677 to 34.5 bar).
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F
(-6.67 to 48.9C). Low
temperature option available.
Process Connections: 1/4
female NPT.
Size: 4 (101.6 mm) dial face, 5
(127 mm) O.D. x 9-3/16 (233.36
mm).
Weight: 5 lb, 8 oz (2.49 kg).
Brass 11 lb, 2 oz (5.05 kg).
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: Each setpoint has 2
form C relays (DPDT).
Repeatability: 1% of full scale.
Electrical Rating: 10A @ 120
VAC, 6A @ 240 VAC, 60 Hz res.
10A @ 28 VDC.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminals.
Power Requirements: 120 VAC,
50/60 Hz; 240 VAC & 24 VAC
power optional.
Mounting Orientation:
Diaphragm in vertical position.
Consult factory for other position
orientations.
Set Point Adjustment:
Adjustable knobs on face.
Capsu-Photohelic
gage employs an
encapsulated sensing element for use with both liquids and gases at pressures
to 500 psig (34 bar). Optional cast brass case is available for water or water
based liquids.
Two phototransistor actuated, DPDT relays are included for low/high limit
control. Easy to adjust setpoint indicators are controlled by knobs located on
the gage face. Individual setpoint deadband is one pointer width less than 1%
of full scale. Setpoints can be interlocked to provide variable deadband ideal
for control of pumps, etc.
(4) 6-32 HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
5-1/8 [130.18] B.C.
1/4 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
(AIR OR GAS)
1/4 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION (AIR OR GAS)
1/4 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
(LIQUID)
3/4 [19.05] TYP
[101.60]
FACE
5-1/2 [139.70] O.D.
MOUNTING RING
1/4 FEMALE
NPT LOW
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
(LIQUID)
5
[127.00]
4-47/64
[120.25]
5/8 [15.88]
5/8 [15.88]
PANEL MAX
3/16 [4.76]
3-7/8 [98.43]
5-1/8 [130.18]
7-5/16 [185.74]
8-9/16 [217.49] 4-3/8 [111.13]
HOUSING REMOVAL
3/4 CONDUIT
CONNECTION
4-3/4
[120.65]
3-7/8 SQ
[98.43]
3-1/16 [77.79] TYP
Series 43000
Capsu-Photohelic
Switch/Gage with
Brass Body
Model
43000-0
43001
43002
43003
43004
43005
43006
43008
43010
43015
43020
43025
43030
43040
43050
Model
43060
43080
43100
43150
43200
43300
43400
43500
43302
43304
43310
43320
43330
OPTIONS
Single Contact, right set point, for actuation on increasing or
decreasing pressure.
Power Supply, 24 VAC or 220 VAC powered relay pack.
Remote-Mounted Relay, relay pack may be mounted remotely
from gage. Specify cable length required.
Tamper-proof Knobs, low temperature option, special scales,
voltages and other features and modifications are available.
Special Housings available include Weatherproof (NEMA 4) and
Explosion-proof (NEMA 7 CD, 9 EFG; NEC Class I, DIV. 1 & 2,
Groups C, D, Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, G, Class III.
Contact Customer Service for detailed dimension drawings.
Brass Body, for water based liquids order optional brass case
by adding B to the end of the model number.
Example: 43001B
ACCESSORY
A-298, Flat Aluminum Bracket for Flush Mounting
Range,
in w.c.
0-.5
0-1.0
0-2.0
0-3.0
0-4.0
0-5.0
0-6.0
0-8.0
0-10
0-15
0-20
0-25
0-30
0-40
0-50
Range,
in w.c.
0-60
0-80
0-100
0-150
0-200
0-300
0-400
0-500
1-0-1
2-0-2
5-0-5
10-0-10
15-0-15
023.P.N:Layout 2 2/15/11 3:27 PM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
24
M
a
n
o
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
S
t
a
t
i
o
n
a
r
y
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Model
250-AF
250.5-AF
251-AF
252-AF
209-AF
260-AF
350-AF*
451-AF
452-AF
Range:
Water
Column
.10-0-1.0
.10-0-1.0
.05-0-.50
.20-0-2.0
.20-0-3.0
0-1.5
0-4
0-1
0-2
Minor
Divisions
.02
.01
.01
.02
.02
.02
.10
.01
.02
Scale
Length
Inclined)
(Inches)
5-1/2
8
5-1/2
8
8
5-1/2
4-1/2*
8
8
Overall
Size
(Inches)
8-1/2 x 4-1/8 x 1
11-3/8 x 4 x 1
8-1/4 x 3-3/8 x 1
11-1/8 x 6-1/2 x 1
11-1/4 x 6-7/8 x 1
8-3/8 x 5-7/8 x 1
3 x 8-1/4 x 1
11 x 2-1/2 x 5/8
11 x 4 x 5/8
*Vertical Scale 2 PSI Maximum Working Pressure
FEATURES
Highly accurate and easy to use yet almost indestructible, Dwyer
Series 250-AF
Inclined Air Filter Gages are foolproof and dependable. There are no moving parts
no mechanical linkages nothing to wear out, jam or deteriorate from vibration.
They never need calibration.
The mirror polished inclined scale allows the operator to easily read minute
differences in differential pressure across the filter accurately without parallax error.
The only servicing required is occasional zeroing. If cleaning is necessary, it is easily
done with soap and water.
Construction
Dwyer
DURABLOCK
solid plastic stationary gages or draft gages are offered in inclined and vertical
(well-type) styles for highly accurate laboratory or general industrial service, for measurement
of low range gas and air pressures, positive, negative or differential. To assure the accuracy
required in instruments of this type, all machining of bores and wells is to the highest
standards of precision backed by Dwyers years of experience in the fabrication of
acrylic instruments.
Durablock
Inclined-Vertical Manometers
Accuracy To 1/4 Of 1%
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Include two 3/4 oz bottles of .826 red gage oil (1.91 blue gage oil for models 421-23
and 422-23), rapid shut-off type a connections, two 3 ft lengths of clear plastic
tubing and two 1/8 NPT tubing adapters two sets for double column models.
Dwyer
Well-Type Manometers
1230 Series Wall Mounting
1235 Series Panel Mounting
Model
1230-8
1230-12
1230-16
1230-20
1230-24
1230-36
Scale in
Inches
of Water or
Mercury
0- 8
0-12
0-16
0-20
0-24
0-36
Dimensions
B
A
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
W/M
15-13/16
19-3/8
23-1/2
27-9/16
32-7/8
43-1/8
D
16-3/4
21-7/8
27
32-1/8
37-3/16
51-1/4
C
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
Mercury
Req'd
to Fill
(Wt.)
12 oz
14 oz
16 oz
18 oz
20 oz
26 oz
Note: Water/Mercury models. For 0.826 S.P.
Gage Oil models change -W/M to a -D.
Dwyer
Flex-Tube
Well Type Manometers are designed to meet the need for a direct
reading single column instrument providing highly accurate pressure readings; positive,
negative or differential. Unlike other makes, Dwyer
Mark II series molded manometers are of the inclined and inclined-vertical types. The
curved inclined-vertical tube of the Model 25 gage provides higher ranges with more easily read
increments at low readings. The Model 25 is excellent for general purpose work. The Model 40
inclined gage provides linear calibration and excellent resolution throughout its range. The Model
40 is ideally suited for air velocity and air filter gage applications. Both gage types are capable of
pressure measurements above and below atmospheric as well as differential pressure
measurements.
Construction
Mark II manometers are economically priced, compact and available in both stationary
and portable configurations. Portable stand is standard on Model 40, available as
optional A 612 stand for Model 25. Construction is simple with virtually indestructible
molded white styrene acrylonitrile housing, indicating tube and fluid wells, molded ABS
knobs and zero adjust plunger, shock mounted glass level vial and leak proof O ring
seals. Moderate overpressures are accommodated by an overflow tank incorporated In
the Model 25. Greater protection is provided by float operated overflow traps in the
Model 40. Scales are lithograph printed on aluminum and epoxy coated.
Installation
Mark II manometers can be mounted on any vertical surface with the two mounting
screws provided. A built in spirit level simplifies leveling before mounting screws are
tightened. Simply fill the reservoir, adjust fluid level to zero, connect the tubing, and the
gage is ready for operation.
ACCESSORIES
Included with each Mark II manometer are two tubing connectors for 1/8" pipe or sheet
metal ducts, two mounting screws, 3/4 ounce bottle of indicating fluid, red and green
pointer flags and complete instructions.
The Model 25 also includes 8 feet of flexible double column plastic tubing. Portable
operation of the Model 25 is made possible by the use of the optional A 612 portable
stand. A short piece of tubing can be slipped over the Model 25 pressure connections
to contain the gage oil in transit.
The Model 40 contains two 4 1/2 foot lengths of clear plastic tubing, a plastic swing out
stand and leveling screw for portable operation. It also features convenient rapid shutoff
pressure connections and integral overpressure safety traps.
OEM Specials
All Dwyer
4-1/4
[107.95]
5-3/4
[146.05]
1/8 NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONN.
TAPPED FOR
1/2 ELECTRICAL
CONDUIT CONN.
1/16
[1.59]
1/8 NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONN.
4-5/16 [10.54]
5-13/32 [137.32]
1-1/16
[26.99]
2-3/4
[69.85]
4-1/4
[107.95]
5-3/4
[146.05]
Series 1910 Switches
Operating Ranges, Deadbands
SPECIAL MODELS & ACCESSORIES
Manual reset Model 1900 MR includes special snap switch which latches on
pressure increase above the setpoint. Switch must be manually reset after pressure
drops below the setpoint. To order, change base model to 1900 and add MR suffix
after range number. Example: 1900 10 MR. Available on 1, 5, 10 or 20 ranges
only. Option is not UL, CSA or FM listed
Note: Manual Reset (MR) Option for use only in single positive pressure applications.
A-399, Duct Pressure Monitor Kit For use with standard or manual reset model
switches. Includes mounting flange, tubing and adapters.
A-329, Street Ell Brass adapter for applications requiring right angle connections.
Two required for differential pressures.
Approximate
Dead Band
At Min.
Set Point
0.04
0.10
0.15
0.30
0.40
0.40
At Max.
Set Point
0.04
0.10
0.16
0.30
0.40
0.50
Weatherproof Housing
16 ga. steel enclosure with gasketed cover (NEMA 4, IP66) for wet or oily
conditions. Withstands 200 hour salt spray test. Wt. 5 Ibs. (2.3 kg). Switch must be
factory installed. Change 1910 base number to 1911 and add WP suffix. Example:
1911 1 WP.
Explosion-Proof Housing
Cast iron base with brass cover. Rated Class I, Groups D; Class II, Div. 2, Groups
E, F, G; Class III and NEMA 7, 9 NEMA 3. (7 lbs). Switch must be factory installed.
Change model to 1911 and add EXPL suffix. Example: 1911 1 EXPL
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
34
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Our highest precision conventional large diaphragm pressure switch provides maximum
dependability. In addition, it incorporates a visible set point indicator for maximum
convenience. UL and CSA listed, FM approved for general service, these switches are suitable
for most applications in air conditioning and industrial service. Electrical capability of 15 amps
handles most small electrical loads.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 110F
( 34.4 to 43.3C).
Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kPa)
continuous, 25 (172.4 kPa) psig surge.
Switch Type: Single pole double throw
(SPDT).
Repeatability: 1%.
Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120 480
VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @ 125
VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz.
Electrical Connections: 3 screw type,
common, normally open and normally
closed.
Process Connections: 1/8 female
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in
vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type
with enclosed scale.
Weight: 4 Ib, 14 oz (2.21 kg).
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA and FM.
Model
1638-0
1638-1
1638-2
1638-5
1638-10
Operating
Range,
Inches, W.C.
0.05 to 0.25
0.20 to 1.0
1.0 to 3.0
2.0 to 6.0
3.0 to 12
At Max.
Set Point
0.05
0.06
0.08
0.25
0.30
At Min.
Set Point
0.04
0.04
0.06
0.07
0.11
Approximate Dead Band
Large Diaphragm Pressure Switches
Visual Set Point Adjustment in 5 Standard Ranges,
0.05 to 12 w.c. Repetitive Accuracy within
+
1%
CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases.
Environmental (MIL) Construction. Unlisted Model 1635 can be furnished with a
special snap switch sealed against the environment for high humidity, exposure to
fungus, and/or for military applications. Similar to Model 1638 except dead band is
slightly greater and some lower set points may not be available. Specify Model 1635
(Range No.) MIL and required set point in ordering.
Special Models Available
9/32 [7.14]
MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 4 PLACES
1-1/4
[31.75]
3-3/32
[78.58]
4
[101.60]
3
[76.20]
TYP
1/2 [12.70]
TYP
2 [50.80]
TYP
3/4 [19.05]
3
[76.20]
5-7/8
[149.23]
6-1/2
[165.10]
2-1/4 [57.15]
CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL
SCREW TYPE ELECTRICAL
TERMINAL TYPE 3 PLACES
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
7/8 [22.23]
CONDUIT CONNECTION
22.5
1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW
PRESSURE CONNECTION
R 4-5/16 [109.54]
TYP 2 PLACES
7-3/4
[196.85]
3-39/64
[91.68]
Series
1630
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 35
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Our old faithful switch design is still best where highest precision combined with
diaphragm sealed leak proof construction and mounting simplicity are required. Model 1626
and 1627 differential pressure switches are identical in design and construction except that
Model 1626 has a single electric switch and Model 1627 has dual electric switches. Model
1627 can therefore provide dual control when required. It can be set to open or close two
independent electrical circuits, each preset for its own actuation pressure. Both units have
diaphragm sealed motion take outs providing maximum protection against leakage.
CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases.
Model
(1626 shown,
1627 similar)
1626-10
1626-20
Operating Range
Inches, w.c.
2.0 to 11
8.0 to 24
Adj. Diff. Between Set
Points (1627 Only)
2.3
5.0
Approx.
Dead Band
Min. Max.
.25 .65
.50 1.20
Single and Dual Pressure Switches
High Reliability . . . Repetitive Accuracy within
+
1%
9/32 [7.14]
MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 2 PLACES
1-1/2
[38.10]
5-7/8
[149.23]
8-7/8
[225.43]
8-1/4
[209.55]
7-3/4
[196.85]
45 TYP
22.5
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
R 4-5/16 [109.54]
TYP 2 PLACES
3 [76.20]
4-11/16 [119.06]
3-1/16
[77.79]
1-5/16 [33.34]
3/4 [19.05]
1/2 CONDUIT
CONNECTION
Series
1620
Floating Contact Null Switch for
High and Low Actuation
Visual Set Point Adjustment...Adjustable Null Zone
Series
1640
The unique electric switch design in the 1640 is another Dwyer Instruments, Inc.
innovation. The Dwyer
Series 1900 Pressure Switch with an integral explosion-proof and weatherproof housing, making it an exceptional value
for either application. It is CE, UL and CSA listed, FM approved for use in Class I, Div 1, Groups C and D, Class II Groups
E, F, and G and Class III hazardous atmospheres (NEMA 7 & 9), Raintight NEMA 3 (IP54). Weatherproof features
include a drain plug and O-ring seal in cover. Electrical connections are easily made by removing front cover. For
convenience the set point adjustment screw is located on the outside of the housing. Twelve models offer set points from
.03 to 20 in w.c. (7.5 to 5 kPa) and from .5 to 50 psi (0.035 to 3.5 bar). The unit is very light and compact about half the
weight and bulk of other explosion-proof or weather-proof switches with separate enclosures.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Temperature Limits: -40 to 140F (-40 to 60C);
0 to 140F (-17.8 to 60C) for 1950P-8, 15, 25,
and 50. -30 to 130F (-34.4 to 54.4C) for 1950-02.
Pressure Limits: Continuous: 1950s - 45 in w.c.
(0.11 bar); 1950Ps - 35 psi (2.41 bar); 1950P-50
only - 70 psi (4.83 bar). Surge: 1950s - 10 psi
(0.69 bar), 1950Ps - 50 psi (3.45 bar), 1950P-50
only - 90 psi (6.21 bar).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54), NEMA 7 & 9.
Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT).
Electrical Rating: 15 A @, 125, 250, 480 VAC, 60
Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @ 125 VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250
VAC, 60 Hz.
Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common,
normally open and normally closed.
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical
position. Consult factory for other position
orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type on top of housing.
Weight: 3.25 Ib (1.5 kg); 1950-02 model, 4.4 lb
(2 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, CSA, FM.
Series 1950 Switches - Operating Ranges and Dead Bands
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible
combustible gases.
Wetted Materials: Contact factory.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F (-17
to 60C).
Note: Set point drift may occur with
ambient temperature changes.
Pressure Limits: 45 in w.c. (11.2 kPa)
continuous; 10 psig (68.95 kPa) surge.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54),
NEMA 7 & 9.
Switch Type: 1 Form C relay (SPDT).
Electrical Rating: 10A, 120/240 VAC,
28 VDC. Resistive 50 mA, 125 VDC.
Power Requirements: 24 VDC 10%.
120 or 240 VAC 10% optional.
Electrical Connections: Internal
terminal block.
Process Connections: 1/8 female
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in
vertical position. Consult factory for
other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type on
top of housing.
Weight: 2 lb, 15.7 oz (1.35 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, CSA,
FM, ATEX, IECEx.
The Model 1950G Explosion-Proof Switch combines the best features of the popular
Dwyer
Series 1950 Pressure Switch with the benefit of natural gas compatibility. Units are
rain-tight for outdoor installations, and are UL listed for use in Class I, Groups A, B, C, &
D; Class II, Groups E, F, & G and Class III atmospheres, Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
Compliant for II 2G Exd IIB + H
2
T6, CSA & FM approved for Class I, Div 1,
Groups B, C, D; Class II, Div 1, Groups E, F, G and Class III atmospheres IECEx Exd IIB
+ H
2
T6 (-40C < Ta < +60C). The 1950G is very compact, about half the weight and bulk
of equivalent conventional explosion-proof switches.
Easy access to the SPDT relay and power supply terminals is provided by removing the top
plate of the aluminum housing. A supply voltage of 24 VDC, 120 or 240 VAC is required.
A captive screw allows the cover to swing aside while remaining attached to the unit.
Adjustment to the set point of the switch can be made without disassembly of the housing.
Series
1950G
Explosion-proof Differential Pressure Switch
Explosion-proof, Weatherproof, Compatible with Natural Gases
EXTERNAL
GROUND
(2) 17/64 [6.75]
MOUNTING HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 4-7/8 [123.83] B.C.
RANGE
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW 5-7/16
[138.13] 1/2 FEMALE
NPT
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
VENT DRAIN
PLUG
CAPTIVE
SCREW
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1-15/32
[37.30]
3/8
[9.53]
27/32
[21.43]
27/32
[21.43]
3-1/2
[88.90]
1-23/32
[43.64]
3/8
[9.53]
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
Model
1950-02-2S
1950-00-2F
1950-0-2F
1950-1-2F
1950-5-2F
1950-10-2F
1950-20-2F
Range,
Inches W.C.
.03 to .10
.07 to .15
.15 to .50
.4 to 1.6
1.4 to 5.5
3 to 11
4 to 20
Model*
1950P-2-2F
1950P-8-2F
1950P-15-2F
1950P-25-2F
1950P-50-2F
Range,
PSID
0.5 to 2
1.5 to 8
3 to 15
4 to 25
15 to 50
UL, CSA, FM
Model
1950G-00-B-24-NA
1950G-0-B-24-NA
1950G-1-B-24-NA
1950G-5-B-24-NA
1950G-10-B-24-NA
1950G-20-B-24-NA
Range,
Inches W.C.
.07 to .15
.15 to .50
.4 to 1.6
1.4 to 5.5
3 to 11
4 to 20
Model
1950G-00-B-24
1950G-0-B-24
1950G-1-B-24
1950G-5-B-24
1950G-10-B-24
1950G-20-B-24
Approximate Dead
Band at
Min.
Set Point
.04
.06
.11
.4
.9
1.2
Max.
Set Point
.06
.11
.29
.9
1.8
3.0
Approximate Dead Band at
Max. Set Point
.05
.05
.15
.20
.40
.50
.60
Min. Set Point
.025
.04
.10
.15
.30
.40
.40
Approximate Dead Band at
Min. Set Point
.3
1.0
.9
.7
1.0
Max. Set Point
.3
1.0
.9
.7
1.5
037.P.N:Layout 2 2/10/11 3:33 PM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
38
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Explosion-proof, heavy duty, industrial unit has a unique new design which provides
sensitivity to differential pressures as low as 10 inches of water (254 mm w.c.), yet handles
total pressure of 1500 psi (103 bar). Unlike common differential pressure switches that use
a piston-type motion transfer, the Series H3 utilizes a rotary motion transfer shaft that
prevents a change in total pressure from causing a setpoint shift. Unit yields deadbands
approximately 5% of range, with zero setpoint shift due to variation in working pressures.
Friction is minimized and repeatability increased by allowing range spring to act directly
on diaphragm plate. Rolling diaphragm design maintains constant effective area to further
reduce friction. Diaphragm is allowed to seat, allowing application of full rated pressure,
up to 1500 psi (103 bar), on either high or low pressure port, without damage. Special
overtravel feature prevents overtightening of range adjust screw. Choose optional 316SS
chamber for water and water-based fluids or harsher applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: See pressure
chamber and diaphragm material in
model chart.
Temperature Limit: -4 to 220F
(-20 to 104C), ATEX: -20 to 90C
(-4 to 194F).
Pressure Limit: 1500 psig (103 bar).
Enclosure Rating: Standard meets
NEMA 4X (IP56), drain option meets
NEMA 3 (IP54). For hazardous use
see the hazardous location ratings
chart.
Switch Type: SPDT or DPDT snap
switch.
Electrical Rating: 5A @ 125/250 VAC,
30 VDC.
Electrical Connections: See model
chart.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female
NPT.
Process Connection: 1/8 female
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: Internal screw.
Weight: 4 lb, 2 oz (2 kg).
Deadband: Approximately 5% of
range.
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA, CE, and
ATEX see ratings chart.
Note: Shown without housing and cover.
Internal terminal blocks for
conductors up to 18 gauge are
optional.
Optional NEMA 3 (lP 54) housing
includes explosion-proof drain.
Standard NEMA 4X (IP 56) version is
without drain.
External Ground Connection
Standard Internal ground
connection also standard use
either one.
Explosion-Proof Differential Pressure Switches
Setpoints from 10 w.c. to 200 psid Rated 1500 psig, Weatherproof
Series
H3
11/64 [4.37]
MOUNTING HOLES
IN MTG BRACKET
1/8 NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/8 NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
17/32
[13.5]
3
[762]
1-3/4
[44.45]
COVER
COVER
SET SCREW
3/4 NPT
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
5-3/8
[136.53]
2-13/32
[61.12]
31/32
[24.61]
OPTIONAL DRAIN
PROCESS
CONNECTION
CENTERLINE
1-25/32
[45.24]
3-9/16
[90.49]
4
[101.6]
Hazardous Location Ratings
Model
H3 _ _ _ C
H3 _ _ _ L
H3 _ _ _ T
H3 _ _ _ C-DRAIN
H3 _ _ _ L-DRAIN
UL
0344
II 2 G EEx d IIB
-20C T amb 75C T6
EC-Type Certificate No.
KEMA 03ATEX 2584
Example
Construction
Pressure
Chamber &
Diaphragm
Material
(Wetted)
Adjustable
Operating
Range
Circuit
(Switch)
Options
Electrical
Connection
Options
H3
H3
S
A
S
2
1
2
3
4
S
S
D
C
L
T
C
MV
DRAIN
MV
VIT
H3S-2SC-MV Differential Pressure Control;
316 SS pressure chamber and
Fluoroelastomer diaphragm; weatherproof and
ATEX; SPDT snap action switch with gold
contacts; fixed deadband, automatic reset;
adjustable range 0.5-15 psid
Series designator, weatherproof and
explosion-proof
Aluminum chamber with Nitrile diaphragm
316 SS chamber with Fluoroelastomer
diaphragm
Adjustable range 10-180 in. w.c.
(2.48-44.78 kPa)
Adjustable range 0.5-15 psid
(0.03-1 bar)
Adjustable range 5-70 psid
(.34-4.8 bar)
Adjustable range 10-200 psid
(.7-13.8 bar)
SPDT snap action switch rated 5A @ 125/250
VAC, 30 VDC
DPDT snap action switch rated 5A @ 125/250
VAC, 30 VDC
18 AWG x 18 inch lead wires
UL, CSA approved internal terminal block
ATEX approved internal terminal block
Housing with drain - allows condensate to be
drained from inside enclosure (meets NEMA 3
instead of 4X)
Gold contacts on snap switch for dry circuits
rated 1A @ 125 VAC, 1A resistive or 0.5 A
inductive @ 30 VDC
Fluoroelastomer diaphragm option where
not standard
038.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 10:20 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 39
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Brass on ranges 61,
62, 63 or 316 SS on ranges 62E, 64E,
65E.
Temperature Limits: 10 to 180F
( 23 to 82C).
Pressure Limit: Maximum pressure of
the operating range.
Enclosure Rating: General purpose.
Weatherproof or explosion proof
optional.
Switch Type: Snap switch. (Contact
factory for mercury switch)
Electrical Rating: See model chart.
Electrical Connection: Screw
terminal.
Conduit Connection: General
purpose: 1/2 hole for conduit hub;
Weatherproof: 1/2 conduit hub;
Explosion proof: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connection: General
purpose and weatherproof: 1/8 female
NPT, explosion proof: 1/4 male NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: Thumbscrew.
Weight: General purpose: 5 lb (2.3 kg),
weatherproof: 7 lb (3 kg), explosion
proof: 25 lb (11 kg).
Deadband: See model chart.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, cUL.
Double Bellows Differential Pressure Switches
Visible Setpoints, Adjustable or Fixed Deadband . . . High Pressure Ranges
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Body, piston, and fittings: anodized aluminum; spring: steel.
Temperature Limits: 65 to 225F ( 54 to 107C).
Pressure Limits: 2000 psid (138 bar), 6000 psig (413 bar).
Repeatability: See table.
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical Rating: AC: 3 VA, 0.25A @ 120 VAC; DC: 5 VA, 0.25A @ 175 VDC.
Electrical Connection: 24 AWG X 12 (30.5 cm) wire leads.
Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Any.
Set Point Adjustment: See table.
Weight: 8.5 oz (241 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Rugged Series A4 Differential Pressure Switch offers field adjustments and can handle
system pressures up to 6000 psig. Piston design allows mounting in any orientation. The
switch is capable of carrying moderate shock and vibratory loads.
Series
A4
Differential Pressure Switch
Adjustable Set Point, High Overpressure
1/4 NPT
1.000 HEX
[25.40]
1-1/4
[31.75]
3-3/4
95.25]
1-1/2
[38.10]
Two opposing bellows combine maximum sensitivity and vibration resistance with
moderate cost in the Series DP differential pressure switches. Both set and reset points are
easily adjustable through non-interactive, externally accessible controls. Visible set-point
indicators simplify changes. SPDT snap action switch, 316 stainless steel or brass bellows,
flanged steel housing. Rated pressures to 600 psig.
Series
DP
13/64 [5.16] MOUNTING
HOLES EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 6-1/2 [165.10] B.C.
1/8 FEMALE
NPT LOW
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
OPERATING
ADJUSTMENT
OR RESET
45
7/8 [22.23]
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
6
[152.40]
1/8 FEMALE
NPT HIGH
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
3/4 [19.05] CLEARANCE
FOR COVER REMOVAL
4-1/4
[107.95]
2-3/4
[69.85]
1-7/32
[30.94]
7
[177.80]
Adjustable Deadband
Snap Action Switch
SPDT, 15A @ 120/240 VAC
Fixed Deadband
Snap Action Switch
SPDT, 15A @ 120/240 VAC
Bellows
Material
Brass
Brass
Brass
316SS
316SS
316SS
Range
psid (bar)
0 10 (0 0.7)
0 20 (0 1.4)
0 30 (0 2.1)
0 20 (0 1.4)
0 30 (0 2.1)
0 80 (0 5.5)
Max. Press
psig (bar)
50 (3.5)
100 (6.9)
300 (20.7)
100 (6.9)
300 (20.7)
600 (41.4)
Model
A4-1
A4-2
A4-3
A4-4
A4-5
Repeatabilty
psi (bar)
2 (.14)
4 (.28)
8 (.55)
16 (1.1)
32 (2.2)
Optional Enclosures
Weatherproof Housing to order add W suffix after DPA.
Example: D P A W 7033 153 61
Explosion-Proof Housing to order add E suffix after DPA.
Example: D P A E 7033 153 61
Model
DPA-7033-153-61
DPA-7033-153-62
DPA-7033-153-64
DPA-7043-153-62E
DPA-7043-153-64E
DPA-7043-153-65E
Model
DPS-7233-153-61
DPS-7233-153-62
DPS-7233-153-64
DPS-7243-153-62E
DPS-7243-153-64E
DPS-7243-153-65E
Min.D.B.
psid (bar)
1.5 (.10)
2.5 (.17)
6.0 (.41)
3.0 (.21)
6.0 (.41)
20(1.4)
Fixed D.B.
psid (bar)
0.5 (.03)
1.0 (.07)
1.5 (.10)
1.5 (.10)
2.0 (.14)
6.0 (.41)
Decreasing
2 7 (.14 .48)
5 16 (.34 1.1)
10 21 (.68 1.5)
20 80 (1.4 5.5)
35 120 (2.4 8.3)
Set Point psid (bar)
Increasing
7 13 (.48 .89)
13 25 (.89 1.7)
25 45 (1.7 3.1)
35 160 (2.4 11.0)
120 250 (8.3 17.2)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
40
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Magnesense
Differential
Pressure Transmitter to be the single solution for your pressure and flow
applications.
Output
4 20 mA
0 10 V
4 20 mA
0 10 V
4 20 mA
4 20 mA
4 20 mA
0 5 V
0 5 V
0 5 V
0 10 V
0 10 V
0 10 V
4 20 mA
0 10 V
Model
MS-121*
MS-321*
MS-111*
MS-311*
MS-131
MS-141
MS-151
MS-721*
MS-711*
MS-621
MS-331
MS-341
MS-351
MS-021
MS-221
Standard MS with optional LCD
MS with optional LCD and static probe
Selectable Ranges
0.1, 0.25, 0.5 w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa)
0.1, 0.25, 0.5 w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa)
1, 2, 5 w.c. (250, 500, 1250 Pa)
1, 2, 5 w.c. (250, 500, 1250 Pa)
10 w.c. (2 kPa)
15 w.c. (3 kPa)
25 w.c. (5 kPa)
0.1, 0.25, 0.5 w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa)
1, 2, 5 w.c. (250, 500, 1250 Pa)
0.1, 0.25,0.5 w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa)
10 w.c. (2 kPa)
15 w.c. (3 kPa)
25 w.c. (5 kPa)
0.1, 0.25,0.5 w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa)
0.1, 0.25,0.5 w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa)
ACCESSORIES
A-435, Field Upgradeable LCD
A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip
A-481, Installer kit. Includes 2 plastic static pressure tips and 7 ft (2.1 m)
of PVC tubing
Note: Add LCD to end of model for units with display.
*Models available with duct mount static pressure probe. Change last
digit from 1 to 2. Ex. MS 122
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 41
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
One Unit for all your Building Pressure Applications
The Industry Standard for Building Automation
Field Selectable Ranges in metric or English. Lowers
stock and inventory requirements. Youll always have
the right transmitter for every job.
Field Upgradable LCD. No need to order
two separate transmitters. Simply stock a
transmitter and display and you can satisfy
any customers requests. Simply remove
cover and snap the LCD onto the board.
Digital Push Button Zero and
Span. Reduces calibration time
significantly over other transmitters
that utilize potentiometers. Lowers
maintenance time and costs.
Field Selectable Air Velocity Mode for fan
and blower applications. Unit provides square
root output that accurately tracks fpm or m/s flow
rate. No need for a smart programmable
indicator or PLC to convert pressure to air flow.
Reduces components and installation time
lowering overall costs.
Adjustable Digital Dampening smooths out
unstable pressure fluctuations common in air flow
applications.
Fan
Velocity
Building
Pressure
Duct
Pressure
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
42
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Differential Pressure Transmitter
Cost Effective for B.A.S. Applications, Digital Push-Button Calibration
with One-Touch
Transmitter Technology
Series
616K
&
616OT
2-27/64
[61.52]
3-19/64
[83.74]
2x 3/16
[4.76]
3-7/8
[98.43]
1-1/8
[28.58]
4-3/8
[111.13]
1/8
[3.175]
3-21/64
[84.53]
The Series 616K & 616OT Differential Pressure Transmitters with One-Touch
technology are designed for simplicity making them the ideal choice for installers
and maintenance professionals.
The One Touch
Digital
Push Button sets
both zero & span
7/8
[22.23]
1/2
[12.70]
2-13/32
[61.12]
3-21/64
[84.53]
5/16
[7.94]
5/32 [3.97]
MOUNTING HOLE
2 PLACES
2-1/4
[57.15]
1-1/2
[38.10]
1/2
[12.70]
Model
616K-00
616K-01
616K-02
616K-03
616K-04
Model
616K-10
616K-11
616K-12
616K-13
616K-14
Model
616OT-10
616OT-15
616OT-20
616OT-2 KPA
616OT-3 KPA
616OT-5 KPA
Series 616K
General Purpose Housing
Series 616OT
NEMA 4X (IP66) Housing
Range
0 1 w.c.
0 2 w.c.
0 3 w.c.
0 5 w.c.
0 10 w.c.
Range
0 250 Pa
0 500 Pa
0 750 Pa
0 1250 Pa
0 2500 Pa
Range
10 w.c.
15 w.c.
20 w.c.
2 kPa
3 kPa
5 kPa
ACCESSORY
A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 43
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
616
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 0.25% F.S.
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F
( 17.8 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits:
20 to 120F ( 6.67 to 48.9C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Thermal Effect: 0.02% F.S./F
(0.0012% F.S./C).
Power Requirements: 10 35 VDC
(2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero and Span Adjustments:
Potentiometers for zero and span.
Loop Resistance: DC; 0 1250 ohms
maximum.
Current Consumption: DC; 38 mA
maximum.
Electrical Connections: Screw type
terminal block.
Process Connections: Barbed, dual
size to fit 1/8 and 3/16 (3.12 mm and
4.76 mm) I.D. rubber or vinyl tubing.
Weight: 1.8 oz (51 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
5/32 [3.97]
MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 2 PLACES
1/2
[12.7]
1-1/2
[38.1]
2-1/4
[57.15]
1-13/32
[35.74]
5/16
[7.95]
15/32
[11.91]
3-21/64
[84.53]
2-13/32
[61.12]
1/2
[12.7]
7/16
[11.11]
7/8
[22.23]
Differential Pressure Transmitter
Ranges from 0-1 in. w.c. to 0-100 psid, Accuracy 0.25%
Model
616-00
616-0
616-1
616-2
616-3
616-4
616-5
616-6
616-7
Range
0 1 in w.c.
0 2 in w.c.
0 3 in w.c.
0 6 in w.c.
0 10 in w.c.
0 20 in w.c.
0 40 in w.c.
0 100 in w.c.
0 200 in w.c.
Max. Press.
2 psig
2 psig
2 psig
5 psig
5 psig
11 psig
11 psig
29 psig
29 psig
Model
616-8
616-9
616-10
616-11
616-12
616-3B
616-6B
616-10B
616-20B
Range
0 10 psid
0 20 psid
0 30 psid
0 50 psid
0 100 psid
1.5 0 1.5 in w.c.
3 0 3 in w.c.
5 0 5 in w.c.
10 0 10 in w.c.
Max. Press.
29 psig
58 psig
58 psig
150 psig
150 psig
2 psig
5 psig
5 psig
11 psig
Series 616 Transmitter features an exceptional 0.25% accuracy in several factory
calibrated ranges. Choose the one just right for your application. Span and Zero controls
included for fine tuning and minor re-calibration in the field.
Series 616, models 0.25% accuracy
Series
616C
5/32 [3.97]
MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 2 PLACES
1/2
[12.7]
1-1/2
[38.1]
2-1/4
[57.15]
1-13/32
[35.74]
5/16
[7.95]
15/32
[11.91]
3-21/64
[84.53]
2-13/32
[61.12]
1/2
[12.7]
7/16
[11.11]
7/8
[22.23]
Differential Pressure Transmitter
Ranges from 0-1 in. w.c. to 0-100 psid, Accuracy 1% F.S.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 1% F.S.
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F
( 17.8 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits:
20 to 120F ( 6.67 to 48.9C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Thermal Effect: 0.02% F.S./F
(0.0012% F.S./C).
Power Requirements: 10 35 VDC
(2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero and Span Adjustments:
Potentiometers for zero and span.
Loop Resistance: DC; 0 1250 ohms
maximum.
Current Consumption: DC; 38 mA
maximum.
Electrical Connections: Screw type
terminal block.
Process Connections: Barbed, dual
size to fit 1/8 and 3/16 (3.12 mm and
4.76 mm) I.D. rubber or vinyl tubing.
Weight: 1.8 oz (51 g).
Model
616C-00
616C-0
616C-1
616C-2
616C-3
616C-4
616C-5
616C-6
616C-7
Range
0 1 in w.c.
0 2 in w.c.
0 3 in w.c.
0 6 in w.c.
0 10 in w.c.
0 20 in w.c.
0 40 in w.c.
0 100 in w.c.
0 200 in w.c.
Max. Press.
2 psig
2 psig
2 psig
5 psig
5 psig
11 psig
11 psig
29 psig
29 psig
Model
616C-8
616C-9
616C-10
616C-11
616C-12
616C-3B
616C-6B
616C-10B
616C-20B
Range
0 10 psid
0 20 psid
0 30 psid
0 50 psid
0 100 psid
1.5 0 1.5 in w.c.
3 0 3 in w.c.
5 0 5 in w.c.
10 0 10 in w.c.
Max. Press.
29 psig
58 psig
58 psig
150 psig
150 psig
2 psig
5 psig
5 psig
11 psig
Series 616C Transmitter features an exceptional 1% accuracy in several factory
calibrated ranges. Choose the one just right for your application. Span and Zero controls
included for fine tuning and minor re-calibration in the field.
Series 616C, models 1% accuracy
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
44
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
DIN Rail Differential Pressure Transmitter
Mounts on 35 mm DIN Rail
2-57/64
[73.42]
2-3/8
[60.33]
1-1/2
[38.10]
2-3/8
[60.33]
13/16
[20.64]
3/4
[19.05]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 0.25% F.S. at 70F.
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 120F ( 6.67 to 48.9C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Thermal Effect: 0.02% F.S./F (0.0012% F.S./C).
Power Requirements: 10 35 VDC (2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero and Span Adjustments: Potentiometers for zero and span.
Loop Resistance: DC: 0 1250 ohms max.
Current Consumption: DC: 38 mA max.
Electrical Connections: Screw type terminal block.
Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Accessories included are
2 barbed fittings for 1/8 (3.12 mm) and 3/16 (4.77 mm) I.D. rubber
or vinyl tubing.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical, on a 1.378 (35 mm) DIN rail.
Weight: 4.8 oz (136 g).
The Series 616D Differential Pressure Transmitter senses the pressure of air and compatible gases
and sends a standard 4-20 mA output signal. The 616D housing is specifically designed to mount on a 35
mm DIN rail in a panel. This mounting style allows for several units to be mounted closely together reducing
required space. A wide range of models are available factory calibrated to specific ranges as listed in the
chart below. The span and zero controls are for use when checking calibration. They are not intended for
re-ranging to a significantly different span. Versatile circuit design enables operation in 2-wire current
loops.
Series
616D
Model
616D-1
616D-2
616D-3
616D-4
616D-5
616D-6
616D-7
616D-8
616D-9
Range
0 3 in w.c.
0 6 in w.c.
0 10 in w.c.
0 20 in w.c.
0 40 in w.c.
0 100 in w.c.
0 200 in w.c.
0 10 psid
0 20 psid
Model
616D-10
616D-11
616D-12
616D-13
616D-14
616D-3B
616D-6B
616D-10B
616D-20B
Range
0 30 psid
0 50 psid
0 100 psid
0 12 ft w.c.
0 20 ft w.c.
1.5 0 1.5 in w.c.
3 0 3 in w.c.
5 0 5 in w.c.
10 0 10 in w.c.
Differential Pressure Transmitter
Same Size as Standard Magnehelic
Differential Pressure
Indicating Transmitter
The Series 605 Magnehelic
Magnehelic
Model
631B-0
631B-1
631B-2
631B-3
631B-5
Description
Selectable 5, 10, 25, 50 psid
Selectable 10, 20, 50,100 psid
Selectable 25, 50,125, 250 psid
Model
WWDP-1-LCD
WWDP-2-LCD
WWDP-3-LCD
Max. Working
Pressure
50 psi
100 psi
250 psi
ACCESSORY
A-164, 16.4 (5 m) cable with M-12 4-pin female connector
Range g
0-0.5 w.c.
0-1 w.c.
0-2 w.c.
0-5 w.c.
0-25 w.c.
Max. Working
Pressure
50 psi
100 psi
250 psi
052.P.N:Layout 2 2/10/11 3:40 PM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 53
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter
0.5% Accuracy, NEMA 4X Enclosure
Series
629
The Series 629 Differential Pressure Transmitter monitors differential
pressure of air and compatible gases and liquids with 0.5% accuracy. The design
employs dual pressure sensors converting pressure changes into a standard 4-
20 mA output signal for two wire circuits. Small internal volume and minimum
moving parts result in exceptional response and reliability. Terminal block, zero
and span adjustments are easily accessed under the top cover. The Series 629
Differential Pressure Transmitter is designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66)
construction.
APPLICATIONS
Monitor differential pressures across:
Flow elements
Heat exchangers
Filters
Pumps
Coils
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Without value: 316, 316L SS. Additional wetted parts
with 3 way valve option: Buna N, silicone grease, PTFE, brass 360,
copper, reinforced acetal copolymer.
Accuracy: 0.5% F.S. (includes linearity, hysteresis & repeatability).
Temperature Limits: 0 to 200F ( 18 to 93C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 0 to 175F ( 18 to 79C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Thermal Effect: 0.02%/F (0.036%/C) includes zero & span.
Power Requirements: 13 30 VDC (2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA. Optional 0 5, 0 10 VDC.
Response Time: 50 msec.
Loop Resistance: 0 1300 ohms maximum for current output. For
voltage outputs, minimum load resistance: 2000 ohms.
Electrical Connections: Terminal block; 1/2 female NPT conduit.
Process Connections: 1/4 female NPT.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Not position sensitive.
Weight: 10.1 oz (286 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
1/4 NPT
6-59/64 [175.82]
OPTIONAL 1/4 NPT
MALE FITTING
5-25/32 [146.84]
1/4 NPT FEMALE FITTING
1-5/8
[41.28]
3-9/32
[83.34]
1-11/32
[34.13]
43/64
[17.07]
LIQUID TIGHT FITTING
CORD DIAMETER RANGE:
.200 TO .350 [5.06 TO 8.89]
Series 629 shown with optional cable gland.
Range
(psid)
10
25
50
100
Working*
Pressure (psid)
20
50
100
200
Over
Pressure (psi)
100
250
250
500
* Pressures exceeding the working pressure limit may cause a
calibration shift of up to 3% of full scale.
Model
629-02-CH-P2-E5-S1
629-03-CH-P2-E5-S1
629-04-CH-P2-E5-S1
629-05-CH-P2-E5-S1
Model
629-02-CH-P2-E5-S1-3V
629-03-CH-P2-E5-S1-3V
629-04-CH-P2-E5-S1-3V
629-05-CH-P2-E5-S1-3V
Range
(psid)
10
25
50
100
Working*
Pressure
(psid)
20
50
100
100
Over
Pressure (psi)
100
100
100
100
Pressure Limits
Pressure Limits
3-way valve package with bleed screw
Bleed Screw
Standard
3-Way Valve Manifold
629 shown with optional Red
LED and cable gland.
OPTIONS
-LED, 4.5 Digit LED Display
ACCESSORIES
A-228, Stainless steel flex hose, 12 (30.48 cm)
long, 1/8 male NPT connections.
A-229, Stainless steel flex hose, 18 (45.72 cm)
long, 1/8 male NPT connections.
A-332, Brass adapter, 1/8 female NPT
to 1/4 male NPT.
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
54
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
ESeries
647
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids
on both pressure and reference sides.
Wetted Materials: Brass, vinyl, glass
filled polyester, silicon, and
florosilicone.
Accuracy: 1.0% FS.
Stability: 1.5% FS output/year.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122F (0 to
50C).
Pressure Limits: Ranges 1 w.c. to 5
psi: 20 psi, 15 psi range: 45 psi, 30 psi
range: 60 psi.
Thermal Effects: Zero: 0.05% FS/F,
Span: 0.05% rdg/F.
Power Requirements: 18 to 30 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA, 2 wire.
Zero and Span Adjustments:
Adjustable, 10%.
Loop Resistance: 400 @ 18 VDC,
600 @ 24 VDC, 1000 @ 30 VDC.
Electrical Connection: Screw
terminals, reverse polarity protected.
Process Connections: Two 1/8
female NPT.
Housing: Gasketed steel epoxy
painted, NEMA 4 (IP66).
Weight: 14 oz (397 g).
Monitor differential pressure in air/liquid flow systems, HVAC automation, pneumatic
systems and process control with the Series 647 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter.
Units are temperature compensated and provide a 4 to 20 mA output signal which can be
interfaced with chart recorders, data loggers and computerized monitoring and control
systems.
(4) 1/4 [6.35] LONG X 7/32 [5.56]
WIDE MOUNTING HOLES
1-1/16 [26.97] TYP
3-5/16
[84.15]
1-1/8
[28.58] 2-7/8
[73.03]
2-15/16
[74.63]
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
5-9/16
[141.30]
7/8 [22.23]
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1-17/64
[32.15]
2-1/2
[63.50]
5 [127.00]
Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter
Ranges from 0 to 1 w.c., 1.0% Accuracy, NEMA 4 Enclosure, 2-Wire
Series
645
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids
on both pressure and reference sides.
Wetted Materials: 17 4 PH stainless
steel, 300 Series stainless steel,
fluoroelastomer and silicone o rings
and bleed screw seals.
Accuracy: 0.25% FS (RSS).
Temperature Limits: Operating: 0 to
175F ( 22 to 80C); Storage: 65 to
260F ( 54 to 126C).
Pressure Limits: (High side) 1 to 5
psi: 20 x FS, 10 to 25 psi: 10 x FS, 50
psi: 5 x FS, 100 psi: 2.5 x FS; (low
side) 2.5 x FS.
Thermal Effects: (includes zero and
span) 0.02% FS/F, 30 to 150F
( 1 to 65C).
Power Requirements: 11 to 30 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA, 2 wire.
Zero and Span Adjustments:
Adjustable, 1 mA, non interactive.
Response Time: 30 to 50 msec.
Loop Resistance: 0 to 1000.
Electrical Connection: Barrier strip
terminal block with conduit enclosure
and .875 (22 mm) diameter conduit
opening.
Process Connection: 1/4 18 female
NPT.
Housing: Stainless steel/aluminum,
NEMA 4X (IP66).
Weight: 14.4 oz (0.4 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
3-Valve Manifold Assembly
Manifold: Brass.
Valve Type: 90 on/off.
Process Connection: 1/4 18 female
NPT.
Series 645 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitters are designed for use with
compatible gases and liquids which can be applied to both the pressure and reference ports.
Quick response capacitance sensor delivers a 4 to 20 mA output signal proportional to
differential pressure with .25% accuracy. The Series 645 transmitters are ideal for process
control, filter condition monitoring, refrigeration equipment, pump speed control, HVAC
equipment, and liquid level measurement. For ease of installation and maintenance, order
optional 3-valve manifold assembly. Bleed ports allow for total elimination of air in the line
and pressure cavities.
1-15/16
[49.35]
LOW PRESSURE
PORT
3-1/16
[77.59]
1 [25.44]
1/4 NPT
BOTH SIDES
1-3/32
[27.98]
1-63/64
[50.50]
1-1/2
[38.16]
1 [25.44]
BLEED
SCREWS
2-7/16
[62.01]
HIGH PRESSURE
PORT
7/8 KNOCKOUT INTENDED FOR
A 1/2 I.D. CONDUIT CONNECTION
Optional 3-Valve Manifold Assembly
Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter
0.25% Accuracy, Quick Response, 2-Wire Design
DW
Y
R N
TRUM
E
TS
NC
M
H
G
N C
TY N
U
S
A
2 5/32
[54.61]
3 1/64
[76.45]
Model
647-0
647-1
647-2
647-3
647-4
Model
647-5
647-6
647-7
647-8
Model*
645-0
645-1
645-2
645-3
645-4
645-5
645-6
Model
645-10
645-11
645-12
645-13
645-14
645-15
645-16
Range
0 to 1 psid
0 to 2 psid
0 to 5 psid
0 to 10 psid
0 to 25 psid
0 to 50 psid
0 to 100 psid
Range
0.5 psid
1 psid
2.5 psid
5 psid
10 psid
25 psid
50 psid
* For optional 3 Valve Manifold Assembly, specify 3V as suffix
Range
0 to 1 w.c.
0 to 3 w.c.
0 to 25 w.c.
0 to 5 w.c.
0 to 10 w.c.
Range
0 to 1 psid
0 to 5 psid
0 to 15 psid
0 to 30 psid
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 55
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Fixed Range Differential Pressure Transmitter
Explosion-proof, 0.5% Accuracy
Series
636D
#22 AWG SHIELDED CABLE
24 INCHES LONG
3/4-14 FEMALE NPT
CONDUIT THREAD
1-3/4
[44.45]
1-4/33
[105.41]
1 HEX TYPICAL
SS TAG
1/2-14 FEMALE NPT
PROCESS CONNECTION
1-1/4 HEX
1-4/33
[28.45]
4-1/8
1-8/22
[33.2]
1-3/4
The Series 636D Differential Pressure Transmitter can be used for measuring
pressures of liquids, gases, and vapors. All available ranges have an excellent 0.5% F.S.
accuracy with a 4-20 mA output standard or optional 1-5 VDC output. The NEMA 4 housing
is an all 316 welded construction that is designed to withstand the harshest environmental
conditions. With all 316L wetted materials this transmitter is compatible with most media.
These units are CSA approved explosion-proof for use in the specified hazardous locations
and meet NACE standards for off-shore applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases, liquids, or
vapors.
Wetted Materials: Types 316L SS.
Accuracy: BFSL: 0.5% F.S. (includes
linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability).
Stability: 1.0 F.S./yr.
Pressure Limits: 3 x full scale
differential pressure; Burst: 2500 psig.
Temperature Limits: Ambient
operating: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C);
Process interface: 40 to 212F ( 40 to
100C); Storage: 40 to 212F ( 40 to
100C).
Compensated Temperature Range:
20 to 160F ( 29 to 71C).
Thermal Effect: 2% F.S./50F
(reference to 77F).
Power Requirements: 12 30 VDC for
4 20 mA outputs; 8 14 VDC for 1 5
VDC outputs, both with reverse polarity
protection.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC or 1 5
VDC.
Zero and Span Adjustment: Fixed.
Response Time: 20 ms.
Loop Resistance: 900 ohms max @
30 VDC for current outputs. For voltage
outputs, minimum lead resistance 50k
ohms.
Current Consumption: 4 20 mA for
current output models; 3 mA for voltage
output models.
Electrical Connections: 2 ft, 22 AWG
cable; 3/4 female NPT conduit.
Process Connections: Two 1/2
female NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: 0.05 psi/90
rotation from horizontal.
Weight: 1.8 lb (0.82 kg).
Agency Approvals: CSA approved
explosion proof for Class I, Division 1,
Groups B, C, and D; Class II, Groups
E, F, and G; Class III.
Model
4-20 mA Out
636D-0
636D-1
636D-2
636D-3
636D-4
636D-5
636D-6
636D-7
636D-8
Model
1-5 VDC Out
636D-0-LP
636D-1-LP
636D-2-LP
636D-3-LP
636D-4-LP
636D-5-LP
636D-6-LP
636D-7-LP
636D-8-LP
Range
0 6 psid
0 15 psid
0 30 psid
0 60 psid
0 100 psid
0 150 psid
0 200 psid
0 300 psid
0 500 psid
Range
0 6 psid
0 15 psid
0 30 psid
0 60 psid
0 100 psid
0 150 psid
0 200 psid
0 300 psid
0 500 psid
Series
655A
316 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter
Ranges Down to 3 w.c., 6-Point N.I.S.T. Certificate Included
Series 655A Differential Pressure Transmitters are designed for high static/low DP
applications designed especially for the End Users and OEMs where extreme overpressure
and high performance of 0.25% accuracy and stability are required at ranges down to 3 w.c.
Each unit includes a 6-point N.I.S.T certificate of calibration which demonstrates the units
high level of performance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gasses or liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Accuracy: 0.25% BFSL, RSS
(combined effect of non linearity,
hysteresis, and repeatability).
Stability: 0.25% FSO/yr.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 200F
( 29 to 93C).
Compensated Temperature Limits:
0 to 170F ( 17.8 to 76.7C).
Pressure Limits: 1000 psi (68.95 bar)
continuous; 3000 psi (206.8 bar) burst.
Thermal Effects: 1.5% F.S. oven
comp. temperature range.
Power Requirements: 8 to 38 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Static Pressure Effects: on zero:
0.25% FSO per 1000 psi; on span:
0.5% of reading per 1000 psi.
Response Time: < 10 mS.
Loop Resistance: 1500 ohms.
Electrical Connections: Cable exit
with 24 cable; optional 6 pin
connector.
Process Connections: 1/4 NPT
female.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet
NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in
vertical position: zero shifts up to
1 w.c. depending on orientation.
Weight: 18 oz (510 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
Model
655A-00-C
655A-01-C
655A-02-C
655A-03-C
655A-04-C
655A-05-C
655A-06-C
655A-07-C
A-232 CONNECTOR END
OPPOSITE END IS SIX WIRES
COLORS: RED, BLACK, GREEN,
WHITE, BLUE AND BROWN
655A-XX-P MODELS
4-3/4
[120.65]
2
[50.80]
655A-XX-C MODELS
4 WIRE CABLE
1/4 FEMALE
NPT
1-1/4
[31.75]
2-35/64
[64.77]
Model
655A-00-P
655A-01-P
655A-02-P
655A-03-P
655A-04-P
655A-05-P
655A-06-P
655A-07-P
ACCESSORY
A-232, Connection with cable (3) For 6 pin connection models
Note: Change C to P for optional 6 pin male connection.
Range
0 to 3 w.c.
0 to 5 w.c.
0 to 8 w.c.
0 to 10 w.c.
0 to 15 w.c.
0 to 20 w.c.
0 to 1 psid
0 to 2 psid
Range
0 to 3 w.c.
0 to 5 w.c.
0 to 8 w.c.
0 to 10 w.c.
0 to 15 w.c.
0 to 20 w.c.
0 to 1 psid
0 to 2 psid
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
56
D
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
a
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
30 w.c.
150 w.c.
750 w.c.
100 psi
300 psi
30 w.c.
150 w.c.
750 w.c.
100 psi
300 psi
7.5 kPa
37.3 kPa
186.5 kPa
690 kPa
2068 kPa
7.5 kPa
37.3 kPa
186.5 kPa
690 kPa
2068 kPa
30 w.c.
150 w.c.
750 w.c.
100 psi
300 psi
30 w.c.
150 w.c.
750 w.c.
100 psi
300 psi
7.5 kPa
37.3 kPa
186.5 kPa
690 kPa
2068 kPa
7.5 kPa
37.3 kPa
186.5 kPa
690 kPa
2068 kPa
0.6 to 30 w.c.
1.5 to 150 w.c.
7.5 to 750 w.c.
1 to 100 psi
3 to 300 psi
0.6 to 30 w.c.
1.5 to 150 w.c.
7.5 to 750 w.c.
1 to 100 psi
3 to 300 psi
0.15 to 7.5 kPa
0.373 to 37.3 kPa
1.865 to 186.5 kPa
6.9 to 690 kPa
20.68 to 2068 kPa
0.15 to 7.5 kPa
0.373 to 37.3 kPa
1.865 to 186.5 kPa
6.9 to 690 kPa
20.68 to 2068 kPa
Series
3100
Explosion-proof Differential Pressure Transmitter
HART
Communication.
Response Time: 0.12 seconds.
Damping Time: 0.25 60 seconds.
Loop Resistance:
Operation: 0 to 1500 ohm;
HART
Dial Size
2
2.5
A
2 1/16
[52.39]
2 45/64
[68.66]
B2
3 45/64
[94.06]
4
[101.6]
C
1 1/8
[28.58]
1 1/8
[28.58]
2.5 with 1.5 Connection 2 with 3/4 Connection
Model
SG3A-B0624S
SG3A-B0724S
SG3A-B0824S
2 Dial with 3/4 Bottom Connection
Model
SG3A-D0121S
SG3A-D0221S
SG3A-D0321S
SG3A-D0421S
SG3A-D0521S
SG3A-D0621S
SG3A-D0721S
SG3A-D0821S
SG3A-D2121S
SG3A-D2221S
SG3A-D2321S
SG3A-D2421S
SG3A-D2521S
SG3A-D2621S
2.5 Dial with 1-1/2 Bottom Connection
Note: For Glycerin fill add PY to the end of the model. Not available on 2 dial gages.
Range
0 160 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
Range
30 Hg 0
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 160 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
30 Hg 0 15 psi
30 Hg 0 30 psi
30 Hg 0 60 psi
30 Hg 0 100 psi
30 Hg 0 160 psi
30 Hg 0 200 psi
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
62
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Spiral Tube Pressure Gage
Compact Size, 1 Dial
Series
SGC2
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Bronze spiral tube.
Housing: Chrome plated brass housing.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 5% F.S.
Pressure Limits: 1.1 x full scale.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 50 to 160F ( 45 to 71C).
Size: 1 (25 mm).
Process Connection: 1/8 male NPT center back.
Weight: 1.0 oz (28.3 g).
The compact Series SGC2 Pressure Gages are an economical solution for monitoring
high pressure applications where space is limited. These 1 gages are perfect for OEM
applications for use on pumps, compressors and portable cylinders. The Series SGC2 Gages
are housed in a rugged case and feature 1/8 male NPT center back connection.
Model
SGC2-01
SGC2-02
SGC2-03
SGC2-04
SGC2-05
SGC2-06
SGC2-07
SGC2-08
1[25.40]
13/32 [10.16]
11/32 [8.88]
8 & 10 Stainless Steel Pressure Gage
1.0% Full Scale Accuracy, 316L SS Wetted Parts
Series
SGK
The Series SGK Gages have dual english/metric scales with 1% full scale accuracy.
Series SGK gages are designed with 304 SS housings and 316L SS wetted parts. Units can
withstand ambient temperatures up to 149F (65C) and process temperatures up to 518F
(270C). SGK-I models have 8 dial faces while the SGK-J models have large 10 dial faces.
A wide selection of ranges are available from full vacuum, compound to 15,000 psi.
APPLICATIONS
Boilers, food and beverage, pumps, machine presses, engine compressors,
turbines, conventional and nuclear power, diesel engines
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and
liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 1% full scale, ANSI B40.1
Grade 1A.
Pressure Limit: 130% full scale for
ranges <10,000 psi; 115% for 10,000
psi and greater.
Temperature Limit:
Ambient: 4 to 149F ( 20 to 65C);
Process: 518F max. (270C max.).
Size: 8 (200 mm); 10 (250 mm).
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 8: 3.1 lb (1.42 kg); 10: 4.7 lb
(2.12 kg).
9-29/64
[240.11]
4-7/16
[112.71]
5-29/32
[150.02]
1-63/64
[50.40]
1-15/64
[31.35]
7-7/8
[200.03]
8-5/64
[205.18]
1/2 NPT
7/8 HEX
[22.23 HEX]
29/32
[23.02]
Model *
SGK-I0124N
SGK-I0224N
SGK-I0324N
SGK-I0424N
SGK-I0524N
SGK-I0624N
Model*
SGK-I0724N
SGK-I0824N
SGK-I0924N
SGK-I1024N
SGK-I1124N
SGK-I1224N
Ranges
160 psi
300 psi
500 psi
750 psi
1200 psi
3000 psi
5000 psi
6000 psi
For alternate ranges, contact the factory.
* For 10 dial gages change above models from SGK I to SGK J.
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
Range
0 400 psi (0 2800 kPa)
0 500 psi (0 3400 kPa)
0 600 psi (0 4000 kPa)
0 1000 psi (0 7000 kPa)
0 1500 psi (0 10 MPa)
0 2000 psi (0 14 MPa)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 63
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
2.5 Stainless Steel Low Pressure Gages
Brass or 316 SS Wetted Parts
Series
SGX
&
SGF
2-45/64
[68.66] 13/32
[10.32]
1-45/64
[43.26]
2-27/64
[61.52]
1/4 NPT
13/32
[10.32]
The Series SGX/SGF Gages have dual English/metric scales with 1.6% full scale
accuracy. The Series SGX/SGF gages are designed with 304 SS housing and brass or 316
SS wetted parts. Units can withstand ambient temperatures up to 149F (65C) and
process temperatures up to 212F (100C). Ranges of vacuum, compound and pressures to
235 inches w.c. are available. Included on the dial is a convenient zero adjustment screw
which allows the user to easily re-zero the needle.
APPLICATIONS
Pneumatic, draft measurement, filter monitoring, liquid level
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: SGX: Brass; SGF: 316/316L SS.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 1.6% full scale on positive pressure ranges 15 w.c. and greater;
2.5% full scale on all other ranges.
Pressure Limit: Full scale value.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: 13 to 149F ( 25 to 65C);
Process: 212F max. (100C max.).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 4.6 oz (0.13 kg).
SGX SGF
Model
SGX-D7122N
SGX-D7322N
SGX-D7522N
SGX-D7722N
SGX-D8022N
SGX-D8122N
SGX-D8222N
SGX-D8322N
SGX-D8422N
SGX-D8722N
SGX-D8922N
SGX-D9122N
SGX-D9722N
Model
SGF-D7122N
SGF-D7322N
SGF-D7522N
SGF-D7722N
SGF-D8022N
SGF-D8122N
SGF-D8222N
SGF-D8322N
SGF-D8422N
SGF-D8622N
SGF-D8722N
316SS Gages Brass Gages
Range
10 0 in. w.c. ( 250 0 mm)
25 0 in. w.c. ( 600 0 mm)
60 0 in. w.c. ( 1600 0 mm)
100 0 in. w.c. ( 2500 0 mm)
0 10 in. w.c. (0 250 mm)
0 15 in. w.c. (0 400 mm)
0 25 in. w.c. (0 600 mm)
0 40 in. w.c. (0 1000 mm)
0 60 in. w.c. (0 1600 mm)
0 160 in. w.c. (0 4000 mm)
4 0 6 in. w.c. ( 100 0 150 mm)
8 0 16 in. w.c. ( 200 0 400 mm)
80 0 160 in. w.c. ( 2000 0 4000 mm)
Range
10 0 in. w.c. ( 250 0 mm)
25 0 in. w.c. ( 600 0 mm)
60 0 in. w.c. ( 1600 0 mm)
100 0 in. w.c. ( 2500 0 mm)
0 10 in. w.c. (0 250 mm)
0 15 in. w.c. (0 400 mm)
0 25 in. w.c. (0 600 mm)
0 40 in. w.c. (0 1000 mm)
0 60 in. w.c. (0 1600 mm)
0 100 in. w.c. (0 2500 mm)
0 160 in. w.c. (0 4000 mm)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
64
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
2-39/64
[66]
1-45/64
[43]
3-29/64
[87.6]
1/4 NPT
The Series LPG1 Low Pressure Gages possess inches of water column
scales with 1.5% accuracy. The 2.5 LPG1 gages are designed with chrome
plated steel housings and twist lock plastic lenses. Units are ideal for air and
gases compatible with brass. Units can withstand ambient temperatures of -40
to 140F (-40 to 60C). A wide offering of ranges are available from vacuum to
10 psi. Units come with a 1/4 male NPT bottom connection.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket and internals.
Housing: Chrome plated case.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 1.5%.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: Process: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT lower.
Weight: 8.64 oz (245 g).
Low Pressure Gage
1.5% Accuracy in 2.5 Chrome Case
Series
LPG1
2-55/64
[66]
1-39/64
[43]
55/64
[21.6]
1/4 NPT
The Series LPG2 Low Pressure Gages possess inches of water column
scales with 1.5% accuracy. The 2.5 LPG2 gages are designed with chrome
plated steel housings and twist lock plastic lenses. Units are ideal for air and
gases compatible with brass. Units can withstand temperatures of -40 to 140F
(-40 to 60C). A wide offering of ranges are available from vacuum to 10 psi.
Units come with a 1/4 male NPT center back connection.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket and internals.
Housing: Chrome plated case.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 1.5%.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT center back entry.
Weight: 10.24 oz (290 g).
Low Pressure Gage
1.5% Accuracy, 2.5 Chrome Case with Back Connection
Series
LPG2
Model
LPG2-D7242N
LPG2-D7342N
LPG2-D7742N
LPG2-D8042N
LPG2-D8142N
LPG2-D8242N
LPG2-D8442N
LPG2-D8642N
LPG2-D9942N
LPG2-D0042N
Model
LPG1-D7322N
LPG1-D7522N
LPG1-D7722N
LPG1-D7922N
LPG1-D8022N
LPG1-D8122N
LPG1-D8222N
LPG1-D8422N
LPG1-D8622N
LPG1-D8722N
LPG1-D8822N
LPG1-D9822N
LPG1-D9922N
LPG1-D0022N
Range
15 0 w.c.
30 0 w.c
100 0 w.c.
0 10 w.c.
0 15 w.c.
0 30 w.c.
0 60 w.c.
0 100 w.c.
0 5 psi
0 10 psi
Range
30 0 w.c.
60 0 w.c
100 0 w.c.
200 0 w.c.
0 10 w.c.
0 15 w.c.
0 30 w.c.
0 60 w.c.
0 100 w.c.
0 160 w.c.
0 200 w.c.
0 3 psi
0 5 psi
0 10 psi
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 65
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series LPG3 Low Pressure Gages are designed to be especially sensitive with an elastic
element that expands and contracts with very small changes in pressure for ASME Grade 1A
accuracy. This series is meant for the measurement of low pressures of gases and liquids and is ideal
for air flow indicators, liquid level indicators and draft gages. Our new low pressure gages are
available in 2-1/2 dial with either a bottom or back connection option.
Series
LPG3
Low Pressure Gage
1% Full Scale Accuracy in a 2-1/2 Gage
2-5/8
[66.7)
3-29/64
[87.6]
35/64 SQ
[14.0]
2-1/2 BOTTOM CONNECTION
1/4 NPT
1-29/32
[48.3]
PUSH IN LENS
2-5/8
[66.7]
PUSH IN LENS
1-21/32
[42]
R3/32
[R2.5]
35/64 SQ
[14]
1/4 NPT
31/64
[12]
25/64
[10]
2-1/2 BACK CONNECTION
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass.
Housing Materials: Steel with black finish.
Lens: Polycarbonate.
Accuracy: 1% full scale; ANSI B40.1 Grade 1A.
Pressure Limit: 110%.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 150F ( 40 to 65C).
Size: 2 1/2 (63 mm).
Process Connections: 1/4 NPT, bottom or back.
Weight: 6.5 oz (184 g).
2.5 Low Pressure Gage
1.5% Full Scale Accuracy in a 2-1/2 Gage
Series
LPG4
2.625
[67.7]
.550 SQUARE
[14.0]
[1/4 - 18NPT]
1.500
[38]
.850
[21.6]
BOTTOM CONNECTED
Our Series LPG4 gages offer top of the line performance and accuracy for pressure and
vacuum applications up to and including 160 in w.c. The LPG4 is constructed from a single
beryllium-copper diaphragm affixed to a precision-machined brass plate. This innovative
design, together with a high-precision, milled-teeth brass movement and nickel-silver pinion
and bearing surface, provide the user with a top of the line low pressure instrument.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass and beryllium
copper.
Housing: Drawn steel, black finish.
Lens: Polycarbonate (removable).
Accuracy: 1.5% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 100% of range scale.
Temperature Limits:
Process: 40 to 160F ( 40 to 70C);
Ambient: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 7.3 oz (0.21 kg).
Model
Bottom
LPG3-D8122N
LPG3-D8222N
LPG3-D8422N
LPG3-D8622N
LPG3-D8822N
LPG3-D9922N
LPG3-D0022N
Model
Back
LPG3-D8142N
LPG3-D8242N
LPG3-D8442N
LPG3-D8642N
LPG3-D8842N
LPG3-D9942N
LPG3-D0042N
Model
LPG4-D7122N
LPG4-D7222N
LPG4-D7322N
LPG4-D7422N
LPG4-D7522N
LPG4-D7622N
LPG4-D7722N
LPG4-D7822N
LPG4-D7922N
LPG4-D8022N
LPG4-D8122N
LPG4-D8222N
Model
LPG4-D8322N
LPG4-D8422N
LPG4-D8522N
LPG4-D8622N
LPG4-D8722N
LPG4-D8922N
LPG4-D9022N
LPG4-D9122N
LPG4-D9222N
LPG4-D9322N
LPG4-D9422N
LPG4-D9522N
Range
in w.c./oz/in
2
0 15 (0 8.6 oz/in
2
)
0 32 (0 18.5 oz/in
2
)
0 55 (0 32.0 oz/in
2
)
0 100 (0 58.0 oz/in
2
)
0 200 (0 116 oz/in
2
)
Range psi/kPa
0 5 (0 35 kPa)
0 10 (0 70 kPa)
Range
10 0 in. w.c. ( 2.5 0 kPa)
16 0 in. w.c. ( 4 0 kPa)
25 0 in. w.c. ( 6 0 kPa)
40 0 in. w.c. ( 10 0 kPa)
60 0 in. w.c. ( 15 0 kPa)
80 0 in. w.c. ( 20 0 kPa)
100 0 in. w.c. ( 25 0 kPa)
160 0 in. w.c. ( 40 0 kPa)
235 0 in. w.c. ( 60 0 kPa)
0 10 in. w.c. (0 2.5 kPa)
0 15 in. w.c. (0 3.75 kPa)
0 25 in. w.c. (0 6 kPa)
Range
0 40 in. w.c. (0 10 kPa)
0 60 in. w.c. (0 15 kPa)
0 80 in. w.c. (0 20 kPa)
0 100 in. w.c. (0 25 kPa)
0 160 in. w.c. (0 40 kPa)
4 0 6 in. w.c. ( 1 0 1.5 kPa)
6 0 10 in. w.c. ( 1.5 0 2.5 kPa)
8 0 16 in. w.c. ( 2 0 4 kPa)
16 0 24 in. w.c. ( 4 0 6 kPa)
24 0 40 in. w.c. ( 6 0 10 kPa)
30 0 50 in. w.c. ( 7.5 0 14.5 kPa)
40 0 60 in. w.c. ( 10 0 0.15 kPa)
Range
in w.c./oz/in
2
0 15 (0 8.6 oz/in
2
)
0 32 (0 18.5 oz/in
2
)
0 55 (0 32.0 oz/in
2
)
0 100 (0 58.0 oz/in
2
)
0 200 (0 116 oz/in
2
)
Range psi/kPa
0 5 (0 35 kPa)
0 10 (0 70 kPa)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
66
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
4-23/64
[102.79]
6-15/64
[158.35]
1/2 NPT
23/32
[18.26]
1-25/64
[35.32]
51/64
[20.24]
21/32
[16.67]
3-15/16
[100.01]
1-57/64
[48.02]
31/64
[12.30]
Series
SGP
4 Stainless Steel Low Pressure Schaeffer Gage
1.6% Full Scale Accuracy, 316 & 316L SS Wetted Parts
The Series SGP Gages have dual english/metric scales with 1.6% full scale accuracy.
The Series SGP gages are designed with 304 stainless steel housings, a 316L SS chamber
and a 316 SS diaphragm for excellent chemical compatibility. Units can withstand ambient
temperatures up to 149F (65C) and process temperatures up to 248F (120C). Ranges
of vacuum, compound and pressures to 235 inches w.c. are available. Included is a
micrometer adjustable pointer which allows for re-zeroing the gage in the field.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS chamber with 316 SS diaphragm.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 1.6% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 130% full scale.
Temperature Limit:
Ambient: 13 to 149F ( 25 to 65C);
Process: 248F max. (120C max.).
Size: 4 (100 mm).
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 3.1 lb (1.4 kg).
Model
SGP-F8024N
SGP-F8124N
SGP-F8224N
SGP-F8324N
SGP-F8424N
SGP-F8524N
SGP-F8624N
SGP-F8724N
SGP-F8824N
Range
0 10 in. w.c. (0 250 mm)
0 15 in. w.c. (0 400 mm)
0 25 in. w.c. (0 600 mm)
0 40 in. w.c. (0 1000 mm)
0 60 in. w.c. (0 1600 mm)
0 80 in. w.c. (0 2000 mm)
0 100 in. w.c. (0 2500 mm)
0 160 in. w.c. (0 4000 mm)
0 235 in. w.c. (0 6000 mm)
4 Stainless Steel Schaeffer Gage
1.6% Full Scale Accuracy, 316L SS & PTFE Wetted Parts
Series
SGO
1/2 NPT
31/64
[12.30]
1-57/64
[48.02]
3-15/16
[100.01] 21/32
[16.67]
23/32
[18.26]
1-3/8
[34.93]
23/32
[18.26]
3-55/64
[98.03]
The Series SGO Gages have dual english/metric scales with 1.6% full scale accuracy. The
Series SGO gages are designed with 304 SS housing, a 316L SS chamber and PTFE coated
diaphragm for excellent chemical compatibility. Units can withstand ambient temperatures
up to 149F (65C) and process temperatures up to 248F (120C). Ranges are available
from full vacuum, compound to 300 psi. Included is a micrometer adjustable pointer which
allows for re-zeroing the gage in the field.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS chamber
with PTFE protected steel diaphragm.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 1.6% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 130% full scale.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: 13 to 149F ( 25 to 65C);
Process: 248F max. (120C max.).
Size: 4 (100 mm).
Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 3.0 lb (1.34 kg).
Model
SGO-F0124N
SGO-F0224N
SGO-F0324N
SGO-F0424N
SGO-F0524N
SGO-F0624N
SGO-F0724N
SGO-F0824N
Model
SGO-F2124N
SGO-F2224N
SGO-F2324N
SGO-F2424N
SGO-F2524N
SGO-F2624N
SGO-F2724N
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 2000 kPa)
Range
30 Hg 0 15 psi ( 100 0 100 kPa)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 100 0 200 kPa)
30 Hg 0 60 psi ( 100 0 400 kPa)
30 Hg 0 100 psi ( 100 0 700 kPa)
30 Hg 0 150 psi ( 100 0 1000 kPa)
30 Hg 0 200 psi ( 100 0 1400 kPa)
30 Hg 0 300 psi ( 100 0 2000 kPa)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 67
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
2.5 Utility Pressure Gage
2.5% Accuracy, Brass Wetted Parts
Series
UGA
2-23/32
[69.06]
9/16 HEX
[14.29 HEX]
1/4 NPT
1-1/8
[28.58]
3/8
[9.53]
2-29/64
[62.31]
The Series UGA Gages have dual english/metric scales with 2.5% accuracy. The Series
UGA gages are designed with brass wetted parts, and can withstand ambient temperatures
up to 140F (60C) and process temperatures up to 248F (120C). A wide variety of ranges
are available in this economical gage.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass.
Housing: Black powder coated steel.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 2.5% between 10 90% of span.
Pressure Limit: Full scale value.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C);
Process: 248F max. (120C max.).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 5.2 oz (0.15 kg).
The economical Series UGB gages are ideal for air and chilled water usage typically
found in refrigeration and HVAC applications. The UGB gages are enclosed in a plastic
case that will not corrode or rust and contains brass wetted parts. UGB gages have dual
English/metric scales with a 2.5% accuracy. A wide variety of ranges are available.
Series
UGB
4 Plastic Utility Gage
Ideal for HVAC Applications
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass.
Housing: Plastic.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 2.5% between 10 to 90% of span.
Pressure Limits: Full scale range.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C); Process: Maximum
248F (120C).
Size: 4 (100 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Weight: 9.6 oz (272 g).
3.150
[80.01]
4.154
[105.51]
.354
[8.99]
1.181
[30.00]
3.760
[95.50]
1/4 NPT
9/16 SQ
Model
UGA-D0122N
UGA-D0222N
UGA-D0322N
UGA-D0422N
UGA-D0522N
UGA-D0622N
UGA-D0722N
UGA-D0822N
Model
UGB-F0122N
UGB-F0222N
UGB-F0322N
UGB-F0422N
UGB-F0522N
UGB-F0622N
For alternate ranges, contact the factory.
For alternate ranges, contact the factory.
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa )
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 2000 kPa)
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa )
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
68
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series UGC Utility Gages possess dual psi and bar (100 x kPa) scales
with 3-2-3% ANSI B40.1 Grade B accuracy. The 2 UGC gages are designed
with black steel housings and chrome bezels. Wetted parts include a brass socket
and phosphor bronze Bourdon tube. Units can withstand temperatures of -50 to
160F (-45 to 71C). A wide offering of ranges are available from full vacuum,
compound to 300 psi. Units may be ordered with a male bottom connection in
either 1/8 or 1/4 NPT in the UGC series.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket, phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: Black steel case with chrome bezel.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 3 2 3% ANSI B40.1 Grade B.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 50 to 160F ( 45 to 71C).
Size: 2 (50 mm).
Process Connection: 1/8 or 1/4 male NPT lower.
Weight: 4.16 oz (118 g).
Utility Gage
2 Dials with Dual Scales
Series
UGC
2-5/64
[53]
1-1/32
[26]
2-29/32
[74]
1/8 OR 1/4 NPT
UGC
2 Dial Gages
Model (1/4 NPT)
UGC-C10122N
UGC-C10222N
UGC-C10322N
UGC-C10422N
UGC-C10522N
UGC-C10622N
UGC-C10722N
UGC-C10822N
UGC-C12222N
Model (1/8 NPT)
UGC-C10121N
UGC-C10221N
UGC-C10321N
UGC-C10421N
UGC-C10521N
UGC-C10621N
UGC-C10721N
UGC-C10821N
UGC-C12221N
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 1 bar)
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
0 300 psi (20 bar)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 1 0 2 bar)
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 1 bar)
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
0 300 psi (20 bar)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 1 0 2 bar)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 69
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series UGE Utility Gages possess dual psi and bar (100 x kPa) scales with 3-2-3%
ANSI B40.1 Grade B accuracy. The UGE gages are designed with black steel housings and
chrome bezels. Wetted parts include a brass socket and phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Units can withstand temperatures of -50 to 160F (-45 to 71C). A wide offering of ranges
are available from full vacuum, compound to 600 psi. The center back mounting and
compact size makes this gage the perfect choice for pneumatic air regulators.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket, phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: Black steel case with chrome bezel.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 3 2 3% ANSI B40.1 Grade B.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 50 to 160F ( 45 to 71C).
Size: 1.5 (40 mm); 2 (50 mm).
Process Connection: 1.5: 1/8 male NPT center back; 2: 1/8 or 1/4 male NPT
center back.
Weight: 1.5: 2.24 oz (63.5 g); 2: 4.16 oz (118 g).
Utility Gage
1.5 or 2 Dials with Back Connection
Series
UGE
Size
1 1/2 Dial
2 Dial
A
in (mm)
1 41/64 (42)
2 5/64 (53)
B
in (mm)
15/16 (24)
1 1/32 (26)
C
in (mm)
5/8 (16)
53/64 (21)
D
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
(A)
(B) (C)
(D)
Model
(1.5 w/ 1/8 NPT)
UGE-B10141N
UGE-B10241N
UGE-B10341N
UGE-B10441N
UGE-B10541N
UGE-B10641N
UGE-B10741N
UGE-B10841N
UGE-B11141N
UGE-B12241N
Model
(2 w/ 1/4 NPT)
UGE-C10142N
UGE-C10242N
UGE-C10342N
UGE-C10442N
UGE-C10542N
UGE-C10642N
UGE-C10742N
UGE-C10842N
UGE-C11142N
UGE-C12242N
Model
(2 w/ 1/8 NPT)
UGE-C10141N
UGE-C10241N
UGE-C10341N
UGE-C10441N
UGE-C10541N
UGE-C10641N
UGE-C10741N
UGE-C10841N
UGE-C11141N
UGE-C12241N
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 1 bar)
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
0 300 psi (20 bar)
0 600 psi (40 bar)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 1 0 2 bar)
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 1 bar)
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
0 300 psi (20 bar)
0 600 psi (40 bar)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 1 0 2 bar)
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 1 bar)
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
0 300 psi (20 bar)
0 600 psi (40 bar)
30 Hg 0 30 psi ( 1 0 2 bar)
Range
30 Hg 0 ( 100 0 kPa)
0 15 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 150 psi (0 1000 kPa)
Range
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 2000 kPa)
0 400 psi (0 2800 kPa)
0 500 psi (0 3400 kPa)
0 600 psi (0 4000 kPa)
0 1000 psi (0 7000 kPa)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
70
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
4 Stainless Steel Industrial Pressure Gage
1.6% Full Scale Accuracy, Brass Wetted Parts
Series
SGS
3-5/32
[80.17]
9/16 HEX
[14.29 HEX]
4-5/32
[105.57]
23/64
[9.13]
1-3/16
[30.16]
3-49/64
[95.65]
1/4 NPT
The Series SGS Gages have dual english/metric scales with 1.6% full scale accuracy. Series SGS
gages are designed with 304 SS housings and brass wetted parts. Units can withstand ambient
temperatures up to 149F (65C) and process temperatures up to 257F (125C). These gages may be
easily liquid filled in the field without the need for a separate kit. A wide selection of ranges are
available.
APPLICATIONS
Pneumatics and compressors
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass for ranges 1000 psi; 316L SS for ranges greater
than 1000 psi.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Plexi glass.
Accuracy: 1.6% full scale.
Pressure Limits: 125% full scale for ranges <1500 psi; 115% for ranges
1500 psi and greater.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: 4 to 149F ( 20 to 65C);
Process: 257F max. (125C max.).
Size: 4 (100 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 1.1 lb (0.49 kg).
Model
SGS-F0122N
SGS-F0222N
SGS-F0322N
SGS-F0422N
SGS-F0522N
SGS-F0622N
Model
SGS-F0722N
SGS-F0822N
SGS-F0922N
SGS-F1022N
SGS-F1122N
SGS-F1222N
For alternate ranges, contact the factory.
The Series CONG Contractor Gages are ideally manufactured for contractors
because of their large dial and compact design. Since the gages are lightweight and slim,
they are easy to transport. The large scale makes them simple to read. These qualities
make the CONG series perfect for every contractor. CONG gages possess psi scales with
1% full scale accuracy and the 4.5 dial is made with stainless steel housings and brass
wetted parts. Units can withstand temperatures of -40 to 160F (-40 to 71C). A wide
offering of ranges are available from full vacuum, compound to 500 psi.
Contractor Gage
Large Easy-to-Read Dial
Series
CONG
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket & Bourdon tube.
Housing: Stainless steel case.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 1% full scale; ANSI B40.1 Grade 1A.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 160F ( 40 to 71C).
Size: 4.5 (115 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT lower.
Weight: 12.16 oz (345 g).
1/4 NPT
4-29/32
[124]
1-11/64
[30]
31/32
[25]
Model
CONG-G0122N
CONG-G0222N
CONG-G0322N
CONG-G0422N
CONG-G0522N
CONG-G0622N
Model
CONG-G0722N
CONG-G0822N
CONG-G1022N
CONG-G2222N
CONG-G2422N
CONG-G2522N
Range
30 Hg 0
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 160 psi
Range
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
0 500 psi
30 Hg 0 30 psi
30 Hg 0 100 psi
30 Hg 0 150 psi
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 71
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Hose Test Gage
For Checking Plumbing Water Pressure
Series
HSG
Size
w/ MP OPT.
w/o MP OPT.
A
in (mm)
2 53/64 (72)
2 9/16 (65)
B
in (mm)
1 3/16 (31)
1 7/32 (31)
C
in (mm)
1 9/64 (29)
1 9/64 (29)
D
in (mm)
37/64 (14.5)
37/64 (14.5)
E
in (mm)
1 7/32 (31)
1 7/32 (31)
F
in (mm)
13/64 (5)
The Series HSG Hose Test Gages possess psi scales with 3-2-3% ANSI
B40.1 Grade B accuracy. The 2.5 HSG gages are designed with black plastic
housings. Wetted parts include a brass socket and Bourdon tube. Units can
withstand temperatures of -40 to 120F (-40 to 49C). A 300 psi range is
available with a top connect 3/4 female brass hose coupling with rubber
washer. This connection makes the HSG gage perfect for checking plumbing
lines for proper pressures. An optional maximum indicating needle is available.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket and Bourdon tube.
Housing: Black plastic case.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 3 2 3% ANSI B40.1 Grade B.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 120F ( 40 to 49C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: Top connect 3/4 female brass hose coupling &
tail piece with rubber washer.
Weight: 12.8 oz (363 g).
STANDARD
[C]
[D]
[E]
[A]
[B]
Model
HSG-D0865N
HSG-D0865N-MP
Standard
Max. Pointer Option
MAX. POINTER OPTION
[B] [F]
[A]
[E]
[C]
[D]
Range
0 300 psi
0 300 psi with Max. Indicating Needle
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
72
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series FBG Forged Brass Gages possess psi scales with 1.5% full scale
accuracy. The 2.5 FBG gages are designed with industrial forged brass
housings and filled with glycerin oil to dampen out vibration. This construction
makes the FBG ideal for heavy industry applications such as hydraulic
equipment. Wetted parts include a brass socket and phosphor bronze Bourdon
tube. Units can withstand temperatures of 30 to 160F (-1 to 71C). A wide
offering of ranges are available from full vacuum, compound to 10,000 psi.
Forged Brass Gage
Heavy Duty Case Perfect for Hydraulic Systems
Series
FBG
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket, phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: Forged brass case.
Lens: Plastic.
Fill: Glycerin.
Accuracy: 1.5% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 160F ( 1 to 71C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT lower.
Weight: 12.8 oz (363 g).
2-37/64
[65]
1-7/16
[36.5]
3-13/32
[87]
1/4 NPT
Model
FBG-D0122N
FBG-D0222N
FBG-D0322N
FBG-D0422N
FBG-D0522N
FBG-D0622N
FBG-D0722N
FBG-D0822N
FBG-D0922N
FBG-D1122N
FBG-D1222N
FBG-D1322N
Model
FBG-D1422N
FBG-D1522N
FBG-D1722N
FBG-D1822N
FBG-D1922N
FBG-D2222N
FBG-D2422N
FBG-D2522N
FBG-D2722N
Range
30 Hg 0
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 160 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
0 400 psi
0 600 psi
0 1000 psi
0 1500 psi
Range
0 2000 psi
0 3000 psi
0 5000 psi
0 7500 psi
0 10000 psi
30 Hg 0 30 psi
30 Hg 0 100 psi
30 Hg 0 150 psi
30 Hg 0 300 psi
The Series SAEG Gages possess dual psi and bar (100 x kPa) scales with 1.5% accuracy.
The 2.5 SAEG gages are designed with steel housings and bezels. These glycerin filled
gages possess brass sockets and phosphor bronze Bourdon tubes. Units can withstand
temperatures of 30 to 160F (-1 to 71C). A wide offering of ranges are available from 30
psi to 15,000 psi. Units provide a 7/16-20 SAE lower hydraulic connection that includes
a rubber O-ring and lock-nut. The SAEG gages are perfect for hydraulic and pneumatic
applications.
Hydraulic SAE Gage
7/16 SAE Process Connection with O-ring and Lock Nut
Series
SAEG
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket, phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: 304 SS housing & bezel.
Lens: Plastic.
Fill: Glycerin.
Accuracy: 1.5% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 160F ( 1 to 71C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 7/16 20 SAE lower hydraulic connection with rubber
O ring, washer and lock nut.
Weight: 7.68 oz (218 g).
2-13/16
[71]
1-15/64
[33]
1-5/64
[27]
3-35/64
[90]
7/16-20 SAE
Model
SAEG-D11221E
SAEG-D11321E
SAEG-D11421E
SAEG-D11521E
SAEG-D11721E
SAEG-D11921E
Range
0 1000 psi (70 bar)
0 1500 psi (100 bar)
0 2000 psi (140 bar)
0 3000 psi (200 bar)
0 5000 psi (345 bar)
0 10000 psi (690 bar)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 73
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket, phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: Epoxy coated black steel case with removable back flange.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 1% full scale ANSI B40.1 Grade 1A.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 160F ( 40 to 71C).
Size: 4.5 (115 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT lower.
Weight: 17.6 oz (499 kg).
Bulk Tanker Gage
Monitor Tank Unloading Discharge Pressure
Series
BTG
The Series BTG Bulk Tanker Gages possess psi scales with 1% full scale ANSI B40.1
Grade 1A accuracy. The BTG gage is perfect for use on tanker trucks for monitoring
discharge pressures while tank is being unloaded. The 4.5 BTG gages are designed with
an epoxy coated black steel housing that is rust and corrosion resistant. The BTG gages
are designed with a silicone dampened counter weight attached to the movement which
allows the units to withstand vibration. Wetted parts include a brass socket and phosphor
bronze Bourdon tube. Units can withstand temperatures of -40 to 160F (-40 to 71C). Units
come with a 1/4 male NPT bottom connection.
4-61/64
[126]
5-7/16
[138]
5-29/32
[150]
6-11/32
[161]
63/64
[25]
1-11/32
[34]
13/64
[5]
1/4 NPT
The Series PPMG Process Panel Mount Gages possess psi scales with 0.5% full scale
ANSI B40.1 Grade 2A accuracy. The 4.5 PPMG gages are designed with an aluminum
front-flange safety-case. This safety-case has a solid front with pressure relief rear opening.
Internal overload and under-load protection is provided to prevent damage to the gage from
extreme over or under range sensing. A front screw is provided on the flange permitting
easy panel installation as well as allowing easy access to the adjustable needle pointer.
Excellent chemical compatibility is obtained with the 316 SS socket and Bourdon tube. Units
can withstand temperatures of -40 to 160F (-40 to 71C). A wide offering of ranges are
available from full vacuum, compound to 10,000 psi.
Process Panel Mount Gage
4.5 Safety Case with Removable Cover
Series
PPMG
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS socket and Bourdon tube.
Housing: Aluminum case and ring with enamel coating.
Lens: Polycarbonate.
Accuracy: 0.5% full scale ANSI B40.1 Grade 2A.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 160F ( 40 to 71C).
Size: 4.5 (115 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT lower.
Mounting Orientation: Panel mounting.
Weight: 2.34 lb (1.06 kg).
316 SS NPT
CONNECTION
F
E
B
C
D
A
3 .218 HOLES
ON A 5.375 B.C.
UNDER BEZEL
Model
BTG-G0322N
BTG-G2222N
Model
PPMG-G0132N
PPMG-G0232N
PPMG-G0332N
PPMG-G0432N
PPMG-G0532N
PPMG-G0632N
PPMG-G0732N
PPMG-G0832N
PPMG-G0932N
Model
PPMG-G1132N
PPMG-G1232N
PPMG-G1332N
PPMG-G1432N
PPMG-G1532N
PPMG-G1732N
PPMG-G2232N
PPMG-G2532N
PPMG-G2632N
Size
4 1/2
Dial
in
mm
A
6 3/16
157
B
2 9/32
58
C
33/64
13
D
29/32
23
E
1 3/16
30
F
4 49/64
121
Range
0 30 psi
30 Hg 0 30 psi
Range
30 Hg 0
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 160 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
0 400 psi
Range
0 600 psi
0 1000 psi
0 1500 psi
0 2000 psi
0 3000 psi
0 5000 psi
30 Hg 0 30 psi
30 Hg 0 150 psi
30 Hg 0 300 psi
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
74
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series TEFG Molded PVDF Gages possess dual psi and bar (100 x kPa) scales
with 1.5% full scale accuracy. The 2.5 TEFG gages are designed with a one piece PVDF
mold that makes the unit extremely durable while preventing the chance of a loss of fill. The
wetted parts include the PVDF connection and PVDF diaphragm. Units can withstand
temperatures of -4 to 140F (-20 to 60C). A wide offering of ranges are available from 15
to 200 psi. Units come with a 1/4 or 1/2 female NPT bottom connection. TEFG gages are
ideal for water treatment and chemical feed systems.
Molded PVDF Gage
One Piece Mold With All PVDF Body and Diaphragm
Series
TEFG
[A]
[E]
[F]
[C]
[H]
1/4 OR 1/2 NPT CONNECTION
[I]
[B] [C]
[D]
The Series PPG Molded Polypropylene Gages possess dual psi and bar (100 x kPa)
scales with 1.5% full scale accuracy. The 2.5 PPG gages are designed with a one piece
polypropylene mold that makes the unit extremely durable while preventing the chance of
a loss of fill. The wetted parts include the polypropylene connection and fluoroelastomer
diaphragm. Units can withstand temperatures of -4 to 140F (-20 to 60C). A wide offering
of ranges are available from 15 to 200 psi. Units come with a 1/4 or 1/2 female NPT
bottom connection. PPG gages are perfect for water treatment and chemical feed systems.
Molded Polypropylene Gage
One Piece Mold With Polypropylene Body and Fluoroelastomer Diaphragm
Series
PPG
[A]
[E]
[F]
[C]
[H]
1/4 OR 1/2 NPT CONNECTION
[I]
[B] [C]
[D]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: PVDF.
Housing: One piece molded anti impact PVDF.
Lens: Heavy duty glass.
Fill: Optional glycerin (standard no fill in gage).
Accuracy: 1.5% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limit: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 or 1/2 female NPT lower.
Weight: 14.72 oz (417 g).
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Connection: polypropylene; Diaphragm: fluoroelastomer.
Housing: One piece molded polypropylene.
Lens: Heavy duty glass.
Fill: Glycerin.
Accuracy: 1.5% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Size: 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 or 1/2 female NPT lower.
Weight: 12.16 oz (345 g).
Size
2 1/2 Dial
in
mm
A
2 57/64
73.44
B
5/8
15.80
C
1 3/64
26.47
D
2 39/64
66.36
E
1/2
12.82
F
1 3/16
30.36
G
7/16
10.99
H
1 15/64
31.28
I
2 19/64
58.29
Size
2 1/2 Dial
in
mm
A
2 57/64
73.44
B
5/8
15.80
C
1 3/64
26.47
D
2 39/64
66.36
E
1/2
12.82
F
1 3/16
30.36
G
7/16
10.99
H
1 15/64
31.28
I
2 19/64
58.29
For optional glycerin fill in gage, add PY to the end of model.
Model
Model
Range
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
Range
0 15 psi (1 bar)
0 30 psi (2 bar)
0 60 psi (4 bar)
0 100 psi (7 bar)
0 150 psi (11 bar)
0 200 psi (14 bar)
1/2
TEFG-D10224F
TEFG-D10324F
TEFG-D10424F
TEFG-D10524F
TEFG-D10624F
TEFG-D10724F
1/4
TEFG-D10222F
TEFG-D10322F
TEFG-D10422F
TEFG-D10522F
TEFG-D10622F
TEFG-D10722F
1/2
PPG-D10224F
PPG-D10324F
PPG-D10424F
PPG-D10524F
PPG-D10624F
PPG-D10724F
1/4
PPG-D10222F
PPG-D10322F
PPG-D10422F
PPG-D10522F
PPG-D10622F
PPG-D10722F
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 75
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series UNOG Use No Oil Gages possess psi scales with 2.5% full scale accuracy.
The 2 or 2.5 UNOG gages are designed with polished brass housings and copper alloy
wetted parts. Units can withstand temperatures of -4 to 140F (-20 to 60C). A wide
offering of ranges are available from 30 to 4000 psi. These oil-free service gages come with
a 1/4 male NPT bottom connection and are ideal for indicating compressed gas cylinder
pressures of non-corrosive gases which will oxidize with oil based compounds. Typical
applications include gas cylinders for welding and cutting manufacturing processes.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compressed, non corrosive gases.
Wetted Materials: Copper alloy socket and Bourdon tube.
Housing: Polished brass case.
Lens: Twist on plastic lens.
Accuracy: 2.5% full scale.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Size: 2 (50 mm) or 2.5 (63 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT lower
Weight: 2: 4.48 oz (127 g); 2.5: 5.76 oz (163 g).
Use No Oil Gage
For Pressure Indication on Gas Cylinders
Series
UNOG
[B]
[C]
[E
[D]
[A]
Size
2 Dial
2 1/2 Dial
A
in (mm)
2 5/16 (59)
2 13/16 (72)
B
in (mm)
1 13/64 (31)
1 1/8 (29)
C
in (mm)
2 5/64 (53)
2 21/32 (68)
D
in (mm)
1 1/8 (29)
1 1/8 (29)
E
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
2 Model
UNOG-C0322N
UNOG-C0422N
UNOG-C0522N
UNOG-C0722N
UNOG-C0922N
UNOG-C1622N
2.5 Model
UNOG-D0322N
UNOG-D0422N
UNOG-D0522N
UNOG-D0722N
UNOG-D0922N
UNOG-D1622N
Tridicator Gage
Combination Pressure/Temperature Gage
Series
TRI
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Brass connection and phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: Drawn steel, black finish.
Accuracy: Pressure 3 2 3%; Temperature 1 scale division.
Temperature Range: All models: 80 to 290F (30 to 140C).
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: 40 to 250F ( 40 to 120C);
Process: 80 to 290F (30 to 140C).
Pressure Limits: Full scale range.
Size: 3 (76 mm).
Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT back or bottom, 1/4 male NPT back
connection.
Weight: 12.3 oz (348.7 g).
The Series TRI combines the value of an individual pressure gage and thermometer in
one instrument. These tridicators simplify installation which reduces time and saves
money. The moveable dial with blue pressure markings and red temperature markings
make the instrument easy to read. Pressure is indicated in both psi and kPa, while
temperature is measured in both Fahrenheit and Celsius. Series TRI comes in three
different connection options including lower mount, center back mount, and center back
mount with extension shank.
A
C
3.300
3.060
1.250
A
B
C
Model
TRI-60-25E
TRI-75-25E
TRI-100-25E
TRI-200-25E
TRI-60-50
TRI-75-50
TRI-100-50
TRI-200-5
TRI-60-50L
TRI-75-50L
TRI-100-50L
TRI-200-50L
A
4 1/2
[114.3]
5 15/64
[132.95]
6 43/64
[169.47]
B
1 21/64
[33.74]
3
[76.2]
2 13/16
[71.44]
C
1
[25.4]
2 39/64
[66.78]
2 3/8
[60.33]
Model
TRI-60-25E
TRI-75-25E
TRI-100-25E
TRI-200-25E
TRI-60-50
TRI-75-50
TRI-100-50
TRI-200-50
TRI-60-50L
TRI-75-50L
TRI-100-50L
TRI-200-50L
Range
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 75 psi (0 500 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 75 psi (0 500 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 400 kPa)
0 75 psi (0 500 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 700 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 1400 kPa)
Range
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
200 psi
400 psi
4000 psi
Range
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
200 psi
400 psi
4000 psi
Connection
1/4 NPT CBM (ext. shank)
1/4 NPT CBM (ext. shank)
1/4 NPT CBM (ext. shank)
1/4 NPT CBM (ext. shank)
1/2 NPT CBM
1/2 NPT CBM
1/2 NPT CBM
1/2 NPT CBM
1/2 NPT LM
1/2 NPT LM
1/2 NPT LM
1/2 NPT LM
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
76
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Temperature & Pressure Gage
Eliminates Need for Two Separate Gages
Series
TPG
4-1/2
[114.30] 1-3/4
[44.45]
6-29/64
[163.96]
1/2 NPT
THERMOWELL
VENTED END
4-27/64
[112]
3-3/16
[81]
45
5-19/32
[142]
1/2 NPT
THERMOWELL
2-23/64
[60]
VENTED
BOTTOM
2-1/4
[57.17]
7-1/64
[178.00]
VENTED
BOTTOM
3/4
[19.03]
1/2 NPT
THERMOWELL
4-21/64
[110]
The Series TPG Temperature & Pressure Gage eliminates the need for
two separate temperature and pressure gages. Unique internal valve depressor
built into the well allows the gages sensing probe to be easily removed from the
thermowell without causing leakage, eliminating downtime. Installation time is
further reduced via one connection to pipe instead of two.
Series TPG is packaged in an ABS plastic case. Models are available with a back
mount, direct bottom mount, 45 bottom mount or panel or surface mount with
capillary. Side by side pressure and temperature scales allow quick and easy
readings. Series TPG has a temperature accuracy of 2% and a pressure accuracy
of 1.6% of full scale. Intended for industrial or HVAC applications, specifically
measuring water in air conditioners and heat ventilation systems.
APPLICATIONS
Air line temperatures & pressures
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean water and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Brass, 304 SS.
Housing Materials: ABS plastic.
Accuracy: Pressure 1.6% FS; Temperature 2.0% FS.
Pressure Limits: 150% FS. Normal operation should be between 10%
and 90% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C); Process:
Within range.
Humidity Limit: Ambient not to exceed 80%.
Size: TPG BA/TPG BO: 4.33 (110 mm) casing, 3.54 (90 mm) dial;
TPG 45: 4.41 (112 mm) casing, 3.66 (93 mm) dial.
Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Dial face in vertical position.
Weight: 15.2 oz (431 g).
TPG-BA
TPG-BO
TPG-45
Model
(Back Mount)
TPG-BA-01-065
TPG-BA-02-065
TPG-BA-03-065
TPG-BA-04-065
TPG-BA-05-065
TPG-BA-06-065
TPG-BA-07-065
TPG-BA-08-065
TPG-BA-09-065
TPG-BA-10-065
TPG-BA-11-065
TPG-BA-12-065
Model
(Bottom Mount)
TPG-BO-01-065
TPG-BO-02-065
TPG-BO-03-065
TPG-BO-04-065
TPG-BO-05-065
TPG-BO-06-065
TPG-BO-07-065
TPG-BO-08-065
TPG-BO-09-065
TPG-BO-10-065
TPG-BO-11-065
TPG-BO-12-065
Model
(45 Mount)
TPG-45-01-065
TPG-45-02-065
TPG-45-03-065
TPG-45-04-065
TPG-45-05-065
TPG-45-06-065
TPG-45-07-065
TPG-45-08-065
TPG-45-09-065
TPG-45-10-065
TPG-45-11-065
TPG-45-12-065
ACCESSORY
A-167, Spare Thermowell
Description
85 psi/120F
85 psi/210F
150 psi/120F
150 psi/210F
235 psi/120F
235 psi/210F
6 bar/50C
6 bar/100C
10 bar/50C
10 bar/100C
16 bar/50C
16 bar/100C
Description
85 psi/120F
85 psi/210F
150 psi/120F
150 psi/210F
235 psi/120F
235 psi/210F
6 bar/50C
6 bar/100C
10 bar/50C
10 bar/100C
16 bar/50C
16 bar/100C
Description
85 psi/120F
85 psi/210F
150 psi/120F
150 psi/210F
235 psi/120F
235 psi/210F
6 bar/50C
6 bar/100C
10 bar/50C
10 bar/100C
16 bar/50C
16 bar/100C
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 77
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
761
Process Pressure Gage
Durable Housing, Field-Fillable
5-25/32
[146.84]
5-5/16
[134.94]
BOLT
CIRCLE
2-31/64
[63.10]
4-1/16
[103.19]
7/8 [22.23]
1/2 NPT
1/4 [6.35]
3 PLCS
EQUALLY SPACED
5-5/64
[128.98]
2-7/8
[73.03]
5/8
[15.88]
31/64
[12.30]
1-37/64
[40.08]
Series 761 Process Pressure Gages have a dual English/metric scale with 0.5% or
1% full scale accuracy. Series 761 gages may be easily liquid filled in the field without the
need for a separate kit. The gages are designed with 316L SS tube and socket for excellent
chemical compatibility and are offered in a wide selection of ranges.
APPLICATIONS
Chemical, refinery, fertilizer, petrochemical, pharmaceutical, power, oil, cement,
sugar, food and beverage, pulp and paper, and waste water
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS Bourdon tube & connection.
Housing: Fiberglass reinforced polypropylene.
Lens: Shatterproof safety glass.
Accuracy: 0.5% full scale, ASME B40.1, Grade 2A.
Pressure Limit: 130% of full scale for ranges 8000 psi or less; 115% of full scale
for ranges greater than 8000 psi.
Temperature Limit: Ambient: 4 to 150F ( 20 to 65C); 761 Process: 300F max
(150C max).
Size: 4 1/2 (115 mm).
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 1.4 lb (650 g).
761
Model
761-1
761-2
761-3
761-4
Model
761-5
761-6
761-7
761-8
Model
761-9
761-10
761-11
761-12
Range
0 15 psi (0 to 100 kPa)
0 30 psi (0 to 200 kPa)
0 60 psi (0 to 400 kPa)
0 100 psi (0 to 700 kPa)
Range
0 160 psi (0 to 1100 kPa)
30 Hg 0 vac (0 to 100 kPa)
0 200 psi (0 to 1400 kPa)
0 300 psi (0 to 2000 kPa)
Range
0 400 psi (0 to 2800 kPa)
0 500 psi (0 to 3400 kPa)
0 600 psi (0 to 4000 kPa)
0 1000 psi (0 to 7000 kPa)
The Series 763/764 Process Gages possess psi scales with 0.5% full scale ANSI B40.1
Grade 2A accuracy. The 763/764 gages are designed with a Phenolic safety-case. This safety-
case has a solid front with blow-out back. Internal overload and under-load protection is
provided to prevent damage to the gage from extreme over or under range sensing. Access
to the adjustable needle pointer is simple via the removable bezel. Series 763 units are
shipped dry, but can be easily liquid-filled in the field without the need for a separate kit.
Series 764 units contain glycerin fill which allows the gages to be used in high vibration
applications. Excellent chemical compatibility is obtained with the 316 SS socket and
Bourdon tube. A wide offering of ranges are available from full vacuum, compound to 20,000
psi. The 763/764 is typically used to monitor suction pressures on the blower.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and
liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS socket and
Bourdon tube.
Housing: Phenolic.
Lens: Polycarbonate.
Fill: Glycerin (764 only).
Accuracy: 0.5% full scale ANSI B40.1
Grade 2A.
Pressure Limit: 115% of full scale
>1500 psi; 130% full scale 1500 psi
and below.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 763:
40 to 160F ( 40 to 71C); 764: 30 to
160F ( 1 to 71C); Process: 212F
max (100C max).
Size: 4.5 (115 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 or 1/2
male NPT lower.
Weight: 763: 31.36 oz (0.9 kg); 764:
41.6 oz (1.18 kg).
Field-Fillable & Glycerin-Filled Process Gage
0.5% Accuracy, Internal Over and Under Load Protection
Series
763
&
764
5-5/64
[129]
5-29/64
[150]
3-1/32 [77]
29/32
[23]
1-3/8
[35]
2-9/16
[65]
1-3/8 [35]
[3 .24 HOLES
ON 5.39 B.C.]
1/4 OR 1/2 NPT
[120]
Model (1/2 NPT)
763-154N
763-174N
763-194N
763-204N
763-294N
Model (1/2 NPT)
763-014N
763-024N
763-034N
763-044N
763-054N
763-064N
763-074N
Model (1/2 NPT)
763-084N
763-094N
763-114N
763-124N
763-134N
763-144N
Model (1/2 NPT)
763-214N
763-224N
763-234N
763-244N
763-254N
763-264N
763-274N
Range
0 3000 psi
0 5000 psi
0 10000 psi
0 15000 psi
0 20000 psi
Range
30 Hg 0
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 160 psi
0 200 psi
Range
0 300 psi
0 400 psi
0 600 psi
0 1000 psi
0 1500 psi
0 2000 psi
Range
30 Hg 0 15 psi
30 Hg 0 30 psi
30 Hg 0 60 psi
30 Hg 0 100 psi
30 Hg 0 160 psi
30 Hg 0 200 psi
30 Hg 0 300 psi
For glycerin fill change series from 763 to 764. For 1/4 NPT connections, change ending 4N to 2N.
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
78
S
i
n
g
l
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
i
a
l
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Spirahelic
Gages for:
Systems with high cycle rates
Processes with problematic pressure surges and spikes
Environments with continuous vibration or shock
Precision design ensures maintenance-free performance.
Not just another pretty gage, the Series 7000 Spirahelic
Direct Drive
Pressure Gages were originally developed in response to military
needs for unbelievable resistance to shock and vibration while
delivering premium accuracy.
The Dwyer
Spirahelic
X-750
alloy Bourdon tube, type 316L SS
connection block.
Housing: Black polycarbonate case
and clear acrylic cover.
Accuracy: Grade 2A (0.5% F.S.) or
Grade 3A (0.25% F.S.) with mirrored
scale.
Pressure Limit: 150% of full scale.
Gage will maintain its specifications for
overpressures up to 150% maximum
range. Normal operation should be
between 25% and 75% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: -65 to 180F
(-53.9 to 82.2C).
Sizes: 4-1/2 dial face (114.3 mm), 6
dial face (152.4 mm), 8-1/2 dial face
(215.9 mm), design conforms to ASME
B40.1.
Process Connections: Two 1/4
female NPT field selectable back or
bottom connection.
Weight: 4-1/2 dial face: 16.3 oz
(462.1 g); 6 dial face: 19.6 oz. (555.6
g); 8-1/2 dial face: 27.3 oz (773.9 g).
Standard Accessory: One 1/4 male
NPT stainless steel plug.
(3) 9/32 [7.14]
MOUNTING HOLES EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 9-5/8 [244.48] BOLT CIRCLE
120
10-3/16
[258.76]
1-9/32
[32.54]
23/64
[9.13]
2-5/32
[54.76]
1-13/32
[35.71]
8-29/32
[226.22]
2-1/32
[51.59]
1/4 FEMALE NPT PRESSURE
CONNECTION TYP 2 PLACES
1 [25.40] SQUARE
CONNECTION BLOCK
4-1/2 Dial, Grade 2A Accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
6 Dial, Grade 2A Accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
8-1/2 Dial, Grade 2A Accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
Model
7212-G060
7212-G100
7212-G200
7212-G300
7212-G600
Model
7312-G060
7312-G100
7312-G200
7312-G300
7312-G600
Model
7112-G600
7112-GC010
7112-GC020
7112-GC030
7112-GC060
7112-GC100
Model
7312-GC010
7312-GC020
7312-GC030
7312-GC060
Model
7212-GC010
7212-GC020
7212-GC030
7212-GC060
Model
7112-G030
7112-G060
7112-G100
7112-G200
7112-G300
Inconel
is a registered trademark of Huntington Alloys Corporation
Model 7114A (4-1/2 Dial)
Model 7214A (6 Dial)
Model 7314A (8-1/2 Dial)
GRADE 2A ACCURACY GRADE 3A ACCURACY
Range (psig)
30
60
100
200
300
Range (psig)
60
100
200
300
600
Range (psig)
60
100
200
300
600
Range (psig)
600
1000
2000
3000
6000
10000
Range(psig)
1000
2000
3000
6000
Range (psig)
1000
2000
3000
6000
ACCESSORIES
A-341, Brass adapter, 1/4 male NPT to G 1/2 A (per ISO 228/1)
parellel thread 2-1/2 length
A-341-1, Brass adapter, 1/2 male NPT x 1/4 female NPT 3-3/4 length
Note: Additional ranges and accuracy requirements are available. Please consult
the factory for details.
Model 7112, 4-1/2 dial, Grade 2A accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
Model 7212, 6 dial, Grade 2A accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
Model 7312, 8 dial, Grade 2A accuracy (1/2% of F.S.)
081.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 4:21 PM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
82
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series SGR/SGJ Gages have dual english/metric scales with
0.25% ASME Grade 3A accuracy, and contain a green dial with anti-
parallax mirror for ease of reading measurements by the user.
The Series SGR/SGJ gages are designed with 304 SS housing and
beryllium copper plus 316L SS wetted parts. Units can withstand
ambient and process temperatures up to 149F (65C). Included is a
micrometer adjustable pointer which allows for re-zeroing in the field.
A wide selection of ranges are available. Included with the SGR/SGJ
is a protective portable carrying case.
The Series SGJ Safety Test Gage has a solid front design with baffle
wall interposed between the sensing element and the window face, plus
a pressure relieving back, provide the increased safety required for
potentially dangerous applications.
APPLICATIONS
Calibration, laboratory
6 Stainless Steel Test Gage
0.25% Full Scale Accuracy, Beryllium Copper & 316L SS Wetted Parts
Series
SGR
&
SGJ
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS connection & beryllium copper
Bourdon tube.
Housing: 304 SS.
Lens: Shatter-proof safety glass.
Accuracy: 0.25% full scale @ 77F (25C); ANSI B40.1 Grade
3A.
Pressure Limit: Full scale value.
Temperature Limits: Ambient & process up to 149F (65C).
Size: 6 (150 mm).
Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP55).
Weight: 2.2 lb (1.0 kg).
4-29/64
[113.11]
6-15/32
[164.31]
5/8
[15.88]
2-9/16
[65.09]
1/2 NPT
5-29/32
[150.02]
1-5/32
[29.37]
7/8 SQUARE
[22.23 SQUARE]
For SGJ test gages change series from SGR to SGJ.
Test Gage Carrying Case - Included with the
SGR or SGJ is a convenient, protective
portable carrying case for the 6 test gages.
Model
SGR-H0124N
SGR-H0224N
SGR-H0324N
SGR-H0424N
SGR-H0524N
SGR-H0624N
SGR-H0724N
SGR-H0824N
SGR-H0924N
SGR-H1024N
Range
0-30 Hg (-100-0 kPa)
0-15 psi (0-100 kPa)
0-30 psi (0-200 kPa)
0-60 psi (0-400 kPa)
0-100 psi (0-700 kPa)
0-150 psi (0-1000 kPa)
0-200 psi (0-1400 kPa)
0-300 psi (0-2000 kPa)
0-400 psi (0-2800 kPa)
0-500 psi (0-3400 kPa)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 83
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
DPG
Digital Pressure Gage
0.25% or 0.5% Full Scale Accuracy, NEMA 4X Housing
Replace your outdated analog gages with the new Series DPG Digital Pressure Gage.
The Series DPG has a high 0.25% or 0.5% full scale accuracy. The 4 digit digital display
will reduce the potential for errors in readings by eliminating parallax error commonly
produced with analog gages.
Series DPG is battery powered and has an auto-shut off to conserve battery life. Battery
life, on average, will last 2000 hours. A 4 button key pad allows easy access to features
without the need to work through complex menus or difficult key combinations. These
features include backlight, peak and valley, tare or auto zero and conversion of the pressure
units.
3
[76.20]
3-5/8
[91.39]
1/4 NPT
1-5/8
[40.39]
Model
0.5%
DPG-000*
DPG-002*
DPG-003*
DPG-004*
DPG-005*
DPG-006*
DPG-007*
DPG-008*
DPG-009*
DPG-010*
DPG-011*
DPG-020*
DPG-021*
DPG-022*
DPG-023*
DPG-024*
Range psi
14.70 to 0
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.00
200.00
300.00
500.00
1000
3000
5000
14.70 to 15.00
14.70 to 30.00
14.70 to 45.00
14.70 to 60.00
14.70 to 100.0
kg/cm
2
1.033
1.055
2.109
3.515
7.03
14.06
21.09
35.15
70.3
210.9
351.5
1.033 to 1.055
1.033 to 2.109
1.033 to 3.164
1.033 to 4.218
1.033 to 7.03
bar
1.013
1.034
2.069
3.448
6.895
13.79
20.69
34.48
68.98
206.9
344.8
1.013 to 1.034
1.013 to 2.069
1.013 to 3.103
1.013 to 4.137
1.013 to 6.895
in Hg
29.93
30.54
61.08
101.8
203.6
407.2
610.8
1018
2036
6108
29.93 to 30.54
29.93 to 61.08
29.93 to 91.63
29.93 to 122.2
29.93 to 203.6
ft wc
33.94
34.61
69.21
115.4
230.7
461.4
692.1
1154
2307
6921
33.94 to 34.61
33.94 to 69.21
33.94 to 103.8
33.94 to 138.4
33.94 to 230.7
kPa
101.4
103.4
206.9
344.8
689.5
1379
2069
3448
6895
101.4 to 103.4
101.4 to 206.9
101.4 to 310.3
101.4 to 413.7
101.4 to 689.5
oz/in
2
235.2
240
480
800
1600
3200
4800
8000
235.2 to 240
235.2 to 480
235.2 to 720
235.2 to 960
235.2 to 1600
in wc
407.3
415.2
830.4
1384
2768
5536
8304
407.3 to 415.2
407.3 to 830.4
407.3 to 1245
407.3 to 1661
407.3 to 2768
mm Hg
760.7
775.7
1551
2586
5172
760.7 to 775.7
760.7 to 1551
760.7 to 2327
760.7 to 3103
760.7 to 5172
mbar
1013
1034
2069
3448
6895
1013 to 1034
1013 to 2069
1013 to 3102
1013 to 4137
1013 to 6895
cm wc
1034
1055
2109
3515
7031
1034 to 1055
1034 to 2109
1034 to 3164
1034 to 4218
1034 to 7031
Pressure Ranges
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and combustible gases (for FM listing see Agency
Approvals below).
Wetted Materials: Type 316L SS.
Housing Materials: Polycarbonate front & back cover, anodized aluminum
extruded housing with recessed grooves, polycarbonate overlay, Buna N O rings,
316L SS sensor construction.
Accuracy: DPG 000: 0.5% full scale; DPG 100: 0.25% full scale; 1 least
significant digit @ 70F (21C) (includes linearity, hysteresis,
repeatability).
Pressure Limit: 2x pressure range for models 1000 psi; 5000 psi for 3000 psi
range; 7500 psi for 5000 psi range.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4/4X (IP66).
Temperature Limits: 0 to 130F ( 18 to 55C).
Thermal Effect: Between 70 to 130F is 0.016%/F; Between 32 to 70F is
0.026%/F; Between 10 to 32F is 0.09%/F.
Size: 3.00 OD x 1.90 deep (max).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Weight: 8.84 oz (275 g).
Display: 4 digit (.425 H x .234 W digits).
Power Requirements: Two AAA batteries.
Battery Life: 2000 hours typical; Low battery indicator.
Auto Shut-Off:
Gage: 60 minute auto shut off. Auto shut off may be disengaged;
Backlight: 2 minute auto shut off.
Agency Approvals: DPG 000: CE; DPG 100: CE, FM approved to be intrinsically
safe for Class I, Division I, Groups A, B, C and D, for ranges 0 15 to 0 3000 psi.
*Model is not FM approved.
DPG-100 with Protective
Rubber Boot
Protective Carrying
Case
Model
0.25%
DPG-102
DPG-103
DPG-104
DPG-105
DPG-106
DPG-107
DPG-108
DPG-109
DPG-110
DPG-111*
DPG-100 DPG-000
ACCESSORIES
A-183, Protective Rubber Boot
A-184, Carrying Case
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
84
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
DPGA
&
DPGW
1% Digital Pressure Gage
Economic Gage With Selectable Engineering Units
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: DPGA: Air and compatible gases; DPGW: Liquids and compatible
gases.
Wetted Materials: DPGA: 316L SS, silicone sensor;
DPGW: 316L SS.
Housing Materials: ABS plastic.
Accuracy: 1.0% F.S. (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability).
Pressure Limits: 2X pressure range. Vacuum range max. pressure is 30
psig.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 120F ( 1 to 49C).
Thermal Effect: 0.05% FS/F.
Size: 2.62 O.D. x 1.52 deep.
Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT.
Display: 4 digit LCD (.425 H x .234 W digits).
Power Requirements: 9 volt alkaline battery. Battery included but not
connected.
Auto Shut-off: 20 minute auto shut off.
Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g).
2-43/64
[67.87]
3-11/16
[93.66]
1-1/2 [38.10]
1/4 NPT
The Series DPGA is the only economic digital pressure gage with selectable
engineering units on the market. With its 1% accuracy and digital push-button zero,
the DPGA is the perfect choice for digitally monitoring the pressures of air and
compatible gases.
The Series DPGWis the only economic digital pressure gage for liquids with the
ability to select engineering units on the market. With its 1% accuracy and digital
push-button zero, the DPGW is the perfect choice for digitally monitoring the
pressures of compatible liquids and gases.
Model
DPGA-00
DPGA-01
DPGA-02
DPGA-03
DPGA-04
DPGA-05
DPGA-06
DPGA-07
DPGA-08
DPGA-09
DPGA-10
DPGA-11
kg/cm
2
1.033
.0508
.0703
.1406
.3515
1.055
2.109
3.515
7.03
14.06
21.09
35.15
bar
1.013
.0498
.0689
.1379
.3447
1.034
2.068
3.447
6.89
13.79
20.68
34.47
in Hg
29.93
1.471
2.036
4.072
10.18
30.54
61.1
101.8
203.6
407.2
611
1018
ft wc
33.94
1.667
2.307
4.614
11.53
34.60
69.2
115.3
230.7
461.3
692
1153
kPa
101.4
4.980
6.89
13.79
34.47
103.4
206.8
344.7
689
1379
2068
3447
oz/in
2
235.2
11.55
16.00
32.00
80.0
240.0
480.0
800
1600
3200
4800
in wc
407.3
20.00
27.68
55.4
138.4
415.2
830
1384
2768
mm Hg
761
37.37
51.7
103.4
258.6
776
1551
2586
mbar
1013
49.80
68.9
137.9
344.7
1034
2068
3447
cm wc
1034
50.8
70.3
140.6
351.5
1055
2109
3515
Pressure Ranges
Range
30 Hg to 0 (psi)
0 to 20 w.c.
0 to 1 psi
0 to 2 psi
0 to 5 psi
0 to 15 psi
0 to 30 psi
0 to 50 psi
0 to 100 psi
0 to 200 psi
0 to 300 psi
0 to 500 psi
psig
14.70
0.722
1.000
2.000
5.000
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.0
200.0
300.0
500.0
Resolution
psi
0.01
0.001
0.001
0.001
0.002
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
DPGA DPGW
Model
DPGW-00
DPGW-04
DPGW-05
DPGW-06
DPGW-07
DPGW-08
DPGW-09
DPGW-10
DPGW-11
kg/cm
2
1.033
.3515
1.055
2.109
3.515
7.03
14.06
21.09
35.15
bar
1.013
.3447
1.034
2.068
3.447
6.89
13.79
20.68
34.47
in Hg
29.93
10.18
30.54
61.1
101.8
203.6
407.2
611
1018
ft wc
33.94
11.53
34.60
69.2
115.3
230.7
461.3
692
1153
kPa
101.4
34.47
103.4
206.8
344.7
689
1379
2068
3447
oz/in
2
235.2
80.0
240.0
480.0
800
1600
3200
4800
in wc
407.3
138.4
415.2
830
1384
2768
mm Hg
761
258.6
776
1551
2586
mbar
1013
344.7
1034
2068
3447
cm wc
1034
351.5
1055
2109
3515
Pressure Ranges
Range
30 Hg to 0 (psi)
0 to 5 psi
0 to 15 psi
0 to 30 psi
0 to 50 psi
0 to 100 psi
0 to 200 psi
0 to 300 psi
0 to 500 psi
psig
14.70
5.000
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.0
200.0
300.0
500.0
Resolution
psi
0.01
0.002
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
Compound range available: DPGW 12: 30 Hg 0 100 psi.
ACCESSORY
A-293, Protective Rubber Boot
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 85
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
DPGAB
&
DPGWB
Digital Pressure Gage with Rubber Boot
0.5% Full Scale Accuracy, Selectable Engineering Units
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: DPGAB: Air and compatible gases; DPGWB: Liquids and
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: DPGAB: 316L SS, silicone sensor; DPGWB: Type 316L
SS.
Housing Materials: ABS plastic.
Accuracy: 0.5% F.S. (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability).
Pressure Limits: 2X pressure range. Vacuum range max. pressure is 30
psig.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 120F ( 1 to 49C).
Thermal Effect: 0.05% FS/F.
Size: 2.62 O.D. x 1.52 deep.
Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT.
Display: 4 digit LCD (.425 H x .234 W digits).
Power Requirements: 9 volt alkaline battery. Battery included but not
connected.
Auto Shut-off: 20 minute auto shut off.
Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g).
ON
OFF
ZERO
UN TS
3-3/32
[78.58]
3-59/64
[99.62]
1-25/32
[45.24]
1/4 NPT
The Series DPGWB/DPGAB digital pressure gages offer 0.5% full scale accuracy
in a rugged, easy-to-use unit at prices comparable to mechanical gauges. The DPGWB
stainless steel wetted material makes it suitable for a wide variety of liquid or gases.
The gauges feature user-selectable units of measure allowing one gauge to be used
for a variety of pressure scales. The DPGWB/DPGAB come with a protective rubber
boot to protect against short drops and rough handling.
Model
DPGAB-00
DPGAB-01
DPGAB-02
DPGAB-03
DPGAB-04
DPGAB-05
DPGAB-06
DPGAB-07
DPGAB-08
DPGAB-09
DPGAB-10
DPGAB-11
kg/cm
2
1.033
.0508
.0703
.1406
.3515
1.055
2.109
3.515
7.03
14.06
21.09
35.15
bar
1.013
.0498
.0689
.1379
.3447
1.034
2.068
3.447
6.89
13.79
20.68
34.47
in Hg
29.93
1.471
2.036
4.072
10.18
30.54
61.1
101.8
203.6
407.2
611
1018
ft wc
33.94
1.667
2.307
4.614
11.53
34.60
69.2
115.3
230.7
461.3
692
1153
kPa
101.4
4.980
6.89
13.79
34.47
103.4
206.8
344.7
689
1379
2068
3447
oz/in
2
235.2
11.55
16.00
32.00
80.0
240.0
480.0
800
1600
3200
4800
in wc
407.3
20.00
27.68
55.4
138.4
415.2
830
1384
2768
mm Hg
761
37.37
51.7
103.4
258.6
776
1551
2586
mbar
1013
49.80
68.9
137.9
344.7
1034
2068
3447
cm wc
1034
50.8
70.3
140.6
351.5
1055
2109
3515
Pressure Ranges
Range
30 Hg to 0 (psi)
0 to 20 w.c.
0 to 1 psi
0 to 2 psi
0 to 5 psi
0 to 15 psi
0 to 30 psi
0 to 50 psi
0 to 100 psi
0 to 200 psi
0 to 300 psi
0 to 500 psi
psig
14.70
0.722
1.000
2.000
5.000
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.0
200.0
300.0
500.0
Resolution
psi
0.01
0.001
0.001
0.001
0.002
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
DPGWB DPGAB
Model
DPGWB-00
DPGWB-04
DPGWB-05
DPGWB-06
DPGWB-07
DPGWB-08
DPGWB-09
DPGWB-10
DPGWB-11
kg/cm
2
1.033
.3515
1.055
2.109
3.515
7.03
14.06
21.09
35.15
bar
1.013
.3447
1.034
2.068
3.447
6.89
13.79
20.68
34.47
in Hg
29.93
10.18
30.54
61.1
101.8
203.6
407.2
611
1018
ft wc
33.94
11.53
34.60
69.2
115.3
230.7
461.3
692
1153
kPa
101.4
34.47
103.4
206.8
344.7
689
1379
2068
3447
oz/in
2
235.2
80.0
240.0
480.0
800
1600
3200
4800
in wc
407.3
138.4
415.2
830
1384
2768
mm Hg
761
258.6
776
1551
2586
mbar
1013
344.7
1034
2068
3447
cm wc
1034
351.5
1055
2109
3515
Pressure Ranges
Range
30 Hg to 0 (psi)
0 to 5 psi
0 to 15 psi
0 to 30 psi
0 to 50 psi
0 to 100 psi
0 to 200 psi
0 to 300 psi
0 to 500 psi
psig
14.70
5.000
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.0
200.0
300.0
500.0
Resolution
psi
0.01
0.002
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
Compound range available: DPGWB 12: 30 Hg 0 100 psi
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
86
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
DCG
Digital Calibration Gage
0.05% Full Scale Accuracy, 316 SS Wetted Parts
The Series DCG Digital Calibration Gage features a remarkable
0.05% full scale accuracy that includes the effects of linearity,
hysteresis, repeatability, and temperature across the entire
compensated temperature range. This gage was specifically designed
to be a portable test gage where its unmatched accuracy is required.
This is a highly durable gage that is housed in a rugged and compact
3 inch stainless steel case.
This highly accurate test gage offers menu configurable and password
protected features that include engineering unit conversion, seven
selectable languages, field calibration capabilities, as well as an
adjustable bar graph and update/dampening rates. Every unit includes
a NIST calibration certificate.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible, non-combustible liquids & gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Housing Materials: 300 Series SS.
Accuracy: 0.05% full scale including linearity, hysteresis,
repeatability, and thermal effects across entire compensated
temperature range.
Pressure Limit: 2 x full scale range.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 150F (-18 to 66C).
Compensated Temperature Range: 0 to 150F (-18 to 66C).
Size: 3.00 OD x 1.70 deep.
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP65).
Display: 4-1/2 digit (0.66 high).
Power Requirements: Three AAA batteries.
Battery Life: >1000 hours.
Auto Shut-off: Gage: On/off, 2 min., 5 min., 15 min., 30 min.;
Backlight: On/off, 10 sec., 30 sec., 1 min., 5 min.
Weight: 8 oz (.23 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
3-11/32
[85]
4-11/32
[110]
1/4 NPT CONNECTION
1-11/16
[43]
5/8
[15.5]
Model
DCG-100
DCG-101
DCG-102
DCG-103
DCG-104
DCG-105
DCG-106
DCG-107
DCG-108
DCG-109
DCG-110
Model
DCG-111
DCG-112
DCG-113
DCG-114
DCG-115
DCG-117
DCG-118
DCG-119
DCG-120
DCG-121
Range
30 Hg-0 psig
30 Hg-0-15 psig
30 Hg-0-30 psig
0-5 psig
0-10 psig
0-15 psig
0-30 psig
0-60 psig
0-100 psig
0-160 psig
0-200 psig
Range
0-300 psig
0-500 psig
0-600 psig
0-800 psig
0-1000 psig
0-2000 psig
0-2500 psig
0-3000 psig
0-5000 psig
0-7000 psig
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 87
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
/
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Digital Indicating Transmitter
0.25% Full Scale Accuracy, Optional Switch Outputs
Series
DSGT
The Series DSGT Digital Indicating Transmitter is a versatile multi-
function process gage that features an excellent 0.25% full scale accuracy. This
all-in-one digital gage package is designed to reduce installation costs,
instrument cost, and save space where an application requires a gage,
transmitter, and switches. The Series DSGT gage comes standard with a loop-
powered 4-20 mA transmitter output and is offered with one or two optional
SPDT switches.
The Series DSGT gage is housed in a durable fiberglass reinforced
thermoplastic case that is designed to meet NEMA 4 (IP65) requirements. The
gage features a menu-driven display for easy customization. User selectable
features include 12 engineering units of measure, password protected
calibration and disable functions, as well as an adjustable bar graph and
update/dampening rates.
SPECIFICATIONS
GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible, non combustible liquids & gases.
Wetted Materials: 17 4 stainless steel sensor, 316 SS socket.
Housing Materials: Fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic case.
Accuracy: 0.25% full scale (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability).
Pressure Limit: 2 x full scale range.
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Display: 5 digit (0.88 high).
TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply: 12 36 VDC (loop powered).
Output Signal: 4 20 mA.
Response Time: 100 ms.
Temperature Limits: 14 to 140F ( 10 to 60C).
Thermal Effects: 0.04% full scale/F.
Electrical Connections: 3 ft flying leads.
Loop Resistance: DC; 0 1090 ohms maximum.
Set Point Adjustments: Adjustable through menu selections.
Weight: 1.45 lb (.66 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS (OPTIONAL)
Switch Type: 1 SPDT ( C1S option); 2 SPDT ( C2S option).
Repeatability: 0.25% full scale.
Electrical Rating: 1A @ 24 VDC or 0.5A @ 125 VAC.
Electrical Connections: 3 ft flying leads.
Power Requirements: 12 36 VDC (separate line power).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
*For optional switch outputs change C0S suffix to C1S for 1 SPDT switch, or
C2S for 2 SPDT switches.
Model*
DSGT-101-C0S
DSGT-102-C0S
DSGT-103-C0S
DSGT-104-C0S
DSGT-105-C0S
DSGT-106-C0S
DSGT-107-C0S
DSGT-108-C0S
DSGT-109-C0S
DSGT-110-C0S
Range
30 Hg 0 15 psig
30 Hg 0 30 psig
30 Hg 0 60 psig
0 30 psig
0 60 psig
0 100 psig
0 160 psig
0 200 psig
0 300 psig
0 600 psig
Range
0 800 psig
0 1000 psig
0 1500 psig
0 2000 psig
0 3000 psig
0 5000 psig
0 8000 psig
0 10,000 psig
0 15,000 psig
0 20,000 psig
Model*
DSGT-111-C0S
DSGT-112-C0S
DSGT-113-C0S
DSGT-114-C0S
DSGT-115-C0S
DSGT-116-C0S
DSGT-117-C0S
DSGT-118-C0S
DSGT-119-C0S
DSGT-120-C0S
5-3/8 B.C.
[136.4]
5-13/16
[147.6]
3-29/32
[99]
37
1/2 OR 1/4 NPT
5/8 [15.8] ACROSS FLATS
(3) 1/4 [6.3]
3-5/16
[83.8]
5-3/16
[131.8]
1-1/2
[38.1]
1-13/32
[35.6]
2-19/32
[66]
Model DSGT-XXX-C0S, Transmitter with No Switch Outputs
Model DSGT-XXX-C1S, Transmitter with 1 SPDT Switch Output
Model DSGT-XXX-C2S, Transmitter with 2 SPDT Switch Outputs
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
88
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
/
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Digital Pressure Gage
3-in-1: Gage, Transmitter & Switch
Series
DPG-200
The Series DPG-200 Digital Pressure Gage has a precise 0.25% full scale accuracy.
The 4 digit digital display will reduce the potential for errors in readings by eliminating
parallax error commonly produced with analog gages. The DPG-200 is packaged in a
durable extruded aluminum case designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). The unit is powered
by 12-24 VDC/VAC and contains two alarm set points along with a 4-20 mA process output.
A four-button keypad allows easy access to features. These features include backlight, peak
and valley, auto zero and conversion of the pressure units.
APPLICATIONS
Process control
Compressor control
3
[76.20]
2-3/8
[60.45]
1-5/8
[40.39]
1/4 NPT
3-5/8
[91.39]
SPECIFICATIONS
DIGITAL GAGE SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquids and non combustible compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Type 316L SS.
Housing: Black polycarbonate front & back cover, anodized aluminum extruded
housing with recessed grooves, polycarbonate overlay, Buna N O rings, 316L SS
sensor construction.
Accuracy: 0.25% F.S. 1 least significant digit (includes linearity, hysteresis,
repeatability).
Pressure Limit: 2x pressure range for models 1000 psi; 5000 psi for 3000 psi
range; 7500 psi for 5000 psi range.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 158F (0 to 70C).
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Display: 4 digit (.425 H x .234 W digits).
Size: 3.00 OD x 1.90 deep (not including cables).
Weight: 8.84 oz (275 g).
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: 2 SPDT form C contacts.
Electrical Rating: 0.5A @ 125 VAC resistive, 1A @ 24 VDC.
Relay Differential: 1 least significant digit.
Electrical Connections: 3 ft (.91 m) cable.
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Set Point Adjustment: Via menu.
TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits: 0 to 158F (0 to 70C).
Thermal Effect: Between 70 to 158F = 0.016%/F. Between 0 to 70F = 0.026%/F.
Power Requirements: 12 24 VAC +/ 20% 50 400 HZ, 12 24 VDC +/ 20%.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA.
Loop Resistance: 600 ohms maximum.
Power Consumption: 0.8 W max.
Electrical Connections: 3 ft (.91 m) cable.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
DPG-200
DPG-202
DPG-203
DPG-204
DPG-205
DPG-206
DPG-207
DPG-208
DPG-209
DPG-210
DPG-211
Range
psig
14.70 0
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.0
200.0
300.0
500.0
1000
3000
5000
kg/cm
2
1.033
1.055
2.109
3.515
7.03
14.06
21.09
35.15
70.3
210.9
351.5
bar
1.013
1.034
2.069
3.448
6.895
13.79
20.69
34.48
68.98
206.9
344.8
in Hg
29.93
30.54
61.08
101.8
203.6
407.2
610.8
1018
2036
6108
ft wc
33.94
34.61
69.21
115.4
230.7
461.4
692.1
1154
2307
6921
kPa
101.4
103.4
206.9
344.8
689.5
1379
2069
3448
6895
oz/in
2
235.2
240
480
800
1600
3200
4800
8000
in wc
407.3
415.2
830.4
1384
2768
5536
8304
mm Hg
760.7
775.7
1551
2586
5172
mbar
1013
1034
2069
3448
6895
cm wc
1034
1055
2109
3515
7031
Pressure Ranges
Compound ranges available: DPG 220 range: 30 Hg 0 15 psi.
*feet of seawater @ 4C
ft sw*
33.06
33.73
67.45
112.4
224.8
449.7
674.5
1124
2248
6745
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 89
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
G
a
g
e
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
/
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
D
g
t
a
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Electronic Pressure Controller
2 Switches, Indicating Gauge, and Transmitter in One Package
Series
EDA
1/4 MALE NPT
WITH 3/4 [19.05]
WRENCHING HEX
9/32 [7.14]
5
[127.00]
4-17/32
[115.09]
1
[25.40]
3-1/16
[77.89]
27/32
[21.43]
1-59/64
[26.16]
2X 5/16 [7.93]
3-15/32
[88.11]
1-5/8 [41.28]
[40.88]
3X 1/8 [3.18]
1/2 FEMALE NPT
CONDUIT ENTRY
Series EDA Electronic Pressure Control is an extremely versatile compact package
that can replace a separate gauge, two switches, and a transmitter in a system saving
money, installation time, and panel space. The EDA incorporates two SPDT relays that
have the on and off points fully adjustable over the range for control or alarm use. Front
face has LED indicators for switch status and a large backlight two-line display showing
process value and indication units. Programming is easy with simple menu structure, two-
line display, and external programming buttons. Weatherproof housing is ideal for a wide
variety of applications with panel mount, flush mount, or pipe mount ability. Features
include zero set, adjustable dampening, menu lock out, peak and valley indication,
removable terminal blocks, adjustable time delay, and scalable transmitter output.
FEATURES
Display Units: psi, kg/cm
2
, bar, in Hg, ft w.c., kPa, MPa, %FS, in w.c., mbar, cm
w.c., mm Hg, or oz/in
2
(Choices depend on range).
Test Mode: Simulates input over the range without pressuring to easily test
switches and transmitter output function.
Failsafe: For sensor failure, over pressure, high temperature limit, low
temperature limit, or keypad short. User chooses if relay is de energized,
energized, or no action. With transmitter option, user chooses an output of 3.6 mA
22 mA, or no action.
Alternation: Selectable alternation of set points between the relays for even wear
on duplex pump applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Housing: Glass filled plastic.
Accuracy: 1% of F.S. including linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability (indicator and
transmitter).
Stability: < 2% of F.S. per year.
Pressure Limits: Ranges up to 6,000 psi: 1.5 x range; 8,000 psi range: 10,000 psi.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 20 to 140F ( 6.6 to 60C); Process: 0 to 176F
( 18 to 80C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Thermal Effect: 0.05% of F.S./F.
Display: 4 digit backlit LCD (digits: 0.60H x 0.33 W).
Power Requirements: 12 to 30 VDC/AC.
Power Consumption: 2.5 watts.
Electrical Connections: Removable terminal blocks with two 1/2 female NPT
conduit connections.
Enclosure Rating: Meets NEMA 4X (IP65).
Warm Up Time: <10 seconds.
Mounting Orientation: Any position.
Weight: 1.18 lbs (535 g).
Agency Approvals: CE and UL pending.
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays.
Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 120/240VAC, 1 A @ 30 VDC.
Repeatability: 1% of FS (switching only).
Set Points: Adjustable 0 100% of FS.
Switch Indication: External LED for each relay on the front panel.
Switch Reset: Manual or automatic.
TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal: 4 20 mA, 1 6 VDC, 1 5 VDC, 0 5 VDC, or 0 10
VDC (direct or reverse output selection).
Minimum Excitation: 14 VDC.
Zero and Span Adjustments: Menu scalable within the range.
Example
Series
Housing
Process
Connection
Electrical
Connection
Range
Transmitter
Output
Options
EDA
EDA
W
N1
E1
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
T0
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
STW
NIST
23444
EDAW N1E1 01T0 SST
Electronic Pressure Controller
Weatherproof
1/4 NPT male bottom
Two 1/2 female NPT conduit
connections
0 20 psi
0 60 psi
0 100 psi
0 150 psi
0 300 psi
0 600 psi
0 1000 psi
0 1500 psi
0 3000 psi
0 6000 psi
0 8000 psi
None
4 to 20 mA
1 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
1 to 6 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
Stainless Steel Tag
NIST Certificate
Oxygen Cleaning
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
90
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Brass, 403 SS, or 316 SS.
Temperature Limit: 180F (82C).
Pressure Limit: Maximum pressure of the operating range.
Enclosure Rating: General purpose, weatherproof or explosion proof.
Repeatability: 1% of full operating range, 1.5% on DS 7300 models.
Switch Type: SPST mercury switch, SPDT mercury switch, SPDT snap switch, or
SPDT hermetically sealed snap switch. Other circuit types available.
Electrical Rating: See model charts.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Conduit Connection: General purpose: 1/2 hole for conduit hub; Weatherproof:
1/2 conduit hub; Explosion proof: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connection: General purpose and weatherproof: 1/4 male NPT, 1/2 male
NPT on ranges 15S and 16S; Explosion proof: 1/2 male NPT and 1/4 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: Thumbscrew.
Weight: General purpose: 4 lb (1.8 kg); Weatherproof: 6 lb (2.7 kg); Explosion proof:
8 lb (3.5 kg).
Deadband: See model chart.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, CSA, FM (mercury switch units are not CE approved)
(Consult factory for FM approved models).
Series
DA/DS
Bourdon Tube Pressure Switches
Pressure Ranges to 8000 psi (551.6 bar)
1/4 N.P.T.
5/8 [15.88]
GASKETED COVER
FOR ADJUSTMENTS
GASKET
REAR MOUNTING
FLANGE
(3) .203 [5.16]
DIA. HOLES AT
120 ON 6-1/2
[165.1] DIA.
BOLT CIRCLE
OPERATING
ADJUSTMENTS
2-13/16
[71.44]
4-3/16
[106.36]
7
[177.8]
DIA.
1-5/8
[41.28
8
[203.2]
15/16 [23.81]
1/2
CONDUIT
HUB
DAW
1/4 N.P.T.
6-1/64
[152.8]
DIA.
7/8 [22.23]
ADJUSTMENT SCREWS
2-1/4
[57.15]
1-5/8
[41.28]
1/2 [12.7]
CONDUIT HOLE
5/8 [15.88]
MERCOID
CONTROL
Customers tell us that this is the best pressure switch made. The Mercoid D Series is
one of the worlds broadest lines of pressure switches.
The D Series has extremely high sensitivity and great repeatability. The DA Models are
equipped with two external adjustments, one for setting high pressure operating point, the
other for setting low pressure operating point. Deadband, the difference between high and
low setpoints, is adjustable over the full scale. The DS Models are equipped with a single
external adjustment for setting operating point only. For mercury free switches choose
between the snap action switch or hermetically sealed snap action switch. Hermetically
sealed mercury switch also available.
5
3/4 PIPE THD.
CONDUIT HOLE
1-1/4
L
U
1/2 NPT
3/4 CONDUIT THD
1-3/4 10
3-7/8
3-1/2
7-3/4
3-1/2
(2) STD. 13/32 DIA.
MOUNTING HOLES
CONTROL
ADJUSTMENTS
2-9/16
DAH
FEATURES
Visible calibrated dial
On/off indication (except hermetically sealed snap switch models)
Adjustable or fixed deadband
SPDT snap action, hermetically sealed snap action or hermetically sealed
mercury switch
External switch setpoint adjustments
Minimum deadband is obtainable at any point in the range
Pressure ranges of full vacuum to 8000 psig
UL listed, CSA approved, many models FM approved
General purpose, weatherproof or explosion proof enclosures
OPTIONS
Weatherproof Enclosure, Series DAW Add W to model number after DA or DS
and change 1 to 3.
Example: DAW 33 153 7
Explosion-Proof Enclosure, Series DAH Suitable for Class I, Groups C and D;
NEMA 7; Class II, Groups E, F, G; Class III NEMA 9 and 9A, Division 1. Add H to
model number after DA or DS.
Example: DAH 31 153 7
FM Approved: For general purpose and explosion proof models see agency
approvals. Add F to model number after DA, DS, DAH or DSH.
Examples: DAF 31 153 7 or DAHF 31 153 7
Other Options (Consult Factory): DPDT switches or other switch types, fixed
deadband mercury switch units for low deadband applications, manual reset
operation, two stage operation, acetal bushed movement for applications with high
amounts of vibration and/or pulsation, fungus proofing, siphon, diaphragm seals,
mounting flange and remote connection.
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 91
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Adjustable Deadband Fixed Deadband Hermetically Sealed, Fixed Deadband
SPDT: 10A @ 120/240 VAC SPDT: 15A @ 120/240 AC SPDT: 5A @ 120/240 VAC, 5A res. @ 30 VDC
Bourdon Adjustable Minimum Model Fixed Model Fixed Model
Tube Operating Deadband Deadband Deadband
Material Range (psig) (psig) (psig) (psig)
0 30 Hg Vac 13.5 Hg DA-7031-153-2 3 Hg DS-7231-153-2 5 Hg DS-7331-153-2
10 Hg Vac 12 6 DA-7031-153-3 1.5 DS-7231-153-3 3 DS-7331-153-3
25 Hg Vac 50 12 DA-7031-153-27 2.5 DS-7231-153-27 3.75 DS-7331-153-27
1/8 15 6 DA-7031-153-1 1.5 DS-7231-153-1 3 DS-7331-153-1
1/8 20 6 DA-7031-153-3A 1.5 DS-7231-153-3A 3 DS-7331-153-3A
Brass 1 35 7.5 DA-7031-153-4 1.5 DS-7231-153-4 3 DS-7331-153-4
2 60 9 DA-7031-153-5 2 DS-7231-153-5 3 DS-7331-153-5
5 100 13.5 DA-7031-153-6 2.5 DS-7231-153-6 3.75 DS-7331-153-6
5 150 24 DA-7031-153-7 3 DS-7231-153-7 5.25 DS-7331-153-7
10 200 24 DA-7031-153-8 4 DS-7231-153-8 6.75 DS-7331-153-8
10 300 37.5 DA-7031-153-9 5 DS-7231-153-9 9 DS-7331-153-9
30 Hg Vac 60 18 DA-7021-153-25S 3.5 DS-7221-153-25S 5.25 DS-7321-153-25S
30 Hg Vac 75 22.5 DA-7021-153-26S 3.5 DS-7221-153-26S 5.25 DS-7321-153-26S
2 60 13.5 DA-7021-153-5S 3 DS-7221-153-5S 4.5 DS-7321-153-5S
5 100 19.5 DA-7021-153-6S 3.5 DS-7221-153-6S 5.25 DS-7321-153-6S
403 10 200 22.5 DA-7021-153-8S 4 DS-7221-153-8S 7.125 DS-7321-153-8S
Stainless 10 300 28.5 DA-7021-153-9S 6 DS-7221-153-9S 10.5 DS-7321-153-9S
Steel 40 350 30 DA-7021-153-9AS 6 DS-7221-153-9AS 10.5 DS-7321-153-9AS
25 600 67.5 DA-7021-153-10S 10 DS-7221-153-10S 18 DS-7321-153-10S
50 1000 142.5 DA-7021-153-11S 20 DS-7221-153-11S 33 DS-7321-153-11S
100 1500 195 DA-7021-153-12S 30 DS-7221-153-12S 52.5 DS-7321-153-12S
300 2500 390 DA-7021-153-13S 60 DS-7221-153-13S 90 DS-7321-153-13S
500 5000 1350 DA-7021-153-15S 200 DS-7221-153-15S 300 DS-7321-153-15S
800 8000 2250 DA-7021-153-16S 500 DS-7221-153-16S
30 Hg Vac 75 15 DA-7041-153-26E 3.5 DS-7241-153-26E 5.25 DS-7341-153-26E
5 75 12 DA-7041-153-23E 4 DS-7241-153-23E 6 DS-7341-153-23E
316 10 100 15 DA-7041-153-6E 3.5 DS-7241-153-6E 5.25 DS-7341-153-6E
Stainless 10 150 16.5 DA-7041-153-24E 4 DS-7241-153-24E 6.75 DS-7341-153-24E
Steel 10 300 42 DA-7041-153-9E 8 DS-7241-153-9E 12 DS-7341-153-9E
30 400 78 DA-7041-153-21E 10 DS-7241-153-21E 18 DS-7341-153-21E
75 800 180 DA-7041-153-22E 25 DS-7241-153-22E 37.5 DS-7341-153-22E
100 1000 285 DA-7041-153-11E 35 DS-7241-153-11E 52.5 DS-7341-153-11E
200 2500 600 DA-7041-153-13E 75 DS-7241-153-13E 112.5 DS-7341-153-13E
D Series Pressure Switch with Mercury Switch and General Purpose Enclosure
D Series Pressure Switch with Snap Action Switch and General Purpose Enclosure
Bourdon Adjustable Minimum SPDT SPST SPST Minimum SPST Open SPST Close
Tube Operating Deadband 4A @ 120 V Open on Close on Deadband on Increase on Increase
Material Range (psig) 2A @ 240 V Increase Increase (psig) 5A @ 120 VAC 5A @ 120 VAC
(psig) AC/DC 10A @ 120 V 10A @ 120 V 2A @ 240 VDC 2A @ 240 VDC
5A @ 240 V 5A @ 240 V 2.5A @ 120 VDC 2.5A @ 120 VDC
AC/DC AC/DC 1A @ 240 VDC 1A@ 240 VDC
0 30 Hg Vac 2 Hg DA-31-153-2 DA-31-2-2 DA-31-3-2 1 Hg DA-531-2-2 DA-531-3-2
10 Hg Vac 12 1 DA-31-153-3 DA-31-2-3 DA-31-3-3 0.5 DA-531-2-3 DA-531-3-3
25 Hg Vac 50 3.5 DA-31-153-27 DA-31-2-27 DA-31-3-27 2 DA-531-2-27 DA-531-3-27
1/8 15 1 DA-31-153-1 DA-31-2-1 DA-31-3-1 0.5 DA-531-2-1 DA-531-3-1
1/8 20 1 DA-31-153-3A DA-31-2-3A DA-31-3-3A 0.5 DA-531-2-3A DA-531-3-3A
Brass 1 35 1.75 DA-31-153-4 DA-31-2-4 DA-31-3-4 0.75 DA-531-2-4 DA-531-3-4
2 60 3 DA-31-153-5 DA-31-2-5 DA-31-3-5 1 DA-531-2-5 DA-531-3-5
5 100 3.75 DA-31-153-6 DA-31-2-6 DA-31-3-6 2 DA-531-2-6 DA-531-3-6
5 150 6 DA-31-153-7 DA-31-2-7 DA-31-3-7 3 DA-531-2-7 DA-531-3-7
10 200 8 DA-31-153-8 DA-31-2-8 DA-31-3-8 3.5 DA-531-2-8 DA-531-3-8
10 300 12 DA-31-153-9 DA-31-2-9 DA-31-3-9 6 DA-531-2-9 DA-531-3-9
30 Hg Vac 60 6 DA-21-153-25S DA-21-2-25S DA-21-3-25S 3 DA-521-2-25S DA-521-3-25S
30 Hg Vac 75 8 DA-21-153-26S DA-21-2-26S DA-21-3-26S 4 DA-521-2-26S DA-521-3-26S
2 60 4 DA-21-153-5S DA-21-2-5S DA-21-3-5S 2.5 DA-521-2-5S DA-521-3-5S
5 100 6 DA-21-153-6S DA-21-2-6S DA-21-3-6S 3 DA-521-2-6S DA-521-3-6S
10 200 8 DA-21-153-8S DA-21-2-8S DA-21-3-8S 4 DA-521-2-8S DA-521-3-8S
403 10 300 14 DA-21-153-9S DA-21-2-9S DA-21-3-9S 7 DA-521-2-9S DA-521-3-9S
Stainless 40 350 14 DA-21-153-9AS DA-21-2-9AS DA-21-3-9AS 7 DA-521-2-9AS DA-521-3-9AS
Steel 25 600 25 DA-21-153-10S DA-21-2-10S DA-21-3-10S 15 DA-521-2-10S DA-521-3-10S
50 1000 60 DA-21-153-11S DA-21-2-11S DA-21-3-11S 40 DA-521-2-11S DA-521-3-11S
100 1500 90 DA-21-153-12S DA-21-2-12S DA-21-3-12S 50 DA-521-2-12S DA-521-3-12S
300 2500 150 DA-21-153-13S DA-21-2-13S DA-21-3-13S 100 DA-521-2-13S DA-521-3-13S
500 5000 450 DA-21-153-15S DA-21-2-15S DA-21-3-15S 200 DA-521-2-15S DA-521-3-15S
800 8000 750 DA-21-153-16S DA-21-2-16S DA-21-3-16S 400 DA-521-2-16S DA-521-3-16S
30 Hg Vac 75 7 DA-41-153-26E DA-41-2-26E DA-41-3-26E 3.5 DA-541-2-26E DA-541-3-26E
5 75 3 DA-41-153-23E DA-41-2-23E DA-41-3-23E 2 DA-541-2-23E DA-541-3-23E
10 100 7 DA-41-153-6E DA-41-2-6E DA-41-3-6E 3.5 DA-541-2-6E DA-541-3-6E
316 10 150 6 DA-41-153-24E DA-41-2-24E DA-41-3-24E 3 DA-541-2-24E DA-541-3-24E
Stainless 10 300 18 DA-41-153-9E DA-41-2-9E DA-41-3-9E 5 DA-541-2-9E DA-541-3-9E
Steel 30 400 30 DA-41-153-21E DA-41-2-21E DA-41-3-21E 15 DA-541-2-21E DA-541-3-21E
75 800 75 DA-41-153-22E DA-41-2-22E DA-41-3-22E 35 DA-541-2-22E DA-541-3-22E
100 1000 100 DA-41-153-11E DA-41-2-11E DA-41-3-11E 45 DA-541-2-11E DA-541-3-11E
200 2500 210 DA-41-153-13E DA-41-2-13E DA-41-3-13E 110 DA-541-2-13E DA-541-3-13E
Adjustable Deadband
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
92
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
SA1100
Diaphragm Operated Pressure Switches
Visible Setpoint, Adjustable Deadband, Hermetically Sealed Snap Switch,
Weatherproof and Explosion-proof
Weatherproof and Explosion-Proof in One Economical Enclosure
Extremely rugged construction assures excellent reliability in chemical, petroleum and
industrial plants. New design also provides burst pressure protection to 3000 psi (206 bar).
The rolling diaphragm design maintains a constant effective area to minimize friction. This
results in a minimum deadband as low as 5% of full scale. Since many applications require
higher deadbands, the SA1100 includes a separate adjustment of this when necessary. A
pump being used to control liquid level in a tank would be a typical situation where this
feature would be important. Both setpoint and deadband adjustments are protected, yet
clearly visible behind a clear polycarbonate window and are fully isolated from the electrical
components for additional safety. A 7/16 open-end wrench is the only tool required to
change settings. Terminal blocks are provided for switch wiring connections and both
internal and external ground screws are included. Standard housing is weatherproof to
NEMA standards 1 through 4X and 13; explosion-proof to NEMA 7, Class I, Groups B, C &
D; NEMA 9, Class II, Groups E, F & G. Optional construction adds drain to meet IP54.
APPLICATIONS
Chemical, petroleum, food and drug processing industries
Used indoor, outdoor or in explosion proof area
Range
Number
Adjustable
Operating
Range
Approximate Minimum
Deadband
Approximate
Maximum
Deadband
11
12
13
psig
10 150
20 250
30 500
bar
0.7 10
1.4 17.2
2.0 34
psig
4.0
5.0
12
bar
0.28
0.35
0.83
psig
7.5
12.5
45
bar
0.52
0.86
3.1
psig
75
150
300
bar
5.2
10
21
Low High
Switch Deadband Chart
Series SA1100
*Options that do not have ATEX.
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: See pressure chamber and diaphragm material in model chart.
Temperature Limits: 30 to 180F ( 35 to 82C) standard; ATEX compliant at
Ambient Temperature: 4 to 167F ( 20 to 75C); Process Temperature: 4 to 167F
( 20 to 75C).
Pressure Limit: 1200 psig (82.6 bar).
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof and Explosion proof. Listed with UL and CSA for
Class I, Groups B, C and D; Class II Groups E, F, and G. ATEX Compliant
0344 II 2 G EEx d IIC T6 Process Temperature 75C. Weatherproof UL Rated
Type 4. Meets NEMA 4X.
Switch Type: SPDT or DPDT snap switch.
Electrical Rating: See model chart.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connection: 1/2 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Within 20 of vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: Internal 7/16 hex nuts.
Weight: 3.5 lb (1.6 kg).
Deadband: See deadband chart.
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA, CE and ATEX.
Example
Construction
Adjustable
Pressure
Ranges
Circuit
(Switch)
Options
Pressure
Chamber
Material
(Wetted)
Diaphragm
Material
(Wetted)
Circuit
(Switch)
Type
Process
Connection
Options
SA11 13 E A 4
SA11
11
12
13
E
HS
HG
A
S
K 2
4
5
K
L
2
AT
DRAIN
Maximum
Pressure
15 psig
(1.03 bar)
60 psig
(4.14 bar)
160 psig
(11.0 bar)
15 psig
(1.03 bar)
60 psig
(4.14 bar)
160 psig
(11.0 bar)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
100
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
A7
A7
1
1
2
3
3
1
2
3
4
5
1
1
2
1
1
2
3
00.00
Example
Series
Switch Type
Electrical
Rating
Electrical
Connection
Process
Connection
Set Point
(psi)
Model Ordering Chart
Series A7 Mini Pressure Switches have been designed for high current
applications. These switches are small and inexpensive, making them ideal for
OEM use. The Series A7 switches utilize a high-quality snap-action switch,
which is diaphragm actuated. They have a silicone diaphragm and nylon
housing. The A7 switches are compact and lightweight which adds to the ease
of installation. The set point must be factory set, but a broad operating range
makes them great for a variety of applications.
Models are built to your specification
*Setpoint is factory preset and is not field adjustable.
Minimum quantity order is 100.
Mini Pressure Switch
Designed for OEMs, High Current Capacity
Series
A7
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Non hazardous gas or liquid.
Wetted Materials: Silicone and nylon.
Temperature Limits: 14 to 185F ( 10 to 85C).
Pressure Limits: 50 psig (3.45 bar).
Enclosure Rating: General purpose.
Repeatability: 10% of setpoint.
Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position.
Weight: 0.04 lb (0.02 kg).
Deadband: 0.6 to 0.8 in w.c. (1.5 to 2 mbar).
* Set points lower than 0.70 psi are only available with electrical rating codes 1, 2, and 3.
1-7/8
[47.4]
1-3/8
[34.8]
1-13/32
[35.56]
5/32
[4]
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/2
[12.7]
1
[25.4]
1-7/8
[47.4]
1-13/16
[46]
1/8-27 NPT
1-3/4
[44.2]
1-7/8
[47.4]
1/4-18 NPT
CONNECTION #1 CONNECTION #2 CONNECTION #3
A7-2211-10.00
Mini Pressure Switch
SPDT
SPST NO
SPST NC
0.1A @ 125/250 VAC (gold contacts)
3A @ 125/250 VAC
5A @ 125/250 VAC
16A @ 125/250 VAC
22A @ 125/250 VAC
4.88 mm male Q.C. tabs
6.35 mm male Q.C. tabs
4 mm tube O.D. push on (side)
1/8 male NPT (bottom)
1/4 male NPT and 4 mm tube O.D.
push on (bottom)
In the range of 0.71 to 15.0
In the range of 0.25 to 0.70*
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 101
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Compact, lightweight, and adjustable, the Series MVS Miniature Vacuum Switch is
specially designed for OEM applications. This low cost switch has a minimum life
expectancy of 10 million cycles and has an extremely fast response time. Typical
applications for the MVS are HVAC, home appliance, dairy systems, medical, office
equipment, and pump control.
Series
MVS
Miniature Vacuum Switch
SPDT N/O or N/C Switch, Adjustable Set Point, Ideal for OEMs
1/4 [6.35] OR
1/8 NPT
VACUUM PORT
1 SQ.
[25.40]
23/32
[18.26
TYP.]
1-13/16
[46.04]
3/16 [4.76]
TYP. 3 PLACES
1/64 [0.40]
MOUNTING
HOLE
TYP. 4 PLACES
23/64
[9.13] 39/64
[15.48]
1-21/32
[42.07]
NO NC
COM
*Models have 1/8 male NPT process connections
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air or compatible fluids.
Wetted Materials:
Housing: polycarbonate;
Diaphragm: polyurethane.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 150F (4 to
66C).
Pressure Limits: Up to maximum
range.
Repeatability: 20%.
Switch Type: SPDT normally open or
normally closed.
Electrical Rating: Range 3 to 8 in
w.c.: 3A, 125/250 VAC; Range 9 to 80
in w.c.: 10A, 125/250 VAC; Range 81
to 330 in w.c.: 15A, 125/250 VAC.
Contacts: Silver with brass terminals.
Electrical Connections: Terminals
0.187 x 0.20 spade for use with quick
disconnects.
Process Connections: Models MVS 1
to MVS 3: Smooth port 0.25 diameter;
Models MVS 4 to MVS 6: 1/8 male
NPT.
Mounting: Use #2 screws through
eyelets.
Weight: Less than 0.671 oz (19 g.)
Agency Approval: UL
The Series MHS Miniature High Sensitivity Pressure Switch offers a wide range
of field adjustable pressure set point options. The compact switch can be used with air or
other compatible fluids. Ideal application is for turning pumps and compressors on and off
when levels change. The Series MHS models offer a variety of electrical ratings to suit
application needs. The switch is easy to install and easy to adjust, with a long mechanical
life of over 10 million cycles.
Series
MHS
Miniature High Sensitivity Pressure Switch
SPDT N/O or N/C Switch, Adjustable Set Points from 3 in. H20 to 60 PSI
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air or compatible fluids.
Wetted Materials:
Housing: polycarbonate;
Diaphragm: polyurethane.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 150F (4 to
66C).
Pressure Limits: Up to maximum
range.
Repeatability: 20%.
Switch Type: SPDT normally open or
normally closed.
Electrical Rating: MHS 1: 3A; MHS 2:
10A; MHS 3, 4, 5: 15A, 125/250 VAC.
Contacts: Silver with brass terminals.
Electrical Connections: Terminals
0.187 x 0.20 spade for use with quick
disconnects.
Process Connections: All models
1/8 NPT port.
Mounting: Use #2 screws through
eyelets.
Weight: 0.71 oz (20 g).
Agency Approval: UL
1 SQ
[25.4]
23/32
[18.2]
9/16
[14.3]
29/64
[11.5]
COM
1-23/32
[43.6]
NONC
1/8 NPT
1-7/8
[47.6]
3/16
[4.7]
4 X 7/64
[2.5]
7/16 HEX
[11.1]
Model
MHS-1
MHS-2
MHS-3
MHS-4
MHS-5
Minimum
3 (7.5)
10 (25)
28 (69)
111 (276)
416 (1034)
Maximum
10 (25)
28 (69)
111 (276)
416 (1034)
1664 (4137)
Set Point in H2O (mbar)
Model
MVS-1
MVS-2
MVS-3
MVS-4*
MVS-5*
MVS-6*
Minimum
3 (8)
9 (21)
81 (200)
3 (8)
9 (21)
81 (200)
Maximum
8 (20)
80 (199)
330 (822)
8 (20)
80 (199)
330 (822)
Set Point in H2O (mbar)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
102
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Industrial Pressure Transmitter
Complete Offering of Ranges, Connections and Outputs
Series
626
&
628
The Series 626 Pressure Transmitters possess a highly precise 0.25% piezo-resistive
sensor contained in a compact, rugged, NEMA 4X stainless steel general purpose housing
or cast aluminum conduit housing.
The Series 628 Pressure Transmitters are ideal for OEMs with 1% full scale accuracy
sensors. The transmitter is also available in the general purpose stainless steel housing
and the cast aluminum conduit housing.
The corrosion resistant 316L stainless steel wetted parts allow the Series 626 and 628
transmitters to measure the pressure in a multitude of processes from hydraulic oils to
chemicals. The Series 626 and 628 are available in ranges of vacuum, compound to 5000
psi with a variety of optional outputs, process connections and electrical terminations to
allow you to select the right transmitter for your application.
APPLICATIONS
Compressors
Pumping systems
Irrigation equipment
Hydraulic
Industrial process monitoring
FEATURES
Metal conduit housing option
Robust 316 SS oil filled sensor
Compact design
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Type 316L SS.
Accuracy: 626: 0.25% full scale; 626 absolute ranges: 0.5% full scale; 628: 1%
full scale. (Includes linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability.)
Temperature Limit: 0 to 200F ( 18 to 93C).
Compensated Temperature Range: 0 to 175F ( 18 to 79C).
Thermal Effect: 626: 0.02% FS/F. 628: 0.04% FS/F (includes zero and span).
Pressure Limits: See table.
Power Requirements: 13 to 30 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA. Optional 0 5,1 5 or 0 10.
Response Time: 50 msec.
Loop Resistance: 0 1300 ohms maximum for current. For voltage outputs,
minimum load resistance: 2000 ohms.
Current Consumption: 38 mA (maximum).
Electrical Connections: Conduit Housing ( CH): terminal block, 1/2 female NPT
conduit; General Purpose Housing ( GH): cable DIN EN 175801 803 C.
Process Connection: 1/4 male or female NPT and BSPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Weight: 10 oz (283 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
General Purpose Housing (-GH)
Conduit Housing (-CH)
626 with LED Display (CH housing only)
*Please see our website for dimensional drawings.
General Purpose Housing (-GH) with DIN C
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 103
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Ordering Chart
626
628
00
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
26
67
71
75
81
CH
GH
P1
P2
P3
P5
P9
E1
E3
E4
E5
E6
S1
S2
S4
S5
Accuracy
Range
Housing
Process
Connection
Electrical
Connection
Signal Output
Options AT
NIST
LED
1 Available with GH Housing only
2 Available with CH Housing only
3 LED option is not NEMA 4X
Range
Number
00
30
06
07
08
09
10
Pressure
Range
0 15 psia
15 0 psia
0 5 psig
0 15 psig
0 30 psig
0 50 psig
0 100 psig
Over
Pressure (psig)
45
45
50
150
300
300
500
Maximum
Pressure (psig)
30
30
10
30
60
100
200
Pressure Limits
Range
Number
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
26
Pressure
Range (psig)
0 150
0 200
0 300
0 500
0 1000
0 1500
0 3000
0 5000
0 8000
Over
Pressure (psig)
750
1000
1500
2500
5000
5000
7500
10000
12000
Maximum
Pressure (psig)
300
400
600
1000
2000
3000
6000
7500
10000
0.25% Full Scale Accuracy
1.0% Full Scale Accuracy
0 15 psia
0 5 psi
0 15 psi
0 30 psi
0 50 psi
0 100 psi
0 150 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
0 500 psi
0 1000 psi
0 1500 psi
0 3000 psi
0 5000 psi
0 8000 psi
0 0.5 bar
0 2.5 bar
0 10 bar
0 40 bar
Conduit Housing
General Purpose Housing
1/4 male NPT
1/4 female NPT
1/4 male BSPT
1/4 female SAE with Refrigerant Valve Depressor 1
1/2 male NPT1
Cable Gland with 3 of Prewired Cable
Cable Gland with 9 of Prewired Cable
DIN EN 175801 803 L 1
1/2 female NPT Conduit 2
M 12 4 Pin Connector
4 20 mA
1 5 Volt
0 5 Volt
0 10 Volt
Aluminum Tag
NIST Traceable Certificate
Bright Red LED display23
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
104
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
628CR
Pressure Transmitter
OEM Pressure Transmitter, NEMA 4X
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and
liquids.
Wetted Materials: Ceramic,
fluoroelastomer, 316L SS.
Accuracy: 1.0% FS (includes
linearity, hysteresis and repeatability).
Stability: 0.25% FS/year.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 185F
( 18 to 85C).
Compensated Temperature Range:
0 to 175F ( 18 to 79C).
Pressure Limit:
Max pressure: 2x range;
Burst pressure: 3x range.
Thermal Effect: 0.04% FS/F.
Power Requirements: 9 to 30 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Response Time: 3 ms typ.
Loop Resistance: 0 1200 Ohm max.
Current Consumption: 40 mA max.
Electrical Connections: Cable or DIN
connector.
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT
or 1/4 male BSPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any
position.
Weight: 4.0 oz.
Agency Approvals: CE.
The Series 628CR Pressure Transmitter, contains a low cost ceramic sensor housed
in a compact, rugged, NEMA 4X stainless steel body. Ideal for the budget conscious OEMs
that require high levels of performance, reliability and stability at an unbeatable price. The
628CR housing is small and lightweight for optimum compatibility with OEM systems. The
design allows for a variety of pressure ranges from -14.7 to 500 psi and optional electrical
connections allowing you to select the right transmitter for your application.
APPLICATIONS
Pump monitoring
Compressors
Irrigation equipment
HVAC
Pneumatic systems
General Purpose Housing
7/8 [22.23]
HEX
2-27/64 [61.52]
3-13/64 [81.36]
55/64 [21.83]
Ordering Chart
628CR
08
09
10
12
13
14
71
90
91
75
92
93
81
GH
P1
P3
E1
E3
E4
S1
Accuracy
Range
Housing
Process
Connection
Electrical
Connection
Signal Output
Options AT
NIST
1.0% Full Scale Accuracy
0 30 psi
0 50 psi
0 100 psi
0 200 psi
0 300 psi
0 500 psi
0 2.5 Bar
0 4 Bar
0 6 Bar
0 10 Bar
0 16 Bar
0 25 Bar
0 40 Bar
General Purpose Housing
1/4 male NPT
1/4 male BSPT
Cable Gland with 3 of Prewired Cable
Cable Gland with 9 of Prewired Cable
DIN EN 175801 803 C
4 20 mA
Aluminum Tag
NIST Traceable Certificate
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 105
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
673
Pressure Transmitter
0.25% Full Span Accuracy, 4-20 mA Signal, Ranges to 1000 psi
The low cost Series 673 Pressure Transmitter is a fixed range
transmitter designed for harsh environments and suitable for high shock and
vibration applications. Constructed of stainless steel, the Series 673 provides a
4 to 20 mA output signal with 0.25% accuracy. Use the Series 673 in industrial
OEM equipment, hydraulic systems, HVAC equipment, industrial engines and
compressor control.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, gas, or vapor.
Wetted Materials: 17 4 PH SS.
Accuracy: 0.25% FS (RSS), (includes non linearity, hysteresis and
non repeatability).
Temperature Limits: 40 to 260F ( 40 to 125C).
Pressure Limits: 2 x maximum range.
Compensated Temperature Range: 4 to 212F ( 20 to 100C).
Thermal Errors: Zero: 3.6% FS/100F(100C); Span: 2.7%
FS/100F(100C).
Power Requirements: 9 30 VDC.
Output: 4 20 mA, 2 wire.
Zero & Span Adjustment: Fixed.
Response Time: <60 msec.
Loop Resistance: 0 to 800.
Stability: 0.5% FS/year.
Shock: 200 g.
Vibration: 20 g.
Electrical Connections: 2 ft (61 cm) multiconductor cable.
Conduit Connection: 1/4 18 (22.3 mm) knockout.
Enclosure: Stainless steel and Valox.
Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
2-23/64
[59.93]
2
[50.8]
1-5/8
[41.28]
CABLE ANCHOR
3/4 HEX
[19.05 HEX]
1/4 NPT
3-5/8
[92.08]
1-19/32
[40.48]
1-13/32
[35.72]
1-11/16
[42.86]
1-5/8
[41.28]
CONDUIT VERSION
3/4 HEX
[19.05 HEX]
1/4 NPT
1/4-18 (22.3 MM)
CONDUIT KNOCKOUT
Conduit Version
* The model numbers followed by a C represent the conduit version, which
is hand tightened to ensure proper electrical seal.
Model*
673-1
673-2
673-3
673-4
673-5
673-6
673-7
673-8
673-9
673-10
673-13
673-14
Model*
673-1C
673-2C
673-3C
673-4C
673-5C
673-6C
673-7C
673-8C
673-9C
673-10C
673-13C
673-14C
Range
0 1 psi
0 2 psi
0 5 psi
0 10 psi
0 25 psi
50 psi
100 psi
200 psi
500 psi
1000 psi
14.7 30 psig
14.7 100 psig
Range
0 1 psi
0 2 psi
0 5 psi
0 10 psi
0 25 psi
50 psi
100 psi
200 psi
500 psi
1000 psi
14.7 30 psig
14.7 100 psig
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
106
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
672
Low Pressure Transducer
Single Pressure Connection, Ranges down to 10 w.c.
The Series 672 Low Pressure Transducer is a perfect solution to any
application where a very accurate low pressure transducer is necessary. Using
variable capacitance technology, the Series 672 is designed to measure
pressures as low as 10 w.c. up to 400 w.c., very low ranges for a single
connection pressure transducer. The 672 also features a 0.25% F.S. accuracy.
Use the Series 672 in liquid level, flood warning, waste water, clean room, and
open channel flow applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Materials: 318 duplex SS, ceramic, fluoroelastomer (FKM).
Housing Material: 318 stainless steel.
Accuracy: 0.25% F.S. (RSS). Includes non linearity, hysteresis, and
non repeatability.
Stability: 0.25% F.S./1 year.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 212F ( 40 to 100C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 5 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Pressure Limits: 29 psi (2 bar) for up to 85 w.c. (0.2 bar) ranges; 58
psi (4 bar) for 85 to 140 w.c. (0.2 to 0.35 bar); 73 psi (5 bar) for 141 to
400 w.c. (0.35 to 1 bar).
Thermal Effects:
Zero: 1.0%F.S./100F (2.0%F.S./100C);
Span: 1.0%F.S./100F (2.0%F.S./100C).
Power Requirements:
4 20 mA: 9 35 VDC;
0 5 VDC: 7.5 35 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA (2 wire) or 0 5 VDC (3 wire).
Zero & Span Adjustment: 10% F.S. each (by potentiometer).
Response Time: 5 ms.
Max Loop Resistance: 1.325 k.
Electrical Connections: Large DIN 43650 connector with mating plug.
Process Connection: 1/4 18 NPT male.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Weight: 11.6 oz (330 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
Model
672-1-A
672-2-A
672-3-A
672-4-A
672-5-A
672-6-A
672-7-A
672-8-A
672-9-A
672-1-V
672-2-V
672-3-V
672-4-V
672-5-V
672-6-V
672-7-V
672-8-V
672-9-V
Output
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
4 20 mA, 2 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
0 5 VDC, 3 wire
Operating Range
0 10 w.c.
0 15 w.c.
0 25 w.c.
0 50 w.c.
0 100 w.c.
0 150 w.c.
0 200 w.c.
0 300 w.c.
0 400 w.c.
0 10 w.c.
0 15 w.c.
0 25 w.c.
0 50 w.c.
0 100 w.c.
0 150 w.c.
0 200 w.c.
0 300 w.c.
0 400 w.c.
3-3/4 [95.48]
1-1/2
[38.10]
1/4 MALE NPT CONNECTION
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 107
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Flush Diaphragm Transmitter
Non-liquid Filled, 0.5% F.S.O. Accuracy, SS Wetted Parts
Series
FDT
The Series FDT Flush Diaphragm Transmitter is designed for highly
cyclical conditions. Flush sensor feature prevents any potential inaccuracies due
to build-up or blockage which is a typical problem found in most non-flush
transmitter sensors. Units have a non-oil filled sensor element that provides
resistance to temperature fluctuations. Manufactured from a solid piece of steel,
the sensing diaphragm can withstand the most abrasive/cyclical applications.
Series FDT transmitters perform well in high cyclical environments with the
presence of water-hammering or spiking.
Flush feature greatly reduces chance of leakage. Tough materials allow the unit
to withstand harsh process conditions. Advanced manufacturing techniques,
extreme environmental burn-in, and thorough residual stress relieving
procedures ensure unit will maintain its high performance standard over time.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases, adhesives, slurries, materials
that can harden, or where a pressure cavity is not desired.
Wetted Materials: 316 & 15 5 SST.
Accuracy: 0.5% FSO (includes non linearity, hysteresis, and
repeatability).
Stability: 0.25% FSO per year.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 200F ( 40 to 93C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 0 to 170F ( 18 to 77C).
Pressure Limit: 150% FS; Burst: 200% FS.
Thermal Effect: 1.5% FSO over compensated range.
Power Requirements: 8 38 VDC.
Output Signal: FDT A: 4 20 mADC; FDT V: 0 5 VDC.
Response Time: <1mS.
Loop Resistance: FDT A: 0 1.5 ohms; FDT V: 100 ohms.
Electrical Connections: 4 pin.
Process Connection: 7/16 20 UNF male flush diaphragm. Optional
1/4 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Weight: 2 oz (57 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
7/16-20 UNF
1.00
FLUSH
DIAPHRAGM
0.525
0.400
BENDIX 4 PIN
CONNECTOR
DTIH-8-4PN
1 HEX
VITON O-RING
2.250
3.25
0-5 VDC
7/16-20 UNF
FLUSH
DIAPHRAGM
VITON O-RING
2.50
0.400
1.00
1 HEX
0.525
BENDIX 4 PIN
CONNECTOR
DTIH-8-4PN
4 - 20 MA
Series
Output
Range
Option
FDT
A
V
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
NPT
C08
FDT-V FDT-A
Series FDT Diaphragm Transmitter
4 20 mA
0 5 VDC
100 psi
150 psi
200 psi
300 psi
400 psi
500 psi
600 psi
700 psi
800 psi
900 psi
1,000 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
4,000 psi
5,000 psi
6,000 psi
7,000 psi
8,000 psi
9,000 psi
10,000 psi
1/4 male NPT
0.25% FS accuracy
ACCESSORY
A-168, Mating connector for 4 pin M 12
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
108
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
682
Industrial Pressure Transmitter
0.13% FS Accuracy, External Adjustments, 4-20 mA Output
The Series 682 Industrial Pressure Transmitter is designed to withstand
environmental effects such as shock, vibration, temperature, and EMI/RFI. The electronics
and capacitive sensor are packaged in a welded stainless steel housing and meets NEMA
4 (IP65) protection ratings. The transmitter features external zero and span adjustments
and reverse polarity protection. The Series 682 delivers high performance in tough
applications such as off road equipment, hydraulic systems, compressor control, industrial
engines, or industrial refrigeration.
1-31/32
[49.73]
2
[50.8]
3/4
[19.05]
2
[50.8]
1/4 NPT
*Units calibrated in bar also available. Consult factory.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Parts: 17 4 PH SS.
Accuracy: .13% FS (includes non linearity, hysteresis and non repeatability).
Temperature Limits: 40 to 260F ( 40 to 125C) 10 to 90% RH, non condensing.
Pressure Limit: See table.
Compensated Temp. Range: 4 to 176F ( 20 to 80C).
Thermal Effect: Zero shift: 1.0% FS/100F span shift: 1.5% FS/100F.
Power Requirements: 9 30 VDC.
Output: 4 20 mA, 2 wire.
Zero and Span Adjustment: 0.5 mA, non interactive.
Response Time: 5 ms.
Loop Resistance: 800 ohms.
Electrical Connections: 2 ft (51 cm) multiconductor cable.
Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT.
Weight: 8 oz (227 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Shock: 200 g operating.
Vibration: 20 g 50 2000 Hz.
Model*
682-0
682-1
682-2
682-3
682-4
682-5
682-6
682-7
682-8
Range
0 to 25 psi
0 to 50 psi
0 to 100 psi
0 to 250 psi
0 to 500 psi
0 to 1000 psi
0 to 3000 psi
0 to 5000 psi
0 to 10000 psi
Series 634ES Transmitters sense a single pressure for air, compatible gas or liquid and
provide 4-20 mA output signal. Positive pressure can be measured within an accuracy of
0.5% of span. The Series 634ES uses an isolated piezoresistive pressure sensor to produce
a resistance change across a wheatstone bridge. Convenient 2-wire operation simplifies
installation. Zero and span adjustments are fully protected inside a rugged die cast
aluminum housing with durable gray polyurethane finish. Enclosure is designed to meet
NEMA 4X requirements.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible, gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Types 316, 316L SS.
Accuracy: 0.5% F.S.
Stability: 1% F.S./yr.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F
( 17.8 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits:
20 to 120F ( 6.67 to 48.9C).
Pressure Limit: 1.5x maximum
pressure range.
Thermal Effect: 0.025% F.S./F
(0.045% F.S./C).
Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC
(2 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Zero & Span Adjustments: Protected
potentiometers located in auxiliary
housing.
Loop Resistance: 1250 ohms DC max.
Current Consumption: 38 mA DC max.
Electrical Connections: Terminal
block.
Process Connection: 1/4 (6.35 mm)
female NPT x 1/2 (12.7 mm) male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet
NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Not position
sensitive.
Weight: 1 lb 10.6 oz (754 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Adjustable Range Pressure Transmitter
0.5% Full Span Accuracy, Ranges to 5000 psi
Series
634ES
2-1/2 [63.50]
TYP
1-11/16
[42.86]
5-5/16
[134.94]
1/4NPT
1/2NPT
2-7/8 [73.03]
1/16 [1.59]
25/32 [19.84]
3-3/8 [85.73]
3/4 NPT
1-9/16
[39.69]
(3) #10-32 x 1/4 [6.35] DP HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
2-1/2 [63.50] B.C.
Model
634ES-0
634ES-1
634ES-2
634ES-3
634ES-4
634ES-5
634ES-6
634ES-7
634ES-8
634ES-9
Range
in psi (bar)
10 (0.69)
30 (2.07)
50 (3.45)
100 (6.9)
200 (13.8)
300 (20.7)
500 (34.5)
1000 (69)
2000 (138)
4000 (276)
Min. Range
in psi (bar)
10 (0.69)
20 (1.38)
40 (2.76)
60 (4.14)
100 (6.9)
250 (17.2)
350 (24.1)
600 (41.4)
1250 (86)
2500 (172)
Max. Range
in psi (bar)
20 (1.38)
40 (2.76)
60 (4.14)
120 (8.3)
250 (17.2)
350 (24.1)
600 (41.4)
1250 (86)
2500 (172)
6000 (414)
Overpressure
100 psi
150 psi
300 psi
500 psi
1000 psi
2000 psi
4500 psi
7500 psi
12500 psi
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 109
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Series
681
Sanitary Pressure Transmitter
No Liquid Fill Diaphragm, Sanitary Clamp Fitting
The Series 681 Sanitary Pressure Transmitter is designed to meet sanitary
standards for applications in food, dairy, beverage and pharmaceutical processing, liquid
level control, and sanitary pipelines. The unit is fully sealed to withstand high pressure
washdown in Clean-in-Place (CIP) and Sterilize-in-Place (SIP) installations. The Series 681
is designed with a unique, no liquid fill diaphragm and a sanitary clamp pressure fitting
for easy installation with negligible clamping effect. A conduit fitting, shielded cable with
vent tube and sealed screws for zero and span adjustment combine to make the Series 681
completely watertight.
1.743
[44]
2.272
[58]
2.516
[64]
1/2 NPT
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and
gases.
Wetted Parts: 316L SS.
Accuracy: .20% FS (includes non
linearity, hysteresis and non
repeatability).
Temperature Limits:
40 to 260F ( 40 to 125C) 10 to 90%
RH, non condensing.
Pressure Limits: See table.
Compensated Temperature Range:
20 to 180F ( 7 to 80C).
Thermal Effect: Zero and span shift:
2.0% FS/100F.
Power Requirements: 9 30 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA, 2 wire.
Zero and Span Adjustment:
0.5 mA, non interactive.
Response Time: 10 ms.
Loop Resistance: 800 ohms.
Electrical Connections: 1/2 conduit
fitting and strain relief with 15 ft (4.5 m)
cable.
Process Connection: 2 or 1 1/2
sanitary clamp fitting male NPT.
Clamping Effect: Zero and span shift:
0.15% FS for ranges up to 30 psi;
0.25% FS for ranges >30 psi.
Weight: 8 oz (227 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
681-02
681-12
681-22
681-32
681-42
681-52
681-62
681-72
681-101
Range
0 to 1 psi
0 to 2 psi
0 to 5 psi
0 to 10 psi
0 to 15 psi
0 to 30 psi
0 to 60 psi
0 to 100 psi
0 to 300 psi
Overpressure
50 psi
100 psi
150 psi
150 psi
150 psi
150 psi
180 psi
200 psi
1000 psi
Sanitary Clamp
Connection
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1 1/2
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, gas or vapor.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Body: 316 SS.
Accuracy: 0.25% of calibrated span.
Temperature Limits: Process
interface 40 to 212F ( 40 to 100C).
Pressure Limits: 300% full scale.
Compensated Temperature Range:
20 to 180F ( 25 to 80C).
Thermal Effect: (Includes zero and
span) 1% of upper range limit per
50F (30 to 130F); 1.6% of upper
range limit per 50F (10 to 180F).
Power Requirements: 12 40 VDC
with reverse polarity protection.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC, max. 30
mA DC (2 wire).
Zero and Span Adjustments: 10%
each.
Response Time: Time constant, 20
ms.
Loop Resistance: 600 ohms @ 24
VDC; max. ohms = (supply voltage
12) x 50.
Electrical Connection: 1/2 female
NPT.
Process Connection: 1 1/2 sanitary
clamp.
Weight: 1.67 Ib (752 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Low cost, durable sanitary pressure transmitter is designed for use in food, dairy,
beverage and pharmaceutical industries. This unit features superior 0.25% accuracy and
up to 5:1 turndown. Calibration is quick and easy with field accessible zero and span
adjustments. All stainless steel construction resists the corrosive effects of caustic washes
used in most food processing cleaning procedures. 1-1/2" sanitary clamp process connection
is suitable for Clean-in-Place (CIP) applications, eliminating the need for expensive bypass
piping, valving or removal requirements for steam cleaning.
Series
637S
Sanitary Pressure Transmitter
Meets NACE Standards, Accuracy 0.25%
Stock Range,
psi (bar)
0 15 (0 1)
0 30 (0 2)
0 100 (0 7)
0 300 (0 20)
Model
637S-0
637S-1
637S-2
637S-3
Min. Range
psi (bar)
0 6 (0 0.4)
0 15 (0 1)
0 20 (0 1.4)
0 60 (0 4)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
110
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
The Series IS626 Intrinsically Safe Pressure Transmitter converts
pressure into a standard 4-20 mA output signal. The Series IS626 can be used
to accurately measure compatible gases and liquids compatible with its 316/316L
stainless steel wetted parts. Series IS626 full scale accuracy is 0.25%. Designed
for industrial environments with a NEMA 4X (IP66) housing, this transmitter
resists most effects of shock and vibration. Models are available with a 3 cable
or M-12 4 pin connection.
The IS626 is UL listed for use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations. The
protection method is by Intrinsic Safety, ia. It was investigated by UL under
UL Standard 913 Sixth Edition and CSA Standard No. 157-92.
APPLICATIONS
Monitoring pressure in hazardous environments
Series
IS626
Intrinsically Safe Pressure Transmitter
For Use In Hazardous Locations
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Type 316, 316L SS.
Accuracy: 0.25% full scale; Absolute range: 0.5% full scale (includes
linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability).
Temperature Limit: 0 to 176F ( 18 to 80C).
Compensated Temperature Range: 0 to 176F ( 18 to 80C).
Thermal Effect: 0.02% FS/F (includes zero and span).
Pressure Limits: See Pressure Range Table.
Power Requirements: 10 to 28 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Response Time: 50 msec.
Loop Resistance: 0 900 ohms maximum.
Current Consumption: 38 mA (maximum).
Electrical Connections: 3 ft cable or 4 pin M 12 connector.
Process Connection: 1/4 male or female NPT and BSPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Weight: 8.9 oz (252 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL and cUL Intrinsically Safe to UL Standard
913.
For use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations:
Class I Div. 1 Groups A,B,C,D
Class II Div. 1 Groups E,F,G
Class III Div. 1
Temperature Code: T4 @ 80C ambient
Install in accordance with control drawing 01 700797 00.
WARNING To prevent ignition of
flammable or combustible atmospheres,
disconnect power before servicing.
Use with approved safety barriers using
entity evaluation.
1/4 NPT or
1/4 BSPT
1-1/16 [26.99] HEX
5-3/16 [131.75]
6-1/4 [158.75] MAX
1 [25.40]
1/4 NPT OR
1/4 BSPT
1-1/16 [26.99] HEX
5-1/16 [128.58]
5-21/32 [143.67]
1 [25.40]
1 [25.40] 1-1/16 [26.99] HEX
5-1/16 [128.58]
5-21/32 [143.67]
1/4 NPT OR
1/4 BSPT
FEMALE
1-1/16 [26.00] HEX
5-3/16 [131.76]
5-1/4 [158.75]
1/4 NPT OR
1/4 BSPT
FEMALE
1 [25.40]
Model
IS626-00-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-07-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-08-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-09-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-10-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-11-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-12-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-13-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-14-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-15-GH-P1-E1-S1
IS626-16-GH-P1-E1-S1
Range
15 psia
15 psig
30 psig
50 psig
100 psig
150 psig
200 psig
300 psig
500 psig
1000 psig
1500 psig
Maximum
Pressure
(psig)
30
30
60
100
200
300
400
600
1000
2000
3000
Male NPT/BSPT Connector with Male M-12 Connector
Female NPT/BSPT Connector with Male M-12 Connector
Male NPT/BSPT Connector with Cable Gland
Female NPT/BSPT Connector with Cable Gland
ACCESSORIES
A-295, Female four pin M 12 to cable gland connector
A-231, 16 (5 m) shielded cable with 4 pin female M 12 connection
MTL5041, intrinsically safe galvanic isolator
MTL7706, intrinsically safe zener barrier
Over
Pressure
(psig)
150
150
300
300
500
750
1000
1500
2500
5000
5000
Note: For optional M 12 4 pin electrical connection change E1 to E6.
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 111
S
n
g
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
Explosion-proof Pressure Transmitter
HART
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, gas or vapor.
Wetted Materials: 316 L SS.
Fill Fluid: DC 200 silicone (standard).
Accuracy: 0.30% of calibrated span.
Stability: 0.5% of upper range limit
for six months.
Temperature Limits: Electronics
(ambient): 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C);
Process interface: 40 to 212F ( 40 to
100C).
Pressure Limits: 300% upper range
limit.
Compensated Temperature Range:
20 to 180F ( 29 to 82C).
Thermal Effect: (includes zero and
span). Between 20 and 180F ( 29
and 82C). 2.0% per 50F (28C).
Power Requirements: 12 to 30 VDC
(636), 8 to 14 VDC (636LP), reverse
polarity protection.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC, limited to
30 mA DC (636), 1 5 VDC (636LP).
Zero & Span Adjustments:
Null: 4.0 mA 2% span (636),1 VDC
1% span (636LP);
Span: 16.0 mA 1% span (636),
4 VDC 1% span (636LP).
Loop Resistance: 900 ohms max
@ 30 V.
Electrical Connection: 3/4 female
NPT 24 (61 cm), 22 AWG.
Process Connection: 1/2 female
NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP65).
Weight: 0.83 Ib (374 g).
Agency Approvals: FM, CSA.
FM and CSA approved explosion proof
for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, &
D, Class II Groups E, F, & G Class III.
Series 637 Pressure Transmitters are durable and compact with all welded 316 SS
construction and exceptional 0.25% accuracy. Four ranges are offered up to 0-300 psig (0-
20 bar). Zero and span are adjustable to 10% each; range turndown is a full 5:1. Integral
junction box simplifies field wiring. Output is 4-20 mA with 12-40 VDC power supply. Units
are explosion-proof, intrinsically safe with FM approval and they meet NACE standards for
offshore applications.
Adjustable Range Pressure Transmitter
Stainless Steel, Explosion-proof, Accuracy 0.25%, 4-20 mA Signal
Series
637
Model
637-0
637-1
637-2
637-3
Stock
Range, psi
0 15
0 30
0 100
0 300
Minimum
Range, psi
0 3
0 6
0 20
0 60
Stock
Range, bar
0 1
0 2
0 7
0 20
Minimum
Range, bar
0 0.2
0 0.4
0 1.4
0 4
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, gas or vapor.
Wetted Materials: 316 L SS.
Body: 316 SS.
Accuracy: 0.25% of calibrated span.
Stability: 0.5% of upper range limit
for six months.
Temperature Limits: Process
interface 40 to 212F ( 40 to 100C).
Pressure Limits: 300% full scale.
Compensated Temperature: 20 to
180F ( 29 to 82C).
Thermal Effect: (Includes zero and
span) .02% upper range/F (30 to
130F) .032% upper range/F ( 20 to
180F).
Power Requirements: 12 to 40 VDC
with rev. polarity protection.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC, max. 30
mA DC (2 wire).
Zero and Span Adjustment: 10%
each.
Loop Resistance: 600 ohms @ 24
VDC; max. ohms = (supply voltage
12) x 50.
Electrical Connection: 1/2 female
NPT.
Process Connection: 1/2 female
NPT.
Response Time: Time constant of 20 ms.
Weight: 1.67 lb (752 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, explosion
proof for Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C,
D; Dust ignition proof for Class II, Div.
1, Groups E & G and suitable for Class
III, Div. 1; Hazardous Locations.
4-20 mA OUT
636-0
636-1
636-2
636-3
1-5 VDC OUT
636-0-LP
636-1-LP
636-2-LP
636-3-LP
AIR QUALITY
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 113
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
pages 114 115
Flow Sensors
pages 120 127
Pitot Tubes
pages 128 129
Fume Hood Monitors
pages 130 131
Air Velocity Transmitters
pages 132 135
Humidity Switches
page 136
Air Flow Switches
page 130
Humidity/Temperature
Transmitters
pages 137 146
Carbon Monoxide
Transmitters
page 146
Carbon Dioxide
Transmitters
page 147
Humidity/Temperature
Switches
page 136
Occupancy Sensors
page 148
Damper Actuators
pages 149 150
HVAC MEASUREMENT GUIDE
pages 116 119
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
114
T
y
p
c
a
A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Air Flow
Computer
Unit
Supply
Air
Motor
Control
Variable
Speed
Motor
Fan
Series 641
Air Velocity
Transmitter
In variable air volume (VAV) HVAC systems, a computerized
control provides precise adjustment of air volume to meet
changing system needs with maximum energy efficiency. The
Dwyer
Gage
Durablock
Inclined Manometer
Air Flow
Static Pressure Tap
HI
LO
Pitot Tube
Total Pressure Sensor
HI
LO
To measure air velocity, connect a Dwyer
Magnehelic
or
Minihelic
Durablock
switch/gage. Dwyer
stainless
steel Pitot tubes are made in numerous lengths and configurations
to serve in the smallest to the largest duct size.
Either of two methods used to measure air velocity.
The flow of heated air is held to a constant predetermined velocity
in this carefully controlled low temperature process drying oven.
The constant temperature air supply is modulated by a set of inlet
louvers operated by a servo-driven actuator. A Dwyer
Series 641
Air Velocity Transmitter has an optional LED display for local
indication of air flow. The LED display provides a quick, visual
acknowledgement of proper system performance. The controller
compares the Series 641s signal to the setpoint in the controller
and continuously signals appropriate louver adjustments to the
actuator.
Air velocity transmitter controls drying oven air flow.
Probe
Setpoint
Controller
Actuator
Air Supply
Conveyor Drying Oven
Series 641
Air Velocity
Transmitter
Installing air velocity measurement systems can be a burdensome
process specifying Pitot tubes, static pressure tips, orifice plates,
differential pressure transmitters, etc. Dwyer offers the VTT Air
Velocity/Temperature Transmitter to consolidate these
components into one convenient instrument. The VTT can be
easily installed into the duct or air stream to accurately measure
air flow while providing local indication as well as linear analog
output for both velocity and temperature. Microprocessor-based
technology ensures accurate, repeatable results. The VTT
combines these features for simple, reliable airflow measurement
without the problems associated with complex, traditional
systems.
Eliminate the need for Pitot tubes, orifice plates,
differential pressure sensors and temperature
sensors with a Series VTT.
Air Flow
Series VTT
Air Velocity
Temperature
Transmitter
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 115
T
y
p
c
a
A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
DDC CONTROLLER
DAMPER
DUCT
RHT-W
HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
OFFICE
The Dwyer
No. 460 Air Meter is one of the most popular and economical
variable area flowmeter type anemometers. Quick and easy to use, it is a
portable instrument calibrated to provide a direct reading of air velocity.
A second scale is provided on the other side of the meter to read static pressure
in inches w.c. The 460 Air Meter is widely used to determine air velocity and
flow in ducts, and from supply and return grilles and diffusers. Two scale
ranges are provided (high and low) with calibrations in both f.p.m. and inches
w.c.
To Check Accuracy
Use only devices of certified accuracy. All anemometers and to a lesser extent
portable manometers should be checked regularly against a primary standard
such as a hook gage or high quality micromanometer. If in doubt return your
Dwyer
Pitot tube.
To use the Dwyer
Calculator:
1. Set relative humidity on scale provided. On scale opposite known dry bulb
temperature, read correction factor.
2. Set temperature under barometric pressure scale. Read density of air over
correction factor established in 1 (above) .
3. On the other side of calculator, set air density reading just obtained on the
scale provided.
4. Under Pitot tube reading (velocity pressure, inches of water) read air
velocity, feet per minute.
Determining Volume Flow
Once the average air velocity is known, the air flow rate in cubic feet per minute
is easily computed using the formula:
Q= AV
Where: Q= Quantity of flow in cubic feet per minute.
A=Cross sectional area of duct in square feet.
V=Average velocity in feet per minute.
Determining Air Volume by Calibrated Resistance
Manufacturers of air filters, cooling and condenser coils and similar equipment
often publish data from which approximate air flow can be determined. It is
characteristic of such equipment to cause a pressure drop which varies
proportionately to the square of the flow rate. Figure 5 shows a typical filter and
a curve for air flow versus resistance. Since it is plotted on logarithmic paper, it
appears as a straight line. On this curve, a clean filter which causes a pressure
drop of .50 inches w.c. would indicate a flow of 2,000 c.f.m.
{
{
}
}
P
B
h
n
h
n
P
B
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 119
H
V
A
C
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t
G
u
d
e
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
AIR VELOCITY FLOW CHARTS
A
I
R
V
E
L
O
C
I
T
Y
I
N
F
E
E
T
P
E
R
M
I
N
U
T
E
A
I
R
V
E
L
O
C
I
T
Y
I
N
F
E
E
T
P
E
R
M
I
N
U
T
E
GAGE READING WITH PITOT TUBE (VELOCITY PRESSURE) IN INCHES OF WATER
GAGE READING WITH PITOT TUBE (VELOCITY PRESSURE) IN INCHES OF WATER
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
120
F
o
w
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
SSS-1000
Lightweight Averaging Flow Sensor
Ideal for Sensing Fan Flow Rates
The Series SSS-1000 Lightweight Flow Sensor is ideal for sensing
differential pressure in the inlet section of variable air volume terminal units and
fan terminal units. Units can also be used to sense differential pressure at other
locations in the main or branch duct systems.
The H port senses total pressure and the L port senses static pressure. The
difference between these signals is the differential, or velocity pressure.
For Models SSS-1002 to SSS-1005, up to four sensing points and lengths of 3-
5/32 to 9-29/32 (8.02 to 25.26 cm) to accommodate box size diameters of 4" to
16" (10.16 to 40.64 cm) are available. For Models SSS-1006 to SSS-1011, up to 10
sensing points and lengths from 12-1/2 to 23-29/32 (31.75 to 60.72 cm) to
accommodate appropriately sized box diameters.
APPLICATION
Zone control in HVAC systems
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: ABS/polycarbonate (UL94 5V).
Temperature Limits:
Operating: 40 to 120F (4 to 49C);
Storage: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Process Connection: 1/4 (6 mm) I.D. tubing for 3/8 (10 mm) O.D.
tubing.
Mounting Orientation: Integral flange with gasket.
Weight: 1 oz (28 g).
3-1/2
[88.90]
1-1/4
[57.15]
2-3/4
[69.85]
MOUNTING HOLES
2X 3/16 [4.76]
7/16
[11.11]
FOAM GASKET
1/4 THK
[6.35 THK]
PUSH-ON CONNECTIONS
FOR 3/8 POLY TUBING
[9.53]
A
F
L
O
W
H
L
Model
SSS-1002
SSS-1003
SSS-1004
SSS-1005
SSS-1006
SSS-1007
SSS-1008
SSS-1009
SSS-1010
SSS-1011
Length (Dimension A)
3 5/32 (8.02 cm)
5 13/32 (13.73 cm)
7 21/32 (19.55 cm)
9 29/32 (25.26 cm)
12 1/2 (31.75 cm)
14 3/4 (37.47 cm)
17 1/8 (43.50 cm)
19 13/32 (49.29 cm)
21 21/32 (55.01 cm)
23 29/32 (60.72 cm)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 121
F
o
w
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Averaging Flow Grid
Cost Effective Air Flow Station for Ducts up to 60
Series
AFG
The Series AFG Flow Grid is an outstandingly simple yet accurate
and cost effective alternative to other duct mounted pressure sensors.
Once installed and connected to a suitable measuring instrument, the
device will provide years of trouble free monitoring of both air and gas
flow. Installing the AFG Flow Grid is quick and easy, the AFG is
supplied in kit form to allow both workshop and on-site installation into
a wide range of square and circular ducts up to approximately 60.
The AFG Flow Grid is a fundamental pressure-sensing device designed
to transmit a continuous differential pressure signal. When this output
is connected to a suitable measuring instrument (i.e. manometer,
pressure transducer, etc.) it may be used to determine air velocity and
volume flow rate.
How the AFG Flow Grid Works
The AFG Flow Grid consists of two tubes mounted diagonally across a
square or rectangular duct, or diametrically across a round duct. The
tubes are drilled with a series of equi-spaced holes.
The holes in one tube face directly upstream and sense total pressure,
while the pairs of holes in the second tube also face forward but at an
included angle of 79 degrees, sensing static pressure.
The total and (sub) static pressures are averaged along the length of
each tube and provide pressure signals at connectors outside the duct
wall. The pressure differentials across these connectors constitute the
output signal.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Monitor air or compatible gas flow.
Wetted Materials: 304 SS, PVC, polyurethane, acetyl plastics,
and neoprene rubber.
Accuracy: 5%.
Maximum Temperature: 176F (80C).
Velocity Range: 295.2 ft/min to 5904 ft/min (1.5 to 30 m/sec).
Diameter of Tubes: 5/16 (8 mm) or 5/8 (16 mm).
Max Duct Diagonal: 60.4 (153.4 cm).
Max Duct Diameter: 59.4 (150.9 cm).
Process Connections: 5/16 barbed.
Weight: AFG-1: 1 lb (454 g); AFG-2: 3 lb (1361 g).
APPLICATIONS
The AFG Flow Grids will give useful and reliable readings in a wide
variety of in duct locations often where other flow rate measuring
devices are found to be unsatisfactory.
The signal from an AFG Flow Grid can be used in a variety of
ways, for example:
To display differential pressure, velocity or volume flow using a
micro manometer, gage or transmitter.
To give a warning of over or under flow rate using a pressure
switch.
To control air supply in a system by connecting the grid to a
pressure transmitter with an electrical output which can be used
to feed into a control system.
To display differential pressure on a simple fluid manometer to
give visual indication of changes in volume flow rate in the duct.
Model
AFG-1
AFG-2
Diameter Tube A
5/16 (8 mm)
5/8 (16 mm)
SECTION A-A
SCALE 2:1
A
A
B
1/64
[.396]
A
1-1/16
[27]
2
[51]
5/32
[2.38]
1-3/16
[30.16]
1-11/16
[42.86]
Length B
27 (688 mm)
59-4/5 (1518 mm)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
122
F
o
w
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
FAFM
Fan Inlet Air Flow Measuring Probe
Lightweight, Durable, & Easy to Install
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Aluminum with clear anodized finish.
Accuracy: 2% (Note: Field calibration may be required).
Temperature Limit: 400F (204C).
Minimum Design Flow: 400 fpm (2.03 m/sec).
Maximum Design Flow: 12,000 fpm (60.96 m/sec).
Process Connections: 1/4 NPT female.
Example: For a fan inlet that is exactly 12 in diameter and has a depth
of more than 3 1/2 the model number will be: FAFM D 1200.
Example: For a fan inlet that is 23.89 in diameter and has a depth of less
than 3 1/2 the model number will be: FAFM S 2389.
Example: For a fan inlet that is 6.24 in diameter and has a depth of less
than 3 1/2 the model number will be: FAFM S 0624.
L
A
A
A
INLET FLOW VIEW SECTION A-A
APPLICATION DIAGRAM
D
7/8
[22.23]
12
[304.80]
3-1/8
[79.38]
3-5/8
[92.20]
MOUNTING PLATES TO
BE BENT TO FIT INLET
5/16
[7.70]
1/16
[1.63]
1
[25.40]
MODEL FAFM-D
B
B
A
INLET FLOW VIEW SECTION B-B
APPLICATION DIAGRAM
D
L
4
[101.60]
3/8
[9.53]
MOUNTING PLATES TO
BE BENT TO FIT INLET
1/16
[1.98]
R3/16
[4.76]
3/4
[19.05]
MODEL FAFM-S
FAFM-D-xxxx
FAFM-S-xxxx
FAFM - -
Fan inlet diameter in inches where the
boxes represent the tens, ones, tenths,
and hundredths digits of the diameter
respectively.
i.e. __ __ . __ __ go to the
corresponding box in the sequence.
S Fan inlet depth
less than 3 1/2
D Fan inlet depth
greater than 3 1/2
L = Fan Inlet Dia.
The Model FAFM Fan Inlet Air Flow Measuring Probes use evenly
distributed total and static pressure measuring points to deliver an accurate
measurement of flow in a fan inlet. The Air Flow Measuring Probes can be
completely installed from outside of the fan making it ideal for when proper duct
locations are unavailable. With its lightweight and durable construction in
addition to its ease of installation, this product lends itself to being used in the
HVAC industry.
There are two versions of the model FAFM fan inlet air flow probes to choose
from depending on the depth of the fan inlet.
For fan inlets with depth less than 3-1/2 (8.89 cm): Please order a fan
inlet probe with an S suffix. This probe has a diameter of .375 (.95 cm). It
employs one total flow measuring tube and one static measuring tube. Each
probe is covered with an extruded aluminum anodized coat. Each measuring
tube has multiple sensing points.
For fan inlets with depth greater than 3-1/2 (8.89 cm): Please order a
fan inlet probe with a D suffix. This probe has a diameter of 3-1/2 (8.89 cm).
It employs extruded aluminum anodized coated probes with both total and static
sensors on each tube.
Please Note: A set of two fan inlet air flow measurement probes
comes with every model ordered. A set is necessary in order to ensure
an accurate reading. No more than two air flow measurement probes will
be needed to obtain an accurate reading.
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 123
F
o
w
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
DAFM
Duct Air Flow Measuring Probe
Lightweight, Durable, & Easy to Install
The Model DAFM Duct Air Flow Measuring Probe uses evenly distributed
total and static pressure measuring points to deliver an accurate measurement
of flow in a duct. The Air Flow Measuring Probe can be completely installed
from outside of the duct making it very easy to install. With its lightweight and
durable construction in addition to its ease of installation, this product lends
itself to being used in the HVAC industry. These air flow measuring probes may
be ordered for either round or rectangular ducts.
In order to ensure accurate measurements you must determine the number of
probes needed for your size duct. If the duct is rectangular, then consult the
chart to determine appropriate quantity of probes.
If the duct is round, it is only necessary to purchase two probes for any size of
duct and mount them perpendicular to each other.
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Aluminum with clear anodized finish.
Accuracy: 2% (Note: Field calibration may be required).
Temperature Limit: 400F (204C).
Minimum Design Flow: 400 fpm (2.03 m/sec).
Maximum Design Flow: 12,000 fpm (60.96 m/sec).
Process Connections: 1/4 barb.
Straight Run Requirements: 5 diameters or longest side dimensions.
Short Duct Dimension
Number of Probes
<12
1
12 23
2
24 35
3
36 59
4
60 89
5
>89
6
For larger sizes up to 96 (243.84 cm), please contact factory.
OUTER RADIUS TO MATCH
INNER RADIUS OF DUCT
1 INCH OUTER PERIMETER
INNER RADIUS TO MATCH
OUTER RADIUS OF DUCT
4 INCH OUTER PERIMETER
1/4 BARB FITTINGS TO
BE CENTERED ON PLATE
1-7/16
[36.51]
L
1-1/16
[52.39]
6
[152.40]
1/4
[6.35]
4X 1/2
[12.39]
1/2
[12.39]
1/4
[6.35]
2X
5
[127.00]
3/8
[9.52]
1/2
[12.70]
1/8
[3.18]
1/8
[3.18]
1
[25.40]
1/8
[3.18]
1/8
[3.18]
2
[50.80]
4
[101.60]
1/2
[12.70]
1/2
[12.70]
1/4
[6.35]
4X
6
[152.40]
1-7/16
[36.51]
L
2-1/16
[52.39]
5
[127.00]
1/4
[6.35]
2X
1/2
[12.70]
3/8
[9.52]
L = Smallest Duct Diameter
or Length
Model
DAFM-000
DAFM-001
DAFM-002
DAFM-003
DAFM-004
DAFM-005
DAFM-006
DAFM-007
DAFM-008
DAFM-009
DAFM-100
DAFM-101
DAFM-102
DAFM-103
DAFM-104
DAFM-105
DAFM-106
DAFM-107
DAFM-108
DAFM-109
Duct Shape
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Smallest Duct Diameter
Or Length (L)
6 (15.24 cm)
8 (20.32 cm)
10 (25.4 cm)
12 (30.48 cm)
14 (35.56 cm)
16 (40.64 cm)
18 (45.72 cm)
20 (50.8 cm)
22 (55.88 cm)
24 (60.96 cm)
6 (15.24 cm)
8 (20.32 cm)
10 (25.4 cm)
12 (30.48 cm)
14 (35.56 cm)
16 (40.64 cm)
18 (45.72 cm)
20 (50.8 cm)
22 (55.88 cm)
24 (60.96 cm)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
124
F
o
w
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Within 2% of actual flow when installed in accordance with
published recommendations.
K-Factor: 0.97.
Velocity Range: 100 to 10,000 fpm (0.51 51 m/s).
Wetted Material: Elements: 6063 T5 anodized aluminum; Casings: 16 ga
G90 galvanized steel.
Coatings: Imron 333 polyurethane enamel.
Temperature Limits: Galvanized casings and aluminum elements 350F
(177C) continuous operation (in air) 400F (204C) intermittent operation
(in air).
Humidity: All airflow stations 0 to 100% non condensing.
Process Connections: 1/4 compression fittings.
How To Order:
Rectangular or Oval Models
Circular Models
Note: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will
always be located on the longer of the two dimensions
Duct Mounted Airflow Measurement Station
Rectangular, Oval or Circular Configurations
Series
FLST
The Series FLST Airflow Measurement Station is easy to install simply
connect the tubing to the station fittings, then to a differential pressure
manometer, gage, transmitter or switch. Single or multiple airflow elements are
factory mounted and pre-piped in a casing designed for flanged connection to the
ductwork. Standard materials consist of a G90 galvanized casing and 6063-T5
anodized aluminum flow sensors, suitable for most HVAC applications.
The Series FLST utilizes an airflow averaging element in a head-type device,
generating a differential (velocity) pressure signal similar to the orifice, venturi,
and other head producing primary elements. Strategically located sensing ports
continually sample the total and static pressures when inserted normal to flow.
Total pressures sensed by the upstream ports are continually averaged within
the airflow element in an isolated chamber. The static sensing ports are averaged
in a second isolation chamber. Multiple elements are joined together for
connection to a differential measurement device (gage, transmitter, etc.) for flow
measurement and indication purposes.
FEATURES
Low signal to noise ratio
Multiple total and static pressure sensing ports along the length of
the element
Factory mounted and pre piped in a flanged duct section (casing)
2% accuracy throughout velocity ranges of 100 fpm and over
Standard construction includes galvanized casing and 6063 T5
anodized aluminum flow sensors
Standard airflow stations can be operated (in air) continuously in
temperatures up to 350F or intermittently in temperatures up to 400F
All airflow stations can be operated in humidity ranges of 0 to 100%
Standard airflow stations have good salt air resistance and are suitable
for most HVAC applications
Station
Size D
8 15
16 44
45 72
73 & Over
Station
Width W
Up to 48
Over 48
Flange
Thickness
.064
.064
.188
.188
Flange
Thickness
.064
.188
Flange
Size F
1
1 1/2
1 1/2
2
Flange
Size F
1 1/2
1 1/2
Casing
Length L
6
6
10
12
Casing
Length L
6
8
Circular Flange
Oval Flange
Rectangular Flange
Flange
Size F
1 1/2
2
Station Size
H or W
8 72
73 & Over
Dimensions
FLST x - Option
R Rectangular
O Oval
Height (in) x Width (in)
IM Internal
Pressure
Connections
F Flange for Oval
Mount Station
FLST C
Diameter (in)
TOTAL PRESSURE TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION FITTING
STATIC PRESSURE TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION FITTING
L
F
D
TOTAL PRESSURE
TAKEOFF
1/4
COMPRESSION
FITTING
.25 RADIUS
BEADING EDGE
[TYP]
STATIC
PRESSURE
TAKEOFF
1/4
W
H
L
L + 2.5
TOTAL PRESSURE
(T.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
STATIC PRESSURE
(S.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
5
[F]
[W]
A
I
R
F
L
O
W
[H]
Circular Style
Oval Style
Rectangular Style
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 125
F
o
w
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series FLST Rectangular or Oval
Series FLST Circular*
NOTE: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be located on the longer of the two dimensions
Size
(in)
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
Size
(in)
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
66
72
78
84
90
96
102
108
114
120
8
X
10
X
12
X
14
X
16
X
18
X
20
X
22
X
24
X
26
X
28
X
32
X
36
X
40
X
44
X
48
X
54
X
60
X
66
X
72
X
78
X
84
X
90
X
96
X
102
X
108
X
114
X
120
X
Size (in)
Size (in)
OPTIONS
IM Internal Pressure Connections
F (Oval Stations Only)
8
X
10
X
X
12
X
X
X
14
X
X
X
X
16
X
X
X
X
X
18
X
X
X
X
X
X
20
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
24
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
26
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
28
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
30
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
32
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
34
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
36
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
40
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
44
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
48
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
52
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
56
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
60
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
66
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
72
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
78
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
84
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
90
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
96
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
102
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
108
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
114
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
120
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
126
F
o
w
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Within 2% of actual flow when installed in accordance with published
recommendations.
K Factor: 0.97.
Velocity Range: 100 to 10,000 fpm (0.51 to 51 m/s).
Wetted Materials: Elements: 6063 T5 anodized aluminum; Casings: 16 ga G90
galvanized steel, 3003 aluminum air flow straightener.
Temperature Limits: Galvanized casings and aluminum elements 350F (177C)
continuous operation (in air), 400F (204C) intermittent operation (in air).
Humidity Limits: All airflow stations 0 to 100% non condensing.
Process Connections: 1/4 compression fittings.
Duct Mounted Airflow Measurement Station
Integral Flow Straightener, Ideal for Turbulent Measuring Conditions
Series
STRA
The Series STRA Airflow Measurement Station is easy to install simply connect
the tubing to the station fittings, then to a differential pressure manometer, gage,
transmitter or switch. Single or multiple airflow elements are factory mounted and pre-
piped in a casing designed for flanged connection to the ductwork. The Series STRA utilizes
an airflow averaging element in a head-type device, generating a differential (velocity)
pressure signal similar to the orifice, venturi, and other head producing primary elements.
It has been developed with a honeycomb airflow straightening section for use in duct
systems having highly turbulent conditions at the point of measurement. Strategically
located sensing ports continually sample the total and static pressures when inserted normal
to flow. Total pressures sensed by the upstream ports are continually averaged within the
airflow element in an isolated chamber. The static sensing ports are averaged in a second
isolation chamber. Multiple elements are joined together for connection to a differential
measurement device (gage, transmitter, etc.) for flow measurement and indication purposes.
FEATURES
Low signal to noise ratio
Honeycomb airflow straightening section with 1/2 opening by 3 depth
Multiple total and static pressure sensing ports along the length of the element
Factory mounted and pre piped in a flanged duct section (casing)
2% accuracy throughout velocity ranges of 100 fpm and over
Standard construction includes galvanized casing and 6063 T5 anodized
aluminum flow sensors
Standard airflow stations can be operated (in air) continuously in temperatures up
to 350F or intermittently in temperatures up to 400F
All airflow stations can be operated in humidity ranges of 0 to 100%
Standard airflow stations have good salt air resistance and are suitable for most
HVAC applications
Great for use where turbulent conditions exist
Rectangular or Oval Models:
Circular Models:
When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be located
on the longer of the two dimensions.
STRA x - Option
R Rectangular
O Oval
Height (in) x Width (in)
IM Internal
Pressure
Connections
F Flange for Oval
Mount Station
STRA C
Diameter (in)
Station
Size D
8 15
16 44
45 72
73 & Over
Flange
Thickness
.064
.064
.188
.188
Flange
Size F
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
Casing
Length L
8
8
10
12
CIRCULAR FLANGE DIMENSIONS
AIR
STRAIGHTENER
[F]
[D]
A
I
R
F
L
O
W
TOTAL PRESSURE
(T.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
[L]
STATIC PRESSURE
(S.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
3.25
[H]
[W]
.25 RADIUS
BEADED EDGE (TYP)
TOTAL PRESSURE
(T.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
A
I
R
F
L
O
W
STATIC PRESSURE
(S.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
[L]
[L+2.5]
TOTAL PRESSURE
(T.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
STATIC PRESSURE
(S.P.) TAKEOFF
1/4 COMPRESSION
FITTING
8
[F]
[W]
A
I
R
F
L
O
W
[H]
Station
Size H or W
8 72
73 & OVER
Flange
Size F
1-1/2
2
RECTANGULAR FLANGE DIMENSIONS
Station
Width W
Up to 44
Over 44
Flange
Thickness
.064
.188
Flange
Size
1-1/2
1-1/2
*Casing
Length L
8
10
OVAL FLANGE DIMENSIONS (OPTIONAL)
*NOTE: All oval flow stations without
flange have a casing length of 8 .
SELECTABLE SIZES:
1. OVAL OR RECTANGULAR H OR W DIMENSIONS IN INCHES CAN BE THE FOLLOWING: 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 66, 72, 78, 84, 90, 96, 102, 108, 114 or 120.
2. CIRCULAR D DIMENSION IN INCHES CAN BE THE FOLLOWING: 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72, 78, 84, 90, 96, 102, 108, 114 or 120
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 127
F
o
w
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series STRA Rectangular or Oval
Series STRA Circular*
Note: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be located on the longer of the two dimensions.
Size
(in)
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
Size
(in)
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
66
72
78
84
90
96
102
108
114
120
8
X
10
X
12
X
14
X
16
X
18
X
20
X
22
X
24
X
26
X
28
X
32
X
36
X
40
X
44
X
48
X
54
X
60
X
66
X
72
X
78
X
84
X
90
X
96
X
102
X
108
X
114
X
120
X
Size (in)
Size (in)
OPTIONS
IM Internal Pressure Connections
F (Oval Stations Only)
8
X
10
X
X
12
X
X
X
14
X
X
X
X
16
X
X
X
X
X
18
X
X
X
X
X
X
20
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
22
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
24
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
26
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
28
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
30
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
32
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
34
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
36
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
40
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
44
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
48
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
52
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
56
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
60
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
66
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
72
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
78
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
84
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
90
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
96
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
102
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
108
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
114
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
120
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
128
P
t
o
t
T
u
b
e
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
ACCESSORIES
No. A-158 Split Flange Mounting can be added to any
Dwyer
Pitot Tubes
are constructed from corrosion resistant stainless steel for a lifetime of service. ASME
design meets AMCA and ASHRAE specifications for maximum accuracy over a wide
variety of flow conditions. No correction factors required as ASHRAE tip design yields a
calibration factor of 1. ASHRAE design needs no calibration! Permanent, stamped insertion
depth graduations on sides of 160 series facilitate accurate positioning. Static pressure port
is parallel to sensing tube allowing quick, easy alignment of tube with air flow. Low
sensitivity to misalignment gives accurate reading even when tube is misaligned up to 15
degrees. Various standard sizes are available for use in ducts as small as 4 dia. or as large
as 36 ft dia. A universal model fits user supplied 3/4schedule 40 (standard) pipe in any
length. Several convenient mounting options are available for permanent installations.
No calibration needed
Precisely located, burr-free static pressure holes
Hemispherical tip design, best for accuracy if imperfectly aligned and nearly impossible
to damage
Long lasting 304 SS construction
Silver soldered connections for leak-proof operation
Coefficient of 1
5/16 models rated to 1500F
Extended static connection helps guide tip within recommended 15 of air flow direction
Inch graduations on sides of 160 series to quickly determine exact insertion depth
Dwyer
Air Velocity Calculator, direct reading flow charts and instructions included
Use 1/8 models in ducts as small as 4, 5/16 models in ducts 10 or larger
Optional mounting gland or split flange make permanent installation fast and simple
Series 160 is designed to meet:
ASME Fluid Meters 6th Ed.
ANSI/AMCA 210-99
ANSI/ASHRAE 51-1999
British Standard 1042
Series
160
Stainless Steel Pitot Tubes
ASME Design Meets AMCA and ASHRAE Codes
INSERTION LENGTH
1/2 [12.70] SQ
13/16
[20.62]
1/2
[12.70]
TOTAL
PRESSURE
CONNECTION 1/4
[6.35]
1/4
[6.35]
STATIC
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
2-5/8
[66.68] 5 [127.00]
2-41/64 [67.07]
1/8 [3.18]
TOTAL
PRESSURE
5/16
[7.94]
(8) .040 [1.02]
STATIC PRESSURE
HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED
160 Series
1
[25.40]
5
[127.00]
2-1/2
[63.5]
TOTAL PRESSURE
1/8 [3.18] HOLE
STATIC PRESSURE
(8) .040 [1.02]
HOLES EQUALLY SPACED
STATIC PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/4 [6.35
3-5/8
[92.08]
1/4
[6.350]
1/2 [12.70]
TOTAL PRESSURE
CONNECTION
96, 120, 168 OR 216
3/4 [19.05]
FOR 96 OR 120
1 [25.4]
FOR 168 OR 216
160 Series
Longer Models
with Stiffener
TOTAL PRESSURE
1/8 [3.18] HOLE
STATIC PRESSURE
(8) .040 [1.02]
HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED
1/2 NPT
5/16
[7.94]
5
[127.00]
2-1/2
[53.5]
36-5/8
[930.28]
3
[76.20]
6
[152.4]
STATIC PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/4 COMPRESSION FITTING
TOTAL PRESSURE CONNECTION
1/4 COMPRESSION FITTING
3/4 SCHEDULE 40 PIPE SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER
3/4-12 REDUCING COUPLING
SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER
NOTE:
CUSTOMER MUST SUPPLY 1/4 TUBING IN
APPROPRIATE LENGTHS TO THE STATIC AND
TOTAL PRESSURE CONNECTIONS. TUBING AND
CONNECTIONS WILL FIT INSIDE STANDARD
SCHEDULE 40 PIPE.
Model 160-U
STATIC PRESSURE
(8) .020 [.51]
HOLES EQUALLY
SPACED
TOTAL PRESSURE
3/64 [1.19] HOLE
MODEL 166
1 [25.4]
MODEL 167
1/2 [12.7]
MODEL 166
2 [50.8]
MODEL 167
1 [25.4]
1/8
[3.18]
6-1/2 OR 12-1/2
1/4
[6.35]
1/8 [3/18]
1/4 [6.35]
STATIC PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/2
[12.70]
1/2
[12.70]
2-1/2
[63.50]
1/8
[3.18]
TOTAL PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1-1/2
[38.10]
1/2
[12.70]
166/167 Series
Standard Model 160 Pitot Tube
Model
160-8
160-12
160-18
160-24
160-36
160-48
160-60
Model
160-U
Standard 5/16 Diameter
Universal Model for 3/4 Pipe
Model
160-96
160-120
160-168
160-216
Longer Length w/ Stiffener
Pocket Size 1/8 Diameter
Model
166-6
166-12
167-6
167-12
ACCESSORIES & OPTIONS
A-156, Flange Mounting Plate 1/2 female NPT
A-158, Split Flange
A-159, Mounting Gland
A-397, Step Drill
1/8 male NPT compression fitting, mounting option for Series 166/167.
Add CF suffix (166 6 CF).
*Universal model for permanent installation and connection to metal tubing. Make any length Pitot
tube with 3/4 schedule 40 pipe, 3/4 to 1/2 reducing bushing and 1/4 metal tubing.
Insertion Length
8 5/8
12 5/8
18 5/8
24 5/8
36 5/8
48 5/8
60 5/8
Insertion Length
*
Insertion Length
96
120
168
216
Insertion Length
6
12
6
12
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 129
P
t
o
t
T
u
b
e
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Handy A-532 Slide Chart speeds air
velocity calculations. All plastic, stays
clean for years. Included with each Pitot
tube.
Permanent Mounting (PM)
models include 1 inch dia.
welded stainless steel sleeve
and adjustable compression
fitting with 1 inch male NPT
mounting treads. Adjust
depth, lock in place.
Series
160E
Series
160S
Ellipsoidal Tip Pitot Tube
Designed to Meet British Standard 1042
S Type Stainless Steel Pitot Tubes
Large, Open Tip Design Resists Fouling; Optional Permanent Mount Models
Ellipsoidal tip design for improved accuracy, 1.0 coefficient
304 SS construction adds strength, resists corrosion
Adjustable depth indicators for fast, consistent traverses
Alignment indicator helps keep tip parallel to flow
Series 160E Pitot Tubes are widely used in the U.K. and Europe for applications
demanding high accuracy when measuring the flow of air or other compatible gases.
Precision crafted tip configuration allows air to pass smoothly with minimum turbulence for
consistent, reliable readings. Exterior indicator arm is aligned parallel to the 5 in. (13 cm)
sensing tip so you always know that unit is properly positioned inside duct. Sliding depth
indicators grip firmly to ensure uniform insertion critical when making multiple
measurements as part of a complete traverse; the best way to determine average velocity.
Total and static pressure taps are 1/4 (6 mm), permanently silver soldered to the connection
block, leak-proof and durable. Seven fixed length sizes are offered plus a universal model
which attaches to any length of 3/4 sch. 40 pipe. See 160-U drawing.
Meets EPA specification 40 CFR (ch. 1)
Long lasting, welded stainless steel construction
1/8 female NPT connections, permanently welded
Rated to 1500F (815C)
Rated to 100 psig (6.89 bar)
0.84 flow coefficient
Series 160S Pitot Tubes are designed specifically for flow measurement of dirty,
particulate laden air or gas streams typical in smoke stack and other environmental testing.
Large 5/16 dia. stainless steel tubing resists plugging under harsh, sooty conditions which
quickly block conventional flow sensors. Total and static pressure tubes are precisely aligned
and welded together every six inches for maximum accuracy, strength and long term
durability. Versatile 1/8 female NPT connections easily adapt to any type of pipe or tubing.
A pair of 1/8 NPT to 3/16 I.D. tubing adapters is included plus a handy molded vinyl cap
to protect tip when not in use. Supplied with complete instructions.
The Model 166T Telescoping Pitot tube is a unique air flow sensor which can quickly
and easily be adjusted for any duct insertion length from 11.5 to 36 inches (29.2 to 91.4 cm).
Now, this single compact unit can replace up to five conventional fixed length Pitot tubes.
For even greater convenience, it is securely protected by a custom fitted polyethylene
carrying case. Telescoping sections lock in place as they are extended, enabling use of the
handle grip to gauge proper alignment of the tip within the airstream. Stainless steel
construction resists corrosion. Hemispherical tip has 1.0 flow coefficient, is 1/8 dia. (3.2
mm). Largest section is 3/8 (9.5 mm). Weight (with case) 1 lb, 9 oz (709 g). Case: 12.5 x 6.25
x 1.75 in.
Model
166T
Telescoping Stainless Steel Pitot Tube
Adjustable Design Extends Insertion Length to 36 Inches
160S-18
160S-18PM
Model
160E-00
160E-01
160E-02
160E-03
160E-04
160E-05
160E-06
160E-U
Model 166T
Insertion
in Meters
0.2
0.3
0.48
0.8
1.0
1.22
1.52
Model
160S-18
160S-24
160S-36
160S-48
160S-60
160S-72
Perm. Mtg.
Model
160S-18PM
160S-24PM
160S-36PM
160S-48PM
160S-60PM
160S-72PM
Insertion
In Inches
18
24
36
48
60
72
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
130
A
i
r
F
l
o
w
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Air Flow Switch
Adjustable from 400-1600 FPM, Stainless Steel Vane
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible gas flow.
Wetted Materials: Contact factory.
Vane: Stainless steel.
Temperature Limit: 180F (82C).
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical Rating: 125 VAC - 9.8 amp full load 58.8 amp locked rotor;
250 VAC - 4.9 amp full load 29.4 amp locked rotor; Pilot rating: 470 VA
at 125, 250 VAC; Resistive: 15 amp at 125, 250, or 480 VAC.
Electrical Connections: Screw type terminal.
Conduit Connection: 7/8 conduit hole.
Mounting Orientation: Horizontal duct flow.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type.
Weight: 1 lb 1 oz (481.94 g)
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA, CE.
CAUTION: For use only with air or non-combustible non-corrosive
gases. Unit is not sealed against dust.
Model
530
Model 660 Air Velocity Monitors are a practical, affordable way to
continuously monitor for safe airflows through laboratory fume hoods. They are
typically installed in the fume hood side fascia and connected to the interior
sidewall via 1-1/8" flexible tubing. As the exhaust fan draws air through the
device, a sensitive constant temperature thermistor measures flow and lights a
green (normal), yellow (high) or red (low) LED. An audible alarm also warns of
low flow and requires manual resetting. Mounting holes fit standard single gang
electrical box.
Air Velocity Monitor
Continuously Measures Fume Hood Airflow
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible, non-corrosive gases.
High Setpoint Range: 0-275 FPM (0-1.397 m/s).
Low Setpoint Range: 0-150 FPM (0-.792 m/s).
Repeatability: 7% of full span, 0-50 and 150-275 FPM; 5% of full
span, 50-150 FPM.
Compensated Temperature Range: 50 to 90F (10 to 32.2C).
Operating Temperature Range: 32 to 120F (0 to 48.9C).
Power Supply: 24 VAC, 3 watts maximum.
Response Time: 6-10 seconds.
Warm-Up Time: 3-5 minutes (no flow).
Audible Alarm: 75 dB between 3-10 feet.
Weight: 3 oz (85 g).
Mounting Hardware: (2) #6 x 1" sheet metal screws, (2) 6-32 x 7/8"
machine screws.
Model
660
01-3/32
[27.76]
5/8
[15.88]
3-13/64
[81.36]
1-13/64
[30.56]
7/32
[5.56]
2-3/4
[69.85]
2-53/64
[71.83]
4-1/2
[114.30]
AIR VELOCITY
MONITOR
TUBING
SIDE WALL
SASH TRACK
SASH
OUTLET HOLE
CENTER OF HOLE 4 (101)
BELOW BOTTOM OF
FULL OPEN SASH
4-10
(101 - 254)
The Model 530 air flow switch provides excellent sensitivity and reliability
at a very reasonable price. Quality features include a rugged die cast body,
stainless steel vane and SPDT snap switch. Unit is field adjustable from 400-
1600 FPM. Mounting is fast and simple, with only two screws needed. Vane fits
6 in. or larger ducts.
Model 530, Air Flow Switch
Range 400-1600 FPM mounted on top of horizontal duct.
Model 660, Air Velocity Monitor. Includes 3 flexible tubing, pre-fittings
and 90 elbow, 120 VAC to 24 VAC power transformer.
130.P.N:Layout 2 2/11/11 8:11 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 131
F
u
m
e
H
o
o
d
M
o
n
t
o
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
The Model 670 Fume Hood Monitor continuously senses air flow through
the face of the fume hood, ensuring safe levels of fresh air are exhausting
potentially hazardous fumes eliminating operator exposure. The 670 provides a
highly accurate hot wire sensor to detect very low flows common on fume hoods.
This fume hood monitor provides several key features such as simplified
calibration and mounting, LED safe and alarm status indicators, audible alarm
with temporary or permanent horn silence, relay alarm output, sash alarm
input and an input for night set-back. The Model 670 comes with everything
required to quickly install the unit including a mounting bracket, 24 of tubing
for connecting to the inside of the hood wall and a 120 Volt AC power adapter.
FEATURES
Flexible surface or flush mounting
LED safe and alarm status indicators
Audible alarm
Temporary or permanent horn silence
Relay alarm output
Sash alarm input
Night set back input
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Fume hood face velocity air flow.
Alarm Range: 30 400 FPM (0.15 2.0 m/s).
Alarm Indication: Red LED & audible alarm.
Low Air Velocity Alarm Delay: Fixed 5 secs.
Visual LED Display:
Red: Alarm;
Green: Normal.
Horn Silence: Yes temporary and permanent.
Accuracy: Face velocity 10%.
Temperature Limits:
Operating temperature: 55 to 86F (13 to 30C);
Storage temperature: 40 to 150F ( 40 to 65C).
Power Requirement: 15 VDC 500 mA; 120 VAC, 60 Hz power
transformer included.
Relay Output Low Air Flow Alarm: 5 amps @ 250 VAC.
Relay Input For Night Setback: 2 wire rated for 24 VDC usage.
Sash High Indication: Using a two wire micro switch or 3 wire proximity
switch input, rated for 24 VDC usage.
Comm Port: RS232 Can be connected via serial interface to LAN
network.
Mounting: Semi flush, flush or surface mounted when using included
bracket.
Weight: 5.0 oz (141 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
Fume Hood Monitor
Ensures Proper Fume Hood Performance
Model
670
SERIES 670
www.dwyer inst.com
SAFE
ENTER SET
ALARM
AIR VELOCITY MONITOR
3-29/64 [87.88]
2-1/64 [51.05]
13/64 [5.08]
1-1/16
[27.10]
5-45/64
[145.03]
4-61/64
[125.98]
4-9/16
[116.08]
3-17/64 [83.06]
NEW PRODUCT!
Model 670, Fume Hood Monitor
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
132
A
r
V
e
o
c
t
y
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
VTT
Hot-Wire Air Velocity/Temperature Transmitter
Configurable Air Velocity Ranges, Available with 5 Digit Display
The Series VTT Hot-Wire Air Velocity and Temperature Transmitter provides a
versatile unit for air velocity and temperature needs. The VTT offers five field-selectable
ranges as well as operating in metric (m/s, C) or english (fpm, F) units. The VTT can
measure up to 30 m/s (6000 fpm) and 50C (122F). The units are available with or without
an LCD display which alternates between velocity and temperature. Series VTT can be
ordered in duct mount or remote mount configurations with 4-20 mA or 0-10V outputs. The
VTT is a useful transmitter for many common HVAC applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean air and compatible, non combustible gases.
Accuracy: Air velocity: 3% of reading 60 fpm (0.3 m/s); Temperature: 0.5% of
reading 0.6F (0.4C).
Temperature Limits: Ambient and process: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C); Note chart
below for temperature effects on range. Storage: 14 to 158F ( 10 to 70C).
Power Supply: 24 VAC/VDC (10%) 3 4 wires.
Current Consumption: 4 20 mA output: 80 mA maximum; 0 10 V output: 40 mA.
Response Time: Air velocity: 2 seconds to 1/e (63%) of final value; Temperature:
5 seconds to 1/e (63%) of final value.
Maximum Loop Resistance: 4 20 mA output: 500 ; 0 10 V output: 1 k.
Display: 5 digit; Resolution 1 fpm (0.1 m/s) 1.0F (0.1C). Alternates between
velocity and temperature.
Electrical Connection: Screw terminal block.
Cable Length (Remote Probe): 6.56 ft (2 m).
Enclosure Rating: ABS rated NEMA 4X (IP65).
Mounting: Can be mounted in any orientation. Probe must be aligned with airflow.
Mounting accessory included.
Weight: With display: 0.32 lb (145 g); Without display: 0.24 lb (110 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
VTT-A-N-D-1
VTT-A-N-D-2
VTT-A-N-R-1
VTT-A-N-R-2
VTT-A-D-D-1
VTT-A-D-D-2
VTT-A-D-R-1
VTT-A-D-R-2
VTT-V-N-D-1
VTT-V-N-D-2
VTT-V-N-R-1
VTT-V-N-R-2
VTT-V-D-D-1
VTT-V-D-D-2
VTT-V-D-R-1
VTT-V-D-R-2
Output
4 20 mA Output
0 10 V Output
Display
No Display
5 Digit Display
No Display
5 Digit Display
Mounting
Duct Mount
Remote Mount
Duct Mount
Remote Mount
Duct Mount
Remote Mount
Duct Mount
Remote Mount
Field Selectable Velocity Ranges
Metric
0 to 5m/s
0 to 10m/s
0 to 15m/s
0 to 20m/s
0 to 30m/s
Imperial
0 to 1000 fpm
0 to 2000 fpm
0 to 3000 fpm
0 to 4000 fpm
0 to 6000 fpm
1-21/32
[42.00]
1-21/32
[42.00]
33/64 [13.00]
3-15/16 [100.00]
3-17/64
[83.00]
MODELS VTT-X-N-X-X
(SHOWN WITH REMOTE PROBE MOUNTING)
REMOTE PROBE ASSEMBLY
(SHOWN IN 150 MM LENGTH)
5-29/32
[150.00]
SHOWN IN 150 MM LENGTH
MODELS VTT-X-D-X-X
(SHOWN WITH DUCT MOUNT PROBE)
3-15/16
[100.00]
3-17/64
[83.00]
air velocity
maximum possible
measurements ranges
based on working
temperatures
temperature
0C 10C 20C 30C 50C 40C
V
m
a
x
.
f
(
T
)
30 m/s
25 m/s
20 m/s
15 m/s
10 m/s
5 m/s
Air Velocity Range Capability vs. Temperature
Probe Length
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
150 mm (6)
300 mm (11.8)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 133
A
r
V
e
o
c
t
y
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
AVU
The Series AVU Air Velocity Transmitter is ideal for a wide range of HVAC
measurement and control applications, particularly in complete building control and energy
management systems. The Series AVU offers 5% accuracy at a surprisingly low cost, with
six units covering ranges from 0-785 fpm to 0-3150 fpm, with either 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC
output.
The Series AVU Transmitter operates by measuring the heat loss from one of the two
sensing elements in the air stream, then calculating the air velocity. Units are virtually
immune to drift due to the design of the sensing element, which makes the transmitter
accurate over the whole air velocity range.
FEATURES
4 20 mA or 0 10 V output versions
NEMA 6 (IP67) enclosure rating
AC or DC powered (loop version DC only)
5% accuracy
APPLICATIONS
Supply and exhaust fan tracking
Clean room systems
Air pollution studies and manufacturing
Process control systems
Air Velocity Transmitter
Ideal for Building Automation Systems
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean air and compatible,
non combustible gases.
Accuracy: 5% of full scale.
Response Time (90%): 5 sec (typical).
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122F (0 to
50C).
Humidity Limit: 0 90% RH, non
condensing.
Power Requirements: A models 24
VDC +10% 15%; V models 24 VDC
or 24 VAC +10% 15%.
Output Signal: A models 4 20 mA
current loop; V models 0 10 VDC.
Loop Resistance: ( A models) 700
ohms.
Current Consumption: 60 mA +
output current.
Max. Start Up Current: 85 mA; 10 V.
Output Current Limit: ( V models)
>10 mA.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminal. Cable gland for 4 8 mm wire
(16 gauge wire).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 6 (IP67)
except sensing point.
Probe Dimensions: 9.45 x .75 (240 x
19 mm).
Mounting Orientation: Unit not
position sensitive. Probe must be
aligned with airflow.
Weight: 8.8 oz (250 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Air Velocity Transmitter
8 Field Selectable Ranges in FPM or MPS
Series
641B
9-1/4
[235.0]
4-31/32
[126.21]
1/2 NPT
1-23/32
[43.66]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible, non
combustible gases.
Accuracy:
5% FS process gas: 32 to 122F (0 to
50C). 6% FS process gas: 40 to 32F
& 122 to 176F ( 40 to 0C & 50 to
80C).
Response Time: Flow: 1.5 seconds to
95% of final value (output filter set to
minimum).
Temperature Limits: Process: 40 to
176F ( 40 to 80C). Ambient: 32 to
140F (0 to 60C).
Humidity Limit: Non condensing.
Power Requirements:12 35 VDC,
10 16 VAC. 1.5A rating required on
supply due to initial power surge drawn
by transmitter.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA, isolated 24V
source, 3 or 4 wire connection.
Output Filter: Selectable 0.5 15
(seconds).
Loop Resistance: 600 ohms max.
Current Consumption: 300 mA max*.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminal.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet
NEMA 4X.
Mounting Orientation: Unit not
position sensitive.
Weight: 12.6 oz (357.2 g).
The Series 641B Air Velocity Transmitter uses a heated mass flow sensor technology.
It has 4 user-selectable ranges from 250 FPM to 2000 FPM with corresponding metric
ranges of 1.25 MPS to 10 MPS. The 641B provides an isolated 4-20 mA output proportional
to the velocity.
The Series 641Bs steel sensor allows the unit to be used in dirty air environments. This
rugged sensor is ideally suited for quick field cleaning from a simple cloth to a pulse of air
from an air source. Proper sensor performance can be maintained in these polluted
environments by easily removing dust and debris from the sensor which is problematic for
pitot tubes and other flow sensing transmitters.
* A brief current transient exceeding 300 mA may be seen on startup
Range
0 785 fpm (0 4 m/s)
0 1575 fpm (0 8 m/s)
0 3150 fpm (0 16 m/s)
0 785 fpm (0 4 m/s)
0 1575 fpm (0 8 m/s)
0 3150 fpm (0 16 m/s)
Model
AVU-1-A
AVU-2-A
AVU-3-A
AVU-1-V
AVU-2-V
AVU-3-V
2-1/4
[57.0]
3-11/32
[85.0]
9-29/64
[240.0]
8-55/64
[225.0]
51/64
[2.0]
3/4
[19.0]
Model 641B-4, Air Velocity Transmitter
ACCESSORIES
A-156, Flange Mounting Plate with 1/2 female NPT
A-155, Mounting Gland with 1/2 male NPT fitting
Output
4 20 mA
4 20 mA
4 20 mA
0 10 VDC
0 10 VDC
0 10 VDC
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
134
A
r
V
e
o
c
t
y
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Air Velocity Transmitter
16 Field Selectable Ranges in FPM or MPS
Series
641
DW
Y
R N
TRUM
E
TS
NC
2 ND
NA HW
Y 2
2
M
CH
GAN C
TY N
63
0
W
YER NST
UM
ENTS
NC
02 ND
ANA HW
Y 2
2
M
CH
G
N C
Y N 46
60
HONE
2
9
79
80
0
e
m
a
n
o@
wye
s
om
h
p
www
wye
s
om
PH
NE
2
9
8
9
80
0
e
m
a
n
o@
dw
e
ns
om
h
p
www
dw
e
ns
om
4-29/64
[113.11]
1/2 NPT
1/2-14 NPT
13/16
[20.64]
B DIMENSION
A DIMENSION
3-1/4
[82.55]
B DIMENSION
A DIMENSION
2-23/32
[29.06]
4-29/64
[113.11]
1/2 NPT
1/2-14 NPT
25/32
[19.84]
A Dimension
7 63/64
[202.80]
13 63/64
[355.20]
19 63/64
[507.60]
26 63/64
[685.40]
32 63/64
[837.80]
37 63/64
[964.80]
B Dimension
9 13/16
[249.24]
15 13/16
[401.64]
21 13/16
[554.04]
28 13/16
[731.84]
34 13/16
[884.24]
39 13/16
[1011.24]
641 AVT with Display Option
641 AVT without
Display Option
A Dimension
7 7/16
[188.91]
13 7/16
[341.31]
19 7/16
[493.71]
26 7/16
[671.51]
29 7/16
[747.71]
37 7/16
[950.91]
B Dimension
9 9/32
[235.74]
15 9/32
[388.14]
21 9/32
[540.54]
28 9/32
[718.34]
34 9/32
[870.74]
39 9/32
[997.74]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean air and compatible, non combustible gases.
Accuracy: 3% FS process gas: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C); 4% FS process
gas: 40 to 32F & 122 to 212F ( 40 to 0C & 50 to 100C).
Response Time: Flow: 1.5 seconds to 95% of final value (output filter
set to minimum).
Temperature Limits: Process: 40 to 212F ( 40 to 100C); Ambient: 32
to 140F (0 to 60C).
Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.89 bar) maximum.
Humidity Limit: Non condensing.
Power Requirements: 12 35 VDC, 10 16 VAC. 1.5A rating required on
supply due to initial power surge drawn by transmitter.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA, isolated 24V source, 3 or 4 wire connection.
Output Filter: Selectable 0.5 15 (seconds).
Loop Resistance: 600 ohms max.
Current Consumption: 300 mA max.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66) for non LED
models only.
Mounting Orientation: Unit not position sensitive. Probe must be
aligned with airflow.
Weight: 12.6 oz (357.2 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
OPTIONAL DISPLAY VERSION:
Display: 4 1/2 digit 1/2 red LED.
Resolution: 1 FPM, 0.01 MPS
(10 FPM @ 10,000 and 15,000 FPM ranges).
Weight: 13.3 oz (377 g).
The new Series 641 Air Velocity Transmitter is the ideal instrument for
monitoring air flow. This transmitter uses a heated mass flow sensor which
allows for precise velocity measurements at various flow rates and
temperatures. The 641s 16 field selectable ranges provides it the versatility to
be selected for several air flow applications. The optional LED produces a
complete, low-cost solution for local indication of air flow.
FEATURES
Ranges to 15,000 FPM or 75 MPS
Optional bright LED display
Easy push button set up
Compact housing
4 20 mA output
Digital filter for signal damping
APPLICATIONS
Exhaust stack flow monitoring
Air control in drying processes
HVAC air velocity measurements
Fan supply and exhaust tracking
*Other probe lengths available contact factory.
Model
641-6
641-6-LED
641-12
641-12-LED
641-18
641-18-LED
641-24
641-24-LED
641-30
641-30-LED
641-36
641-36-LED
ACCESSORIES
A-156, Universal Mounting Plate 1/2 female NPT
A-158, Split Flange Mounting Kit
A-159, Duct Mounting Gland
Probe Length*
6 (152.4 mm)
6 (152.4 mm)
12 (304.8 mm)
12 (304.8 mm)
18 (457.2 mm)
18 (457.2 mm)
24 (609.6 mm)
24 (609.6 mm)
30 (762 mm)
30 (762 mm)
36 (914 mm)
36 (914 mm)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 135
A
r
V
e
o
c
t
y
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Air Velocity Transmitter with Cable
For Remotely Mounting Electronic Enclosure
Series
641RM
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean air and compatible, non combustible gases.
Accuracy: 3% FS process gas: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C); 4% FS process
gas: 40 to 32F & 122 to 212F ( 40 to 0C & 50 to 100C).
Response Time: Flow: 1.5 seconds to 95% of final value
(output filter set to minimum).
Temperature Limits: Process: 40 to 212F ( 40 to 100C); Ambient: 32
to 140F (0 to 60C).
Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.89 bar) maximum.
Humidity Limit: Non condensing.
Power Requirements: 12 35 VDC, 10 16 VAC. 1.5A rating required on
supply due to initial power surge drawn by transmitter.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA, isolated 24V source, 3 or 4 wire connection.
Output Filter: Selectable 0.5 15 (seconds).
Loop Resistance: 600 ohms max.
Current Consumption: 300 mA max.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Mounting Orientation: Unit not position sensitive. Probe must be
aligned with airflow.
Weight: 13.2 oz (374.26 g).
Cable Length: 6 ft (1.82 m).
Probe Length: 12 (30.48 cm) standard.
Probe Diameter: 5/16 (0.79 cm).
OPTIONAL DISPLAY VERSION:
Display: 4 1/2 digit 1/2 red LED.
Resolution: 1 FPM, 0.01 MPS
(10 FPM @ 10,000 and 15,000 FPM ranges).
Weight: 13.9 oz (394.16 g).
The Series 641RM is the ideal instrument for monitoring air flow. This
transmitter uses a heated mass flow sensor, which allows for precise velocity
measurements at various flow rates and temperatures. The 641RMs 16 field
selectable ranges from 0-250 to 15,000 FPM (0-1.25 to 75 MPS) provide it the
versatility to be selected for a multitude of applications. The units 6 cable which
connects the sensing probe with the electronic enclosure allows the enclosure
to be mounted where it can be more easily accessed. Longer cable lengths are
available for ducts that are at very high elevations from the plant floor. The
optional LED produces a complete, compact solution for local indication of air
flow.
1/2 NPT
4-31/32
[126.21]
5/16
[7.94]
13/64
[5.16]
14-21/64
[53.07]
FOR A STANDARD 12 PROBE
1-5/8 [41.28] WITH LED
1-3/32 [27.78] WITHOUT LED
43/64
[17.07]
6 FT
[152.40]
31/64
[12.30]
1-25/32
[45.24]
1-39/64
[40.88]
Model 641RM-12, Air Velocity Transmitter with 6 cable
Model 641RM-12-LED, same as above with LED display
ACCESSORIES
A-156, Universal Mounting Plate, 1/2 female NPT
A-158, Split Flange Mounting Kit
A-159, Duct Mounting Gland
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
136
H
u
m
d
t
y
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
HS
Humidity Switch
Programmable, 8 Amp Relay, 3-Digit Display
The microprocessor based Series HS Humidity Switch provides control for
humidifying or dehumidifying. Relative humidity, output status, and error messaging can
be viewed on the bright green LED. The switch features 9 user defined parameters
including setpoint, hysteresis, control type, cycle time, and probe adjustment. Access to
programming parameters can be locked for security purposes using the password
protection feature. The Series HS includes a fitting clip for panel mounting, gasket, rear
terminal cover, and instruction manual.
3
[76]
1-11/32
[34]
2-3/8
[60]
1-7/64
[28]
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100%
RH.
Input: 0 to 3V, 0 to 1V or 4 20 mA
(depending on model) humidity probe
not included.
Accuracy: THC P: 5% @ 20 to 80%;
HS: 1% RH.
Display: 3 digit, green, 1/2 (12.7 mm)
digits.
Resolution: 1 digit.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 158F (0 to
70C).
Storage Temperature: 4 to 176F
( 20 to 80C).
Output: 8 A SPDT relay @ 250 VAC
resistive.
Horsepower Rating (HP): 1/3 HP.
Control Type: ON/OFF.
Power Requirements: 110 VAC or
230 VAC (depending on model).
Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory.
Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g).
Front Panel Rating: IP64.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, ULc.
Panel Cutout 2-51/64 x 1-9/64 (71 x 29 mm)
Series
THC
Temperature/Humidity Switch
Independent Displays, 61 Programmable Parameters, 4 SPST Relays
Simultaneously measure and control temperature and humidity with the Series THC
Temperature/Humidity Switch. The unit offers a 3-digit red display for temperature
indication and a 3-digit green display indicating humidity. The Series THC is equipped
with four independent relays, two for temperature control and two relays for humidity
control.
The unit offers 61 programmable parameters for temperature and humidity control
including set point, differential, direct/reverse acting, cycle time, alarm clock time, and
decimal point adjustment. In the event of a probe error, the default operation of the relays
can be set to open or close. The THC features error or alarm messaging and password
protection.
The THC Temperature/Humidity Switch accepts up to two temperature probe inputs (sold
separately) and a humidity sensor. A humidity sensor with 01V, 03V (sold separately), or
420 mA output can be used with the Series THC.
4-3/32
[104.00]
5-9/32
[134.32]
2-7/16
[61.80]
1-15/16
[49.23]
5
[127.00]
3-7/8
[98.43]
SPECIFICATIONS
Measurement Range: Temperature:
58 to 302F ( 50 to 150C); Humidity:
0 to 100% RH.
Input: Up to 2 thermistors and 1
humidity sensor.
Output: 4 SPST, 8A relays @ 250
VAC.
Horsepower Rating (HP): 1/3 HP.
Control Type: ON/OFF direction,
direct or reverse acting, neutral.
Power Requirements: 110 or 230
VAC (depending on model).
Accuracy: Temperature 0.5% of
probe range; Humidity: 20 to 80%.
Display: Two 3 digit displays. 1/2
digits.
Resolution: 0.1.
Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory.
Ambient Operating Temperature: 32
to 158F (0 to 70C).
Storage Temperature: 4 to 176F
( 20 to 80C).
Weight: 1.17 lb (530 g).
Panel Cutout: 5.15 x 2.37 (131 x 111
mm).
Front Panel Protection: IP64.
Agency Approvals: CE.
APPLICATIONS
HS Digital Humidity Switches are suitable for industrial chillers, environmental
chambers, walk ins and freezers, heat sealers, beer and wine chillers, mug frosters,
coolers, display cases and cabinets, meat and produce storage, floral preservation,
refrigerated transportation, laboratories, food service equipment, ovens and dryers,
green houses, museums, and tobacco preservation. Monitors humidity in ducts.
ACCESSORY
THC-P Humidity Probe, 0 to 3 V output, 4 ft (1.5m) cable
Model
THC-10
THC-11
THC-20
THC-21
Description
F 110 VAC
C 110 VAC
F 230 VAC
C 230 VAC
ACCESSORIES
THC-P, Humidity probe with 3V output & 4 ft (1.2 m) cable
TS-5, Temperature probe, PVC with 5 ft (1.5 m) cable
TS-6, Temperature probe, metal with 5 ft (1.5 m) cable
TS-51, Temperature probe, PVC with 10 ft (3 m) cable
TS-61, Temperature probe, metal with 10 ft (3 m) cable
Model
HS-311
HS-312
HS-111
HS-112
HS-411
HS-412
Input Sensor
0 to 3 V
0 to 3 V
0 to 1 V
0 to 1 V
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
Supply Voltage
110 VAC
230 VAC
110 VAC
230 VAC
110 VAC
230 VAC
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 137
H
u
m
d
t
y
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
*Wall mount not shown
Series
HT
Monitor and control relative humidity and temperature in building energy management
systems with the Series HT Humidity/Temperature Transmitter. Designed for demanding
HVAC/EMCS applications, the Series HT provides 3% RH accuracy and 1% stability per
year. Routine calibration is not required with the fully interchangeable sensor. Two wire
connections allow easy installation directly into air ducts or within a controlled area.
RH/Temperature Transmitter
Calibration-Free, 2-Wire Design, Duct or Wall Mount
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 10 to 90%
RH.
Temperature Range: Duct mount:
40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C); Wall mount:
23 to 131F ( 5 to 55C).
Accuracy: 3% RH @ 25C; 0.3C @
25C.
Temperature Limits: Duct mount: 14
to 140F ( 10 to 60C); Wall mount: 23
to 131F ( 5 to 55C).
Storage Temperature: 40 to 140F
( 40 to 60C).
Operating Humidity Range: Duct
mount: 0 to 100% RH; Wall mount: 0 to
90% RH.
Power Requirements: 10 to 28 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
Response Time: 15 seconds.
Current Consumption: 4 mA
minimum.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 NPT.
Mounting Connection: 3/4 NPT.
Drift: 2% RH over 2 years.
Temperature Sensor: Pt 1000 RTD.
RH Temperature Dependance:
<1.5% RH from 14 to 140F
( 10 to 60C).
Temperature Dependance: 0.01C/C.
Housing Material: ABS plastic.
Enclosure Rating: Duct mount
only/IP65.
Weight: 0.6 lb (0.3 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Series
RH-R
Humidity/Temperature Transmitter
Remote Mount, Field Replaceable Sensor Filter, Up to 16 Cable
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Dry clean air.
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100%
RH.
Temperature Range: 40 to 140F
( 40 to 60C).
Accuracy: 2% @ 10 90%.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 140F
( 40 to 60C).
Storage Temperature: 40 to 176F
( 40 to 80C).
Compensated Temperature Range:
4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Power Requirements: 10 35 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA loop powered
or 0 to 10 VDC.
Response Time: Less than 15
seconds.
Electrical Connections: Terminal
block.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 NPT.
Process Connection: 1/2 NPSM.
Drift: Less than 1%/year.
RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer
Cable Length: Up to 16 ft.
Housing Material: Polycarbonate,
aluminum enclosure.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Agency Approvals: CE.
The Series RH-R Humidity Transmitter is the ideal transmitter for those applications
where space is limited. The compact sensor is protected by a removable filter. It can be
mounted up to 16 feet away from the weatherproof base. The Series RH-R is ideal for
environmental chambers, rubber bladder burst detection and air handler applications.
Model
RHU-R004
RHU-R008
RHU-R012
RHU-R016
RHT-R004
RHT-R008
RHT-R012
RHT-R016
Cable
Length
4
8
12
16
4
8
12
16
Description
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
5-1/8
[130.18]
3-45/64
[94.06]
4-1/32
[102.39]
2-41/64
[67.07]
2-1/4
[57.15]
55/64
[21.83]
2-29/64
[11.51]
5/8
[15.88]
2-37/64
[65.48]
Model
RHU-R104
RHU-R108
RHU-R112
RHU-R116
RHT-R104
RHT-R108
RHT-R112
RHT-R116
Cable
Length
4
8
12
16
4
8
12
16
Description
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Model
HT00*
HT01
HT10
HT11
3-5/32
[80.17]
3-5/32
[80.17]
1-1/2
[38.10]
19/32 DIA.
[15.09]
15/32 DIA.
[11.91]
11-5/8 [295.3]
8-1/2 [215.9]
2-1/8
[53.98]
ACCESSORY
HT5, Replacement sensor
Output
Current
Current
Current
Current
Current
Current
Current
Current
Output
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Description
Humidity Transmitter, wall mount
Humidity Transmitter, duct mount
Humidity/Temp Transmitter, wall mount
Humidity/Temp Transmitter, duct mount
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
138
H
u
m
d
t
y
/
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
A
I
R
Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y
Series
RHP-W
Wall Mount Humidity/Temperature/
Dew Point Transmitter
Optional LCD Display, Replaceable Sensors
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH.
Temperature Range: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C) for thermistor and RTD sensors.
20 to 140F ( 28.9 to 60C) for solid state temperature sensors.
Dew Point Temperature Range: 20 to 140F ( 28.9 to 60C); 0 to 100F
( 17.8 to 37.8C); 40 to 90F (4.4 to 32.3C); 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C) field
selectable ranges.
Accuracy:
RH: Model RHP 2XX 2% 10 90% RH @ 25C; Model RHP 3XX 3% 20 80%
RH @ 25C;
Thermistor temperature sensor: 0.4F @ 77F (0.22C @ 25C);
RTD temperature sensor: DIN Class B; 0.54F @ 32F (0.3C @ 0C);
Solid state temperature sensor: 0.9F @ 72F (0.3C @ 25C).
Hysteresis: 1%.
Repeatability: 0.1% typical.
Temperature Limits:
Operating: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C);
Storage: 40 to 176F ( 40 to 80C).
Compensated Temperature Range: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
4-20 mA Loop Powered Models:
Power requirements: 10 35 VDC;
Output signal: 4 20 mA, 2 channels for humidity/solid state temperature sensor
models (loop powered on RH). Switch selectable RH/dew point. Switch
selectable normal or reverse output.
0-5/10V Output Models:
Power requirements: 15 35 VDC or 15 29 VAC;
Output load: 5 mA max., 2 channels for humidity/solid state temperature
sensor models. Switch selectable 0 10V/2 10V or 0 5V/1 5V output. Switch
selectable RH/dew point. Switch selectable normal or reverse output.
Solid State Temperature Sensor Output Ranges: Switch selectable, 20 to
140F ( 28.9 to 60C); 0 to 100F ( 17.8 to 37.8C); 40 to 90F (4.4 to 32.3C);
4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Response Time: 15 seconds.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block.
Drift: <1% RH/year.
RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer.
Enclosure Material: Warm gray polycarbonate.
Display: Optional LCD, backlit on 0 5/10V models. Switch selectable %RH or dew
point, F/C.
Display Resolution: RH: 1%; Temperature: 0.1F (0.1C); Dew Point: 1F (1C).
Weight: 0.3 lb (0.14 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
The Series RHP-W Wall Mount Humidity/Temperature/Dew Point Transmitter is
the most versatile room transmitter on the market. The stylish housing is well vented to
provide air flow across the sensor to improve measurement accuracy. An optional LCD
display can be integral to the transmitter or a remote display can be ordered for building
balancing or LEED
Flowmeter
Air Moving
Section
Battery Pack
Optical Section
Regulations regarding air pollution levels require continuous
monitoring a source and ambient pollutants in areas where
noxious gases are generated. Ambient air quality samplers utilize
either Visi-Float
or Rate-Master
Visi-Float
flowmeter to control CO
2
flow.
037
Chamber
Controls
Visi-Float
Flowmeter
Differential
Pressure Switch
LO
HI
Purge Gas Supply
Rate-Master
Flowmeters
Switchbox
Motor
Generator
To purge motors, generators, switchgear, and industrial instrument
cases, Dwyer
Mini-Master
Flotect
Switch
Circulating
Pump
Condenser
Air Conditioning
Unit
A Dwyer
Series DS-300
averaging Pitot tube. The Capsuhelic
Differential
Pressure Gage
(Brass Option)
Bleed Fittings
Series DS-300
Averaging Pitot Tube
Water Flow
When main pump fails, Flotect
Flotect
flow switch in an
open position. When the main pump fails, the flow will cease. The
flow switch then closes, starting the standby pump.
Check Valve
Main Pump
Supply
Standby Pump
Check Valve
Check Valve
Return
Flotect
Switch
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
154
T
y
p
c
a
A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
F
L
O
W
Prior to atomizing a heated salt solution to produce a fog inside
this corrosion test cabinet, compressed air is bubbled through a
heated water column to properly heat and humidify the air. A
Dwyer
Visi-Float
Flowmeter
Clear Plastic Cover
Physicians and oral surgeons who use anesthesia or analgesia in
their offices on an occasional basis require a system that is
reliable but small and portable. One such system employs special
Dwyer
dual-column Visi-Float
Dual Column
Flow
Patient Mask
O2
Tank
N2O
Tank
In this set-up, the Magnehelic
Durablock
inclined manometer
or Photohelic
switch/gage
provides an alarm signal or shutdown control function. Pressure
sensing taps should be located on the side or top of the pipe or
duct to prevent condensation from draining into sensing lines or
gages.
Measuring air velocity with an orifice plate.
Flow
Orifice Plate
Duct
Static Pressure Taps
Magnehelic
Gage
LO
HI
A total of eleven Dwyer
Rate-Master
flowmeters.
Furnace
Control Panel
Rate-Master
Flowmeters
Conveyor
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 155
T
e
c
h
n
c
a
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
o
n
F
L
O
W
If more convenient, approximate correction factors may be determined
using the following formulas.
A. Pressure: Q2 = Q1 X P1 X T2
P2 X T1
where: Q
1
= Actual or Observed Flowmeter Reading
Q
2
= Standard Flow Corrected for Pressure and Temperature
P
1
= Actual Pressure (14.7 psia + Gage Pressure)
P
2
= Standard Pressure (14.7 psia, which is 0 psig)
T
1
= Actual Temperature (460 R + Temp F)
T
2
= Standard Temperature (530 R, which is 70F)
CONVERSION CURVES FOR GASES
ACTUAL GAS FLOW CORRECTED FOR PRESSURE*
SPEClFIC GRAVITY OF GAS (REFERRED TO AIR)
GAS PRESSURE PSIG BELOW ATMOSPHERE
B. Specific Gravity: Q2 = Q1 X 1
S.G.
where: Q1 = Observed Flowmeter Reading
Q2 = Standard Flow Corrected for Specific Gravity
1 = Specific Gravity of Air
S.G.= Specific gravity of gas being used in flowmeter originally calibrated for air.
Note: The corrections shown in the curves and in the formulas are for variations in specific gravity
and internal pressure* only. Further correction may be necessary for variations in viscosity and
changes in type of flow from laminar to turbulent or vice versa. This is particularly true in the case
of extremely low flows of the lighter gases. Nevertheless these charts and correction factors can
be quite useful when dealing with small changes in pressure* and specific gravity.
*Measured at discharge on all but TMV units. Inlet pressure on TMV models.
EQUIVALENT GAS FLOW CORRECTED FOR SPECIFIC GRAVITY STD. COND.*
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
O
B
S
E
R
V
E
D
F
L
O
W
M
E
T
E
R
R
E
A
D
N
G
G
A
S
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
P
S
G
A
B
O
V
E
A
T
M
O
S
P
H
E
R
E
O
B
S
E
R
V
E
D
F
L
O
W
M
E
T
E
R
R
E
A
D
N
G
0
2
4
6
8
10
15
20
30
40
60
80
100
14 12 10 8 6 4 2
2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3
0.2
0.1
6 7 8 9 10
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
156
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Offering advanced features at low cost, the Series MM flowmeters are ideal
for a wide range of OEM and user applications in medical equipment, air
samplers, gas analyzers, pollution monitors, chemical injectors, cabinet
purging, etc.
The standard Model MMA flowmeter is suitable for both gas and liquid
applications. It can be configured by the user with the parts provided to have
non-removable top or bottom front mounted metering valves or no valve at all.
The transparent nylon material provides high chemical resistance, low moisture
absorption and is transparent to facilitate routine inspection. Using the
assembly key provided, the flowmeter can be disassembled anytime for cleaning
or reconfiguration. In OEM quantities, ultrasonically welded caps or
interchangeable mold cores enable production of the MMA flowmeter with a low
profile or flat front surface where no valve is required.
The MMA is practically unbreakable, mounts easily, and is easy to read. Two
5/16 O.D. mounting connection tubes permit quick push-on connection of
rubber or plastic tubing. A bottom clip for stand up mounting is also provided.
A. Standard Model MMA
B. Standard Model MMA with field configurable valve, bottom mount
C. Standard Model MMA with field configurable valve, top mount
Model MMF-50-PV
1-1/2 scale, with
metering valve, knob.
Model MMF-10
with 1-1/2 scale,
no valve.
Model MMF-10-TMV with
top-mounted valve-for
vacuum service. Use
screwdriver to adjust.
Series
MM
Mini-Master
Flowmeters
Used to Indicate or Manually Control Air or Water
Despite its compactness, the MMA flowmeter features a 2 scale which
combined with precision molding, enables highly repeatable readings to be
made to within 4% accuracy.
Where a compact flowmeter is required to measure small volume air flows, the
Model MMF is recommended. Easy to mount, they require a minimum of panel
space. A white back on the flow tube makes the ball float easy to see. The 1-1/2
scale is highly visible and easy to read. Scale graduations are printed on
aluminum alongside the flow tube (not on it), so the position of ball float is
instantly visible.
The Model MMFs bezel type mounting is modern, attractive and quickly
installed from the front of instrument panel. Two 1/4 O.D. mounting-
connection tubes are integrally molded with flowmeter body. They can be back
connected to flexible rubber or plastic tubing and held in place with two spring
retainers which are furnished. If preferred, connections may be made to metal
or rigid plastic tubing with a double compression fitting or nylon tube union
such as Dwyer Part No. A-328.
Excellent repeatability and 10% accuracy make the MMF flowmeter an
excellent value at its low cost.
A B C
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 157
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Model MMA Model MMF
MMA tubing connections
secured by clamp. Standup
mounting clip shown.
Spring retainers on connection
tubes secure panel mounted
MMA. Compression union, P/N
A 327 shown.
Model MMF connections.
Connector at top, installed in
panel, has retainer and flexible
tubing in place. Connector at
bottom shows alternative
connection with metal or rigid
plastic tubing, using a double
compression nylon tube union
(as Dwyer Part No. A 328).
Model MMF mounts easily from
front of panel. Drill two 9/32 or
5/16 dia. holes in panel on 2
1/16 centers. Insert mounting
connector spuds. From rear, slide
on the two spring retainers
(furnished) and push on rubber or
plastic tubing.
How To Order
MMA Range No.
Example: MMA 4
Series MMA with .5 5 SCFH Air Range
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Body: Nylon 12; O rings: Buna N (optional materials
available); Float: Black glass, K monel, stainless steel, tungsten carbide.
Temperature Limit: 130F (54C).
Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.9 bar) with compression fitting. 50 psi
(3.4 bar) with tubing clamp.
Accuracy: 4% full scale.
Process Connection: 5/16 O.D. for push on rubber or plastic tubing
with provided spring tubing clamp. Connect to rigid tubing with double
compression fitting.
Weight: 1 oz (28.35 g).
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Body: Styrene acrylonitrile; Float: Stainless steel,
black glass, nylon; Valve: Polyurethane.
Temperature Limit: 125F (51C).
Pressure Limit: 50 psi (3.4 bar). Valve option: 10 psi (0.6 bar).
Accuracy: 10% full scale.
Process Connection: 1/4 O.D. for push on rubber or plastic tubing.
Connect to rigid tubing with compression fittings.
Weight: 0.5 oz (14.17 g).
How To Order
MMF Range No. Valve
Example: MMF 1 PV
Series MMF with .1 1 SCFH Air Range with Valve
Range SCFH Air
.1 1
.2 2
1 10
5 50
10 100
Range No.
1
2
10
50
100
Model MMF Mini-Master
Ranges
Range
SCFH Air
.5 2.5
.5 5
1 10
2 20
5 50
10 100
20 200
30 300
Range
No.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Model MMA Mini-Master
Ranges
Range
LPM Air
.2 1.2
.25 2.5
.5 5
1 10
2.5 25
5 50
10 100
15 150
Range
No.
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Range GPH
Water
.5 8
1 16
4 40
5 60
CC/Min. Water
5 50
10 150
20 200
50 500
LPM Water
.1 1.1
.25 2.5
.3 3.5
Range
No.
30
31
32
33
35
36
37
38
40
41
42
Model MMA
A-327, 5/16 Union
Model MMF-X, Standard MMF
Model MMF-X-PV, MMF with bottom mount valve
Model MMF-X-TMV, MMF with top mount valve
A-328, 1/4 Union
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
158
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
The Rate-Master
Flowmeters
Polycarbonate, Gas Flow from 0.05-1800 SCFH, Water Flows to 10 GPM
F
J
BACK WIDTH
K
D
E
G
H
I
FULL OPEN
L
C
B
A
Installation is simple The Rate-Master
flowmeter bodies
can be instantly interchanged. Simply unplug the body from backbone and replace it with
another. O rings provide a tight seal on inlet and outlet. Piping remains undisturbed.
Interchangeability is useful where different scale ranges are sometimes required at the
same location in the laboratory or plant.
Cleaning is easy To release the plastic flowmeter body from the stainless steel
backbone, just remove four screws. Pipe thread flow connections remain undisturbed.
Remove the slide cover and the plug ball stop, clean the flow tube with soap and water and
reassemble. Its that simple.
Series
RM
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
(OPEN)
J
K
L
Model RMA
4 9/16 (11.59)
3 (7.62)
1/8 NPT CONN.
1 5/8 (4.13)
10 32 Thds.
3/8 (.95)
1 1/16 (2.70)
1 3/16 (3.02)
11/16 (1.75)
61/64 (2.42)
1 3/8 (3.49)
3/4 (1.91)
4 13/16 (12.22)
1 (2.54)
Model RMB
8 1/2 (21.59)
6 7/16 (16.35)
1/4 NPT CONN.
3 15/16 (10.00)
1/4 20 Thds.
5/8 (1.59)
1 7/8 (4.76)
1 3/4 (4.45)
1 (2.54)
1 7/16 (3.65)
1 13/16 (4.60)
1 1/4 (3.18)
8 3/4 (22.23)
1 1/2 (3.81)
Dimensions in Inches (Centimeters)
Model RMC
15 1/8 (38.42)
12 1/4 (31.12)
1/2 NPT CONN.
8 3/4 (22.23)
10 32 Thds.
1 (2.54)
2 3/4 (6.99)
2 1/2 (6.35)
1 7/16 (3.65)
1 31/32 (5.00)
2 1/2 (6.35)
2 (5.08)
15 3/8 (39.05)
2 1/4 (5.72)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 159
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Model RMA-2 Scale Model RMB-5 Scale Model RMC-10 Scale
Range
SCFH Air
.05 .5
.1 1
.2 2
.5 5
1 10
2 20
5 50
10 100
15 150
20 200
CC Air/min.
5 50
10 100
30 240
50 500
100 1000
200 2500
LPM Air
.5 5
1 10
2 25
5 50
5 70
10 100
CC Water/min.
5 50
10 110
20 300
Gal.Water/hr
1 11
2 24
4 34
5 50
Range
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
151*
150*
11
12
13
14
26
21
22
23
24
25
32
33
34
42
43
44
45
Range
SCFH Air
.5 5
1 10
3 20
4 50
10 100
20 200
40 400
50 500
60 600
Gal. Water
per hour
1 12
1 20
4 40
10 100
SCFH & LPM
Air
1.2 10/0.6 5
3 20/1.5 9.5
4 50/2 23
10 100/5 50
20 200/5 95
GPH & LPM
Water
1 12/0.06 0.76
1 20/0.065 1.25
10 100/0.8 6.2
Range
No.
49+
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
82
83
84
85
50D
51D
52D
53D
54D
82D
83D
85D
Range
SCFH Air
5 50
10 100
20 200
40 400
60 600
100 1000
120 1200
200 1800
SCFM Air
1 10
2 20
4 30
Gal. Water
per hour
2 20
8 90
Gal.Water
per minute
.1 1
.2 2.2
.4 4
.8 7
1.2 10
Range
No.
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
121
122
123
134
135
141
142
143
144
145
CAUTION
Dwyer
Rate Master
Flowmeters
Used to Indicate or Manually Control Air or Water Flow
Series
VFA
&
VFB
Dimension-In-Inches
A
B
C
D
E
F
I
K
L
M
N
Model VFA
4
3 (1/8 female NPT)
1 5/8 (10 32 Thread)
1/2
1 3/16
1 1/4
2 1/16 (BV or SSV)
4 3/32
1
3/4 (EC)
3/32 (EC)
Model VFB
6 1/2
5 1/2 (1/8 female NPT)
3 1/2 (10 32 thread)
1/2
1 1/2
1 1/4
2 1/16 (BV or SSV)
6 19/32
1 3/8
3/4(EC)
3/32 (EC)
Model VFA and VFB
L
K
N
F
M
A B C
E
D
M
I
FULL OPEN
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 161
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Model VFA 2 Scale
Range SCFH Air
.1 1
.2 2
.6 5
1 10
2 20
4 30
5 50
10 100
20 200
CC Water per min.
6 50
10 100
20 200
Range No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
32
33
34
Range LPM Air
.06 0.5
.15 1
.6 5
1 10
3 25
6 50
10 100
Gal. Water per hour
.6 5
2 10
3 20
8 40
Range No.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
41
42
43
44
Special Multi-Column Visi-Float
Flowmeters
Perfect for OEM applications, Visi-Float
Flowmeters
Used to Indicate Air or Water Flow
Series
VFC
&
VFCII
How To Order
Series Range No. Option
Example: VFC 123 EC
Series VFC with 10 100 SCFM Air Range and 1 female NPT
End Connections
VFCII with 1 MNPT
End Connections
VFC with 1 FNPT
End Connections
VFC with 1 FNPT
Back Connections
1-1/2
[38.10]
3
[76.20]
4-1/2
[114.30]
10-1/2
[266.70]
1-1/2
[38.10]
8-1/2
[215.90]
2 NOM
[50.80]
1-1/32
[26.19]
1-1/8
[28.58]
1-1/8
[28.58]
1-1/2 HEX
[38.10]
1-3/4
[44.45]
1-1/2
[38.10]
11
[279.40]
WITH BACK
CONNECTIONS
VFC Series
Model
VFC-X
VFCII-X
VFC-X-EC
VFCII-X-EC
Description
VFC with 1 FNPT Back Connections
VFCII with 1 MNPT Back Connections
VFC with 1 FNPT In Line End Connections
VFCII with 1 MNPT In Line End Connections
OPTIONS
-VIT, Fluoroelastomer O Rings
-FDA, 316 SS Float & Guide Rod (only available on VFCII
with fluoroelastomer O Rings)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 163
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
VFF
Visi-Float
Flowsetter Flowmeters
Indicate or Manually Control Water Flow, Install in Any Position
Set the desired flow rate with the Series VFF Visi-Float
Flowsetter Flowmeter. Used
to indicate or manually control water flow, the solid acrylic construction allows complete
visual inspection of the unit. Meters can be easily installed in any position and operation and
maintenance is very simple. Designed for use at pressures up to 100 psi (690 kPa) and
temperatures up to 150F (85C), this unit can be used to control water flow in various
applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: 302 & 304 SS, nickel plated brass, acrylic, Buna N, acetal.
Temperature & Pressure Limits: 100 psig @ 150F (85C); 150 psig @ 100F
(38C).
Accuracy: 10% of F.S.
Process Connections: 3/8 female NPT.
Scale Length: 3/4 (19.1 mm) 7/8 (22.2 mm), depending on model.
Mounting Orientation: Any position.
Weight: 4.4 oz (124.7 g).
1.375
[34.92]
3.352
[85.14]
2.483
[63.07]
1.250
[31.75]
Series
OMA
Oxygen Flowmeter
Use to Indicate and Manually Control Oxygen Flow
The Compact Series OMA Oxygen Flowmeter is made especially for medical
applications and manually controlling flow from oxygen generators. Flow levels are kept
stable by precision valve and knob adjustment. The low cost flowmeter is made from durable
clear acrylic plastic. The easy-to-read scale is hot stamped into the acrylic so it will not wear
off. The ball float is highly visible against the light blue background. Readings are repeatable
within 4% full scale accuracy.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Oxygen.
Wetted Materials: Acrylic and electroplated brass; Ball float: SS (OMA 1); Agate
(OMA 2, 3, 4); O ring: NBR.
Pressure Limits: 29 psi (2.0 bar).
Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Accuracy: 4% of full scale.
Connection: 1/4 I.D. tubing.
Mounting: Vertical.
OMA-1 & OMA-2 OMA-3 & OMA-4
DIMENSION-IN INCHES (MM)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Model OMA-1 & OMA-2
3 3/4 (95.25)
7/8 (22.23)
2 49/64 (70.25)
21/64 (8.33)
51/64 (20.24)
M10x1
51/64 (20.24)
Model OMA-3 & OMA-4
4 37/64 (116.28)
7/8 (22.23)
3 35/64 (90.09)
21/64 (8.33)
51/64 (20.24)
M10x1
51/64 (20.24)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Model
OMA-1
OMA-2
OMA-3
OMA-4
Model
VFF-1
VFF-2
VFF-3
ACCESSORY
A-222, .240 I.D. x .375 O.D. tubing
OPTIONS
Add to end of Model Number
VIT, Fluoroelastomer O Rings
SS, 303 SST Fittings
Scale (L/min)
0.1 1.5
0.3 3
0.5 5
1.0 10
Range GPM Water
0.5 2.0
2.0 5.0
5.0 8.5
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
164
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
LFM
Polycarbonate Flowmeter
In-Line or Panel Mount Meters
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water.
Wetted Materials:
Body: Polycarbonate;
Flange nut: ABS;
Float stop: ABS;
O-rings: Fluoroelastomer;
Rod & float: 316 SS;
Connections: Metric union and male NPT fittings-ABS; 90
male NPT elbow fittings-PVC.
Pressure Limit: 120 psi (8.2 bar) at 68F (20C); 90 elbow
fittings 116 psi (8 bar) at 68F (20C).
Accuracy: 5%.
Process Connection: LFMA: 1/2 male NPT. Optional 20 mm
metric union; LFMB: 1/2 male NPT. Optional 20mm metric
union or 1/2 male NPT with 90 elbow.
Weight: LFMA: 2 oz (56.7 g); LFMB: 3 oz (85.0 g).
CAUTION: Series LFM Flowmeters are for indoor use only or
areas without direct sunlight. Polycarbonate is adversely
affected by ultraviolet light.
The New LFM Series Flowmeters are made of injection molded, heat
and chemically resistant polycarbonate bodies and fittings. Series LFM
flow meters have dual scales measuring in both GPM and LPM with 5%
accuracy. A textured background on the body enhances scale readability.
Standard in-line models come with 1/2 male NPT process connections
while panel mount installation is available with 90 elbow fittings that
include panel lock nuts. Various other fittings are available.
6-45/64
[170.26]
3-15/16
[100.1]
1/2 NPT
1-21/32
[42.07]
6-5/16
[160.34]
1/2 NPT
8-55/64
[225.03]
1-63/64
[50.40]
LFMA
LFMB LFMB
LFMA
Model
LFMA-01-A2
LFMA-02-A2
LFMA-03-A2
LFMB-04-A2
LFMB-05-A2
LFMB-06-A2
Range (GPM water)
0.1-1 (.5-4 LPM)
0.2-2 (1-7 LPM)
0.5-5 (1.8-18 LPM)
0.1-1 (.5-4 LPM)
0.2-2 (1-7 LPM)
0.5-5 (1.8-18 LPM)
Process Connection
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
ACCESSORIES
LFMA
A-560, 20 mm Metric Union Fittings-ABS
A-566, 1/2 male NPT Fittings-ABS
LFMB
A-561, 20 mm Metric Union Fittings-ABS
A-567, 1/2 male NPT Fittings-ABS
A-575, 1/2 male NPT with 90 Elbow Fittings-PVC
Float
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 165
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
LFM
Polycarbonate Flowmeter
In-Line or Panel Mount Meters. New Adjustable Set Point Indicator
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water.
Wetted Materials:
Body: Polycarbonate;
Flange nut: ABS;
Float stop: LFMC-ABS; LFMD-polypropylene;
O-rings: Fluoroelastomer;
Rod & float: 316 SS;
Connections:
90 male NPT elbow fittings-PVC.
20 mm metric union fittings-ABS.
32 mm metric union fittings-PVC.
1/2 & 3/4 male NPT fittings for LFMC-ABS.
3/4 male and female NPT fittings for LFMD-PA66 nylon.
Pressure Limit: 120 psi (8.2 bar) at 68F (20C); 90 elbow
fitting 116 psi (8 bar) at 68F (20C).
Accuracy: 5%.
Process Connection: LFMC: 1/2 male NPT. Optional 20 mm
metric union, 3/4 male NPT, or 1/2 male NPT with 90 elbow;
LFMD: 3/4 male NPT. Optional 32 mm metric union, 3/4 female
NPT, or 3/4 male NPT with 90 elbow.
Weight: LFMC: 4 oz (113.4 g); LFMD: 10 oz (283.5 g).
CAUTION: Series LFM Flowmeters are for indoor use only or
areas without direct sunlight. Polycarbonate is adversely
affected by ultraviolet light.
5-9/32
[134.14]
1/2 NPT
8-9/32
[210.34]
1-63/64
[50.40]
6-45/64
[170.26]
9-27/32
[250.03]
2-21/64
[59.13]
3/4 NPT
LFMC
LFMD
The New LFM Series Flowmeters are made of injection molded, heat
and chemically resistant polycarbonate bodies and fittings. Series LFM
flow meters have dual scales measuring in both GPM and LPM with 5%
accuracy. A textured background on the body enhances scale readabil-
ity. Standard in-line models come with 1/2 male NPT connections for
LFMC and 3/4 male NPT connections for LFMD. Panel mount instal-
lation is available with 90 elbow fittings that includes panel lock nuts.
Various other fittings are available.
LFMC
LFMD
Model
LFMC-07-A2
LFMC-08-A2
LFMC-09-A2
LFMD-10-C2
LFMD-11-C2
Range (GPM water)
0.25-2.5 (1-10 LPM)
0.5-5 (1.8-18 LPM)
0.8-8 (3-30 LPM)
0.8-8 (3-30 LPM)
1-10 (4-40 LPM)
Process Connection
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
1/2 male NPT
3/4 male NPT
3/4 male NPT
ACCESSORIES
LFMC
A-562, 20 mm Metric Union Fittings-ABS
A-567, 1/2 male NPT Fittings-ABS
A-568, 3/4 male NPT Fittings-ABS
A-576, 1/2 male NPT with 90 Elbow Fittings-PVC
LFMD
A-563, 32 mm Metric Union Fittings-PVC
A-569, 3/4 male NPT Fittings-Nylon
A-572, 3/4 female NPT Fittings-Nylon
A-577, 3/4 male NPT with 90 Elbow Fittings-PVC
Float
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
166
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
LFM
Polycarbonate Flowmeter
In-Line or Panel Mount Meters. New Adjustable Set Point Indicator
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water.
Wetted Materials:
Body: Polycarbonate;
Flange nut: ABS;
Float stop: Polypropylene;
O-rings: Fluoroelastomer;
Rod & float: 316 SS;
Connections:
Male & female NPT fittings-PA66 nylon;
1 male NPT 90 elbow fittings-PVC;
40 mm metric union fittings-PVC;
63 mm metric union fittings-ABS.
Pressure Limit: 120 psi (8.2 bar) at 68F (20C); 90 elbow
fittings 116 psi (8 bar) at 68F (20C).
Accuracy: 5%.
Process Connection: LFME: 1 male NPT. Optional 40 mm
metric union, 1 female NPT, or 1 male NPT with 90 elbow;
LFMF: 2 male NPT. Optional 63 mm metric union or 2 female
NPT.
Weight: LFME: 15 oz (425.2 g); LFMF: 40 oz (1.1 kg).
CAUTION: Series LFM Flowmeters are for indoor use only or
areas without direct sunlight. Polycarbonate is adversely
affected by ultraviolet light.
The New LFM Series Flowmeters are made of injection molded, heat
and chemically resistant polycarbonate bodies and fittings. Series LFM
flow meters have dual scales measuring in both GPM and LPM with 5%
accuracy. A textured background on the body enhances scale readability.
Standard in-line models come with 1/2 male NPT connections for LFME
and 2 male NPT connections for LFMF. Panel mount installation is
available with 90 elbow fittings that includes panel lock nuts. Various
other fittings are available.
8-55/64
[225.03]
12-19/64
[312.34]
1 NPT
2-27/32
[72.23]
LFME LFMF
11-27/64
[290.12]
15-3/4
[400.05]
2 NPT
3-15/16
[100.01]
LFME LFMF
Model
LFME-12-F2
LFME-13-F2
LFME-14-F2
LFMF-15-I2
LFMF-16-I2
LFMF-17-I2
Range (GPM water)
1.2-12 (5-50 LPM)
2-20 (8-80 LPM)
2.5-25 (10-100 LPM)
2.5-25 (10-100 LPM)
5-45 (20-180 LPM)
7-70 (25-250 LPM)
Process Connection
1 male NPT
1 male NPT
1 male NPT
2 male NPT
2 male NPT
2 male NPT
ACCESSORIES
LFME
A-564, 40 mm Metric Union Fittings-PVC
A-570, 1 male NPT Fittings-Nylon
A-573, 1 female NPT Fittings-Nylon
A-578, 1 male NPT with 90 Elbow Fittings-PVC
LFMF
A-565, 63 mm Metric Union Fittings-ABS
A-571, 2 male NPT Fittings-Nylon
A-574, 2 female NPT Fittings-Nylon
Float
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 167
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Ultra-View
Polysulfone Flowmeter
Monitor Water Flow Rates from .25 to 40 GPM, Air Rates from 1 to 100 SCFM
Series
UV
Setting a new standard in the industry, the Series UV Polysulfone Flowmeter
is an ultra pure, laboratory grade flowmeter (2% F.S. accuracy) that measures
flow in GPM and LPM of water, air and other compatible media. The Series UV
is designed to withstand high temperatures up to 212F (100C) and high pressures
up to 150 psi (10.34 bar). Highly corrosion-resistant, this instrument is an excellent
choice for monitoring many corrosive media. Easy to install and to clean, the
Series UV offers optional panel mount polysulfone fittings and a protective
polycarbonate shield.
APPLICATIONS
Monitor chill water flow
Reverse osmosis systems
Deionized water systems
Potable water systems
Picture above shown with
optional Polycarbonate Shield
12
[307.98]
15
[381.00]
17
[431.80]
1-7/16-18 UNEF
THREADS
1 NPT(M)
THREADS
1-1/2
[38.10]
2-15/16
[74.51]
IN-LINE
THREADS
1 NPT(F)
2-1/2
[63.50]
5
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
1
2
3
4
Drawing at
right shown
with optional
Polysulfone
Fittings. Picture at left
shown with
optional
Polysulfone
Fittings.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Materials: Polysulfone body, fluoroelastomer O rings and virgin
PTFE float.
Temperature Limits: 35 to 212F (2 to 100C); 35 to 130F (2 to 54C)
for PVC fitting option.
Pressure Limit: 150 psi (10.34 bar).
Accuracy: 2% full scale @ 70F 2F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (in line
connection rating only).
Repeatability: 1% full scale @ 70F 2F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (in
line connection rating only).
Process Connections: 1 female NPT. Optional 90 polysulfone elbow
1 male NPT.
Scale Length: 6 (152.40 mm) 7 (177.80 mm), depending on model.
Fitting Torque: Maximum 22 ft lb.
Weight: 1 lb (457 g) for 20 GPM range.
CAUTION: Ball valves can have a water cannon effect on opening,
creating pressure that exceeds the warrantied ratings and will
damage the flowmeter. Series UV Flowmeters are for indoor use only
or areas without direct sunlight. Polysulfone is adversely affected by
ultraviolet light.
Model
UV-0112
UV-1112
UV-2112
UV-3112
UV-4112
UV-5112
Range (GPM water)
0.25 2.5 (1 9.5 LPM)
0.5 5.0 (2 19 LPM)
1.0 10.0 (4 38 LPM)
2.0 20.0 (8 76 LPM)
3.0 30.0 (12 112 LPM)
4.0 40.0 (20 150 LPM)
Body
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Fitting Material
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Model
UV-A112
UV-B112
UV-C112
UV-D112
Range (SCFM air)
1 13 (30 370 LPM)
2.5 28 (70 780 LPM)
5 50 (70 1400 LPM)
14 100 (400 2800 LPM)
Body
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Fitting Material
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
Polysulfone
ACCESSORIES
A-801, Panel Mount Kit, Polysulfone Fittings
A-162, In line Fitting Replacement Kit. Two 1 female NPT connection
fittings included in kit.
OPTIONS
UV-XXXX-SHD, Protective Polycarbonate Shield
UV-XX22, PVC 1 female NPT Fittings
UV-XXXX-CDS, Certified Data Sheet with Traceability to NIST
Float
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Float
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
Virgin PTFE
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
168
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Variable Area Glass Flowmeters
65 mm and 150 mm, 2% FS Accuracy, Interchangeable Flowtubes
Accurately measure flow rates of air, water, and other commonly used gases
with the Series VA Variable Area Glass Flowmeters. Flowmeters are designed
with an easy-to-read universal mm scale and supplied with a correlation chart
containing calibration data for air and water. Correlation data for other gases
and liquids are available. Permanently fused ceramic scale with vertical locator
line reduces parallax and eye fatigue. Thick polycarbonate front shield protects
tube from breakage and also serves as a magnifying lens to enhance reading
resolution.
Glass flowmeters are suitable for metering carrier gases, liquid and gas
measurement in pilot plants, laboratories, process flow and level indicating. Units
are equipped with a standard 6-turn needle valve for flow rate control. High
precision metering valves with non-rising stems (sold separately) are available
for high sensitivity control and resolution particularly suited for very low flow
rates.
Flowmeters are shipped completely assembled and ready for panel mounting.
Use an optional acrylic tripod base to convert to self-standing bench mounting.
1.625
[41.3]
OPEN
1.125
[28.6]
.5
7/8 HEX NUT
1/2
HEX
.5 [12.7]
1.250
[31.8]
9.812
[249]
1/8 NPT
8.812
[224]
1/8 NPT
1.625
[41.3]
OPEN
1.125
[28.6]
.5
7/8 HEX NUT
1/2
HEX
.5 [12.7]
1.250
[31.8]
5.500
[140]
1/8 NPT
1/8 NPT
4.500
[114]
Panel Mounting: Drill two 5/8 dia. holes at 4.5 apart for 65 mm models
and 8.812 apart for 150 mm models (center to center).
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass.
Floats: Glass or stainless steel (sapphire, Carboloy and tantalum are
optional).
Float stops: PTFE.
End fittings: Anodized aluminum, 316 SS or brass.
Packings: Fluoroelastomer.
O rings: Buna N on aluminum models and brass models, and
fluoroelastomer on stainless steel models.
Temperature Limits: 250F (121C).
Pressure Limits: 200 psig (13.8 bar).
Accuracy: 2% FS @ 70F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25% full scale.
Scales: Universal 65 mm or 150 mm with correlation charts.
Turn-down Ratio: 10:1; 20:1 with combinations of two floats installed in
meter.
Connections: Two 1/8 female NPT.
Mounting: Vertical.
Valve: 6 turn needle (standard), optional 16 turn high precision valve.
Valve Orifice: Acetal on aluminum models and brass models, PCTFE
on stainless steel models.
Series
VA
Model 65 mm Scale
Float
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Maximum
Flow Rate (Air)
scfh (ml/min)
0.104 (49)
0.307 (145)
0.220 (104)
0.633 (299)
0.43 (202)
1.1 (522)
2.09 (986)
4.12 (1946)
2.65 (1249)
5.34 (2520)
4.32 (2040)
8.45 (3990)
13.4 (6318)
25.5 (12058)
27.9 (13153)
52.3 (24680)
49.1 (23169)
89.2 (42094)
Maximum
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (ml/min)
0.009 (0.55)
0.038 (2.38)
0.028 (1.8)
0.122 (7.7)
0.041 (2.6)
0.19 (12.0)
0.325 (20.5)
0.881 (55.6)
0.428 (27)
1.125 (71)
0.63 (40)
1.71 (108)
2.33 (147)
5.77 (364)
4.9 (309)
11.81 (745)
8.27 (522)
19.97 (1260)
Float
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Glass
SS
Maximum
Flow Rate (Air)
scfh (ml/min)
0.792 (374)
1.725 (814)
4.9 (2313)
9.67 (4562)
8.07 (3807)
16.08 (7590)
18.38 (8678)
35.5 (16737)
49.9 (23564)
93.9 (44336)
Maximum
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (ml/min)
0.087 (5.5)
0.323 (20.4)
0.848 (54)
2.067 (130)
1.336 (84)
3.34 (217)
3.32 (210)
8.02 (506)
9.0 (568)
21.7 (1370)
Model 150 mm Scale
ACCESSORIES
VA81, High precision valve, 316 SS, 0.42 scfh capacity
VA82, High precision valve, 316 SS, 0.85 scfh capacity
VA83, High precision valve, 316 SS, 2.12 scfh capacity
VA84, High precision valve, 316 SS, 4.87 scfh capacity
VA85, High precision valve, 316 SS, 13.14 scfh capacity
VA86, High precision valve, 316 SS, 45.55 scfh capacity
VA7, Acrylic tripod for single meter
Aluminum
Fittings
VA1043
VA1044
VA1045
VA1046
VA1047
VA1048
VA1049
VA10410
VA10411
VA10412
VA10413
VA10414
VA10417
VA10418
VA10419
VA10420
VA10421
VA10422
SS
Fittings
VA1243
VA1244
VA1245
VA1246
VA1247
VA1248
VA1249
VA12410
VA12411
VA12412
VA12413
VA12414
VA12417
VA12418
VA12419
VA12420
VA12421
VA12422
Brass
Fittings
VA1343
-
VA1345
-
VA1347
-
VA1349
-
VA13411
-
VA13413
-
VA13417
-
VA13419
-
VA13421
-
Aluminum
Fittings
VA20429
VA20430
VA20433
VA20434
VA20435
VA20436
VA20437
VA20438
VA20439
VA20440
SS
Fittings
VA22429
VA22430
VA22433
VA22434
VA22435
VA22436
VA22437
VA22438
VA22439
VA22440
Brass
Fittings
VA23429
VA23433
VA23435
VA23437
VA23439
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 169
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
VA
PTFE/Glass Flowmeters
Variable Area, Universal 65 mm and 150 mm Scales, 2% FS Accuracy
Measure flow of corrosive or ultra-pure liquids or gases with the Series VA Variable
Area PTFE/Glass Flowmeters. Flowmeters are constructed of chemically inert materials
and housed in a rigid anodized aluminum frame with a polycarbonate safety shield. Units
are designed with an easy-to-read universal mm scale and supplied with a correlation chart
containing calibration data for air and water. Correlation data for other gases and liquids
are available.
1.625
[41.3]
OPEN
1.125
[28.6]
.5
7/8 HEX NUT
1/2
HEX
.5 [12.7]
1.250
[31.8]
9.812
[249]
1/8 NPT
8.812
[224]
1/8 NPT
1.625
[41.3]
OPEN
1.125
[28.6]
.5
7/8 HEX NUT
1/2
HEX
.5 [12.7]
1.250
[31.8]
6.16
[156.5]
1/8 NPT
1/8 NPT
5.2
[132.1]
Panel Mounting: Drill two 5/8 dia.
holes at 5.2 apart for 65mm models
and 8.812 apart for 150mm models
(center to center).
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass;
Float: Glass (sapphire optional);
Float stops and end fittings: PTFE;
O rings and packings: PTFE.
Temperature Limits: 15 to 150F
( 26 to 65C).
Pressure Limits: 100 psi (6.7 bar).
Accuracy: 2% FS @ 70F (21.1C)
and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25%.
Leak Integrity: 1 x 10
7
sccs of helium.
Scales: Universal 65 mm or 150 mm
with correlation charts.
Turn-down ratio: 10:1, 20:1 with
combinations of two floats installed in
meter.
Connections: Two 1/8 female NPT.
Mounting: Vertical.
Valve: 6 turn needle.
Valve Orifice: PTFE.
Series
VA-K
Variable Area Flowmeter Kits
Interchangeable Flow Tubes and Floats, 150 mm Universal Scales
7/8 HEX NUT
1/2 HEX
1/8 NPT
1/8 NPT
8-13/16
[223.82]
1/2
[12.75]
1/2
[12.75]
1-1/8
[28.57]
1-5/8
[41.28]
OPEN
9-13/16
[249.22]
1-1/4
[31.75]
SPECIFICATIONS
Scales: Universal 150 mm scales with
correlation chart.
Accuracy: 2% FS @ 70F (21.1C)
and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25% of scale
reading.
Turn-down ratio: 10:1; 20:1 with
combinations of two floats installed in
meter.
Maximum Operating Pressure: 200
psig (13.8 bar).
Maximum Operating Temperature:
250F (121C).
Mounting: Vertical.
Connection: 1/8 female NPT.
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass.
Float: Glass, 316 SS or tantalum.
Float Stops: PTFE.
End Fittings: Anodized aluminum or
316 SS.
Front Shield: Polycarbonate.
Side Panels: Black, anodized
aluminum.
O-rings: Buna N on aluminum models
and fluoroelastomer on stainless steel
models.
Valve Orifice: Acetal on aluminum
models and PCTFE on stainless steel
models.
The Series VA-K Flowmeter Kits offer an economical means of acquiring diverse flow
measurement capability. The kit includes a completely assembled flowmeter (available with
Aluminum or 316 SS end fittings) and three interchangeable 150 mm flow tubes. All flow
tubes are supplied with a glass float installed. Spare 316 SS and Tantalum floats are included
to extend flow capacities. Series VA-K kits also include a high flow valve cartridge, tripod
base, tweezers, pushrod and locking tool for changing floats and flow tubes, correlation
charts and plastic carrying case.
* Flow rates are given for standard pressure and temperature 70F (21C) @ 760
mm Hg.
APPLICATIONS
Kits are ideal for flow applications in air and water analysis, film processing, chemical
processing, gas chromatography, pharmaceutical, alcohol and tobacco production,
pulp and paper, and semiconductor industry.
Float
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Flow Rate (Air)
scfh (ml/min)
0.220 (104)
0.428 (202)
2.646 (1249)
4.322 (2040)
13.39 (6318)
27.9 (13153)
49 (23169)
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (ml/min)
0.028 (1.8)
0.047 (2.95)
0.428 (27)
0.630 (39.7)
2.33 (147)
4.9 (309)
8.27 (522)
Model 65 mm scale
Float
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Flow Rate (Air)
scfh (ml/min)
0.104 (49)
0.792 (374)
1.75 (825)
8.07 (3807)
18.39 (8678)
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (ml/min)
0.01 (0.61)
0.087 (5.5)
0.262 (16.5)
1.34 (84.3)
3.32 (209)
Model 150 mm scale
Max. Flow Rate (mL/min)*
Flow
Tube
Number
042-15
112-02
102-05
044-40
Float Material
Glass
Air
1.8 to 18.6
21 to 374
106 to 3807
962 to 22536
Water
0.02 to 0.19
.023 to 5.5
2 to 84
15 to 541
316 SS
Air
5.8 to 60.6
36 to 814
288 to 7590
Water
0.09 to .945
1.1 to 20.4
6 to 617
Tantalum
Air
2015 to 62588
Water
106 to 2001
ACCESSORY
VA7, Acrylic tripod for single meter
Model VA-K1, Aluminum Flowmeter Kit
Model VA-K2, 316 SS Flowmeter Kit
Valve
VA1545
VA1547
VA15411
VA15413
VA15417
VA15419
VA15421
No Valve
VA1505
VA1507
VA15011
VA15013
VA15017
VA15019
VA15021
Valve
VA25425
VA25429
VA25431
VA25435
VA25437
No Valve
VA25025
VA25029
VA25031
VA25035
VA25037
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
170
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
VAT
Variable Area Fluoropolymer Flowmeter
In-Line, 5% Accuracy, Chemically Inert
Constructed entirely of Fluoropolymers, the Series VAT Flowmeters are ideal for
high purity or corrosive liquid applications. Flowmeters feature a 0-10 scale for flow
indication. Each unit is individually leak tested to a leak integrity rating of 1 x 10
-7
sccs
Helium or better. The Series VAT are designed for in-line mounting and include a removable
protective shield.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: PFA;
Float and end fittings: PTFE;
Guide rods: PCTFE.
Temperature Limit: 250F (121C).
Pressure Limit: 100 psig (6.9 bar).
Accuracy: 5% FS @ 70F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Process Connections: See chart.
Leak Integrity: 1 x 10
7
sccs of helium.
Scale: 0 to 10 markings.
Mounting: Vertical, in line.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A B
Dimensions
Connections
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
Flow Rate
ml/min (gph)
125 (1.98)
250 (3.91)
400 (6.34)
500 (7.92)
1000 (15.85)
2000 (31.69)
2500 (39.62)
3000 (47.54)
5000 (79.23)
Flow Rate
L/min (gpm)
13 (3.43)
20 (5.28)
30 (7.93)
40 (10.57)
45 (11.89)
Connections
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
3/8 female NPT
3/8 female NPT
3/8 female NPT
3/8 female NPT
Series
TVA
All Fluoropolymer Flowmeters
75 mm and 125 mm, 10:1 Turndown, 5% FS Accuracy
Series TVA All Fluoropolymer Flowmeters offer solutions for measuring flow rates of
highly corrosive or ultra-pure liquids. Flowmeters are designed with 0 to 10 scale graduations
denoting a discrete flow rate.
G
NPT
E
F
A
B
C
TYP.
D
.750 TYP.
124101 00
Panel Mounting: Drill two holes: 3/4 dia. at 4.97 apart for 1/4 NPT
models, 7/8 dia. at 4.97 apart for 3/8 NPT models, 1 dia. at 8.72 apart for
1/2 NPT models, and 1 1/4 dia. at 8.47 apart for 3/4 NPT models (center
to center).
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: PFA;
Float and end fittings: PTFE;
Guide rods: PCTFE.
Temperature Limit: 250F (121C).
Pressure Limit: 100 psig (6.9 bar).
Accuracy: 5% FS @ 70F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25%.
Leak Integrity: 1 x 10
7
sccs of helium.
Scales: 0 to 10 markings, 75 mm or 125 mm lengths.
Turn-down Ratio: 10:1.
Mounting: Vertical.
Model Low Range
Model High Range
Connection
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
A
5 11/16 (144)
5 11/16 (144)
10 1/2 (267)
10 1/2 (267)
B
1 1/4 (31.8)
1 1/4 (31.8)
2 (50.8)
2 (50.8)
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (ml/min)
6.34 (400)
15.9 (1000)
39.6 (2500)
79.2 (5000)
Length
75 mm
75 mm
75 mm
75 mm
Model Low Range
Model High Range
Connections
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
3/8 female NPT
3/8 female NPT
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (l/min)
3.43 (13)
7.93 (30)
11.9 (45)
Length
125 mm
125 mm
125 mm
Connections
1/2 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
Model
TVA11XX
TVA13XX
TVA22XX
TVA24XX
A
4.97 [126]
4.97 [126]
8.72 [221]
8.47 [215]
B
0.56 [14]
0.56 [14]
0.88 [22]
1.00 [25]
C
1.06 [27]
1.25 [32]
1.75 [44]
1.75 [44]
D
3.35 [85]
4.65 [118]
4.57 [116]
5.95 [151]
E
1.25 [32]
1.50 [38]
2.00 [51]
2.25 [57]
F
6.16 [156]
6.16 [156]
10.4 [264]
10.4 [264]
G
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
Valve
TVA1113
TVA1115
TVA1317
TVA1319
No Valve
TVA1103
TVA1105
TVA1307
TVA1309
Valve
TVA22110
TVA24112
TVA24114
No Valve
TVA22010
TVA24012
TVA24014
Valve
VAT-311
VAT-312
VAT-313
VAT-314
VAT-315
VAT-316
VAT-317
VAT-318
VAT-319
No Valve
VAT-301
VAT-302
VAT-303
VAT-304
VAT-305
VAT-306
VAT-307
VAT-308
VAT-309
Valve
VAT-6110
VAT-6111
VAT-6112
VAT-6113
VAT-6114
No Valve
VAT-6010
VAT-6011
VAT-6012
VAT-6013
VAT-6014
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 171
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
DR
Direct Reading Glass Flowmeters
65 mm and 150 mm, 5% FS Accuracy, Interchangeable Flowtubes
Use Series DR Glass Flowmeters to accurately measure flow rates of air or water with
the convenience of a direct reading scale. Permanently fused ceramic scale has integral float
guides for optimum float performance. Reflective plastic background and 1.5 X magnification
lens reduces eye fatigue and allows for more accurate readings. Units include a safety blow-
out back panel for additional protection. Flowmeters are shipped completely assembled and
include standard panel mounting hardware for quick installation.
1/8
[3.175]
7-9/16
[192.09]
8-13/16
[223.8]
9-13/16
[249.2]
22/32
[17.48]
5/8
[15.88]
1-1/4 OPEN
[31.75]
1
[25.40]
1-3/8
[34.93]
1/2
[12.70]
5/8
[15.88]
1-1/4
[31.75]
150MM
SCALE
LENGTH
1
[25.40]
PANEL
LOCKNUT (2)
70047600
1/8 NPT
1/8 NPT
ADAPTERS (2)
PANEL LOCKNUTS (2)
1/8
[3.175]
5-1/2
[139.7]
4-1/2
[114.3]
5/8
[15.88]
3-1/4
[82.55]
22/32 DIA. [17.46]
5/8
[15.88]
1/2 [12.70]
1 [25.40]
1-1/4
[31.75]
1
[25.40]
65MM SCALE
LENGTH
5/8
[15.88]
1-1/4
[31.75]
70047500
Panel Mounting: Drill two 5/8 dia. holes at 4.5
apart for 65mm models and 8.812 apart for 150
mm models (center to center).
Add suffix M for metric scale.
* Denotes glass float.
Metric models use ccm as unit of measure.
APPLICATIONS
Glass flowmeters are suitable for metering gases or liquids for film processing, paper
manufacturing, chemical processing, semiconductor industry, water and air pollution
analysis equipment, metals processing, industrial fuel and energy conservation, cylinder
gas metering, and general laboratory and industrial applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetting Materials:
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass;
Float: 316 SS (black glass as indicated);
Float stops: PTFE;
End fittings: Anodized aluminum or 316 SS;
O rings: Buna N on aluminum models and fluoroelastomer on stainless steel
models.
Temperature Limit: 250F (121C).
Pressure Limit: 250 psig (17 bar).
Accuracy: 5% FS @ 70F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25% of scale reading.
Scales: Direct reading 65 mm or 150 mm scales for air or water.
Turn-down Ratio: 10:1.
Connection: 1/8 female NPT.
Mounting: Vertical.
Valve: 6 turn needle (standard on models with valve).
Flow Rate (Air)
scfh (sccm)
0.24 (130
)
0.65 (300
)
1.1 (500
)
2.2 (1000
)
scfh (LPM)
5.6 (2.1)
11 (5)
20 (9.5)
55 (24)
100 (50)
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (sccm)
0.02 (1.5)
0.1 (6.5)
0.13 (8)
0.36 (24)
0.9 (55)
2.2 (140)
4.4 (280)
10 (600)
24 (1500)
Flow Rate (Air)
scfh (sccm)
0.33 (160)
0.54 (270)
2 (840)
scfh (LPM)
3.8 (1.8)
10 (4.8)
16 (7.5)
35 (16)
90 (44)
Flow Rate (H2O)
gph (sccm)
0.05 (3.2)
0.075 (4.6)
0.34 (21)
0.75 (46)
2.2 (140)
3.6 (230)
7.5 (480)
21 (1300)
Model (65 mm scale)
Without Valve
Aluminum
DR10010*
DR10022
DR10030*
DR10042
DR10062
DR10070*
DR10082
DR10090*
DR100102
DR100120*
DR100132
DR100140*
DR100152
DR100172
DR100180*
DR100192
DR100200*
DR100212
SS
DR12010*
DR12022
DR12030*
DR12042
DR12062
DR12070*
DR12082
DR12090*
DR120102
DR120120*
DR120132
DR120140*
DR120152
DR120172
DR120180*
DR120192
DR120200*
DR120212
With Valve
Aluminum
DR10410*
DR10422
DR10430*
DR10442
DR10462
DR10470*
DR10482
DR10490*
DR104102
DR104120*
DR104132
DR104140*
DR104152
DR104172
DR104180*
DR104192
DR104200*
DR104212
SS
DR12410*
DR12422
DR12430*
DR12442
DR12462
DR12470*
DR12482
DR12490*
DR124102
DR124120*
DR124132
DR124140*
DR124152
DR124172
DR124180*
DR124192
DR124200*
DR124212
Model (150 mm scale)
Without Valve
Aluminum
DR20032
DR20082
DR200132
DR200182
DR200232
DR200282
DR200332
DR200382
DR200432
DR200482
DR200532
DR200582
DR200632
DR200682
DR200732
DR200782
SS
DR22032
DR22082
DR220132
DR220182
DR220232
DR220282
DR220332
DR220382
DR220432
DR220482
DR220532
DR220582
DR220632
DR220682
DR220732
DR220782
With Valve
Aluminum
DR20432
DR20482
DR204132
DR204182
DR204232
DR204282
DR204332
DR204382
DR204432
DR204482
DR204532
DR204582
DR204632
DR204682
DR204732
DR204782
SS
DR22432
DR22482
DR224132
DR224182
DR224232
DR224282
DR224332
DR224382
DR224432
DR224482
DR224532
DR224582
DR224632
DR224682
DR224732
DR224782
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
172
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
DR4
High Flow Glass Flowmeters
Direct Reading, 127 mm Scale, 10% FS Accuracy, Interchangeable Flowtubes
10-3/8
[264]
9
[229]
1-1/2
[38.1]
127 MM
SCALE
LENGTH
1-1/2
[38.1]
11/16
[17.5]
3/4
[19] 1-3/8
[35]
1-1/2 [38.1]
VALVE OPEN
3/8
NPT
FEMALE
22/32
[17.46]
7/8
HEX
1/4 HEX NUT
5/8 [15.88]
VALVE CLOSED
Panel Mounting:
Drill two 7/8 dia.
holes at 9 apart.
Series DR4 Glass Flowmeters offer a simplified solution to the problem of fluid flow
indication at higher capacity levels. Flowmeters have a direct reading scale for air or water
and are designed to withstand even the harshest industrial applications. Permanently fused
ceramic scale has integral float guides for optimum float performance. Reflective plastic
background and 1.5 X magnification lens reduces eye fatigue and allows for more accurate
readings. Units include a safety blow-out back panel for additional protection.
Series
IF
Industrial Direct Reading Flowmeter
Air/Water Direct Reading Scale, 304 SS Protective Shield, 3% Accuracy
Add suffix M for metric scale.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass;
Float: 316 SS;
Float stops: PTFE;
End fittings: Brass or 316 SS;
O rings: Buna N on brass models
and fluoroelastomer on SS
models.
Temperature Limits: 250F (121C).
Pressure Limits: 200 psig (13.8 bar).
Accuracy: 10% FS @ 70F (21.1C)
and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25% of scale reading.
Scale: Direct reading 127 mm scales
for air or water.
Turn-down Ratio: 10:1.
Connection: 3/8 female NPT.
Mounting: Vertical.
Valve: 6 turn needle (standard on
models with valve).
Ideal for industrial applications, the Series IF Industrial Direct Reading Flowmeters
are fully enclosed in a brushed stainless steel case. The flowmeters can directly measure
flow rates up to 116 GPM (439 lpm) for water and 250 SCFM (7080 lpm) for air service. The
detachable, clear 3/16 thick polycarbonate front shield provides protection at maximum
rated temperature and pressure. Each unit is designed with female NPT end fittings for
easy in-line installation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquids or gases.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass; float,
guide rods, float stops, end;
Fittings: 316 SS;
O Rings: Fluoroelastomer.
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 200 psi (13.8 bar);
125 psi for tube size 5 & 6.
Accuracy: 3% of full scale.
Repeatability: 0.5% of full scale.
Turndown Ratio: 10:1.
Scale: Dual scale GPM and SCFM.
Process Connection: See table.
Mounting: Vertical.
Front Shield: Polycarbonate.
Side Panels: 304 SS.
Dimensions
[B] [D]
[A] [C]
Flow Rate (Air)
scfm (SLPM)
0.2 4 (5 120)
0.5 11 (20 320)
1 16 (20 500)
Flow Rate (H2O)
GPM (LPM)
0.1 2 (0.5 8)
0.2 4 (1 16)
0.5 5 (1 22)
Model
IF2700
IF2701
IF2702
IF2703
IF2704
IF2705
IF2706
IF2707
IF2708
IF2709
IF2710
Maximum Flow Rate
Water
GPM (LPM)
0.25 (0.95)
0.36 (1.3)
0.76 (3.0)
1 (3.7)
1.5 (5.6)
2.2 (8.2)
3.8 (14)
5 (18)
6 (20)
7.4 (27.5)
9.6 (35)
Air
SCFM (LPM)
1.2 (35)
1.7 (50)
3.3 (90)
4.2 (120)
6.5 (180)
8.5 (250)
16 (475)
21.5 (650)
25.5 (725)
30 (900)
40 (1200)
Tube
Size
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
Model
IF2711
IF2712
IF2713
IF2714
IF2715
IF2716
IF2717
IF2718
IF2719
IF2720
IF2721
Maximum Flow Rate
Water
GPM (LPM)
11 (40)
14 (50)
20 (75)
22 (83)
26 (98)
41 (155)
44 (167)
60 (227)
61 (231)
86 (326)
116 (439)
Air
SCFM (LPM)
47.5 (1400)
62 (1800)
90 (2600)
90 (2550)
160 (4531)
180 (5098)
245 (6938)
250 (7080)
Tube
Size
4
4
4
5
4
6
5
6
5
6
6
Tube
Size
1 and 2
3 and 4
5 and 6
Female
NPT
1/2
1
2
A
2 [50.8]
3.5 [89]
5 [127]
B
9.54 [242]
13.69 [348]
15.59 [396]
C
2.25 [57.2]
3.75 [95.3]
5.25 [133]
D
8.04 [204]
10.50 [267]
11.55 [293]
Model (127 mm scale)
Without Valve
Brass
DR4101
DR4103
DR4104
DR4106
DR4108
DR4109
SS
DR4201
DR4203
DR4204
DR4206
DR4208
DR4209
With Valve
Brass
DR4141
DR4143
DR4144
DR4146
DR4148
DR4149
SS
DR4241
DR4243
DR4244
DR4246
DR4248
DR4249
Pressure Drop
(in H2O)
2
5
6
10
10
14
5
6
10
Pressure Drop
(in H2O)
13
24
39
16
70
5
30
16
40
25
45
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 173
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
RSF
Rotatable Scale Flowmeters
Dual, Rotatable Direct Reading Scales for Air and Water
Series RSF Flowmeters are designed with unique rotatable scales of dual, air-water direct
reading graduations. Flow rate is indicated in SCFM and SLPM for air and GPM and LPM
for water. Graduations are marked on a rotating, polycarbonate tubeshield which also serves
to protect the borosilicate glass flowtube. Flowmeters include a reflective plastic background
and 1.5 X magnification lens to reduce eye fatigue and allow for more accurate readings. A
blow-out back panel provides additional protection in the event of breakage. Series RSF
Flowmeters are available in vertical in-line mounting or panel mounting. Units are shipped
completely assembled and include standard mounting hardware for quick installation.
3/8-18 NPT
TYP 2 PLACES
11-1/8
[282.58]
10-3/8
[263.53]
3/4
[19.05]
2
[50.80]
1-3/4
[44.45]
1-7/8
[47.63]
10-3/8
[263.53]
3/4
[19.05]
2
[50.80]
1-1/2
[38.10]
1-7/8
[47.63]
9-15/32
[240.51]
3/8-18 NPT
TYP 2 PLACES
IN-LINE METER PANEL MOUNT METER
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass.
Float: Brass/SS models: 316 SS; PTFE models: PTFE.
Tube shield: Polycarbonate
Float stops: Brass/SS models: 316 SS; PTFE models: PTFE.
End fittings: Brass/SS models: Brass or 316 SS; PTFE models: PTFE.
O rings: Brass/SS models: Fluoroelastomer; PTFE models: PTFE.
Temperature Limit: 250F (121C). PTFE models: 150F (65C).
Pressure Limit: 150 psig (10.34 bar) @ 200F (93C). PTFE models: 100 psig
(6.7 bar).
Accuracy: 7% FS.
Repeatability: 0.25% FS.
Scale: Direct Reading 127 mm scales for air and water.
Turn-Down Ratio: 10:1.
Connections: Two 3/8 female NPT.
Mounting: Vertical or panel mount.
Panel Cutout: Drill two 7/8 diameter holes 9.0 (229 mm) apart (for panel mount
meters only).
Valve: 6 turn needle (standard on models indicating with valve).
Agency Approvals: CE.
APPLICATIONS
Flowmeters are suitable for metering air or water for film processing, paper
manufacturing, chemical processing, semiconductor industry, water and air pollution
analysis equipment, metals processing, industrial fuel and energy conservation, air
metering, and general laboratory and industrial applications.
Max. Flow Rate
Air scfm
(SLPM)
5 (140)
10 (280)
15 (425)
20 (575)
30 (900)
Water GPM
(LPM)
1.2 (4)
2 (8)
3 (11.5)
4 (15)
5 (20)
Max. Flow Rate
Air scfm
(SLPM)
5 (140)
10 (280)
15 (425)
20 (575)
30 (900)
Water GPM
(LPM)
1.2 (4)
2 (8)
3 (11.5)
4 (15)
5 (20)
Max. Flow Rate
Air scfm (SLPM)
3.5 (100)
7 (200)
10.5 (300)
14 (400)
17.5 (500)
Water GPM (LPM)
0.8 (3)
1.5 (5.75)
2.2 (8.25)
2.9 (11)
3.5 (13.25)
Max. Flow Rate
Air scfm (SLPM)
3.5 (100)
7 (200)
10.5 (300)
14 (400)
17.5 (500)
Water GPM (LPM)
0.8 (3)
1.5 (5.75)
2.2 (8.25)
2.9 (11)
3.5 (13.25)
Brass & SS Vertical In-Line Meters
Without Valve
Brass
RSF011
RSF012
RSF013
RSF014
RSF015
SS
RSF111
RSF112
RSF113
RSF114
RSF115
With Valve
Brass
RSF011V
RSF012V
RSF013V
RSF014V
RSF015V
SS
RSF111V
RSF112V
RSF113V
RSF114V
RSF115V
Brass & SS Panel Mount Meters
Without Valve
Brass
RSF021
RSF022
RSF023
RSF024
RSF025
SS
RSF121
RSF122
RSF123
RSF124
RSF125
With Valve
Brass
RSF021V
RSF022V
RSF023V
RSF024V
RSF025V
SS
RSF121V
RSF122V
RSF123V
RSF124V
RSF125V
PTFE Vertical In-Line Meters
Without Valve
RSF211
RSF212
RSF213
RSF214
RSF215
With Valve
RSF211V
RSF212V
RSF213V
RSF214V
RSF215V
PTFE Panel Mount Meters
Without Valve
RSF221
RSF222
RSF223
RSF224
RSF225
With Valve
RSF221V
RSF222V
RSF223V
RSF224V
RSF225V
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
174
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Series
MTF
Multitube Flow Systems
Customize to Fit Application, 65 mm or 150 mm Variable Area Flow Tubes
Customize flow systems to meet application requirements. Systems can be configured
with up to six different flow tubes with various flow capacities and flow patterns. The
Series MTF Multitube Flow Systems are ideal for multichannel metering, mixing, or
monitoring applications.
To customize your flow system:
1) Determine the flow pattern required for the application (see below).
2) Select a 65 mm or 150 mm frame (next page), along with the appropriate number
of tubes required, flow pattern, and wetted parts. Choose a 150 mm Gas
Proportioner Frame (Series MTP) to blend 2 or 3 gases at required concentrations.
Gas proportioner frames are typically used at 50 psi.
3) Choose the appropriate 65 mm or 150 mm correlated flow tubes (next page), for
air or water.
4) Select a valve cartridge if desired that matches the range of the flow tube (next
page).
SPECIFICATIONS
Scales: Universal 65 mm or 150 mm scales with correlation charts.
Accuracy: 2% FS @ 70F (21.1C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute).
Repeatability: 0.25% of scale reading.
Turn-down Ratio: 10:1, 20:1 with combinations of two floats installed in meter.
Maximum Operating Pressure: 200 psig (13.8 bar).
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250F (121C).
Mounting: Vertical.
Connection: 1/8 female NPT.
Flowtube: Borosilicate glass.
Float: 316 SS or black glass as indicated.
Float Stops: PTFE.
End Fittings: Anodized aluminum or 316 SS.
Front Shield: Polycarbonate.
Side Panels: Black, anodized aluminum.
O-rings: Buna N on aluminum models and fluoroelastomer on stainless steel models.
[H] [A]
[W]
1/2
[12.70]
[O]
1/8 FEMALE NPT
9/16-18
[14.29]
35/64
[13.97]
1-27/32
[46.99]
OPEN
1-1/8
[28.70]
Dimensions
Isolated parallel channels
Common exhaust with
parallel inlets
Common inlet with
parallel exhausts
DIM A
Scale
Length
65 mm
150 mm
DIM H
5 1/2
[139.70]
9 13/16
[249.25]
DIM O
4 1/2
[114.30]
8 13/16
[223.85]
1 tube
1 1/4
[31.75]
1 1/4
[31.75]
2 tubes
2 1/4
[57.15]
2 1/4
[57.15]
3 tubes
3 1/4
[82.55]
3 1/4
[82.55]
4 tubes
4 1/4
[107.95]
4 1/4
[107.95]
5 tubes
5 1/4
[133.35]
5 1/4
[133.35]
6 tubes
6 1/4
[158.75]
6 1/4
[158.75]
DIM W
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 175
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
V
a
r
a
b
e
A
r
e
a
F
L
O
W
Valve Cartridges
For metering or mixing applications, complete your multitube flow system by
selecting a valve cartridge suitable for the flow range. Choose a standard 6 turn
valve or high precision 16 turn valve.
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Parts 6-turn Valves: For Aluminum frames: Aluminum body, 316 SS
spindle, Acetal orifice, Buna N O rings; for 316 SS frames: 316 SS body, 316
SS spindle, PCTFE orifice, Fluoroelastomer O rings.
Wetted Parts 16-turn Valves: For Aluminum frames: Brass body, 316 SS
spindle, PCTFE orifice, Buna N O rings; for 316 SS frames: 316 SS body, 316
SS spindle, PCTFE orifice, Fluoroelastomer O rings.
Flow Rate (Air)
mL/min
0 to 5000
5001 to 10000
10001 and above
Flow Rate (H2O)
mL/min
0 to 125
126 to 325
326 and above
Flow Rate (Air)
mL/min
0 to 200
201 to 400
401 to 1000
1001 to 2500
2501 to 6200
6201 and above
Flow Rate (H2O)
mL/min
0 to 6
7 to 12
13 to 26
27 to 80
81 to 200
201 and above
Model
MTF-1621
MTF-2621
MTF-1622
MTF-2622
MTF-1631
MTF-2631
MTF-1632
MTF-2632
MTF-1641
MTF-2641
MTF-1642
MTF-2642
MTF-1651
MTF-2651
MTF-1652
MTF-2652
MTF-1661
MTF-2661
MTF-1662
MTF-2662
Pattern
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Tube Capacity
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
65 mm Frames
*Flow rates are given for standard pressure and
temperature 70F (21C) @ 760 mm Hg.
Model
FT-741
FT-743
FT-746
FT-748
FT-750
FT-752
FT-753
FT-754
Max. Flow Rate Air
.60 SCFM
2.2 SCFH
6.0 SCFH
10.0 SCFH
18.0 SCFH
25.0 SCFH
50.0 SCFH
90.0 SCFH
65 mm Direct Reading Flow Tubes
Model
FT-61
FT-62
FT-63
FT-64
FT-67
FT-68
FT-611
FT-612
FT-613
FT-614
FT-617
FT-618
FT-621
FT-622
Max. Flow Rate (mL/min)*
Air
6
17
49
145
202
522
1249
2520
2040
3990
6318
12058
23169
42094
65 mm Correlated Flow Tubes
Water
0.07
0.28
0.55
2.38
2.60
12.0
27
71
40
108
147
364
522
1261
Model
MTF-1121
MTF-2121
MTF-1122
MTF-2122
MTF-1131
MTF-2131
MTF-1132
MTF-2132
MTF-1141
MTF-2141
MTF-1142
MTF-2142
MTF-1151
MTF-2151
MTF-1152
MTF-2152
MTF-1161
MTF-2161
MTF-1162
MTF-2162
Pattern
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Isolated
Isolated
Common
Common
Tube Capacity
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
150 mm Frames
Model
MTP-112
MTP-212
MTP-113
MTP-213
Tube Capacity
2
2
3
3
150 mm Gas Proportioner Frames
Model
FT-242
FT-244
FT-245
FT-247
FT-248
FT-249
FT-251
FT-253
FT-254
FT-255
Max. Flow Rate Air
1.50 SCFM
2.50 SCFH
5.00 SCFH
8.25 SCFH
10.0 SCFH
16.5 SCFH
23.0 SCFH
50.0 SCFH
90.0 SCFH
94.0 SCFH
150 mm Direct Reading Flow Tubes
Model
FT-123
FT-124
FT-125
FT-126
FT-127
FT-128
FT-129
FT-130
FT-133
FT-134
FT-137
FT-138
FT-139
Max. Flow Rate (mL/min)*
Air
19
61
49
137
92
264
374
814
2313
4562
8678
16737
22536
150 mm Correlated Flow Tubes
Water
0.19
0.94
0.53
2.45
0.90
4.70
5.50
20.4
54
130
210
506
541
Model Standard Valve 6-turn
Aluminum
FV-11
FV-12
FV-13
SS
FV-21
FV-22
FV-23
Model High Precision Valve 16-turn
Aluminum
FVH-11
FVH-12
FVH-13
FVH-14
FVH-15
FVH-16
SS
VA81
VA82
VA83
VA84
VA85
VA86
Wetted Parts
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Float
Carboloy
Glass
Glass
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
Float
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Wetted Parts
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Wetted Parts
Aluminum
316 SS
Aluminum
316 SS
Float
316 SS
Carboloy
Glass
Glass
316 SS
316 SS
Carboloy
Glass
316 SS
316 SS
Float
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
316 SS
Glass
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
176
F
l
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
i
n
e
F
L
O
W
Series RMV Rate-Master
Dial-Type Flowmeters
Brass Body; Three Ranges to 20 GPM Water
Model
RMV-1-3
RMV-2-3
RMV-3-3
RMV-1-2
RMV-2-2
RMV-3-2
RMV-1-1
RMV-2-1
RMV-3-1
Range, GPM Water g ,
0-5
0-10
0-20
0-5
0-10
0-20
0-5
0-10
0-20
Connection Size
1 female NPT
1 female NPT
1 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
Series
RMV
Series RMV II Rate-Master
Dial-Type Flowmeter
For Panel Mounting, Three Ranges to 10 GPM Water
5-7/8 DIA.
[149.2]
120
TYP.
(3) 7/32 DIA. (5.556)
HOLES ON 5-3/8 DIA.
(136.5) BOLT CIRCLE
4.440
[112.8]
3/4 NPT
1.250
[31.75]
1.0
[25.4]
.350
[8.890]
4.645
[118.0]
1.300
[33.02]
*FITS IN ANSI STANDARD 4.940 [125.5] PANEL CUTOUT.
Model
RMVII-1
RMVII-3
RMVII-6
RMVII-10
Range
GPM Water
0-3
0-5
0-10
Range
SCFM
0-10
Range
LPMAir
0-280
Model
RMVII-12
RMVII-14
RMVII-20
RMVII-21
RMVII-22
Range
GPM Oil
0-2.2
0-4.0
0-18.5
Range
SCFM
0-30
0-50
Range
LPMAir
0-850
0-1400
Range
LPM Oil
0-8
0-15
0-32
176.P.N:Layout 2 2/17/11 10:30 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 177
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Series
HFPC
&
HFPS
Plastic Flowmeters
5% FS Accuracy, Mount in any Position
The New HFPC & HFPS Series Flowmeters are made of injection molded, polycarbonate
and polysulfone bodies. Series HFPC and HFPS flowmeters have dual scales measuring in
both GPM and LPM with 5% full scale accuracy. Models are available with 1/2, 3/4 or 1
male or female NPT connections. Female 1/2, 3/4 and 1 BSPP connections are also
available. Rugged construction allows these meters to handle maximum pressures of 325
psig and 200F. Units can be mounted in any position, even applications with downward
flow.
CAUTION: Series HFPC & HFPS Flowmeters are for indoor use only or areas
without direct sunlight. Polycarbonate & polysulfone are adversely affected by
ultraviolet light.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: HFPC: Polycarbonate body, Buna N seals, stainless steel
spring, Polysulfone connections; HFPS: Polysulfone body, Buna N seals, stainless
steel spring, polysulfone connections.
Maximum Pressure: 325 psig (22.4 bar).
Maximum Temperature: HFPC: 200F (93C); HFPS: 250F (121C).
Accuracy: 5% FS.
Repeatability: 1% FS.
Pressure Loss: See chart.
Weight: Standard models 1 lb (453.6 g). Models with optional brass connections
2 lb (907 g).
FLOW RATE: GPM
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
D
I
F
F
E
R
E
N
T
I
A
L
:
P
S
I
D
TYPICAL PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL
2-7/16
[61.91]
L
Meter Size
1/2 male
1/2 female
3/4 male
3/4 female
1 male
1 female
DIM L
7 11/16 [195.26]
7 5/32 [181.76]
8 1/32 [204.00]
7 9/16 [192.09]
8 3/32 [205.58]
7 9/16 [192.09]
Series
Wetted Parts
Connection
Range
Option
HF
PC
PS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
BC
Series HF Plastic Flow Meters
Polycarbonate Body, Polysulfone Connections
Polysulfone Body, Polysulfone Connections
1/2 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
1 female NPT
1/2 male NPT Brass Connections Only
3/4 male NPT Brass Connections Only
1 male NPT Brass Connections Only
1/2 female BSPP
3/4 female BSPP
1 female BSPP
.5 5 GPM (1 19 LPM)
1 10 GPM (3.8 38 LPM)
2 15 GPM (7.5 55 LPM)
3 30 GPM (11 113 LPM)
Brass Connections
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
178
F
l
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
i
n
e
F
L
O
W
Low cost, Series HF In-Line Flow Monitors have a design based on a
floating sharp-edged orifice disk and variable area flow measurement to yield
accuracy of 2.5% over center one-third of scale. This unique design allows
accurate performance with fluid viscosities up to 500 SSU. All internal wetted
parts are contained inside a sealed metal tubular casing assuring a virtually
maintenance-free unit. Flowing media forces linear motion of a spring loaded,
sharp edge orifice disk and ring shaped transfer magnet which both ride on a
tapered center shaft. The transfer magnet drives a clearly visible magnet
follower located outside the flow tube, protected under the clear polycarbonate
tube. A ring on the magnet follower indicates flow rate on the direct reading
scale. Rubber bumpers are provided for external impact resistance.
Designed for single-direction flow, Series HF Monitors are recommended for use
with system filtration of at least 74 microns or a 200 mesh screen. Some
applications may also require magnetic filtration. These flowmeters do not require
inlet or outlet straight plumbing and can be mounted horizontally, vertically, or
inverted.
APPLICATIONS
HF Flow Monitors can be used to set flow rates, fluid motor and cylinder
speeds. Check pump high pressure performance, pressure relief valve
settings, fluid handling systems in agricultural, construction or industrial
machinery, power tools and equipment. Monitor petrochemical operations
with brass or stainless steel models. Industrial pneumatic systems air flow
can be monitored with the HFA models which are calibrated at 100 psig inlet
pressure.
Connection
Size
1/4 to 1/2 NPT
3/4 to 1 NPT
1-1/2 NPT
2 NPT
A
Reference
1-7/8 (48 mm)
2-3/8 (60 mm)
3-1/2 (89 mm)
3-1/2 (89 mm)
B
Wrench Flats
1-1/4 (32 mm)
1-3/4 (45 mm)
2-5/8 (67 mm)
2-5/8 (67 mm)
C
Reference
6-9/16 (167 mm)
7-1/8 (181 mm)
10-1/8 (257 mm)
12-5/8 (321 mm)
Series
HF
In-Line Flow Monitors
For Air, Water or Caustic Fluids, 2.5% Accuracy, Unrestricted Mounting
[A]
[C]
[B]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials: HFA: Aluminum casing, Buna-N seals, PTFE coated
Alnico magnet, stainless steel disk; HFB: Brass casing, Buna-N seals,
PTFE coated Alnico magnet, stainless steel disk; HFS: 303 stainless
steel casing, FKM seals with PTFE backup, PTFE coated Alnico
magnet, stainless steel disk; HFH: Brass casing, FKM seals with PTFE
backup, PTFE coated Alnico magnet, stainless steel disk.
Maximum Viscosity: 500 SSU.
Temperature Limits: HFA, HFL, HFB and HFS models: 240F (116 C);
HFH models: 400F (204C).
Pressure Limits: HFA models: 600 psig (41 bar); HFL, HFB and HFH
models: 3500 psig (240 bar); HFS: 1000 psig (70 bar) for air and gas,
6000 psig (413 bar) for liquids.
Accuracy: 4% FS over entire range; 2.5% over center third of the
measuring range.
Repeatability: 1% of full scale.
Shipping Weight: 1/4 to 1/2 female NPT models; 2 lb (0.9 kg); 3/4 to
1 female NPT models: 3.5 lb (1.59 kg); 1-1/2 female NPT models: 11 lb
(5 kg); 2 female NPT models: 13.5 lb (6.12 kg).
178.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 11:08 AM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 179
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Connection (NPT female, dry seal)
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
Range scfm (lps)
1.5 12 (0.5 5.5)
4 23 (2 10)
5 50 (2.5 25)
10 100 (5 45)
1.5 12 (.5 5.5)
4 23 (2 10)
5 50 (2.5 25)
10 100 (5 45)
1.5 12 (.5 5.5)
4 23 (2 10)
5 50 (2.5 25)
10 100 (5 45)
5 50 (3 23)
10 100 (4 48)
15 150 (8 56)
30 330 (20 150)
5 50 (3 23)
10 100 (4 48)
15 150 (8 56)
30 330 (20 150)
30 470 (15 220)
150 900 (75 425)
30 470 (15 220)
150 900 (75 425)
Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel for air and other non-corrosive gases:
Brass body for water based fluids (non-steam): Aluminum body for oil based fluids:
Model
HFB-2-05
HFB-3-15
HFB-3-20
HFB-4-35
HFB-5-50
HFB-5-100
HFB-6-75
HFB-6-150
Connection
Size
1/2 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
1 female NPT
1 1/2 female NPT
1 1/2 female NPT
2 female NPT
2 female NPT
Model
HFL-2-05
HFL-4-25
Connection
Size
1/2 female NPT
1 female NPT
304 SS body for high-pressure fluids:
Model
HFS-2-02
HFS-2-10
Connection
Size
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
Brass body high temperature 400F for water based fluids:
Model
HFH-2-05
HFH-2-10
HFH-4-35
Connection
Size
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
1 female NPT
Range, Water
GPM (LPM)
0.5 5.0 (1 19)
2 15 (7.5 55)
2 20 (7.5 75)
5 35 (19 130)
5 50 (19 189)
10 100 (38 379)
8 75 (31 284)
20 150 (76 568)
Range, GPM
(LPM) Oil
0.5 5.0 (1 19)
2 25 (7.5 95)
Range, Water
GPM (LPM)
0.2 2.0 (0.75 7.5)
0.5 10 (1.9 38)
Range, Water
GPM (LPM)
0.5 5.0 (1 19)
1 10 (3.8 38)
5 35 (19 130)
Aluminum
HFA-1-001
HFA-1-002
HFA-1-003
HFA-1-004
HFA-8-001
HFA-8-002
HFA-8-003
HFA-8-004
HFA-2-001
HFA-2-002
HFA-2-003
HFA-2-004
HFA-3-003
HFA-3-004
HFA-3-005
HFA-3-006
HFA-4-003
HFA-4-004
HFA-4-005
HFA-4-006
HFA-9-007
HFA-9-008
HFA-5-007
HFA-5-008
Brass
HFB-1-001
HFB-1-002
HFB-1-003
HFB-1-004
HFB-8-001
HFB-8-002
HFB-8-003
HFB-8-004
HFB-2-001
HFB-2-002
HFB-2-003
HFB-2-004
HFB-3-003
HFB-3-004
HFB-3-005
HFB-3-006
HFB-4-003
HFB-4-004
HFB-4-005
HFB-4-006
HFB-9-007
HFB-9-008
HFB-5-007
HFB-5-008
Stainless Steel
HFS-1-001
HFS-1-002
HFS-1-003
HFS-1-004
HFS-8-001
HFS-8-002
HFS-8-003
HFS-8-004
HFS-2-001
HFS-2-002
HFS-2-003
HFS-2-004
HFS-3-003
HFS-3-004
HFS-3-005
HFS-3-006
HFS-4-003
HFS-4-004
HFS-4-005
HFS-4-006
HFS-9-007
HFS-9-008
HFS-5-007
HFS-5-008
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
180
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Range
0.2 5.4 GPM Water (0.75 21 LPM)
0.2 10 GPM Water (1 35 LPM)
0.5 23 GPM Water (0.5 90 LPM)
0.5 35 GPM Water (2 130 LPM)
1 50 GPM Water (8 200 LPM)
2 70 GPM Water (2 265 LPM)
4 120 GPM Water (15 450 LPM)
2 50 SCFM Air (4 85 M
3
/HR)
6 125 SCFM Air (10 210 M
3
/HR)
4 260 SCFM Air (10 440 M
3
/HR)
2 310 SCFM Air (10 530 M
3
/HR)
10 515 SCFM Air (20 880 M
3
/HR)
35 750 SCFM Air (40 1300 M
3
/HR)
20 1000 SCFM Air (40 1700 M
3
/HR)
Max. Pressure
Loss (in w.c.)
17.2
22.0
75.0
18.5
26.0
80.0
130.0
4.5
11.8
93.0
12.0
40.0
70.0
90.0
Connection
3/4
3/4
3/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
Series
SSM
&
SSB
All Metal Flowmeter
Available in Brass or Stainless Steel for Industrial Environment
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Material: T316 SS or brass body depending on series, Alnico
magnet, FKM O ring.
Temperature Limits: 300F (149C).
Pressure Limits: 3/4 models: 1000 psig (68.9 bar) @ 250F (121C),
1 1/2 models: 800 psig (55 bar) @ 250F (121C).
Accuracy: 2% full scale.
Repeatability: 0.5% of indicated flow rate.
Process Connections: 3/4 or 1 1/2 female NPT.
Scale Length: 3/4 models: 3.2 (8 cm); 1 1/2 models: 5.2 (13 cm).
Weight: 3/4 models: 5 lb (2.3 kg); 1 1/2 models: 13 lb (5.9 kg).
Series SSM 316 & SSB All Metal Flowmeters are ideal for dirty or opaque
fluids, high temperature and high pressure service and harsh environments. The
direct reading scale provides 2% accuracy on approximate 25 to 1 ranges, which
are wider than typical variable area ball float flow meters. The internal magnet
carries the external flow indicator in a non-wetted enclosure. Flowmeters can
quickly be disassembled without removing the body from the pipeline for easy
cleaning. Pipe adaptors may be used to adapt to alternate size liner without
altering accuracy.
10.780
[273]
2.810
[71.4]
2.680
[68]
4.026
[102]
3/4 NPT
1.350 [34.3]
2.754
[70]
15.640
[397]
4.503
[114]
3.710
[94]
5.695
[145]
2.480
[63]
4.010
[101.8]
1-1/2 NPT
124072
3/4 Models 1-1/2 Models
316 SS
Body
SSM-00
SSM-01
SSM-02
SSM-03
SSM-04
SSM-05
SSM-06
SSM-07
SSM-08
SSM-09
SSM-10
SSM-11
SSM-12
SSM-13
Brass
Body
SSB-00
SSB-01
SSB-02
SSB-03
SSB-04
SSB-05
SSB-06
SSB-07
SSB-08
SSB-09
SSB-10
SSB-11
SSB-12
SSB-13
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 181
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Stainless Steel Flowmeters
Ideal for Steam Applications
Series
STFLO
The STFLO Series Stainless Steel Flowmeters are ideal for high temperature and
high pressure applications such as steam. The direct reading scale provides 2% accuracy.
These flowmeters can be quickly disassembled without removing the body from the pipeline
for easy cleaning.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible with liquids and gases.
Wetted Material: T316 SS, Alnico magnet, geothermal EPR O ring.
Temperature Limits: See chart.
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Accuracy: 2% full scale.
Repeatability: 0.5% of indicated flow rate.
Process Connections: 3/4 or 1 1/2 female NPT, optional flange connections.
Scale Length: 3/4 models: 3.2 (8 cm); 1 1/2 models: 5.2 (13 cm).
Weight: 3/4 NPT models: 5.75 lb (2.6 kg); 1 1/2 NPT models: 14 lb (6.4 kg). 3/4
Flange: 9.75 lb (4.4 kg); 1 1/2 Flange: 22 lb (10 kg).
Meter Size
& Material
(3/4 NPT)
(1 1/2 NPT)
0F
(-18C)
1000 (68.9)
800 (55)
70F
(21C)
1000 (68.9)
800 (55)
300F
(148C)
1000 (68.9)
800 (55)
350F
(176C)
990 (68.2)
790 (54.4)
400F
(204C)
970 (66.8)
780 (53.7)
450F
(232C)
950 (65.5)
770 (53)
500F
(260C)
930 (64.1)
760 (52.4)
600F
(315C)
900 (62)
750 (51.7)
MAXIMUM NON-SHOCK WORKING PRESSURE, psig (bar)
4-1/32
[102.25]
2-11/16
[68.07]
IN
10-21/32
[270.78]
OUT
2-13/16
[71.37]
2-3/4
[69.95]
1-11/32
[34.29]
3/4 NPT
15-21/32
[397.28]
IN
OUT
4-1/2
[114.38]
3-23/32
[94.23]
5-11/16
[144.65]
1-1/2 NPT
2-15/32
[62.99]
4
[101.85]
3
[76.20]
5
[127.00]
4-31/32
[125.98]
5
[127.00]
6-13/16
[172.97]
3-1/2
[88.91]
3-7/8
[98.55]
2-3/4
[69.85]
2-1/8
[53.59]
3
[76.20]
4-1/2
[114.30]
3-11/16
[93.73]
3-9/16
[90.43]
3-7/8
[98.55]
Range
2.3 50 lb/Hr. Steam
5 100 lb/Hr. Steam
5 150 lb/Hr. Steam
9.5 240 lb/Hr. Steam
14 335 lb/Hr. Steam
18.5 405 lb/Hr. Steam
28.5 770 lb/Hr. Steam
28.5 1230 lb/Hr. Steam
7 100 lb/Hr. Steam
7 150 lb/Hr. Steam
14.5 335 lb/Hr. Steam
24 800 lb/Hr. Steam
28.5 1200 lb/Hr. Steam
14.5 1480 lb/Hr. Steam
35 1825 lb/Hr. Steam
125 3550 lb/Hr. Steam
150 4750 lb/Hr. Steam
Model
STFLO-00
STFLO-01
STFLO-02
STFLO-03
STFLO-04
STFLO-05
STFLO-06
STFLO-07
STFLO-08
STFLO-09
STFLO-10
STFLO-11
STFLO-12
STFLO-13
STFLO-14
STFLO-15
STFLO-16
3/4 NPT CONNECTION 1-1/2 NPT CONNECTION
3/4 FLANGE CONNECTION 1-1/2 FLANGE CONNECTION
Note: For ranges calibrated for water or air contact the factory.
OPTIONS
If you wish to change 3/4 NPT to 3/4 Flanged Connection, add F1 to the end of the
model number. If you wish to change 1 1/2 NPT to 1 1/2 Flanged Connection, add
F2 to the end of the model number.
F1, 3/4 150 lb ANSI flange connection
F2, 1 1/2 150 lb ANSI flange connection
Connection
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
182
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Total View Industrial Flowmeter
View Flow Rate from 360 Water or Air Ranges
The Series TVF Total View Industrial Flowmeters are economically priced, tough,
simple and accurate meters for water, oils, coolants, compressed gases and other industrial
applications. The flowmeters have a full-scale accuracy of 2% and can be disassembled
quickly without the meter being removed from the pipeline for easy cleaning. The TVFB is
constructed of brass and the TVFS is constructed of T-316 stainless steel, and both feature
polysulphone sight tubes. The Series Total View Industrial Flowmeters are available with
standard 3/4 and 1-1/2 female NPT connections. The easy to read flowmeters provide
360 rotation of scale on plastic sight tube models.
Series
TVF
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials: Body: TVFB: Brass; TVFS: Stainless steel; O rings: Buna N;
Sight tube: Polysulfone.
Temperature Limits: see Operating Limits table.
Pressure Limits: see Operating Limits table.
Accuracy: 2% of full scale.
Repeatability: 1/4% of indicated flow rate.
Process Connections: 3/4 and 1 1/2 female NPT.
Scale Length: 3.2 (8 cm) for 3/4 NPT connection, 5.2 (13 cm) for
1 1/2 NPT connection.
Weight: 4 lbs (1.8 kg) for 3/4, and 12 lbs (5.5 kg) for 1 1/2.
TVFB TVFS
Maximum Non-Shock Working Pressure psig @ F (bar @ C)
Operating Limits
Connection
3/4
1 1/2
200F (93C)
300 (20.6)
180 (12.4)
250F (121C)
250 (17.2)
145 (10.0)
300F (148C)
115 (7.9)
70 (4.8)
Range
Code
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Range
0.025 0.545 GPM Water
0.04 0.80 GPM Water
0.06 1.20 GPM Water
0.08 1.64 GPM Water
0.10 2.60 GPM Water
0.15 3.80 GPM Water
0.20 5.40 GPM Water
0.20 7.00 GPM Water
0.20 10.0 GPM Water
0.60 14.00 GPM Water
0.50 23.00 GPM Water
0.50 11.0 GPM Water
0.70 15.0 GPM Water
1.00 21.0 GPM Water
0.50 35.0 GPM Water
1.00 50.0 GPM Water
2.00 70.0 GPM Water
3.00 90.0 GPM Water
4.00 120.0 GPM Water
Connection
(female NPT)
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
Range
Code
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Range
0.16 3.20 SCFM Air
0.50 5.00 SCFM Air
0.30 7.40 SCFM Air
0.50 10.2 SCFM Air
0.60 14.0 SCFM Air
1.00 20.0 SCFM Air
1.00 26.0 SCFM Air
1.00 35.0 SCFM Air
2.00 50.0 SCFM Air
3.00 70.0 SCFM Air
4.00 85.0 SCFM Air
6.00 125.0 SCFM Air
6.0 160.0 SCFM Air
4.00 260.0 SCFM Air
Connection
(female NPT)
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
Range
Code
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Range
1.50 25.0 SCFM Air
1.00 31.0 SCFM Air
2.00 40.0 SCFM Air
3.0 70.0 SCFM Air
4.0 100.0 SCFM Air
5.0 140.0 SCFM Air
5.0 175.0 SCFM Air
6.00 250.0 SCFM Air
2.00 310.0 SCFM Air
7.50 390.0 SCFM Air
10.0 510.0 SCFM Air
35.0 750.0 SCFM Air
20.0 1000.0 SCFM Air
Connection
(female NPT)
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
Available Ranges
*Contact factory for optional metric scales (liters/minute).
REMOVAL
CLEARANCE
G
IN
OUT
A
B
D
C
CONNECTIONS
E
F
A
9.36
9.36
15.00
15.22
B
2.81
2.81
4.32
4.53
C
2.68
2.68
3.37
3.71
D
4.00
4.00
5.36
5.70
E
1.50
1.35
2.55
2.48
F
2.72
2.72
3.95
3.95
G
3.00
3.00
5.00
5.00
Female NPT
3/4
3/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
Material
Brass
SS
Brass
SS
Brass
T 316 Stainless Steel
See Range/ Connection Chart
(add Range code to Series
designator for model number)
Series
Range
Code
TVFB
TVFS
XX
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 183
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: CIFN: Nickel plated steel body, 18 8 stainless steel,
Buna N O rings, polysulfone sight tube; CIFS: 18 8 stainless steel,
Buna N O rings, 18 8 stainless steel sight tube.
Temperature Limits: 600F (315C).
Pressure Limits: 150 psig (10 bar).
Maximum Pressure Drop: 2 w.c. (500 Pa).
Accuracy: 2% of reading for dry air at 14.7 psig (1 bar), 70F (21C).
Repeatability: 1/4% of indicated flow rate.
Process Connections: 3/4 and 2 female NPT, optional 3 and 4
female NPT.
Weight: 8 lbs (6.4 kg) for 3/4 and 25 lbs (11.4 kg) for 2.
Combustion Flowmeter
For Low Pressure Gas Flow
Series
CIF
The Series CIF Combustion Flowmeters are tough, simple and accurate
meters for low pressure, low-density gas measurement. They have a verifiable
accuracy of 2% for combustion gases, annealing atmospheres, vacuum flows,
digesters and gas mixing. They can be disassembled quickly without the meter
being removed from the pipeline for easy cleaning. Series CIF Combustion
Flowmeters are extremely robust constructed of nickel plated steel or optional
stainless steel with maximum pressure ratings of 150 psig (10.34 bar) and
temperature ratings of 600F (315C).
Range Code
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
Range
0.8 20.0 SCFH Air
1.0 30.0 SCFH Air
2.0 50.0 SCFH Air
3.0 75.0 SCFH Air
4.0 100 SCFH Air
6.0 150 SCFH Air
10 250 SCFH Air
10 350 SCFH Air
20 500 SCFH Air
30 750 SCFH Air
40 1000 SCFH Air
Connection (NPT)
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
Available Ranges
Range Code
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Range
20 500 SCFH Air
30 750 SCFH Air
40 1000 SCFH Air
50 1200 SCFH Air
60 1500 SCFH Air
80 2000 SCFH Air
100 2500 SCFH Air
120 3000 SCFH Air
160 4000 SCFH Air
200 5000 SCFH Air
Connection (NPT)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
FNPT
3/4
2
3
4
A1
18 29/32
[480.22]
26 31/32
[685]
32 13/64
[817.96]
34 37/64
[878.29]
B
7 57/64
[200.42]
12 41/64
[321.07]
14 41/64
[371.87]
16 9/64
[409.97]
C
2 13/64
[55.96]
3 13/32
[86.52]
4 57/64
[124.22]
6
[152.4]
D
2 1/2
[63.5]
3 1/2
[88.9]
4 3/4
[120.65]
6
[152.4]
E
1 29/64
[36.91]
2 3/4
[69.85]
4
[101.6]
5
[127]
A
CIFN SERIES
D
C
B
E
CIFS SERIES
A1
A
18 5/32
[461.17]
26 3/8
[699.93]
31 13/64
[792.56]
33 37/64
[852.89]
CIFN CIFS
* For optional 3 and 4 connections ranging up to 30,000 SCFH, flange
connections, and metric scales (liters/minute), contact the factory.
Ni Plated Steel Body
All Stainless Steel
See Range/ Connection Chart
(add Range code to Series
designator for model number)
XX
CIFN
CIFS
Series
Range
Code
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
184
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
PVC and CPVC Flowmeters
Perfect for Compatible Acids, Caustics and D.I. Water
Series
PVF
&
CPF
NPT
HEX
CONNECTION
B
E
F
FEMALE NPT
G
REMOVAL CLEARANCE
NPT
C
D
OUT
IN
J
I
H
L
K
FLANGE VERSION
A
Range
00/10
29/40
11/17
41/51
18/22
52/56
23/28
57/62
H
12 1/4
[311.65]
18 5/8
[473.19]
22 35/64
[572.64]
26 3/8
[669.86]
I
4 5/8
[117.6]
5 15/16
[151.13]
6 7/64
[155.18]
7 1/2
[190.5]
J
4 1/16
[103.38]
5 11/16
[144.78]
6 7/64
[155.18]
7 1/2
[190.5]
K
2 3/4
[69.85]
3 7/8
[98.55]
6
[152.4]
7 1/2
[190.5]
L
3 7/8
[98.55]
5
[127]
7 1/2
[190.5]
9
[228.6]
Option
F1
F2
F3
F4
Flange
3/4
1 1/2
3
4
# of Bolt
Holes
4
4
4
8
Flange Opening
Diameter
(1 1/8)
(2)
(3 1/2)
(4 1/2)
Optional Flange
Range
00/10
29/40
11/17
41/51
18/22
52/56
23/28
57/62
NPT
3/4
1 1/2
3
4
A
11 1/32
[280.19]
16 15/16
[430.21]
24 11/32
[618.27]
26 43/64
[728.20]
B
3 25/64
[86.12]
4 1/4
[107.95]
7 29/32
[200.66]
9 13/16
[248.66]
C
2 53/64
[71.83]
4
[101.6]
7 29/32
[200.66]
9 13/16
[248.66]
D
4 43/64
[118.67]
6 29/64
[163.91]
11 19/32
[294.63]
14 9/32
[362.96]
E
3 39/64
[91.68]
5 1/32
[127.79]
5 1/32
[127.79]
5 7/16
[138.17]
F
2 35/64
[64.69]
3 29/64
[87.71]
4 5/16
[109.22]
5 7/16
[138.17]
G
3
[76.2]
5
[127]
5
[127]
5
[127]
Standard (NPT)
FEMALE NPT FLANGE VERSION
A
NPT
F
E
B HEX
CONNEC-
TION
2-1/2
[63.5]
5-23/32
[145.26]
G
REMOVAL CLEARANCE
NPT
C
D
K
L
IN
OUT
J
I
5-23/32
[145.26]
2-1/2
[63.5]
H
PVF
CPF
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 185
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Water Service Air Service
Note: For optional flange connections contact the factory.
Range
(GPM Water)
0.025 0.54
0.04 0.80
0.06 1.20
0.08 1.64
0.10 2.60
0.15 3.80
0.20 5.40
0.20 7.00
0.20 10.00
0.60 15.00
0.50 20.0
0.50 11.0
0.70 15.0
1.00 25.0
0.50 35.0
1.00 50.0
2.00 70.0
4.00 120
2.00 50.0
4.00 100
7.00 150
10.0 200
15.0 300
4.00 100
7.00 150
10.0 200
15.0 300
15.0 400
20.0 500
Range
(SCFM Air)
0.30 7.40
0.50 10.2
0.70 14.0
1.00 20.0
1.00 26.0
1.00 35.0
2.00 50.0
3.00 70.0
4.00 85.0
6.00 125
6.00 160
4.00 260
2.0 40.0
3.00 70.0
4.00 100
5.00 140
5.00 175
6.00 250
2.0 310
7.50 390
10.0 510
35.0 750
20.0 1000
30.0 600
40.0 1000
70.0 1750
100.0 2300
150.0 3500
40.0 1000
70.0 1750
100.0 2300
150.0 3500
150.0 4000
200.0 5000
Body Size and Description
3/4 PVC-NPT connection
1-1/2 PVC-NPT connection
3 and 4 PVC-NPT connection
3/4 PVC-Flange connection
1-1/2 PVC-Flange connection
3 and 4 PVC-Flange connection
70F (21C)
250 (17)
170 (11)
160 (11)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
80F (26C)
255 (15)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
100F (37C)
150 (10)
105 (7)
105 (7)
150 (10)
105 (7)
105 (7)
120F (48C)
90 (6)
65 (4)
65 (4)
65 (4)
65 (4)
65 (4)
140F (60C)
50 (3)
40 (2)
40 (2)
50 (3)
40 (2)
40 (2)
Operating Limits For Series PVF Flowmeters
Maximum Non-Shock Working Pressure, psig @ F (bar @ C)
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials: PVF: PVC, fluoroelastomer O rings; CPF: CPVC,
Buna N O rings.
Temperature Limits: See operating limits chart.
Pressure Limits: See operating limits chart.
Accuracy: 2% of full scale.
Repeatability: 1/2% of indicated flow rate.
Process Connections: 3/4, 1 1/2, 3, and 4 female NPT.
Weight: 3 lb (1.4 kg) for 3/4, 9 lb (4.1 kg) for 1 1/2, 14 lb (6.4 kg) for
3, and 18 lb (8.2) for 4.
The Series PVF & CPF Flowmeters are heavy bodied meters for corrosives
and high purity fluids. They are economically priced meters ideal for acids or de-
ionized water making them suited for water & wastewater treatment facilities.
The flowmeters are comprised of all plastic wetted components for maximum
corrosion resistance. They have a full-scale accuracy of 2% and can be
disassembled quickly without the meter being removed from the pipeline for
easy cleaning. The flowmeters are available with 3/4, 1-1/2, 3, and 4 female
NPT connections. Optional flange connections are also available.
Body Size and Description
3/4 CPVC-NPT connection
1-1/2 CPVC-NPT connection
3 and 4 CPVC-NPT connection
3/4 CPVC-Flange connection
1-1/2 CPVC-Flange connection
3 and 4 CPVC-Flange connection
70F (21C)
270 (19)
180 (12)
160 (11)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
80F (26C)
270 (19)
180 (12)
160 (11)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
100F (37C)
250 (17)
170 (11)
140 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
150 (10)
120F (48C)
200 (10)
145 (10)
125 (9)
135 (9)
135 (9)
135 (9)
140F (60C)
150 (10)
115 (8)
105 (7)
110 (8)
110 (8)
110 (8)
160F (71C)
130 (9)
85 (6)
75 (5)
90 (6)
90 (6)
90 (6)
180F (82C)
80 (6)
50 (3)
50 (3)
70 (5)
70 (5)
70 (5)
210F (98C)
50 (3)
30 (2)
30 (2)
40 (2)
40 (2)
40 (2)
Operating Limits For Series CPF Flowmeters
Maximum Non-Shock Working Pressure, psig @ F (bar @ C)
Connection
(female NPT)
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
Connection
(female NPT)
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
Model
PVF-29
PVF-30
PVF-31
PVF-32
PVF-33
PVF-34
PVF-35
PVF-36
PVF-37
PVF-38
PVF-39
PVF-40
PVF-41
PVF-42
PVF-43
PVF-44
PVF-45
PVF-46
PVF-47
PVF-48
PVF-49
PVF-50
PVF-51
PVF-52
PVF-53
PVF-54
PVF-55
PVF-56
PVF-57
PVF-58
PVF-59
PVF-60
PVF-61
PVF-62
Model
PVF-00
PVF-01
PVF-02
PVF-03
PVF-04
PVF-05
PVF-06
PVF-07
PVF-08
PVF-09
PVF-10
PVF-11
PVF-12
PVF-13
PVF-14
PVF-15
PVF-16
PVF-17
PVF-18
PVF-19
PVF-20
PVF-21
PVF-22
PVF-23
PVF-24
PVF-25
PVF-26
PVF-27
PVF-28
Model
CPF-29
CPF-30
CPF-31
CPF-32
CPF-33
CPF-34
CPF-35
CPF-36
CPF-37
CPF-38
CPF-39
CPF-40
CPF-41
CPF-42
CPF-43
CPF-44
CPF-45
CPF-46
CPF-47
CPF-48
CPF-49
CPF-50
CPF-51
CPF-52
CPF-53
CPF-54
CPF-55
CPF-56
CPF-57
CPF-58
CPF-59
CPF-60
CPF-61
CPF-62
Model
CPF-00
CPF-01
CPF-02
CPF-03
CPF-04
CPF-05
CPF-06
CPF-07
CPF-08
CPF-09
CPF-10
CPF-11
CPF-12
CPF-13
CPF-14
CPF-15
CPF-16
CPF-17
CPF-18
CPF-19
CPF-20
CPF-21
CPF-22
CPF-23
CPF-24
CPF-25
CPF-26
CPF-27
CPF-28
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
186
F
o
w
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
In-Line Flow Sensors
Use with the Dwyer
Capsuhelic
gage
kit. Standard valves are rated at 200 psig (13.7 bar) and 200F (93.3C). Where
valves are not required, they can be omitted at reduced cost. Series DS-300 flow
sensors are available for pipe sizes from 1 to 10.
DS-400 Averaging Flow Sensors are quality constructed from extra strong
3/4 dia. stainless steel to resist increased forces encountered at higher flow
rates with both air and water. This extra strength also allows them to be made
in longer insertion lengths up to 24 inches (61 cm). All models include
convenient and quick-acting quarter-turn ball valves to isolate the sensor for
zeroing. Process connections to the valve assembly are 1/8 female NPT. A pair
of 1/8 NPT X 1/4 SAE 45 flared adapters are included, compatible with
hoses used in the Model A-471 Portable Capsuhelic
Capsuhelic
differential pressure
gage for flow read out, we recommend you request Bulletin F 50 to obtain
complete data on converting flow rates of various media to the sensor
differential pressure output. With this bulletin and after making a few
simple calculations, the exact range gage required can easily be
determined.
Model A-471 Portable Kit
The Dwyer
gage may
be panel or surface mounted and permanently plumbed to the flow sensor
if desired. The optional A-610 pipe mounting bracket allows the gage to be
easily attached to any 1-1/4- 2 horizontal or vertical pipe.
Capsuhelic
Gage Shown
Instaled In A-471 Portable Kit
LP
HP
1/16 [1.60]
GAP UP TO 12 PIPE
1/8 [3.175]
GAP 14 PIPE AND UP
3/4 [19.05]
DIA.
3-5/8 [92.08] APPROX.
2-1/8 [53.98]
1-5/8 [41.28] TYP.
2-1/16
[52.40]
72 700416 00
Large 3/4 Inch Diameter for Extra Strength
in Lengths to 24 Inches
DS-400
Gage Range
(in w.c.)
2
5
10
25
50
100
Media
@ 70F
Water (GPM)
Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM)
Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM)
Water (GPM)
Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM)
Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM)
Water (GPM)
Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM)
Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM)
Water (GPM)
Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM)
Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM)
Water (GPM)
Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM)
Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM)
Water (GPM)
Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM)
Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM)
1
4.8
19.0
50.0
7.7
30.0
83.0
11.0
41.0
120.0
18.0
63.0
185.0
25.0
90.0
260.0
36.5
135.0
370.0
1-1/4
8.3
33.0
90.5
14.0
51.0
142.0
19.0
72.0
205.0
32.0
112.0
325.0
44.0
161.0
460.0
62.0
230.0
660.0
1-1/2
11.5
42.0
120.0
18.0
66.0
190.0
25.5
93.0
275.0
40.5
155.0
430.0
57.5
205.0
620.0
82.0
300.0
870.0
2
20.5
65.0
210.0
34.0
118.0
340.0
45.5
163.0
470.0
72.0
255.0
760.0
100.0
360.0
1050.0
142.0
505.0
1500.0
2-1/2
30
113
325
47
178
610
67
250
740
108
390
1200
152
560
1700
220
800
2300
3
49
183
510
78
289
820
110
410
1100
173
640
1800
247
900
2600
350
1290
3600
4
86
330
920
138
510
1600
195
725
2000
310
1130
3300
435
1600
4600
620
2290
6500
6
205
760
2050
320
1200
3300
450
1690
4600
720
2630
7200
1000
3700
10000
1500
5000
15000
8
350
1340
3600
560
2150
5700
800
3040
8100
1250
4860
13000
1800
6400
18500
10
560
2130
6000
890
3400
10000
1260
4860
15000
2000
7700
22000
Full Range Flows by Pipe Size (Approximate)
For portable operation, the A
471 Capsuhelic
Portable
Gage Kit is available complete
with tough polypropylene
carrying case, mounting
bracket, 3 way manifold valve,
two 10' high pressure hoses,
and all necessary fittings.
See pages 10 and 11 for
complete information on the
Capsuhelic
gage
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
188
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
O
r
f
c
e
P
a
t
e
F
L
O
W
Orifice Plate Flowmeter
Stainless Steel for Use with Liquids and Gases
Series
OP
The Series OP Orifice Plate Flow Meter is a complete orifice plate
flow metering package. It incorporates a stainless steel orifice plate with
a unique holder or carrier ring containing metering taps and integral
gaskets. It was designed for use wherever there is an application for a
conventional flow orifice plate. It can also be used in place of other
primary differential producers for efficiency and cost effectiveness.
Installation is accomplished simply by slipping the unit between standard
flanges (orifice flanges are not required). The Series OP is available in
line sizes from 1/2 to 24 and can be used with compatible liquids and
gases.
FEATURES
Mounted with standard flanges
Corner type metering taps
Corrosion free material
Simplified installation
Stainless steel wetted parts
Proven through a wide range of applications for energy
efficiency
Assures long term reliability and accuracy
APPLICATION
Fluid flow rates in building water lines.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: For metering compatible liquids and gases.
Wetted Material: 304 SS, Buna-N gaskets.
Accuracy: 0.6% of full scale flow. (Beta = .2-.6) 0.7% for Beta
greater than .6.
Temperature: -50 to 200F (-45 to 93C).
Pressure: Limited only by pipe and flange rating restrictions.
Head Loss: 1-Beta ratio
2
eg: 1-0.7
2
= 1-0.49 = 51% of the d.p.
Line Sizes: 1/2 to 24.
Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT.
Installation: Standard flange, any rating (orifice flanges not
required).
Pipe Requirements: General requirements 10 diameter upstream
and 5 diameter downstream of orifice plate.
Weight: Varies with line size. See chart.
INCLUDES RING GASKET
ADHERED TO FACES
1-1/4
[31.75]
BODY
(CARRIER RING)
ORIFICE PLATE
1/8 [3.18]
THICK TYPICAL
1/4 NPT PRESSURE FITTING
FLOW
HI
PRESSURE
LOW
PRESSURE
4-1/2
[114.3]
A
A
C
L
C
L
OD ID
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 189
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
O
r
f
c
e
P
a
t
e
F
L
O
W
Inch d.p.
W/C
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
at 14.7 psia
(0 psig)
2.35
12.21
32.77
3.65
20.21
59.92
5.24
34.2
91.28
9.31
62.09
180
14.57
80.82
212.18
20.92
125.74
372.09
32.71
197.54
543.99
49.17
282.9
816.7
83.58
503.76
1380.03
130.48
786.23
2152.83
187.86
1331.63
3097.20
333.87
2014.95
5532.00
521.58
3145.50
8626.42
750.9
4530
12430.00
927.14
6477.67
15251.50
1172.63
7264.58
20179.85
1565.79
9302.08
25299.92
1935.37
11588.20
32115.34
2838.14
17229.62
46810.53
at 20 psig
3.63
19.58
56.15
5.66
32.44
102.91
8.11
54.92
156.51
14.41
99.75
309.97
22.55
129.68
363.93
32.38
202.03
639.87
50.64
317.58
936.56
76.13
454.77
1404.95
129.44
810.06
2373.02
202.11
1264.42
3701.57
291
1820.05
5325.20
517.25
3241.45
9525.43
808
5060.38
14846.80
1163.44
7288.16
21397.00
1436.59
8812.87
28262.66
1817.05
11688.26
34749.32
2426.34
14966.93
43535.32
2999.11
18645.74
55303.34
4398.25
27726.33
80610.19
Model
OP-A-1
OP-A-2
OP-A-3
OP-B-1
OP-B-2
OP-B-3
OP-C-1
OP-C-2
OP-C-3
OP-D-1
OP-D-2
OP-D-3
OP-E-1
OP-E-2
OP-E-3
OP-F-1
OP-F-2
OP-F-3
OP-G-1
OP-G-2
OP-G-3
OP-H-1
OP-H-2
OP-H-3
OP-J-1
OP-J-2
OP-J-3
OP-K-1
OP-K-2
OP-K-3
OP-L-1
OP-L-2
OP-L-3
OP-M-1
OP-M-2
OP-M-3
OP-N-1
OP-N-2
OP-N-3
OP-O-1
OP-O-2
OP-O-3
OP-P-1
OP-P-2
OP-P-3
OP-Q-1
OP-Q-2
OP-Q-3
OP-R-1
OP-R-2
OP-R-3
OP-S-1
OP-S-2
OP-S-3
OP-T-1
OP-T-2
OP-T-3
Line
Size
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
18
18
18
20
20
20
24
24
24
Bore
0.200
0.310
0.430
0.250
0.400
0.580
0.300
0.520
0.720
0.400
0.700
1.00
0.500
0.800
1.100
0.600
1.000
1.450
0.750
1.250
1.750
0.920
1.500
2.150
1.200
2.000
2.800
1.500
2.500
3.500
1.800
3.000
4.200
2.400
4.000
5.600
3.000
5.000
7.000
3.600
6.000
8.400
4.000
6.600
9.300
4.500
7.600
10.700
5.200
8.600
12.000
5.780
9.600
13.500
7.000
11.700
16.300
Beta
0.32
0.50
0.69
0.30
0.49
0.70
0.29
0.49
0.69
0.29
0.51
0.72
0.31
0.50
0.68
0.29
0.48
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.49
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.69
0.30
0.49
0.69
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
0.30
0.50
0.70
Inch d.p.
W/C
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
Flow in
GPM
0.62
3.44
13.00
0.97
5.69
23.82
1.38
9.63
36.15
2.46
17.48
71.77
3.85
22.73
83.95
5.52
35.34
147.74
8.63
55.54
216.30
12.97
79.94
324.16
22.03
141.51
547.11
34.39
220.80
853.09
49.46
317.74
1226.98
87.95
565.77
2195.86
137.35
883.04
3421.26
197.73
1271.62
4930.86
244.14
1537.49
6052.57
308.76
2038.95
8007.74
412.26
2610.71
10027.37
509.55
3252.22
12742.82
747.18
4835.93
18572.50
Weight
(lb)
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
14.00
14.00
14.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
40.00
40.00
40.00
48.00
48.00
48.00
56.00
56.00
56.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
Series OP Orifice Plate Flowmeter
Material 304/304 L dual certified Gaskets Buna N
Based on 70F, 14.7 psia (Base Conditions)
Beta Value Based on Std Sch pipe I.D.
1.25 overall thickness
Orifice plate thickness is 0.125
Water Capacity
Note: Differential pressure values should be less than 50% of the inlet absolute pressure.
at 100 psig
6.61
36.37
107.47
10.3
60.26
197.2
14.8
102.09
300
26.3
185.5
595.2
41.16
241.5
697.39
59.13
375.8
1227.63
92.48
590.91
1798.86
139.06
846.21
2696.28
236.48
1507.64
4553.68
369.29
2353.51
7103.22
531.75
3387.93
10219.28
945.28
6034.85
18290.00
1476.77
9421.74
28506.17
2126.47
13570.33
41089.02
2625.81
16409.42
50427.78
3321.32
21764.08
66737.64
4435.12
27869.85
83587.01
5482.22
34720.84
106215.88
8038.99
51633.81
154823.78
Air Capacity - Flow in SCFM
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
190
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
O
r
f
c
e
P
a
t
e
F
L
O
W
Orifice Plate Flowmeter
PVC or PTFE Orifice Plates
Series
PE
&
TE
The Series PE Orifice Plate Flow Meter offers one-piece PVC construction incorporating
a unique holder or carrier ring containing metering taps and integral gaskets. Unlike a
standard orifice plate, the Series PE is a true primary element including the various
components for differential pressure measurement. It was designed for use wherever there
is an application for a conventional flow orifice plate. It can also be used in place of other
primary differential producers for efficiency and cost effectiveness. The Series PE is available
in line sizes from 1/2 to 24 and used for air and most gases. It meets or exceeds ASME,
AGA & ISO standards.
SERIES PE FEATURES
Mounted with standard flanges
Standard corner tap configuration
Corrosion free material
Simplified installation
Built in metering taps (1/4 female NPT STD)
Proven through a wide range of applications for accuracy and energy efficiency
Assures long term reliability and accuracy
The Series TE Orifice Plate Flowmeter offers one-piece PTFE construction similar to
the OP and PE Series orifice plates, which incorporate a unique holder or carrier ring
containing metering taps and integral gaskets. Available for line sizes from 1/2 to 24, the
Series TE orifice plate can be used with gases, liquids, corrosive, and high temperature
fluids. The Series TE can be easily installed by slipping the unit between standard flanges
(orifice flanges are not required). The Series TE was designed for use anywhere there is
an application for a conventional flow orifice plate. It can also be used in place of other
primary differential producers for efficiency and cost effectiveness.
SERIES TE FEATURES
Excellent chemical resistance
Weather resistant
Flame retardant (without factory gaskets)
Low friction (minimum wear)
Orifice plate thickness 1/4 offering greater stability
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: PE: Clean air and compatible gases; TE: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Material: Monolithic (single piece) constructed entirely of gray PVC for PE
or white PTPE for TE, Buna N gaskets.
Accuracy: 0.6% full scale flow. (Beta = .2 .6) 0.7% for Beta greater than .6.
Temperature: PE: 140F max (60C max); TE: 40 to 200F ( 40 to 93.3C).
Pressure: 150 psi (10 bar) max.
Head Loss: 1 Beta ratio
2
eg: 1 0.7
2
= 1 0.49 = 51% of the d.p.
Line Sizes: 1/2 to 24.
Process Connections: 1/4 female NPT.
Installation: Standard flange 125#/150# rating.
Pipe Requirements: General requirements 10 diameter upstream and 5 diameter
downstream.
Weight: Varies with line size. See chart.
INCLUDES RING GASKET
ADHERED TO FACES
1-1/4
[31.75]
BODY
(CARRIER RING)
ORIFICE PLATE
1/8 [3.18]
THICK TYPICAL
1/4 NPT PRESSURE FITTING
FLOW
HI
PRESSURE
LOW
PRESSURE
4-1/2
[114.3]
A
A
C
L
C
L
OD ID
PE
TE
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 191
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
O
r
f
c
e
P
a
t
e
F
L
O
W
Line
Size
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
18
18
18
20
20
20
24
24
24
PE
Model
PE-A-1
PE-A-2
PE-A-3
PE-B-1
PE-B-2
PE-B-3
PE-C-1
PE-C-2
PE-C-3
PE-D-1
PE-D-2
PE-D-3
PE-E-1
PE-E-2
PE-E-3
PE-F-1
PE-F-2
PE-F-3
PE-G-1
PE-G-2
PE-G-3
PE-H-1
PE-H-2
PE-H-3
PE-J-1
PE-J-2
PE-J-3
PE-K-1
PE-K-2
PE-K-3
PE-L-1
PE-L-2
PE-L-3
PE-M-1
PE-M-2
PE-M-3
PE-N-1
PE-N-2
PE-N-3
PE-O-1
PE-O-2
PE-O-3
PE-P-1
PE-P-2
PE-P-3
PE-Q-1
PE-Q-2
PE-Q-3
PE-R-1
PE-R-2
PE-R-3
PE-S-1
PE-S-2
PE-S-3
PE-T-1
PE-T-2
PE-T-3
Bore
0.200
0.310
0.430
0.250
0.400
0.580
0.300
0.520
0.720
0.400
0.700
1.00
0.500
0.800
1.100
0.600
1.000
1.450
0.750
1.250
1.750
0.920
1.500
2.150
1.200
2.000
2.800
1.500
2.500
3.500
1.800
3.000
4.200
2.400
4.000
5.600
3.000
5.000
7.000
3.600
6.000
8.400
4.000
6.600
9.300
4.500
7.600
10.700
5.200
8.600
12.000
5.780
9.600
13.500
7.000
11.700
16.300
Beta
0.3
0.5
0.69
0.3
0.49
0.7
0.29
0.49
0.69
0.29
0.51
0.72
0.31
0.5
0.68
0.29
0.48
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.49
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.69
0.3
0.49
0.69
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.3
0.5
0.7
Inch d/p
W/C
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
20
100
200
Series PE Orifice Plate Flowmeter Air Capacity Structure
Material PVC Gaskets Buna N
Based on 70F, 14.7 psia (Base Conditions)
Beta Value Based on Std Sch pipe I.D.
1.25 overall thickness
Orifice plate thickness is 0.125
at 14.7 psia
(0 psig)
2.35
12.21
32.77
3.65
20.21
59.92
5.24
34.2
91.28
9.31
62.09
180
14.57
80.82
212.18
20.92
125.74
372.09
32.71
197.54
543.99
49.17
282.9
816.7
83.58
503.76
1380.03
130.48
786.23
2152.83
187.86
1331.63
3097.20
333.87
2014.95
5532.00
521.58
3145.50
8626.42
750.9
4530
12430.00
927.14
5477.67
15251.50
1172.63
7264.58
20179.85
1565.79
9302.08
25299.92
1935.37
11588.20
32115.34
2838.14
17229.62
46810.53
PE
Weight
(lb)
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
12.00
12.00
12.00
14.00
14.00
14.00
16.00
16.00
16.00
Note: Differential pressure values should be less than 50% of the inlet absolute pressure.
Air Capacity - Flow in SCFM
TE
Model
TE-A-1
TE-A-2
TE-A-3
TE-B-1
TE-B-2
TE-B-3
TE-C-1
TE-C-2
TE-C-3
TE-D-1
TE-D-2
TE-D-3
TE-E-1
TE-E-2
TE-E-3
TE-F-1
TE-F-2
TE-F-3
TE-G-1
TE-G-2
TE-G-3
TE-H-1
TE-H-2
TE-H-3
TE-J-1
TE-J-2
TE-J-3
TE-K-1
TE-K-2
TE-K-3
TE-L-1
TE-L-2
TE-L-3
TE-M-1
TE-M-2
TE-M-3
TE-N-1
TE-N-2
TE-N-3
TE-O-1
TE-O-2
TE-O-3
TE-P-1
TE-P-2
TE-P-3
TE-Q-1
TE-Q-2
TE-Q-3
TE-R-1
TE-R-2
TE-R-3
TE-S-1
TE-S-2
TE-S-3
TE-T-1
TE-T-2
TE-T-3
Series TE Orifice Plate Flowmeter Capacity Structure
Material PTFE Gaskets Buna N
Based on 70F, 14.7 psia (base conditions)
Beta value based on Std Sch pipe I.D.
1.25 overall thickness
Orifice plate thickness is 0.250
TE
Weight
(lb)
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
18.00
18.00
18.00
22.00
22.00
22.00
29.00
29.00
29.00
32.00
32.00
32.00
Inch d.p.
W/C
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
20
100
320
Inch Flow
GPM
0.62
3.44
13.00
0.97
5.69
23.82
1.38
9.63
36.15
2.46
17.48
71.77
3.85
22.73
83.95
5.52
35.34
147.74
8.63
55.54
216.30
12.97
79.94
324.16
22.03
141.51
547.11
34.39
220.80
853.09
49.46
317.74
1226.98
87.95
565.77
2195.86
137.35
883.04
3421.26
197.73
1271.62
4930.86
244.14
1537.49
6052.57
308.76
2038.95
8007.74
412.26
2610.71
10027.37
509.55
3252.22
12742.82
747.18
4835.93
18572.50
Water Capacity (TE)
at 20 psig
3.63
19.58
56.15
5.66
32.44
102.91
8.11
54.92
156.51
14.41
99.75
309.97
22.55
129.68
363.93
32.38
202.03
639.87
50.64
317.58
936.56
78.13
454.77
1404.95
129.44
810.06
2373.02
202.11
1264.42
3701.57
291
1820.05
5325.20
517.25
3241.45
9525.43
808
5060.38
14846.80
1163.44
7288.16
21397.00
1436.59
8812.87
28262.66
1817.05
11688.26
34749.32
2426.34
14966.93
43535.32
2999.11
18645.74
55303.34
4398.25
27726.33
80610.19
at 100 psig
6.61
36.37
107.47
10.3
60.26
197.2
14.8
102.09
300
26.3
185.5
595.2
41.16
241.5
697.39
59.13
375.8
1227.63
92.48
590.91
1798.86
139.06
846.21
2696.28
236.48
1507.64
4553.68
369.29
2353.51
7103.22
531.75
3387.93
10219.28
945.28
6034.85
18290.00
1476.77
9421.74
28506.17
2126.47
13570.33
41089.02
2625.81
16409.42
50437.78
3321.32
21764.08
66737.64
4435.12
27869.85
83587.01
5482.22
34720.84
106215.88
8038.99
51633.81
154823.78
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
192
S
g
h
t
F
o
w
I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
F
L
O
WMidwest Sight Flow Indicators are manufactured of quality materials and safety tested to
assure long, dependable service at economical prices. Available in window viewing style in the
100 and 300 Series and tube viewing style in the 400 and 700 Series with connection choices
of female NPT, BSPP, or BSPT threaded and flanged. Series 700 has impeller and internal
wipers for cleaning sight tube, which is perfect for fluids with suspended solids. Just rotate the
glass tube and restore full 360 visibility without disrupting the flow.
MIDWEST Sight Flow Indicators
Inexpensive Protection for Expensive Equipment and Systems
Model 100, 100MP
Model 400
Model 700
Model 300, 300MP Model 360F
Models
100 Single window with impeller
300 Double window with impeller
350 Double window with no indicator
360 Double window with flapper
400 Tube type with no indicator
700 Tube type with impeller and internal wipers to clean glass tube
Series
SFI-100, SFI-300,
SFI-350, SFI-360,
SFI-400, SFI-700
Dimensions are in inches (mm)
Model
100
Series
300
Series
700
Series
400
Series
400F
Series
300F
Series
Body
Size
1/4, 3/8
1/2, 3/4
1, 1 1/4
1 1/2, 2
1/4, 3/8
1/2, 3/4
1, 1 1/4
1 1/2, 2
1/4, 3/8
1/2, 3/4
1, 1 1/4,
1 1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
Length
3.000 (76)
4.000 (102)
4.375 (111)
5.688 (144)
3.063 (78)
4.063 (103)
4.375 (111)
5.500 (140)
2.750 (70)
3.688 (94)
4.875 (124)
4.500 (144)
5.125 (130)
5.625 (143)
5.750 (146)
5.875 (149)
6.125 (156)
6.250 (159)
6.250 (159)
5.000 (127)
5.125 (130)
5.250 (133)
5.370 (137)
5.750 (146)
5.750 (146)
6.375 (162)
6.500 (165)
8.875 (225)
10.250 (260)
12.500 (318)
Depth
1.813 (46)
2.250 (57)
2.563 (65)
3.250 (830)
2.250 (57)
2.750 (70)
3.125 (79)
3.688 (93)
Height
2.125 (54)
2.563 (65)
2.625 (67)
3.625 (83)
2.125 (54)
2.563 (65)
2.563 (65)
4.063 (103)
1.500 (38)
2.250 (57)
2.750 (70)
(across flats)
Flange
Diameter
3.500 (89)
3.875 (98)
4.250 (108)
4.625 (117)
5.000 (127)
6.000 (152)
7.500 (191)
9.00 (229)
4.250 (108)
4.625 (117)
5.000 (127)
6.000 (152)
7.500 (191)
9.000 (229)
5.000 (127)
6.000 (152)
7.500 (191)
9.000 (229)
11.000 (279)
Viewing
Area
Diameter
1.500 (38)
1.750 (44)
2.000 (51 )
2.000 (51)
2.500 (64)
3.000 (76)
4.000 (102)
5.000 (127)
2.000 (51)
2.000 (51)
2.500 (64)
3.000 (76)
4.000 (102)
5.000 (127)
2.313 (58)
2.313 (58)
3.000 (76)
4.000 (102)
6.000 (152)
Weight
lb (kg)
1.1 (0.5)
1.5 (0.7)
2.7 (1.2)
5.5 (2.5)
1.7 (0.8)
2.6 (1.2)
3.0 (1.4)
7.0 (3.2)
0.9 (0.4)
2.4 (1.1)
5.1 (2.3)
3.8 (1.7)
4.8 (2.2)
6.2 (2.8)
7.6 (3.5)
8.7 (4.0)
13 (6.0)
17 (7.7)
25 (11.0)
7 (3.2)
8 (3.6)
12 (5.5)
14 (6.4)
23 (10.4)
31 (14.1)
12 (5.5)
16 (7.5)
38 (17)
56 (25)
120 (55)
Sight Flow Indicator Dimensions and Weight
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 193
S
g
h
t
F
o
w
I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
F
L
O
W
(Maximum flow on impeller models: 5FPS with liquids, 5000 FPM with gases)
Example
Model
Designator
Body
Style
Body
Options
Body
Size
Options
SFI-100 & SFI-300 SERIES
Window Style with Threaded Connections
SFI-300SS-2-G2 Sight Flow Indicator; double window,
temper glass, Fluoroelastomer gaskets, 316SS body,
ABS impeller, 2 inch female NPT connections.
Sight flow indicator, tempered glass standard, Buna-N
gaskets standard, female NPT connections standard.
Single window, bronze body, ABS Impeller
Double window, bronze body, ABS Impeller
Double window, bronze body, no moving indicator
Double window, bronze body, 304SS flapper
316SS body option for 300, 350, 360
150 psig maximum pressure option, includes
Fluoroelastomer gaskets
1/4 inch connection size
3/8 inch connection size
1/2 inch connection size
3/4 inch connection size
1 inch connection size
1-1/4 inch connection size
1-1/2 inch connection size
2 inch connection size
Plexiglass window
PTFE gasket
Fluoroelastomer gasket
316SS Shaft (Not on 350 Model)
Monel Shaft (Not on 350 Model)
ABS impeller with bronze bushing (Not on 350, 360)
316SS impeller (Not on 350, 360)
No impeller (100 only)
316SS Flapper (360 only)
BSPT threads
BSPP threads
Example
Model
Designator
Body
Style
Body
Size
Options
SFI
SFI
700SS
700
700SS
1-1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
SFI-700 SERIES
Tube Style with Threaded Connections
SFI-700SS-1-1/2 Sight Flow Indicator; tube type with 8
blade Acetal impeller and integral wipers to clean tube
interior, tempered borosilicate tube, Fluoroelastomer
gaskets, 316SS body, 1-1/2 inch female NPT
connections
Sight flow indicator, tube type with 8 blade Acetal
impeller and integral wipers to clean tube interior,
tempered borosilicate tube, Fluoroelastomer gaskets
Brass body
316SS body
1/4 inch female NPT connection size
3/8 inch female NPT connection size
1/2 inch female NPT connection size
3/4 inch female NPT connection size
1 inch female NPT connection size
1-1/4 inch female NPT connection size
1-1/2 inch female NPT connection size
BSPT threads
BSPP threads
Example
Model
Designator
Body
Style
Body
Size
Options
SFI
SFI
360FSS
350FCS
350FSS
360FCS
360FSS
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
3
4
6
G1
G1
G2
SFI-300F SERIES
Window Style with Flanged Connections
SFI-360FSS-1-1/2-G1 Sight Flow Indicator; double
window, tempered glass, PTFE gasket, 316SS body,
304SS flapper, 1-1/2 inch raised face flange connections
Sight flow indicator, double window, tempered glass,
Buna-N gaskets standard, raised face flange connections
Carbon steel body, no moving indicator
316SS body, no moving 316SS indicator
Carbon steel body, 316SS flapper
316SS body, 316SS flapper
1-1/2 inch raised face flange connection size
2 inch raised face flange connection size
3 inch raised face flange connection size
4 inch raised face flange connection size
6 inch raised face flange connection size
PTFE gasket
Fluoroelastomer gasket
Example
Model
Designator
Body
Style
Body
Size
SFI
SFI
400
400CI
400SS
400F
1-1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
3
4
SFI-400 SERIES
Tube Style with Threaded or Flanged Connections
SFI-400SS-1-1/2 Sight Flow Indicator; tube type,
borosilicate tube, PTFE gaskets, 316SS body, 1-1/2
inch female NPT connections
Sight flow indicator, tube type, borosilicate tube,
PTFE gaskets
Female NPT connections, cast iron body (only for 1
through 2 inch sizes)
Female NPT connections, 316SS body
Raised face flange connection, 316SS body (only for
1 inch and up sizes)
1/2 inch connection size
3/4 inch connection size
1 inch connection size
1-1/4 inch connection size
1-1/2 inch connection size
2 inch connection size
3 inch connection size
4 inch connection size
(Best for use in vertical pipelines where there are no mechanical strains)
BSPT
BSPP
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Window: Tempered glass; Body: Bronze or 316 SS; Gasket:
Buna N, fluoroelastomer or PTFE; Indicator: ABS or 316 SS impeller (100 and
300), 304 SS or 316 SS flapper (360).
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 125 psig (8.62 bar), 150 psig (10.34 bar) on MP models.
Connections: Threaded.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Tube: Tempered borosilicate; Body: Brass or 316 SS; Gasket:
Fluoroelastomer; Indicator: Acetal.
Temperature Limit: 212F (100C).
Pressure Limit: 230 psig (15.86 bar).
Connections: Threaded.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Window: Tempered glass; Body: Carbon steel or 316 SS;
Gasket: Buna N, fluoroelastomer or PTFE; Indicator: 316 SS flapper (360).
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 150 psig (10.34 bar).
Connections: Flanged.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Tube: Borosilicate; Body: Cast iron or 316 SS; Gasket: PTFE.
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 50 psig (3.45 bar).
Connections: Threaded or flanged.
SFI
SFI
300
100
300
350
360
SS
SS
MP
2
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
G2
W2
G1
G2
S2
S3
I1
I2
I3
F1
BSPT
BSPP
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
194
S
g
h
t
F
o
w
I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
F
L
O
W
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Window: Glass;
Body: Plated steel.
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 125 psig (8.6 bar).
Connections: 1/4 to 2 male NPT.
Sight Window
Shows Level or Contents of Tanks, Pipelines; Fused Glass and Steel Construction
Fused glass style sight windows feature glass to metal bond for utmost
reliability. Plated steel bodies have convenient hex wrench surfaces.
Connections are standard NPT in sizes from 1/4 to 2. Windows are clear,
ripple free, and flush with the front face, having no recess on which dirt might
collect.
APPLICATIONS
Hydraulic tanks
Pressure vessels
Coolant tanks
Hydraulic lines
Oil reservoirs
APPLICATIONS
Hydraulic tanks
Pressure vessels
Coolant tanks
Hydraulic lines
Oil reservoirs
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Window: Tempered glass;
Body: Brass, carbon steel, or 316 SS;
Gasket: Buna N on brass and carbon steel body, PTFE on 316 SS
body.
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: 125 psig (8.6 bar).
Connections: 3/4 to 2 male NPT.
Series
550
Tough, tempered glass window resists chemical attack and abrasion.
Seamless gasket assures perfect seal and is easily field replaceable. In addition
to the standard brass body, Model 500 Sight Windows are also available in
carbon steel or 316 SS to suit a wide range of chemical compatibility.
Sight Window
Shows Level or Contents of Tanks, Pipelines; Tempered, Replaceable Glass Window
Series
500
Model
SFI-500-3/4
SFI-500-1
SFI-500-1-1/4
SFI-500-1-1/2
SFI-500-2
A
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
B
3/4(19)
15/16 (24)
1 1/4 (32)
1 27/64(37)
1 1/4 (32)
C
1 3/8(35)
1 3/8(35)
2 1/8 (54)
2 1/8 (54)
2 1/2 (64)
E
1 3/8(35)
1 3/8 (35)
1 9/16 (40)
1 9/16 (40)
1 21/32(42)
D
45/64(18)
45/64(18)
27/32(22)
27/32(22)
15/32(12)
Dimensions Inches (mm)
Model
SFI-550-1/4
SFI-550-3/8
SFI-550-1/2
SFI-550-3/4
SFI-550-1
SFI-550-1-1/4
SFI-550-1-1/2
SFI-550-2
A
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
B
11/32(9)
7/16 (11)
9/16 (14)
3/4(19)
15/16 (24)
1 3/16 (30)
1 7/16 (37)
1 7/8 (48)
C
5/8(16)
3/4(19)
15/16 (24)
1 1/16 (27)
1 3/8 (35)
1 3/4 (45)
2 (51)
2 1/2 (64)
E
5/8(16)
23/32 (18)
25/32 (19)
15/16 (24)
1 1/16 (27)
1 7/32 (31)
1 7/32 (31)
1 9/32 (33)
D
3/16(5)
7/32(6)
7/32(6)
5/16(8)
5/16(8)
13/32(10)
13/32(10)
13/32(10)
Dimensions Inches (mm)
Model
Carbon Steel
SFI-500CS-3/4
SFI-500CS-1
SFI-500CS-1-1/4
SFI-500CS-1-1/2
SFI-500CS-2
Model
SFI-550-1
SFI-550-1-1/4
SFI-550-1-1/2
SFI-550-2
Model
316 SS
SFI-500SS-3/4
SFI-500SS-1
SFI-500SS-1-1/4
SFI-500SS-1-1/2
SFI-500SS-2
Model
Brass
SFI-500B-3/4
SFI-500B-1
SFI-500B-1-1/4
SFI-500B-1-1/2
SFI-500B-2
Model
SFI-550-1/4
SFI-550-3/8
SFI-550-1/2
SFI-550-3/4
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 195
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
w
t
h
S
w
t
c
h
F
L
O
W
The Series HFO Flow Alarm provides continuous monitoring and control of
flow rate levels. The flow alarm can be configured to open or close a contact for
an increasing or decreasing set point. The unit includes two 10A SPDT limit
switches with field adjustable alarm settings. Integral direct reading scale
provides local indication of flow rate. The flow alarm is designed to mount in any
orientation and does not require inlet or outlet straight plumbing. The Series
HFO is constructed with a rugged cast aluminum NEMA 4X (IP65) enclosure
for installations outdoors or in harsh environments.
APPLICATIONS
Monitoring flow in chemical processing, waste water processing,
lubrication systems, process control, solar systems, drain lines and pump
testing.
Series
HFO
In-Line Flow Alarms
Latching Alarm Capabilities, For Air, Water or Caustic Fluids, Unrestricted Mounting
Pressure Differential VS. Flow Rate
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Body: Aluminum, brass or 304 SS;
Seals: Buna N or fluoroelastomer;
Magnet: PTFE coated Alnico;
Other internal parts: 304 SS.
Viscosity: 500 SSU.
Temperature Limits: 240F (116C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Accuracy: Measuring 4% FS over entire range; 2.5% over center
third of the measuring range.
Repeatability: 1% of full scale.
Switch Type: SPDT, 10A @ 250 VAC; 0.5A @ 125 VDC, (resistive).
Shipping Weight: 1/4 to 1/2 female NPT models: 3 lb (1.4 kg); 3/4 to 1
female NPT models: 4.5 lb (2.0 kg); 1 1/2 female NPT models: 12 lb
(5.4 kg).
1/4 Female NPT 1/2 Female NPT 3/4, 1 & 1-1/2 Female NPT
Aluminum body for air or other non-corrosive gases:
600 psig (41 bar)
Wetted Parts: Aluminum, PTFE coated Alnico, 304 SS and Buna N
304 SS body for high-pressure fluids:
6000 psig (413 bar)
Wetted Parts: 304 SS, Fluoroelastomer and PTFE
Brass body for water based fluids (non-steam):
3500 psig (240 bar)
Wetted Parts: Brass, PTFE coated Alnico, 304 SS and Buna N
HFO-21123
HFO-21112
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
P
S
I
D
Flow Rate: SCFM @ 100 PSIG
10
8
6
4
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
P
S
I
D
Flow Rate: GPM
2
HFO-23210
HFO-23202
HFO-22205
10
8
6
4
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
P
S
I
D
Flow Rate: GPM
2
HFO-22315
HFO-22320
HF0-22440
12
HFO-22550
7-1/8
[180.98]
4-1/2
[114.3]
Model
HFO-21112
HFO-21123
Connection Size
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
Model
HFO-22205
HFO-22315
HFO-22320
HFO-22440
HFO-22550
Connection Size
1/2 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
1 female NPT
1 1/2 female NPT
Model
HFO-23202
HFO-23210
Connection Size
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
Range, Air SCFM
1.5 12
4 23
Range, Water
GPM (LPM)
0.5 5.0 (1 19)
1 15 (3.8 55)
2 20 (7.5 75)
4 40 (15 151)
5 50 (19 189)
Range, Water
GPM (LPM)
0.2 2.0 (0.75 7.5)
1 10 (3.8 38)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
196
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
w
t
h
S
w
t
c
h
F
L
O
W
Direct-Reading Series FS Flowmeters offer visual flow rate indication in GPM or
LPM units. Models include an adjustable, latching flow alarm to open or close AC electrical
circuits, trigger warning lights, or activate other process control equipment. Spring-
retained moveable piston design allows installation in any position.
Flowmeter with Flow Limit Switch
Latching Relay, Adjustable, Dual Scale, Mount in any Position
Series
FS
2468
5
3/4 NPT BRASS INLET
1-1/2 HEX
BOTH ENDS
1-5/16
[33.65]
3/4 NPT BRASS OUTLET 1-3/8
[35.0]
5-1/4 [133.35]
POLYSULFONE BODY
8-1/4
[209.55]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Polysulfone body,
barium ferrite, stainless steel spring
and retaining rings.
Temperature Limits: 158F (70C).
Pressure Limits: 325 psi (22.4 bar).
Accuracy: 5% full scale.
Repeatability: 1.0%.
Set Point: Adjustable 0 to 100% FS.
Relay Load: 1 A @ 30 VDC; 0.5 A @
125 VAC (resistive).
Supply Voltage: 115 VAC, 10%.
Current Consumption: 25 mA max.
Process Connections: 1 male NPT
polysulfone or 3/4 male NPT brass.
Flow Scale: Calibrated at 1.0 specific
gravity @ 70F (21C).
Weight: 1 male NPT polysulfone; 0.55
lb (0.25 kg); 3/4 male NPT brass: 0.90
lb (0.41 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
APPLICATIONS
Monitoring flow in chemical processing,
waste water processing, process control,
lubrication systems, solar systems, drain
lines and pump testing.
1-47/64
[43.94]
1-7/8
[47.63]
Switch Module
Model
FS10410
FS11610
FS12810
FS20400
FS20700
Range, GPM (LPM)
0.5 to 4.0 (1.9 to 15)
1.0 to 16 (5 to 60)
4.0 to 28 (20 to 100)
0.5 to 4.0 (1.9 to 15)
1.0 to 7.0 (4 to 26)
Series
VASP
Visi-Float
Flowmeter Flowswitch/
Power Converter Pak
Designed for Use with the Dwyer
VFA Visi-Float
Flowmeter
The new VASP Visi-Float
VFA Flowmeters. The VASP consists of a sensing unit and a power converter unit allowing
remote mounting over long distances. Designed to mount onto any existing VFA Flowmeter,
the switching setpoint can be easily adjusted by a single adjustment screw. It contains a set
of SPDT relay contacts for indication of flow above or below a preset level. The units
incorporate indicating LEDs for power and status. Also, a latching and power failure circuit
is also included for more versatility.
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limit: 0 to 140F ( 18 to 60C).
Switch Type: SPDT relay.
Electrical Rating: See chart.
Electrical Connections: Screw type terminal block.
Power Requirements: User selectable: 24 VDC or 24/120/240 VAC @ 50/60 Hz.
Current Consumption: 105 mA max. (DC), 230 mA max. (AC).
Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal.
Set Point Adjustment: Single adjustment screw.
Weight: 20 oz (.57 kg).
3/16 DIA. TYP
2 11/32
4 39/64
1 3/16
5/8 DIA. X THRU
3 1/2 4 23/32
5 49/64
5 1/4
[146.45]
[133.35]
[89.00] [19.85]
[59.53]
[119.23]
[30.16]
1 13/32 TYP
[4.75]
2 PLCS [15.88]
[35.72]
1-1/64
[25.80]
13/16
[20.64]
1-1/16
[27.00]
1/4
[6.35]
2-13/32
[61.12]
1-19/64
[32.94]
7/8
[22.23]
Model
VASP-1
VASP-5
VASP-10
Connections
1 male NPT (polysulfone)
1 male NPT (polysulfone)
1 male NPT (polysulfone)
3/4 male NPT (brass)
3/4 male NPT (brass)
Output Range
.5A @ 120/240 VAC, 1A @ 30 VDC
5A @ 120/240 VAC, 5A @ 30 VDC
10A @ 120/240 VAC, 5A @ 30 VDC
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879-8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494-461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 197
F
l
o
w
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
,
P
a
d
d
l
e
F
L
O
W
Designed to provide an inexpensive, reliable unit to monitor the presence or
absence of flow in a system. The V10 flow switch is used to monitor unattended equipment
and protect it from costly damage. The V10 flow switch utilizes a rugged, hermetically
sealed reed switch which is encapsulated in a polypropylene switch housing that fits into a
standard heavy duty leak proof brass body or optional 303 SS body. The switch adjustment
allows the user to change the switch to Normally Open (NO) or Normally Closed (NC) in the
field merely by loosening two screws. The switch housing is located outside the process
media, making switch change-over or maintenance easy without interruption of process
flow.
A full size, trimmable stainless steel vane is provided with a removable laminated template.
This template is calibrated for brass or ductile iron reducing tees and forged steel straight
tee/bushing combinations. Allows for field installation in pipelines from 1/2 to 2 diameter.
A table with approximate actuation and deactivation values is provided below.
Mini-Size Flow Switch
Proof of Flow or No Flow in 1/2 to 2 Pipe,
Low Cost, Leak Proof Body, Weatherproof
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Vane: 301 SS;
Body: Brass or 303 SS;
Pin and spring: 301 SS, 302 SS, and 316 SS;
Magnet: Ceramic 8.
Temperature Limit: 200F (93C).
Pressure Limit: Brass body: 1000 psig (69 bar); 303 SS body: 2000 psig (138 bar).
Switch Type: SPST hermetically sealed reed switch. Field adjustable for normally
open or normally closed.
Electrical Rating: 0.5A @ 30 VAC; 1.5A @ 24 VDC.
Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 18 (460 mm) long, PVC jacket. Rated 221F
(105C).
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT standard. Contact factory for other options.
Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position but the
actuation/deactuation flow rates are based on horizontal pipe runs and are nominal
values.
Set Point Adjustment: Vane is trimmable.
Weight: 4.5 oz (0.13 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL and CSA.
Switch Enclosure: Polypropylene.
Cold Water Flow Rates
Approximate actuation/deactuation
GPM upper, LPM lower
Pipe
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
Air Flow Rates
Approximate actuation/deactuation
SCFM upper, LPM lower
Series
V10
Model
V10
V10SS
Body Material
Brass
303SS
Trim
L
J
H
E
C
Full
N.O.
2.6/2.3
9.8/8.7
3.1/2.7
11.7/10.2
4.8/4.5
18.2/17
6.2/5.6
23.5/21.2
8.2/7.7
31/29.1
9.5/9.1
36/34.4
N.C.
2.6/2.5
9.8/9.5
3.1/2.8
11.7/10.6
4.8/4.4
18.2/16.7
6.1/5.6
23.1/21.2
8.2/7.7
31/29.1
9.5/9
36/34.1
Pipe
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
Trim
L
J
H
E
C
Full
N.O.
10.3/8.8
291.7/250
13/11.6
368.3/328
19.2/17.6
543.3/498
24.8/22.2
701.7/628
33.4/31.2
946.7/883
50.2/48.4
1422/1370
N.C.
10.2/9.2
288/260
12.9/11.6
365/328
18.9/17.6
535/498
24.5/22.5
693/637
33/30.6
935/867
50.2/47.7
1422/1352
NORMALLY OPEN POSITION
4 [101.6]
2-7/8 [73.07]
1 [25.40]
18 AWG LEADWIRES
19 [482.6] LONG
2-7/8
[73.07]
1/4 [6.35] TRAVEL
TO NORMALLY
CLOSED POSITION
LOWER BODY
7/8 HEX
1/2 MALE NPT
VANE 2-3/8
[61.11]
NORMALLY CLOSED POSITION
Switch Configuration
Normally Open or Closed
Normally Open or Closed
197.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 11:34 AM Page 1
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
198
F
o
w
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
P
a
d
d
e
F
L
O
W
Rugged and reliable the Series V4 Flotect
Aust alian
Standa d
C
ertfed
P
o
d
u
ct
OPTIONS (add as a suffix to the model number):
-D, DPDT contacts
-MV, Gold Plated Contacts, options for dry circuits
(see electrical rating in specification, no listings or approvals)
-MT, High Temperature, option rated 400F (204C)
(see electrical rating in specifications, no listings or approvals)
-TRI (increasing flow), -TRD (decreasing flow), Time Delay Relay,
option with 2 SPDT contacts, adjustable from 0 1 to 0 31 minutes.
(no listings or approvals)
-316, 316 SS Magnet Keeper, option to replace standard 430 SS
-SAA, SAA listed construction
-V, Vertical Up Flow, option for upward flow in vertical pipe
-AT, ATEX listed construction
Description
Brass body, universal vane
316SS* body, universal vane
Brass body, custom vane
316SS* body, custom vane
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 199
F
o
w
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
P
a
d
d
e
F
L
O
W
Actuation rates are based on cold water at a specific gravity of 1.0.
For fluids of different specific gravity, actuation rates may be approximated by dividing the rate shown by the square root of the specific gravity.
Actuation rates are based on air at standard conditions. For gases at other pressures, temperatures, or specific gravities, consult factory for equivalent
flow approximations.
Vane
Layers
1
1&2
1,2,&3
1,2,3,&4
1,2,3,4,&5
1.5 Pipe
7 3
26.67 11.67
2 Pipe
15 8
56.7 30
7 4
26.7 15
3 Pipe
45 22
167 83.3
23 14
86.7 53.3
11 7
41.7 26.7
4 Pipe
95 40
367 150
50 35
190 132
27 19
102 71.7
17 12
65 45
6 Pipe
210 120
800 450
130 90
500 333
80 60
300 233
60 45
233 167
40 30
152 113
8 Pipe
375 175
1417 667
230 150
867 567
160 115
600 433
120 90
450 333
80 65
300 250
10 Pipe
600 300
2267 1133
450 250
1700 950
300 180
1133 683
230 150
867 567
135 100
517 383
12 Pipe
900 450
3400 1700
650 350
2467 1317
450 275
1700 1033
310 200
1167 750
200 140
750 533
20 Pipe
2400 1200
9083 4550
1800 1000
6817 3783
1200 700
4550 2650
850 550
3217 2083
575 400
2183 1517
18 Pipe
2000 1000
7567 3783
1450 800
5483 3033
1000 600
3783 2267
700 450
2650 1700
460 325
1733 1233
16 Pipe
1400 800
5300 3033
1200 650
4550 2467
750 450
2750 2083
550 360
2083 1367
360 250
1367 950
14 Pipe
1200 600
4550 2267
900 500
3400 1900
600 350
2267 1317
430 280
1633 1067
290 200
1100 750
Approximate Actuation/Deactuation Flow Rates for Cold Water.
Upper Figures in GPM. Lower Figures in LPM.
Application Drawings
For Flotect
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 201
F
o
w
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
P
a
d
d
e
F
L
O
W
Pipe
Size
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
Actuate
6.50
180
10.0
300
14.0
420
21.0
600
33.0
960
43.0
1200
Deactuate
5.00
120
8.00
240
12.0
360
18.0
540
30.0
840
36.0
1020
Approximate Actuation-
Deacuation Flow Rates for Air.
Upper figures are SCFM,
Lower figures in LPM
Pipe
Size
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
Actuate
1.50
5.667
2.00
7.5
3.00
11.33
4.00
15.17
6.00
22.67
10.00
37.83
Deactuate
1.00
3.83
1.25
4.67
1.75
6.67
3.00
11.3
5.00
18.9
8.50
32.2
Approximate Actuation-
Deactuation Flow Rates for Cold
Water.
Upper figures are GPM,
Lower figures in LPM
V6 Set Point Charts - Factory Installed Tee
Min-Max Flow Rates in 1/2 Pipe
Media
GPM Water
LPM Water
SCFM Air
LPS Air
Actuate
.04 0.75
.15 2.84
.18 2.70
.09 1.3
Deactuate
.03 0.60
.11 2.27
.15 2.0
.07 .95
Pressure drop (head loss) is a function of both set point and flow rate. Typically,
pressure drop at actuation flow rate listed will be 5 10 psid (.34 .69 bar). Pressure
drops at other flow rates will vary in proportion to the (change in flow).
V6 Low Flow Set Point Chart
Example
Series
Construction
Upper
Body
Lower
Body
Circuit
(Switch)
Tee Connection
Size
Tee
Material
Options
V6
V6
B
B
S
EP
EP
B
B
S
S
S
D
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
LF
B
MI
FS
B
S
0
MT
CSA
AT
MV
MT
VIT
*Options that do not have ATEX.
Model
V6EPB-B-S-1-B
V6EPB-B-S-2-B
V6EPB-B-S-3-B
V6EPB-B-S-4-B
V6EPB-B-S-5-B
V6EPB-B-S-6-B
V6EPB-B-S-1-MI
V6EPB-B-S-2-MI
V6EPB-B-S-3-MI
V6EPB-B-S-4-MI
V6EPB-B-S-5-MI
V6EPB-B-S-6-MI
V6EPB-S-S-1-MI
V6EPB-S-S-2-MI
V6EPB-S-S-3-MI
V6EPB-S-S-4-MI
V6EPB-S-S-5-MI
V6EPB-S-S-6-MI
V6EPB-S-S-1-FS
V6EPB-S-S-2-FS
V6EPB-S-S-3-FS
V6EPB-S-S-4-FS
V6EPB-S-S-5-FS
V6EPB-S-S-6-FS
V6EPB-S-S-1-S
V6EPB-S-S-2-S
V6EPB-S-S-3-S
V6EPB-S-S-4-S
V6EPB-S-S-5-S
V6EPB-S-S-6-S
V6EPB-B-S-6-0
V6EPB-S-S-6-0
V6EPB-B-S-LF
V6EPB-S-S-LF
Size
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
No Tee
No Tee
1/2
1/2
Lower Body
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
Brass
SS
Brass
SS
V6EPB B S 2 B MT flow switch; brass upper housing, brass lower housing, brass tee with 3/4 NPT
connections, SPDT snap switch, and high temperature option
Series V6 flow switch
Explosion proof
Brass
Stainless Steel
Brass
Stainless Steel
SPDT
DPDT
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
1 1/4 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
2 NPT
Low Flow Model (1/2 NPT connections)
Iron
Forged Steel
Brass
Stainless Steel
No tee, field trimmable vane
(For LF Model no tee material chosen, tee material matches lower housing choice)
CSA approved construction with junction box*
ATEX approved construction with junction box
Gold contacts on snap switch for dry circuits (see specifications for ratings)
High temperature option rated 400F (205C) (see specifications for ratings)*
Fluoroelastomer O rings in place of Buna N on low flow models
Tee
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Iron
Iron
Iron
Iron
Iron
Iron
Iron
Iron
Iron
Iron
Iron
Iron
FS
FS
FS
FS
FS
FS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
None
None
LF, Brass
LF, SS
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
202
F
o
w
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
P
a
d
d
e
F
L
O
W
Series
V7
Vane Operated Flow Switch
Magnetic Linkage
2X 47/64
[18.65]
2-37/64
[65.48]
1/2 FEMALE
NPSM
1-3/8
[34.93]
GROUND COMMON
NORMALLY OPEN
NORMALLY CLOSED
1 NPT
6-31/32 [177.00]
3.702
.554
11/16
[17.46]
3/4
[19.05]
A
The Series V7 Flotect
Flow Switch has a leak proof body and vane constructed of tough durable
polyphenylene sulfide which has excellent chemical resistance. The full size trimmable vane
is provided with molded-in graduations allowing for installation in a 1 inch through 6 inch
pipe. Operating pressures are up to 150 psig (10 bar) and temperatures to 212F (100C).
The V8 flow switch can be used in various chemical processes, industrial systems and
similar applications where process conditions are compatible with polyphenylene sulfide,
ceramic 8 and 316SS. The V8 Flotect
flow switch is UL recognized as an industrial motor
controller per UL standard 508, suitable for mounting in a protected environment.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Vane and body: Polyphenylene Sulfide (PPS);
Pin and spring: 316 SS or Inconel
;
Magnet: Ceramic 8.
Temperature Limit: 212F (100C).
Pressure Limit: 150 psig (10.34 bar).
Enclosure Rating: General purpose, WP/WP2 option is weatherproof.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch, MV option: SPDT gold contact snap switch.
Electrical Rating: 5A @ 125/250 VAC, 5A resistive, 3A inductive @ 30 VDC;
MV option: 1A @ 125 VAC, 1A resistive, 0.5A inductive @ 30 VDC.
Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 18 (460 mm) long.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 male NPT, 1/2 female NPT on WP and WP2.
Process Connection: 1 male NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Actuation/deactuation flow rates are based on horizontal
pipe runs and are nominal values. Unit cannot be used with vertical down flow.
Set Point Adjustment: Vane is trimmable.
Weight: 4.5 oz (0.13 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL 508 for US and Canada.
Cold Water Flow Rates
Approximate actuation/deactuation
GPM upper, LPM lower
Pipe Size
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
10.8/9.1
40.9/34.6
9.8/8.3
37.2/31.4
8.6/6.8
32.4/25.7
10.9/8.8
41.2/33.4
12.9/8.9
48.8/33.5
21.1/13.8
79.7/52.2
45/33
170.2/124.7
Air Flow Rates
Approximate actuation/deactuation
SCFM upper, LPM lower
39/32.6
1105/923
37.5/32.2
1062/912
33.4/26.7
945/757
43/36.8
1218/1042
52.7/38.9
1493/1100
87.6/63.6
2482/1802
168.6/137.4
4775/3890
Series
V8
Vane Operated Flow Switch
Field Adjustable 1 to 6 Inch Pipe, Leak Proof Body
V8
1/2 NPTM
3-1/16
[77.79]
12-11/64
[309.17]
1-21/32
[41.31]
1-5/16 OCTAGON
[33.34]
1 NPTM
5-1/4
[133.35]
FIELD TRIMMABLE
VANE
V8-WP2
Pipe Size
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
4
6
APPLICATIONS
Applications are chemical processing, air conditioning, refrigeration, heating systems,
cooling lines, machinery, liquid transfer systems, water treatment, food processing, and
machine tools. Also, other applications compatible with the materials of construction.
Series V8, Flow Switch
OPTIONS
Gold Plated Contacts, for dry circuits. Rated 1A @ 125 VAC; 1A resistive, 0.5A
inductive @ 30 VDC. To order add suffix MV.
Example: V8-MV
Inconel
Flow Switch is a low cost, versatile line of switches that can be used
in a wide range of applications and configurations. Mountable in any orientation, the Series
V12 Flow Switch utilizes a free moving shuttle that is displaced by the liquid flow, activating
an isolated, sealed reed switch. Models can be used in media that is compatible with PPE
& PS, stainless steel and FEP. Constructed of FDA approved wetted materials.
Flow Switch
Low Cost, Wide Range of Chemical Compatibility, Flow Rates 0.5 to 5.0 GPM
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Housing and
shuttle: PPE & PS (polyphenylene
ether and polystyrene). PVC with 3/4
NPT option; Spring: 316 SS; Retaining
clip: PH 15 7 MO stainless steel;
Magnet: FEP.
Temperature Limits: 0F ( 18C) to
194F (90C)
Pressure Limit: 100 psig (6.90 bar) @
70F (21C), 50 psig (3.45 bar) @
194F (90C)
Switch Type: SPST normally open
hermetically sealed reed switch.
Electrical Rating: 1.5A @ 24 VDC
resistive, 0.001A @ 200 VDC resistive,
0.5A @ 125 VAC.
Accuracy: 20%.
Electrical Connections: 22 AWG, 18
(460 mm) long.
Process Connection: 1 female NPT.
Optional 3/4 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Switch can be
installed in any position but the
actuation flow rates are based on
vertical up flow pipe runs and are
nominal values.
Set Point Adjustment: None.
Weight: 4.2 oz (0.119 kg).
Deadband: 20% maximum.
Agency Approvals: UL.
Series
V12
Note: Standard units are designed with springs for positive return of the shuttle at
no flow condition. This allows the flow switch to be mounted in any orientation, but
actuation set points vary from stated values. Contact the factory for further
information.
RED
WHITE
(2) 22 AWG
LEAD WIRES
18 [457] LONG
V12
2-7/8
[73.03]
V12 - 3/4 NPT
3-17/32
[89.69]
V12 - 3/4 NPT
1-15/32
[37.31] V12
13/16
[20.64]
3/4 NPT
2 PLACES
1-19/32 TYP.
[40.48]
OUTLET
INLET
V12
2-11/16
[65.26]
V12 - 3/4 NPT
3-11/32
[84.93]
Model
V12-2
V12-3
V12-4
V12-5
Gallons per Minute
0.5 GPM
1.0 GPM
2.5 GPM
5.0 GPM
Series
P5
PVC Shuttle Flow Switch
Low Cost Flow/No Flow Monitoring, Visual Flow Indication, Broad Chemical Compatibility
The transparent Series P5 Shuttle Flow Switch features corrosion resistant, durable
PVC housing for visual confirmation in flow/no flow applications. The switches have preset
actuation points from 0.5 to 2.0 GPM for actuation on increasing flow. Switching is SPST
normally open at no flow. Choose from 1/2 NPT or 3/4 IPS (for 0.5 GPM) or 1 IPS (for
2.0 GPM) inlet and outlet ports. The shuttle design has only one moving part for long life
and minimum maintenance. Remove the one-piece bonnet and shuttle assembly to quickly
clean the unit without disturbing the housing or piping. Rugged construction and excellent
chemical compatibility simplify flow / no flow detection.
3-13/16 [96.84]
OR 4-3/8 [111.13]
WITH 1/2 NPT
PORT ADAPTER
1-1/2 [38.1] OR
2-1/16 [52.39] W/ 1/2 NPT
PORT ADAPTER
[A]
2 PLACES
1-5/8
[41.28]
[B]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Housing, shuttle
and bonnet: PVC; O ring: Buna N;
Epoxy.
Temperature Limits: 120F (49C).
Pressure Limit: 120 psig (8.2 bar) @
70F (21C) to 100F (38C), 50 psig
(3.45 bar) @ 101F (38.3C) to 120F
(49C).
Accuracy: 20% of set point.
Repeatability: 1%.
Switch Type: SPST, N.O.
Electrical Rating: .17A @ 120 VAC,
.08A @ 240 VAC, .13A @ 120 VDC, .06A
@ 240 VDC.
Electrical Connection: 22 AWG, 24
(61 cm), PVC lead wire.
Process Connection: 1/2 female
NPT, 3/4 IPS or 1 IPS.
Required Filtration: 150 microns or
better.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical, inlet
facing down.
Weight: 6 oz (.17 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
DIM A
1/2 NPT
3/4 IPS
1 IPS
DIM B
(25/16)
[58.74]
(2 1/16)
[52.39]
(1 15/16)
[49.21]
Model
P5-1
P5-2
P5-3
Actuation Set Point
GPM (LPM)
.5 (1.89)
.5 (1.89)
2.0 (7.57)
OPTION
3/4 female NPT connections, PVC hex bushing
To order add suffix 3/4NPT.
Example: V12 4 3/4NPT
Switch Activation Set Point on
Increasing Flow (Water), Vertical Up Direction
Liters per Minute
1.892
3.785
9.462
18.924
Process Connection
1/2 NPT port adapter
3/4 IPS
1 IPS
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
210
F
o
w
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
T
h
e
r
m
a
F
L
O
W
Series
TSP
Protect pumps and valves from dry running with the Series TSP Liquid Flow
Controller. The Series TSP combine a liquid flow switch with a failsafe relay controller to
detect a flow or no flow situation and provides switching for direct actuation of pumps and
valves. Controller features adjustable time delay, selectable NO or NC operation, and LED
indication of sensor, relay, and power status. Four models (TSP110S, TSP210S, TSP120S,
TSP220S) are designed with an integral flash alarm to provide immediate indication of
local alarm conditions.
Liquid Flow Controller
NO or NC Relay Output, Adjustable Time Delay
*Applies to models with flash alarm only.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Polypropylene/PPS
or polyvinylidene fluoride.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 158F
( 40 to 70C).
Pressure Limits: 150 psi (10 bar) @
77F (25C), derated 1.67 psi (.113 bar)
per C above 25C.
Relay Output: 1 SPDT form C, isolated
and sealed.
Relay Load: 250 VAC, 10 A resistive,
1/2 hp.
Switching Mode: Selectable NO or NC.
Supply Voltage: 120/240 VAC, 50/60
Hz, selectable.
Current Consumption: .25 amps
maximum.
Sensor Voltage Supply: 13 VDC, 1
Watt max., nominal.
Sensor Trigger Point: Dry <10 mA, wet
>10 mA.
Time Delay: Adjustable, 0.15 to 60
seconds.
Flash Type: *Xenon tube.
Flash Frequency: *1 per second.
Brightness: *>50,000 CP.
Strobe Life: *10 M cycles.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 NPT.
Mounting Connection: 3/4 NPT.
Enclosure: Polypropylene, flame
retardant, probe NEMA 4X (IP65).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Thermal Dispersion Flow Switch
Adjustable Switch Point, LED Indication
Series
TDS
The Series TDS Thermal Dispersion Flow Switch offers solid state flow detection
of non-coating liquids for pump and process protection. SPDT output allows for interfacing
with remote PLC or relay control device. The adjustable switch point is factory calibrated
at 0.2 fps with LED indication of flow and calibration status. Units feature selectable NO
or NC operation and are not damaged by overranging flow velocities.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquids.
Wetted Materials: Polypropylene /PPS
or polyvinylidene fluoride.
Range: 0.04 to 10 fps (1.2X10
2
to 3.05
m/s)
Temperature Limits: 32 to 140F (0 to
60C).
Pressure Limits: 150 psi (10 bar) @
25C, derated @ 1.667 psi (.113 bar)
per C above 25C.
Repeatability: 5% of setpoint.
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical Rating: 60 VAC/60 VDC @
1 A.
Electrical Connections: 22 AWG 3
wire, 10 ft (3 m) length.
Process Connections: 3/4 male NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Any
orientation, for pipe sizes 3/4 to 1 1/2
use 3.0 (7.6 cm) length switch; for 2
to 16 pipe sizes use 4.5 (11.4 cm)
length switch.
Setpoint Adjustment: 0.04 to 3 fps
(1.2X10
2
to .91 m/s).
Setpoint Drift: 0.5% of setpoint.
Response Time: 1 10 seconds.
Viscosity Range: 1 to 200 centipoise.
Supply Voltage: 12 to 36 VDC.
Consumption: 50 mA (nominal).
Indication: LED for flow status.
Weight: 3 oz (94 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
"B"
"A"
3/4 NPT
1-1/16
[26.99]
45/64
[17.86]
2-13/16
[71.44]
2-13/16
[71.44]
C
B
A
3-5/16
[84.14]
3-29/32
[99.22]
C
B
A
3-5/16
[84.14]
3-29/32
[99.22]
Model
TSP110
TSP210
TSP120
TSP220
TSP110S
TSP210S
TSP120S
TSP220S
Flash Alarm
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Wetted Parts
PP
PVDF
PP
PVDF
PP
PVDF
PP
PVDF
Model
TSP110
TSP210
TSP120
TSP220
TSP110S
TSP210S
TSP120S
TSP220S
DIM A
in (cm)
6 1/2 (165.1)
6 1/2 (165.1)
7 29/32 (200.82)
7 29/32 (200.82)
8 5/16 (211.14)
8 5/16 (211.14)
9 13/16 (249.24)
9 13/16 (249.24)
DIM B
in (cm)
1 5/16 (33.34)
1 5/16 (33.34)
2 13/16 (71.44)
2 13/16 (71.44)
1 9/64 (28.97)
1 9/64 (28.97)
2 13/16 (71.44)
2 13/16 (71.44)
DIM C
in (cm)
45/64 (17.86)
45/64 (17.86)
2 7/64 (53.58)
2 7/64 (53.58)
45/64 (17.86)
45/64 (17.86)
2 7/64 (53.58)
2 7/64 (53.58)
Dim.
A
B
TDS112, TDS212
3.0 (7.6 cm)
0.7 (1.8 cm)
TDS122, TDS222
4.5 (11.4 cm)
2.1 (5.3 cm)
Model
TDS112
TDS212
TDS122
TDS222
Wetted Parts
PP/PPS
PVDF
PP/PPS
PVDF
Sensor Length
Short
Short
Long
Long
Short
Short
Long
Long
Length
3.0 (7.6 cm)
3.0 (7.6 cm)
4.5 (11.4 cm)
4.5 (11.4 cm)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 211
F
o
w
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
T
h
e
r
m
a
F
L
O
W
Series
FMS
Flow Sensor
For Water and Water Based Liquids/Oil and Oil-Based Liquids
FMS Series Flow Sensor
Automatic scaling and set-point
No moving parts
Learn function for flow rate
Push-button re-scaling if needed
Easy to install
Series FMS Flow Sensor FMS-1 is for applications requiring RELATIVE
measurement and set-point of flow rate. This means that the actual velocity of
the flow or the quantitative measurement in GPM is not known and is not
important. What is important is that the set-point can be set as a percentage
of or relative to the full flow rate. No other flow sensor could do it this simply
or effectively.
How It Operates
The model FMS uses a set of flashing LEDs to indicate flow. All 7 of the
LEDs will remain lit to show 100% flow rate. The flow OK light will also be
lit showing that the established full flow rate is what is flowing in the pipe.
When you initially set the flow rate, it will mark that as your 100% mark. If
your flow reduces below the 50% mark, you will get an alarm from the
sensor.
If flow increases beyond the initially established flow rate, the Overflow
LED light will come on. It is then the operators decisions as to whether to
ignore it if too much flow is not a problem and may actually choose this
flow rate to be the new normal flow rate. This can be done by just
depressing the set button until all LEDs flash. The FMS has now
recalibrated itself to the new flow rate. The flow ok LED will again light
and the set point will automatically be re set at the 50% of flow point.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water and water based liquids/oil and oil based liquids.
Wetted Materials: Sensor head: 303 SS.
Low Flow Set Point: Auto set @ 50% / adjustable via set push button.
Set Point Range: 5.0 ft/sec (0 150 cm/sec.)
Repeatability: < 0.5%.
Hysteresis: 10% of set point value typical.
Medium Temperature Limits: 4 to 176F ( 20 to 80C.)
Pressure: 450 psi (30 bar).
Response Time: 25 seconds (typical).
Supply Voltage: 20 30 VDC (short circuit protected).
Switching Current: < 200 mA.
Power Consumption: 6 W max.
Electrical Connection: M12 male socket 4 pin. Comes with 6.5 ft (2 m)
cable with M12 connector and pigtail.
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP65).
Initial Operation: After 15 seconds.
Switch Type: PNP N.O. (switch closed with flow), PNP N.C. (switch
open with flow).
Weight: .55 lb (.25 kg).
M12 4 PIN CONNECTOR
49/64
[19.56]
1-31/32
[49.8]
1-11/32
[34]
1-1/16 HEX
[27 HEX]
1/2-14 NPT
21/32
[16.51]
3-3/16
[80.88]
1/2
[12.7]
Model FMS-1, Flow Sensor PNP N.O.
Model FMS-2, Flow Sensor PNP N.C.
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
212
F
o
w
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
T
h
e
r
m
a
F
L
O
W
Series
FTS
Thermal Flow and Temperature Switch
For Industrial Cooling Systems
Series FTS Thermal Flow Switch is especially designed, for all types of cooling systems,
as a reliable alternative to failure prone mechanical flow switches. The thermal flow switch
continually samples the temperature of the coolant and adjusts the low flow setpoint
automatically, providing a solid state switch should the coolant flow rate fall below the
setpoint value. In addition, the thermal flow switch will provide an alarm output should the
coolant temperature rise above acceptable levels. You have double protection with the FTS.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water based liquids.
Low Flow Set Point: .4 m/s (1.2 fps) (water related) typical.
Temperature Set Point: 122F (50C) or 158F (70C), other settings possible on
OEM demand.
Temperature Limits: 4 to 176F ( 20 to 80C).
Response Time: 5 to 10 seconds.
Repeatability: 0.5%.
Hysteresis: <20% of set point value.
Pressure Limit: 150 psi (10 bar).
Protection Class: NEMA 6 (IP 67).
Wetted Material: 303 SS.
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Electrical Connection: M12 male socket 4 pin with 6 ft (2 m) connection cable
with M12 connector sold separately.
Power Requirement: 18 30 VDC.
Electrical Rating: <200 mA.
Power Consumption: 4 W max.
Initial Operation: After 15 seconds.
Switch Type: PNP N.O. (switch closes with flow).
STD. CABLE LENGTH 6 FT.
FTS-AL & FTS-BL
4-9/64 [105.22]
2-55/64 [72.58]
1-63/64 [50.22]
1/2 NPT
43/64
[17.02]
1-1/16 HEX
[26.78]
A-284
Model
FTS-AS
FTS-AL
FTS-BS
FTS-BL
Temp. Set Point
122F (50C)
122F (50C)
158F (70C)
158F (70C)
Series
TDC
3-29/32 [99.21]
2-13/16
[71.44]
1-13/16
[46.04]
3-7/64 [78.98]
3-45/64 [94.06]
Series TDC Remote Flow Controller coupled with a thermal dispersion flow switch
(Series TDS) provides a complete system for leak detection, signaling high or low flow
conditions, low flow cutoff, and pump or valve actuation. Controller features adjustable
time delay for dampening of relay chatter, selectable NO or NC operation, and LED
indication of sensor, relay, and power status. Model TDC1 accepts single switch input
and single relay output. Model TDC2 accepts three switch inputs and two relay outputs.
SPECIFICATIONS
Relay Output: TDC1: 1 SPDT form C; TDC2: 2 SPDT form C (one latching relay).
Relay Load: 240 VAC, 12 A resistive, 1/2 HP.
Switching Mode: Field selectable NO or NC.
Supply Voltage: 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz., selectable.
Current Consumption: .25 amps maximum.
Time Delay: Adjustable, 0.15 to 60 seconds.
Sensor Voltage Supply: 13.5 VDC, 100 mA max., nominal.
Sensor Trigger Point: Dry <12 mA; Wet >12 mA.
Sensor Input: Terminal block.
Mounting: EN 50 022 standard 32 mm DIN or panel mount.
Enclosure: Polypropylene, flame retardant.
Temperature Limits: 4 to 158F ( 20 to 70C).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Remote Flow Controller
Single or Dual Relay Output, Adjustable Time Delay
Model
TDC1
TDC2
ACCESSORY
A-284, Wiring cable 6 ft (2 m) long with M12 connector
Sensor Length (L)
1/2 (12.7 cm)
2 (50.8 cm)
1/2 (12.7 cm)
2 (50.8 cm)
Description
Single Point Flow Controller
Dual Point Flow Controller
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 213
F
o
w
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
P
e
z
o
F
L
O
W
Series
BFM
Bulk Flow Monitor
Monitors Movement of Solids and Liquids
Series BFM Bulk Flow Monitor provides effective monitoring for most
flow/no flow conditions in pipes and chutes. Its sensing techniques, which use
a Piezo element, makes the BFM versatile for most flow/no flow applications.
The BFM Control offers many unique advance features that exceed the
industry standards. The BFM Central Processing Unit monitors movement of
almost anything through a pipe or chute system. The BFM is ideal for sensing
the presence or absence of materials in Pneumatic Conveying Systems. The
BFM offers adjustable sensitivity depending on the application demand. Also,
it provides easy installation and requires no maintenance. The unit has LED
indicators flow (green)/ no flow (red).
The BFS-1 Sensor yields many advance features. It externally mounts to the
outside of the pipe or chute. It provides mounting tabs for easy installation. The
Sensor is prewired with 3 wire.
Series BFM has many practical applications. You can use it to monitor oil spray
systems, discharge chutes, distributors, screw conveyors, drag conveyors, water
systems, air systems, pneumatic systems, gravity feed systems, slurry systems,
chemical processing, food processing and rotary drums.
SPECIFICATIONS
BFM Specifications
Service: Solids and liquids.
Power Requirement: 120VAC, 220VAC or 12VDC.
Power Consumption: .1A.
Temperature Limits: 120F (48.9C).
Output: Relay: SPDT rated 4A @ 125/250VAC, 1/10 HP @
125/250VAC, 3A @ 30VDC. TTL: 0 5 V.
Serial Communications: RS 232.
Electrical Connection: Screw terminal.
Conduit Connection: Knockouts (four 3/4 for power, six 1/2 for sensor
and outputs).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Material: Polycarbonate.
Weight: 3 lb (1.36 kg).
BFS Specifications
Pipe Size: 1/2 to 60 (1.27 to 152.4 cm).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Electrical Connection: 3 (0.9 m) of 18 gauge wire.
Temperature Limits: 155F (68.3C).
Materials: PVC type 1 grade 1 grey.
Weight: 5 oz (141.8 g).
4x 3/4 CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
5-9/64 [130.45]
3[76.20]
6X 1/2 CONDUIT
KNOCKOUT
1-19/32
[40.64]
1/2
[12.69]
3/32
[2.29]
3
[76.20]
1-1/2
[38.10]
FLOW SENSOR
3 18 AWG
WIRE
SENSOR
TIP
7
[177.80]
GREEN
LED
RED LED
SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT
POTENTIOMETER
BFM FLOW MONITOR
BFM BFS
Model
BFM-1
BFM-2
BFM-3
BFS-1
Descriptions
Control Unit: NEMA 4X, Polycarbonate Housing, 120VAC
Control Unit: NEMA 4X, Polycarbonate Housing, 220VAC
Control Unit: NEMA 4X, Polycarbonate Housing, 12VDC
Sensor
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
214
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Compressed Air Meter
Steady-State and Cumulative Totals PNP/4-20 mA Output
Series
CAM
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compressed air; Air quality (see chart).
Wetted Materials: Stainless steel (304S15), ceramics, glass
passivated, PEEK, polyester, fluoroelastomer, anodized aluminum.
Accuracy: Class 1.4.1: 3% of measured value +0.3% of full scale
value; Class 3.4.4: 6% of measured value + .6% of full scale value.
Response Time: < 0.1 seconds.
Temperature Limit: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Pressure Limit: 232 psig (16 bar).
Humidity Limit: 90% RH.
Power Requirements: 19 30 VDC.
Output Signal: Output 1: PNP open collector: VOUT(max)=30 VDC /
ISINK(max)=250mA; Output 2: 4 20 mA (scaleable) or PNP open
collector.
Loop Resistance: 500 ohms.
Current Consumption: <100 mA.
Electrical Connections: 4 pin M12 (micro) cable connection.
Process Connections: 1/2, 1 and 2 NPT.
Display: 4 digit alpha numeric red LED.
Enclosure Rating: IP65 (NEMA 4X).
Mounting Orientation: Vertical, horizontal, side with pipe length facing
left.
Weight: CAM 10: 12.5 lb; CAM 20: 2.35 lb; CAM 30: 4.16 lb.
Agency Approvals: CE.
The Series CAM Compressed Air Meter operates by the calorimetric
measuring principle to detect the standard volume flow of operating compressed
air. It is designed specifically to evaluate the current flow rate and the current
consumed quantity in compressed air systems. With an easily programmable
digital display, this unit offers a quick, accurate readout. The Series CAM is
constructed of high-grade materials and is virtually maintenance free.
3-1/32
[76.99]
D
C
A
B
C
M12 x 1
4-3/8
[111.13]
3-15/16
[100.01]
Model
CAM-10
CAM-20
CAM-30
A
10 53/64
[275.3]
8 9/32
[210.34]
14 49/64
[375.05]
B
18 45/64
[475.06]
11 13/16
[300.04]
18 45/64
[475.06]
C
2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1 NPT
D
2 1/64
[51.2]
41/64
[16.27]
1 5/64
[27.38]
Dimensions
Class
1
2
3
4
5
6
Max. Residual Water Max. Residual Dust Max. Oil Content
Residual
Water
g/m
3
0.003
0.117
0.880
5.953
7.732
9.356
Pressure
Dew Point
C
70
40
20
+3
+7
+10
Dust
Concentration
mg/m
3
0.1
1
5
8
10
Particle
Size
mg/m
0.1
1
5
15
40
Oil
Content
mg/m
3
0.01
0.1
1
5
25
Model CAM-10, 2 NPT, 1.4 412.0 SCFM
Model CAM-20, 1/2 NPT, 0.2 44.1 SCFM
Model CAM-30, 1 NPT, 1.0 132.4 SCFM
ACCESSORY
A-283, 4 Wire Connector
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 215
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
The Series HFT combines a direct reading HF flowmeter with electronics to
provide a proportional analog output of 4-20, 0-5, and 1-5 VDC. Use the output
to drive data acquisition devices, meters, or analog input cards. The entire
assembly is housed in a rugged cast aluminum NEMA 4X enclosure. The unit
can be installed in outdoor applications or harsh environments where liquid
tight seals are required. The flow transmitter does not require input or output
straight plumbing, and can be mounted in any orientation.
APPLICATIONS
HFT Flow Transmitters can be used to set flow rates, fluid motor and
cylinder speeds. Check pump high pressure performance, pressure relief
valve settings, fluid handling systems in agricultural, construction or
industrial machinery, power tools and equipment. Monitor air with
aluminum models; petrochemical operations with brass or stainless steel
models.
Series
HFT
In-Line Flow Transmitters
Local Flow Indication, Unrestricted Mounting, 4-20 mA, 0-5 V, and 1-5 V Output
Pressure Differential VS. Flow Rate
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or liquids.
Wetted Materials: Body: Aluminum, brass or 304 SS; Seals: Buna N or
Fluoroelastomer; Magnet: PTFE coated Alnico; Other internal parts: 304
SS.
Viscosity: 500 SSU.
Accuracy: 4% FS over entire range; 2.5% over center third of the
measuring range.
Repeatability: 1% of full scale.
Response Time: <100 msec.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA; 0 5 V; 1 5 V.
Temperature Limits: 240F (116C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Power Requirements: 12 35 VDC.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Shipping Weight: 1/4 to 1/2 female NPT models: 3 lb (1.4 kg); 3/4 to 1
female NPT models: 4.5 lb (2.0 kg); 1 1/2 female NPT models: 12 lb
(5.4 kg).
1/4 Female NPT 1/2 Female NPT 3/4, 1 & 1-1/2 Female NPT
Aluminum body for air or other non-corrosive gases:
600 psig (41 bar)
Wetted Parts: Aluminum, PTFE coated Alnico, 304 SS and Buna N
304 SS body for high-pressure fluids:
6000 psig (413 bar)
Wetted Parts: 304 SS, Fluoroelastomer and PTFE
Brass body for water based fluids (non-steam):
3500 psig (240 bar)
Wetted Parts: Brass, PTFE coated Alnico, 304 SS and Buna N
HFT-1123
HFT-1112
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
P
S
I
D
Flow Rate: SCFM @ 100 PSIG
10
8
6
4
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
P
S
I
D
Flow Rate: GPM
2
HFT-3210
HFT-3202
HFT-2205
10
8
6
4
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
D
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
i
a
l
P
S
I
D
Flow Rate: GPM
2
HFT-2315
HFT-2320
HFT-2440
12
HFT-2550
4-1/2
[114.3]
7-1/8
[180.98]
Model
HFT-1112
HFT-1123
Connection Size
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
Model
HFT-2205
HFT-2315
HFT-2320
HFT-2440
HFT-2550
Connection Size
1/2 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
3/4 female NPT
1 female NPT
1 1/2 female NPT
Model
HFT-3202
HFT-3210
Connection Size
1/2 female NPT
1/2 female NPT
Range, Air SCFM
1.5 12
4 23
Range, Water
GPM (LPM)
0.5 5.0 (1 19)
1 15 (3.8 55)
2 20 (7.5 75)
4 40 (15 151)
5 50 (19 189)
Range, Water
GPM (LPM)
0.2 2.0 (0.75 7.5)
1 10 (3.8 38)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
216
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
I
n
-
L
n
e
F
L
O
W
Series
DFT
Inline Differential Flow Transmitter
Low Cost, Compact and Rugged Design
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: End ports: PVC; Wedge element: PVC; Pressure
sensor: polyethermide.
Flow Measuring Ranges: 0.5 5, 1 10, 1 15 GPM.
Accuracy: 2% of full scale.
Repeatability: 0.5% of full scale.
Response Time: Indication of no less than 90% of any step change
within <500ms.
Power Requirements: 12 35 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA, 0 5 VDC or 0 10 VDC.
Maximum Current Consumption: 25 mA.
Minimum Load Resistance: 1000 .
Maximum Transmission Distance: 200 ft.
Resolution: Infinite.
Temperature Limits: 170F (76C).
Pressure Limits: 125 psig (8.6 bar).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP65).
Maximum Particulate Size: 200 microns.
Weight: 1 lb (0.45 kg).
Series DFT Flow Transmitters use a segmented wedge differential producer
to measure flow rates as related to pressure to monitor process fluids. The
segmented wedge provides a simple and reliable restriction for sensing flow as
related to pressure differential. The sensor can be mounted in any position and
allows the designer to install it in any orientation: horizontal, vertical or
inverted. The sensor is offered with three flow measuring ranges: 0.5-5, 1-10
and 1-15 GPM and three electrical output signals: 4-20 mA, 1-5 VDC and 1-10
VDC. The sensor offers low-cost precision with a measuring accuracy of 2% of
full-scale range and repeatability of 0.5%.
Model
DFT-PNW1-01A1
DFT-PNW1-01B1
DFT-PNW1-01C1
DFT-PNW1-02A1
DFT-PNW1-02B1
DFT-PNW1-02C1
DFT-PNW1-03A1
DFT-PNW1-03B1
DFT-PNW1-03C1
DFT-PNW1-01A2
DFT-PNW1-01B2
DFT-PNW1-01C2
DFT-PNW1-02A2
DFT-PNW1-02B2
DFT-PNW1-02C2
DFT-PNW1-03A2
DFT-PNW1-03B2
DFT-PNW1-03C2
DFT-PNW1-01A3
DFT-PNW1-01B3
DFT-PNW1-01C3
DFT-PNW1-02A3
DFT-PNW1-02B3
DFT-PNW1-02C3
DFT-PNW1-03A3
DFT-PNW1-03B3
DFT-PNW1-03C3
Flow Ranges
GPM (LPM)
0.5 5 (1.9 18.9)
0.5 5 (1.9 18.9)
0.5 5 (1.9 18.9)
0.5 5 (1.9 18.9)
0.5 5 (1.9 18.9)
0.5 5 (1.9 18.9)
0.5 5 (1.9 18.9)
0.5 5 (1.9 18.9)
0.5 5 (1.9 18.9)
1 10 (3.8 37.9)
1 10 (3.8 37.9)
1 10 (3.8 37.9)
1 10 (3.8 37.9)
1 10 (3.8 37.9)
1 10 (3.8 37.9)
1 10 (3.8 37.9)
1 10 (3.8 37.9)
1 10 (3.8 37.9)
1 15 (3.8 56.8)
1 15 (3.8 56.8)
1 15 (3.8 56.8)
1 15 (3.8 56.8)
1 15 (3.8 56.8)
1 15 (3.8 56.8)
1 15 (3.8 56.8)
1 15 (3.8 56.8)
1 15 (3.8 56.8)
Nominal
Port Size
(NPT Female)
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
6-7/8
[174.63]
FOR 3/8 & 1/2
7-1/2
[190.5]
FOR 3/4
5-1/4
[133.35]
2-7/32
[56.36]
1-3/32
[27.78]
FOR 3/8 & 1/2
1-5/16
[33.34]
FOR 3/4
Electrical
Output
0 5 VDC
0 10 VDC
4 20 mA
0 5 VDC
0 10 VDC
4 20 mA
0 5 VDC
0 10 VDC
4 20 mA
0 5 VDC
0 10 VDC
4 20 mA
0 5 VDC
0 10 VDC
4 20 mA
0 5 VDC
0 10 VDC
4 20 mA
0 5 VDC
0 10 VDC
4 20 mA
0 5 VDC
0 10 VDC
4 20 mA
0 5 VDC
0 10 VDC
4 20 mA
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 217
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
P
a
d
d
e
w
h
e
e
F
L
O
W
SPDT Relay Output
Model
SF2-104
SF2-101
SF2-114
SF2-111
SF2-124
SF2-121
SF2-134
SF2-131
Pulsed Output
Model
SF2-204
SF2-214
SF2-224
SF2-234
Series
SF
Sight Flow Transmitter
2% FS Accuracy, 4 to 20 mA Output, Pressure up to 500 psig (34 bar)
Series SF Sight Flow Transmitter integrates tangential turbine technology with
hermetically sealed circuitry to provide accurate flow measurement and control in the
harshest environments. The 2-wire loop-powered design transmits a 4 to 20 mA signal
proportional to flow rate. Models can accurately measure flow in both directions and can
be mounted in any orientation. Model SF11 has a clear polycarbonate viewing cover for
visible indication of flow. Units feature LED power indication, adjustable zero and span,
polarity protection and over current limiting.
1/2 FEMALE NPT
2
[50.80]
2-5/8
[66.68]
2-29/64
[62.31]
1-9/64
[28.97]
3-45/64
[94.06]
APPLICATIONS
Ideal for measuring flow rates in cooling and lubrication circuits, HVAC systems,
aggressive chemical metering, and batching systems.
Series
SF2
Sight Flow Meters
SPDT or Pulse Output, Visual Flow Confirmation, Brass Body
A
B
C
D
E
G
F
Series SF2 Sight Flow Meters combine visual confirmation of flow with a relay or pulse
output. The brass, unibody construction, one piece composite rotor, and ceramic shaft
delivers durability with broader chemical, temperature, and pressure capabilities. For
specific flow setpoint switching, select SF2-1 meters with a SPDT relay output. Setpoints
are fully adjustable over the specified flow range. The dynamic operation of the rotor
guards against jamming and false actuation. For flow rate monitoring or metering
applications, select SF2-2 meters with a pulse output proportional to the rate of flow. The
4.5 to 24 VDC pulse output is compatible with most digital logic families.
Dimensions in [mm]
SF2-1
SF2-2
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS shaft and
case, Iglide
Fuels
Body Material
Nylon
Nylon
Aluminum
Aluminum
Units
Gallons
Liters
Gallons
Liters
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
220
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
P
a
d
d
e
w
h
e
e
F
L
O
W
Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
Non-Magnetic Sensing, Insertion Style for 1-1/2 to 40 Pipe
Series
PFT
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water based fluids.
Range: 1.2 to 25 ft/s (0.37 to 7.62 m/s).
Wetted Materials: Body and fitting: Brass or 316 SS; fitting o ring: FKM standard,
silicone or Buna N optional; impeller: 316 SS; shaft: Tungsten carbide standard or
316 SS optional; bearing: PTFE standard, carbon graphite optional.
Linearity: 1.0% of full range.
Repeatability: 0.5% of full range.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 212F ( 40 to 100C).
Pressure Limits: 400 psig (27.6 bar) @ 100F (37.8C), 325 psig (22.4 bar) @
212F (100C).
Process Connection: 1 1/2 NPT male standard, 2 NPT male optional.
Output: NPN open collector with square wave output, rated 60V @ 50 mA
maximum.
Frequency: 3.2 to 200 Hz;
Pulse width: 2.5 msec 25%.
Power Requirement: 10 to 35 VDC.
Power Consumption: 40 mA (max).
Electrical Connection: 22 AWG shielded UL type PTLC rated 105C, 20 (6.1 m)
long with cable gland. Can be extended up to 2000 (609 m) with similar cable.
Optional UL listed burial rated cable.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 6P (IP67).
Housing Materials: Brass or 316 SS.
Weight: 3 lb.
Agency Approvals: CE.
The Series PFT is a paddlewheel flow sensor used to monitor liquid flow rates in pipes
from 1-1/2 to 40 with just one size adjustable sensor. A square wave output signal is
generated with frequency proportional to flow velocity. Multiple wetted material choices
offer application versatility. The PFT is ideal for monitoring water flow rates in irrigation
systems and building automation cooling systems.
The PFT uses inductive sensing to sense the blades of the impeller as they rotate. Sensor
technology does not use magnets allowing low flow rate monitoring and no concerns with
magnetic material in the flow. Paddlewheel, shaft and bearings are easily field replaceable.
FEATURES
Bearings and shaft offer excellent wear protection even in applications with
particulate for long life
Weatherproof and submersible rated for irrigation applications
APPLICATIONS
Irrigation, ground water remediation, cooling systems, pump protection, leak
detection, filtration systems
Model
PFT-IDN-B111-S
PFT-IDN-S111-S
Consult factory for longer cable lengths, burial rated cable, 2 NPT connection, or
other wetted materials.
1/2 NPT
2-1/2
[63.50]
3-13/16
[96.84]
1-1/2 NPT
2-25/64
[60.72]
7-29/32
[200.94]
2 HEX
[50.80]
NEW PRODUCT!
Description
Brass body, FKM o ring, 316 SS impeller, tungsten
carbide shaft, PTFE bearing, 1 1/2 NPT male
connection, 20 of cable
316 SS body, FKM o ring, 316 SS impeller, tungsten
carbide shaft, PTFE bearing, 1 1/2 NPT male
connection, 20 of cable
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 221
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
T
u
r
b
n
e
F
L
O
W
Gas Turbine Flow Meter
PPS Body, 0 to 5 VDC Output
Series
TFP-GV
Series TFP-GV Gas Turbine Flow Meters are suitable for a wide variety of industrial,
commercial, and laboratory flow applications. These meters utilize a turbine wheel and
electro-optical detection to convert flow rates into a linear 0 to 5 VDC output signal for
recording and data logging. Couple this unit with a Series FIV Flow Totalizer for a remote
flow monitoring display. A power adapter or mating cable assembly is required for
operation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean dry gases compatible
with wetted materials.
Wetted Materials: PPS, acetal,
sapphire, glass, epoxy, and
fluoroelastomer.
Accuracy: 3% of full scale.
Linearity: 3% of full scale.
Repeatability: 0.5% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 41 to 131F
(5 to 55C); Storage: 32 to 158F (0 to
70C); Sensitivity: 0.2% of full scale
per C.
Pressure Limits: 40 psig (2.8 bar).
Process Connection: Compression
fitting, see model table.
Power Requirements: 11.5 to 15
VDC.
Power Consumption: 35 mA @ 12
VDC.
Output Signal: 0 to 5 VDC: Minimum
2.5 k load.
Electrical Connections: Four pin
power and signal connector. A power
adapter or mating cable required for
operation. See Accessories Table.
Enclosure Rating: IP10 (NEMA 1).
Weight: 0.16 lb (75 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Gas Turbine Flow Meter
PPS Body, 0 to 5 VDC Output, LCD Indication
Series
TFP-GI
Series TFP-GI Gas Turbine Flow Meters are suitable for a wide variety of industrial,
commercial, and laboratory flow applications. These meters utilize a turbine wheel and
electro-optical detection to convert flow rates into a linear 0 to 5 VDC output signal for
recording and data logging. A 3-1/2 digit LCD informs the user of the actual flow rate. A
power adapter or mating cable assembly is required for operation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean dry gases compatible with wetted materials.
Wetted Materials: PPS, acetal, sapphire, glass, epoxy, and fluoroelastomer.
Accuracy: 3% of full scale.
Linearity: 3% of full scale.
Repeatability: 0.5% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 41 to 131F (5 to 55C); Storage: 32 to 158F (0 to 70C);
Sensitivity: 0.2% of full scale per C.
Pressure Limits: 40 psig (2.8 bar).
Process Connection: Compression fitting, see model table.
Power Requirements: 11.5 to 15 VDC.
Power Consumption: 35 mA @ 12 VDC.
Output Signal: 0 to 5 VDC: Minimum 2.5 k load.
Electrical Connections: Four pin power and signal connector. A power adapter or
mating cable required for operation. See Accessories Table.
Display: LCD, 0.39 (10 mm) digits (only in LPM).
Enclosure Rating: IP10 (NEMA 1).
Weight: 0.23 lb (101 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
19/64
[7.62]
2-1/32
[51.69]
2x.136 THRU
CABLE
CONNECTION
ACETAL
FITTINGS
33/64
[13.21]
BLACK
TRIM LCD
DISPLAY
TRIMPOT
ADJUSTMENT
OPENING
1/4
[6.35]
A
3-1/16
[77.72]
3/5/16
[84.07]
1-1/4
[31.75]
3-3/64
[77.47]
29/32
[22.86]
2-5/32
[54.61]
4-61/64
[125.73]
A
ACETAL
FITTINGS
29/32
[22.99]
1/2
[12.70]
1-41/64
[41.53]
A
ACETAL
FITTINGS
TRIMPOT
ADJUSTMENT
OPENING
1-35/64
[39.37]
19/64
[7.62]
2X 136 THRU
2-1/32
[51.69]
33/64
[13.21]
1/4
[6.35]
2-21/64
[59.31]
15/16
[23.74]
2x.136 THRU
High Flow Configuration
Model
TFP-GV03
TFP-GV04
TFP-GV05
TFP-GV06
TFP-GV07
TFP-GV08
TFP-GV09
TFP-GV10*
TFP-GV11*
TFP-GV12*
TFP-GV13*
Range
.042 to .21 SCFH (.02 to .1 LPM)
.085 to .42 SCFH (.04 to .2 LPM)
.21 to 1.1 SCFH (.1 to .5 LPM)
.42 to 2.1 SCFH (.2 to 1 LPM)
.85 to 4.2 SCFH (.4 to 2 LPM)
2.1 to 11 SCFH (1 to 5 LPM)
4.2 to 21 SCFH (2 to 10 LPM)
8.5 to 42 SCFH (4 to 20 LPM)
21 to 110 SCFH (10 to 50 LPM)
42 to 210 SCFH (20 to 100 LPM)
85 to 420 SCFH (40 to 200 LPM)
Connection
1/8 OD
1/8 OD
1/8 OD
1/8 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
3/8 OD
3/8 OD
1/2 OD
1/2 OD
Model
A-454
A-455
A-456
Model
A-454
A-455
A-456
Model
TFP-GI03
TFP-GI04
TFP-GI05
TFP-GI06
TFP-GI07
TFP-GI08
Range
.042 to .21 SCFH (.02 to .1 LPM)
.085 to .42 SCFH (.04 to .2 LPM)
.21 to 1.1 SCFH (.1 to .5 LPM)
.42 to 2.1 SCFH (.2 to 1 LPM)
.85 to 4.2 SCFH (.4 to 2 LPM)
2.1 to 11 SCFH (1 to 5 LPM)
Connection
1/8 OD
1/8 OD
1/8 OD
1/8 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
* These modes come in high flow configuration
A (in)
3 27/64
3 27/64
3 27/64
3 27/64
3 13/16
3 13/16
3 13/16
7 7/64
7 7/64
7 1/2
7 1/2
Description
115 VAC Power Adapter and Signal Cable
230 VAC Power Adapter and Signal Cable
36 Mating Cable with Spliced Leads
Description
115 VAC Power Adapter and Signal Cable
230 VAC Power Adapter and Signal Cable
36 Mating Cable with Spliced Leads
A (in)
3 27/64
3 27/64
3 27/64
3 27/64
3 13/16
3 13/16
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
222
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
T
u
r
b
n
e
F
L
O
W
Liquid Turbine Flow Meter
PPS Body, 0 to 5 VDC and Pulse Outputs
Series
TFP-LP
Series TFP-LP Liquid Turbine Flow Meters are suitable for a wide variety of
industrial, commercial, and laboratory flow applications. These meters utilize a turbine
wheel and electro-optical detection to convert flow rates into a linear 0 to 5 VDC output
signal for recording and data logging. Couple this unit with a Series TM2 Flow Totalizer
for a remote flow monitoring display. A power adapter or mating cable assembly is required
for operation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean liquids compatible with wetted materials.
Wetted Materials: PPS, acetal, sapphire, glass, epoxy, and fluoroelastomer.
Accuracy: 1% of full scale.
Linearity: 1% of full scale.
Repeatability: 0.2% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 41 to 131F (5 to 55C); Storage: 32 to 158F (0 to 70C);
Sensitivity: 0.2% of full scale per C.
Pressure Limits: 100 psig (6.8 bar).
Process Connection: Compression fitting, see model table.
Power Requirements: 11.5 to 15 VDC.
Power Consumption: 35 mA @ 12 VDC.
Output Signal: 0 to 5 VDC: Minimum 2.5 k load; Pulse: 7.5 VDC peak buffered
square wave.
Electrical Connections: Four pin power and signal connector. A power adapter or
mating cable required for operation. See Accessories Table.
Enclosure Rating: IP10 (NEMA 1).
Weight: 0.19 lb (85 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Liquid Turbine Flow Meter
PPS Body, 0 to 5 VDC Output, LCD Indication
Series
TFP-LI
Series TFP-LI Liquid Turbine Flow Meters are suitable for a wide variety of industrial,
commercial, and laboratory flow applications. These meters utilize a turbine wheel and
electro-optical detection to convert flow rates into a linear 0 to 5 VDC output signal for
recording and data logging. A 3-1/2 digit LCD informs the user of the actual flow rate. A
power adapter or mating cable assembly is required for operation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean liquids compatible with wetted materials.
Wetted Materials: PPS, acetal, sapphire, glass, epoxy, and fluoroelastomer.
Accuracy: 1% of full scale.
Linearity: 1% of full scale.
Repeatability: 0.2% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 41 to 131F (5 to 55C); Storage: 32 to 158F (0 to 70C);
Sensitivity: 0.2% of full scale per C.
Pressure Limits: 100 psig (6.8 bar).
Process Connection: Compression fitting, see model table.
Power Requirements: 11.5 to 15 VDC.
Power Consumption: 35 mA @ 12 VDC.
Output Signal: 0 to 5 VDC: Minimum 2.5 k load.
Electrical Connections: Four pin power and signal connector. A power adapter or
mating cable required for operation. See Accessories Table.
Display: LCD, 0.39 (10 mm) digits (only in LPM).
Enclosure Rating: IP10 (NEMA 1).
Weight: 0.27 lb (121 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
CABLE
CONNECTION
3-1/16
[77.72]
A
TRIMPOT
ADJUSTMENT
OPENING
BLACK TRIM
LCD DISPLAY
1/4
[6.35]
33/64
[13.21]
ACETAL
FITTINGS
2X.136 THRU
2-1/32
[51.69]
19/64
[7.62]
CABLE CONNECTION
2X9/64 THRU
2-21/64
[59.31]
15/16
[23.74]
33/64
[13.21]
1/4
[6.35]
1-35/64
[39.37]
19/64
[7.62]
2-1/32
[51.69]
A
ACETAL
FITTINGS
TRIMPOT
ADJUSTMENT
OPENING
Model
A-454
A-455
A-456
Model
TFP-LI03
TFP-LI04
TFP-LI05
TFP-LI06
TFP-LI07
TFP-LI08
TFP-LI09
Range
.21 to 1.6 GPH (.0013 to .1 LPM)
.32 to 3.2 GPH (.02 to .2 LPM)
.79 to 7.9 GPH (.05 to .5 LPM)
1.6 to 16 GPH (0.1 to 1 LPM)
3.2 to 32 GPH (.2 to 2 LPM)
7.9 to 79 GPH (.5 to 5 LPM)
16 to 160 GPH (1 to 10 LPM)
Connection
1/8 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
3/8 OD
3/8 OD
Model
TFP-LP03
TFP-LP04
TFP-LP05
TFP-LP06
TFP-LP07
TFP-LP08
TFP-LP09
Range
.21 to 1.6 GPH (.0013 to .1 LPM)
.32 to 3.2 GPH (.02 to .2 LPM)
.79 to 7.9 GPH (.05 to .5 LPM)
1.6 to 16 GPH (0.1 to 1 LPM)
3.2 to 32 GPH (.2 to 2 LPM)
7.9 to 79 GPH (.5 to 5 LPM)
16 to 160 GPH (1 to 10 LPM)
Connection
1/8 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
3/8 OD
3/8 OD
Model
A-454
A-455
A-456
Description
115 VAC Power Adapter and Signal Cable
230 VAC Power Adapter and Signal Cable
36 Mating Cable with Spliced Leads
A (in)
3 27/64
3 13/16
3 13/16
3 13/16
3 13/16
4 1/8
4 1/8
Description
115 VAC Power Adapter and Signal Cable
230 VAC Power Adapter and Signal Cable
36 Mating Cable with Spliced Leads
A (in)
3 9/16
3 41/64
3 41/64
3 41/64
3 41/64
3 27/32
3 27/32
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 223
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
T
u
r
b
n
e
F
L
O
W
Model
A-454
A-455
A-456
Model
TFM-LI03
TFM-LI04
TFM-LI05
TFM-LI06
TFM-LI07
TFM-LI08
TFM-LI09
Range
.21 to 1.6 GPH (.0013 to .1 LPM)
.32 to 3.2 GPH (.02 to .2 LPM)
.79 to 7.9 GPH (.05 to .5 LPM)
1.6 to 16 GPH (0.1 to 1 LPM)
3.2 to 32 GPH (.2 to 2 LPM)
7.9 to 79 GPH (.5 to 5 LPM)
16 to 160 GPH (1 to 10 LPM)
Connection
1/8 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
3/8 OD
3/8 OD
Liquid Turbine Flow Meter
316SS Body, 0 to 5 VDC and Pulse Outputs
Series
TFM-LP
Series TFM-LP Liquid Turbine Flow Meters are suitable for a wide variety of
industrial, commercial, and laboratory flow applications. These meters utilize a turbine
wheel and electro-optical detection to convert flow rates into a linear 0 to 5 VDC output
signal for recording and data logging. Couple this unit with a Series TM2 Flow Totalizer
for a remote flow monitoring display. A power adapter or mating cable assembly is required
for operation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean liquids compatible with wetted materials.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS, acetal, sapphire, glass, epoxy, and fluoroelastomer.
Accuracy: 1% of full scale.
Linearity: 1% of full scale.
Repeatability: 0.2% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 41 to 131F (5 to 55C); Storage: 32 to 158F (0 to 70C);
Sensitivity: 0.2% of full scale per C.
Pressure Limits: 500 psig (34.5 bar).
Process Connection: Compression fitting, see model table.
Power Requirements: 11.5 to 15 VDC.
Power Consumption: 35 mA @ 12 VDC.
Output Signal: 0 to 5 VDC: Minimum 2.5 k load; Pulse: 7.5 VDC peak buffered
square wave.
Electrical Connections: Four pin power and signal connector. A power adapter or
mating cable required for operation. See Accessories Table.
Enclosure Rating: IP10 (NEMA 1).
Weight: 0.86 lb (390 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Liquid Turbine Flow Meter
316SS Body, 0 to 5 VDC Output, LCD Indication
Series
TFM-LI
Series TFM-LI Liquid Turbine Flow Meters are suitable for a wide variety of
industrial, commercial, and laboratory flow applications. These meters utilize a turbine
wheel and electro-optical detection to convert flow rates into a linear 0 to 5 VDC output
signal for recording and data logging. A 3-1/2 digit LCD informs the user of the actual flow
rate. A power adapter or mating cable assembly is required for operation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean liquids compatible with wetted materials.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS, acetal, sapphire, glass, epoxy, and fluoroelastomer.
Accuracy: 1% of full scale.
Linearity: 1% of full scale.
Repeatability: 0.2% of full scale.
Temperature Limits: 41 to 131F (5 to 55C); Storage: 32 to 158F (0 to 70C);
Sensitivity: 0.2% of full scale per C.
Pressure Limits: 500 psig (34.5 bar).
Process Connection: Compression fitting, see model table.
Power Requirements: 11.5 to 15 VDC.
Power Consumption: 35 mA @ 12 VDC.
Output Signal: 0 to 5 VDC: Minimum 2.5 k load.
Electrical Connections: Four pin power and signal connector. A power adapter or
mating cable required for operation. See Accessories Table.
Display: LCD, 0.39 (10 mm) digits (only in LPM).
Enclosure Rating: IP10 (NEMA 1).
Weight: 0.80 lb (380 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
BLACK
TRIM LCD
DISPLAY
STAINLESS
STEEL
FITTINGS
TRIMPOT ADJUSTMENT
OPENING
2-63/64
[75.69]
1-19/32
[40.64]
2-21/64
[59.28]
61/64
[24.10]
2X 17/32
[13.46]
29/64
[11.43]
19/64
[7.59] 2-1/32
[51.69]
19/32
[15.17]
1-47/64
[44.09]
2X 1 [25.40]
2X.125 THRU
.188 THRU
A
CABLE
CONNECTION
STAINLESS
STEEL
FITTINGS
A
1-1/32
[26.04]
2X1/8 THRU
.3/16 1/8
1-15/32
[37.21]
TRIMPOT
ADJUSTMENT
OPENING
2X 17/32
[13.34]
2-1/32
[51.69]
51/64
[20.32]
29/64
[11.43]
Model
TFM-LP03
TFM-LP04
TFM-LP05
TFM-LP06
TFM-LP07
TFM-LP08
TFM-LP09
Range
.21 to 1.6 GPH (.0013 to .1 LPM)
.32 to 3.2 GPH (.02 to .2 LPM)
.79 to 7.9 GPH (.05 to .5 LPM)
1.6 to 16 GPH (0.1 to 1 LPM)
3.2 to 32 GPH (.2 to 2 LPM)
7.9 to 79 GPH (.5 to 5 LPM)
16 to 160 GPH (1 to 10 LPM)
Connection
1/8 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
1/4 OD
3/8 OD
3/8 OD
Model
A-454
A-455
A-456
Description
115 VAC Power Adapter and Signal Cable
230 VAC Power Adapter and Signal Cable
36 Mating Cable with Spliced Leads
A (in)
3 9/16
3 41/64
3 41/64
3 41/64
3 41/64
3 27/32
3 27/32
Description
115 VAC Power Adapter and Signal Cable
230 VAC Power Adapter and Signal Cable
36 Mating Cable with Spliced Leads
A (in)
3 27/64
3 53/64
3 53/64
3 53/64
3 53/64
4 1/8
4 1/8
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
224
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
T
o
t
a
z
n
g
F
L
O
W
Series
WM
Multi-Jet Water Meter
Economical, Bronze Body, Dry Dial
The Series WM Multi-Jet Water Meters are ideal for commercial
and industrial applications. The multi-jet design allows simplicity and
accuracy with wide flow ranges, even in low flow applications. The
magnetically driven, hermetically sealed register will not leak or fog
and is completely separated from the water. These water meters are
designed for long service life and maintenance-free operation.
FEATURES
Magnetic drive - water is sealed from entering register
Dry dial won't discolor or fade - hermetically sealed from the
elements
Integral strainer that protects meters from particulate damage
Pointer-roller indicator
Frost resistant body
Includes two mounting adapters (couplings)
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water.
Flow Range: See model chart.
Wetted Materials: Body: Brass, nylon, acetal; Couplings:
Brass; Measuring chamber: Fluorocarbon (FKM), polyethylene,
high impact polystyrene, ABS plastic.
Accuracy: Transitional flow: 5%; Nominal flow: 2% (see
instruction manual).
Temperature Limit: 104F (40C).
Pressure Limit: 145 psi (10 bar).
Pressure Drop: See instruction manual.
Totalizing Display Maximum: 9,999,999 counts.
Mounting Orientation: Horizontal.
Weight: See dimension chart.
TAMPER PROOF
SEAL
FILTER ON
INLET
SPUD
L W
H
Spud
NPSM [BSPP]
3/4 [3/4]
1 [1]
1 [1]
1 1/4 [1 1/4]
1 1/2 [1 1/2]
2 [2]
2 1/2 [2 1/2]
Length (L)
in [mm]
6 1/2 [165]
7 11/16 [195]
7 11/16 [195]
10 1/4 [260]
10 1/4 [260]
11 13/16 [300]
11 13/16 [300]
Width (W)
in [mm]
3 15/16 [99]
3 15/16 [99]
3 15/16 [99]
4 1/16 [103]
4 1/8 [104]
4 7/8 [124]
4 15/16 [125]
Height (H)
in [mm]
4 1/8 [104]
4 3/16 [106]
4 3/16 [106]
4 1/2 [114]
4 5/8 [117]
5 13/16 [147]
6 3/4 [172]
Weight
lb [kg]
3.09 [1.4]
3.53 [1.6]
3.53 [1.6]
5.73 [2.6]
6.17 [2.8]
11.24 [5.1]
18.74 [8.5]
Size (S)
in [mm]
5/8 [15]
5/8 x 3/4 [15 x 20]
3/4 [20]
1 [25]
1 1/4 [32]
1 1/2 [40]
2 [50]
Size
5/8
5/8 x 3/4
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
Size
15 mm
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
Coupling Size
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
1-1/2 NPT
2 NPT
Coupling Size
1/2 BSPT
3/4 BSPT
1 BSPT
1-1/4 BSPT
1-1/2 BSPT
2 BSPT
Transitional Flow (GPM)
0.125
0.125
0.25
0.375
1.0
1.25
Transitional Flow (L/h)
30
50
70
120
200
300
Nominal Flow (GPM)
0.5-13
1-20
1-22
1.25-30
3-88
5-132
Nominal Flow (m
3
/h)
0.12-3.0
0.2-5.0
0.28-5
0.48-12
0.8-20
1.2-30
Model
WM-A-C-01
WM-A-C-02
WM-A-C-03
WM-A-C-04
WM-A-C-06
WM-A-C-07
Model
WM-B-C-08
WM-B-C-10
WM-B-C-11
WM-B-C-12
WM-B-C-13
WM-B-C-14
Note: Transition flow accuracy (5%) GPM (L/h). Nominal flow accuracy (2%) GPM (M3/h)
Max Flow (GPM)
13
20
22
30
88
132
Max Flow (m
3
/h)
3
5
7
12
20
30
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 225
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
T
o
t
a
z
n
g
F
L
O
W
Series
WMT
Multi-Jet Water Meter/Pulsed Output
Economical, Bronze Body, Dry Dial
The Series WMT Multi-Jet Water Meters are ideal for commercial and industrial
applications. The multi-jet design allows simplicity and accuracy with wide flow ranges,
even in low flow applications. The meter is designed for long service life and relatively
maintenance-free operation, even under adverse conditions. The magnetically driven,
hermetically sealed register will not leak or fog and is completely separated from the water.
The reed switch is activated by a magnet on the dial which is directly proportional to the
flow rate. The output is perfect for remote monitoring of flow rate or flow totalization and
can interface with PLCs, counters, data loggers, and SCADA systems.
FEATURES
Magnetic drive water is sealed from entering register
Dry dial won't discolor or fade hermetically sealed from the elements
Integral strainer that protects meters from particulate damage
Pointer roller indicator
Frost resistant body
Pulsed output
Includes two mounting adapters (couplings)
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water.
Flow Range: See model chart.
Wetted Materials: Body: Brass, nylon, acetal; Couplings: Brass; Measuring
chamber: Fluorocarbon (FKM), polyethylene, high impact polystyrene, ABS
plastic.
Accuracy: Transitional flow: 5%; Nominal flow: 2% (see instruction manual).
Temperature Limit: 104F (40C).
Pressure Limit: 145 psi (10 bar).
Pressure Drop: See instruction manual.
Totalizing Display Maximum: 9,999,999 counts.
Output Signal: Pulse output with frequency proportional to flow rate. Pulse
options: 0.1 gal, 1 gal, 10 gal, 100 gal per pulse (1L, 10L, 100L per pulse).
Electrical Rating: 0.01A @ 24VAC/DC.
Electrical Connections: Lead wires, 4.5 feet (1.5 meters) long.
Mounting Orientation: Horizontal.
Weight: See dimension chart.
Note: Transition flow accuracy (5%) GPM (L/h). Nominal flow accuracy (2%) GPM (M3/h).
TAMPER PROOF
SEAL
FILTER ON
INLET
S
L W
H
Spud
NPSM [BSPP]
3/4 [3/4]
1 [1]
1 [1]
1 1/4 [1 1/4]
1 1/2 [1 1/2]
2 [2]
2 1/2 [2 1/2]
Length (L)
in [mm]
6 1/2 [165]
7 11/16 [195]
7 11/16 [195]
10 1/4 [260]
10 1/4 [260]
11 13/16 [300]
11 13/16 [300]
Width (W)
in [mm]
3 15/16 [99]
3 15/16 [99]
3 15/16 [99]
4 1/16 [103]
4 1/8 [104]
4 7/8 [124]
4 15/16 [125]
Height (H)
in [mm]
4 1/8 [104]
4 3/16 [106]
4 3/16 [106]
4 1/2 [114]
4 5/8 [117]
5 13/16 [147]
6 3/4 [172]
Weight
lb [kg]
3.09 [1.4]
3.53 [1.6]
3.53 [1.6]
5.73 [2.6]
6.17 [2.8]
11.24 [5.1]
18.74 [8.5]
Size (S)
in [mm]
5/8 [15]
5/8 x 3/4 [15 x 20]
3/4 [20]
1 [25]
1 1/4 [32]
1 1/2 [40]
2 [50]
Max Flow (GPM)
13
20
22
30
13
20
22
30
88
132
30
132
Model
WMT-A-C-01
WMT-A-C-02
WMT-A-C-03
WMT-A-C-04
WMT-A-C-01-1
WMT-A-C-02-1
WMT-A-C-03-1
WMT-A-C-04-1
WMT-A-C-06-10
WMT-A-C-07-10
WMT-A-C-04-100
WMT-A-C-07-100
Size
5/8
5/8 x 3/4
3/4
1
5/8
5/8 x 3/4
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
1
2
Coupling Size
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
2 NPT
1 NPT
2 NPT
Transitional Flow (GPM)
0.125
0.125
0.25
0.375
0.125
0.125
0.25
0.375
1.0
1.25
0.375
1.25
Nominal Flow (GPM)
0.5 13
1 20
1 22
1.25 30
0.5 13
1 20
1 22
1.25 30
3 88
5 132
1.25 30
5 132
Max Flow (m
3
/h)
3
5
7
12
3
12
30
12
30
Model
WMT-B-C-08-1
WMT-B-C-10-1
WMT-B-C-11-1
WMT-B-C-12-1
WMT-B-C-08-10
WMT-B-C-12-10
WMT-B-C-14-10
WMT-B-C-12-100
WMT-B-C-14-100
Size
15 mm
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
15 mm
32 mm
50 mm
32 mm
50 mm
Coupling Size
1/2 BSPT
3/4 BSPT
1 BSPT
1 1/4 BSPT
1/2 BSPT
1 1/4 BSPT
2 BSPT
1 1/4 BSPT
2 BSPT
Transitional Flow (L/h)
30
50
70
120
30
120
300
120
300
Nominal Flow (m
3
/h)
0.12 3.0
0.2 5.0
0.28 5
0.48 12
0.12 3.0
0.48 12
1.2 30
0.48 12
1.2 30
Gallons per Pulse
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
1
1
1
1
10
10
100
100
Liters per Pulse
1
1
1
1
10
10
10
100
100
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
226
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
T
o
t
a
z
n
g
F
L
O
W
Flow Totalizer
Pulse Input, 8-digit LCD Display
SPECIFICATIONS
Input: 7.5 VDC max. pulse.
Accuracy: 0.2%.
Input Impedance: 27 k at 3 VDC.
Totalizer Type: Up count.
Rate Indication Type: Frequency.
Count Input Speed: 10 kHz @ 50% duty cycle.
Totalizing Range: 0.0001 to 100.0000 (five position decimal point).
Rate Indication Range: 0.001 to 9999 (five position decimal point).
Update Time: 0.7 seconds.
Display: 8 digit LCD, 7/16" H.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 131F (0 to 55C).
Housing Material: ABS X 17.
Power: One 3V lithium battery (included).
Average Battery Life: Approximately 5 years.
Weight: 1 Ib (0.5 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
TM2
T R RST
1-1/2
[38.89]
1-1/4
[28.58]
1-9/16
[40.09]
2-61/64
[75.18]
Recommended Panel Cutout: 2 43/64 [67.87] x 1 19/64 [32.94]
Series
GFT
Flow Totalizer
Seven Digit Display, Easy Installation
Series GFT Flow Totalizer is designed to be used with mass flowmeters and mass flow
controllers. The totalizer accepts analog output flow signals of either 0 to 5 VDC or 5 to 10
VDC. Series GFT integrates and accumulates up to 7 digits of direct engineering units for
a given gas and flow rate (standard liters, standard cubic centimeters, etc.). Quickly connect
the GFT-10 to Series GFC and GFM mass flow controllers and meters via the modular jack
(replacing the LCD display) or use the GFT-10C to connect in parallel with the display.
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Analog Range: 0 to 5 or 5 to 10 VDC.
Power Consumption: 10 mA @ 12 VDC, less than 0.125 Watts.
Accuracy: 0.5% FS.
Temperature Stability: 100 ppm/C in the range of 5 to 50C.
Reset: Momentary tact switch.
Display: 7 digit, 5/16 (8mm) H.
Power Supply: Internal lithium battery.
Agency Approvals: CE.
2.82
[72]
1.25
[31.8]
1.25
[32]
Monitor flow rate or total flow with Model TM2 Flow Totalizer. Unit features a four
digit flow rate display and an eight digit totalizing display with a programmable, five
position decimal point. Easily toggle between rate and total with front-panel push-button.
Use scaling factor to define flow rate in engineering units such as ml/min, l/min, or gal/hr.
Model TM2
ACCESSORY
TM25, Replacement 3V lithium battery
ACCESSORIES
Model GFT-05C, Cable for 0 to 5 VDC models
Model GFT-10C, Cable for 5 to 10 VDC models
Model GFT-05, accepts 0 to 5 VDC input
Model GFT-10, accepts 0 to 10 VDC input
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 227
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
U
t
r
a
s
o
n
c
F
L
O
W
Model
UXF3-A0
UXF3-B0
UXF3-A1
UXF3-B1
Power
Supply
100 240 VAC 50/60Hz
20 30 VDC
100 240 VAC 50/60Hz
20 30 VDC
Series
UXF3
Ultrasonic Flowmeter Converter
Excellent Performance and Easy Operation
The Series UXF3 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Converters are paired with
Series SX1 or SX2 sensors in order to utilize the transit-time measure method.
Thanks to microprocessor-based electronics, the flowmeter can easily be
configured from the front keypad to specific applications. The flowmeter is
suitable for liquid flow measurements for pipes from 1/2 inch to 19.5 feet
diameter. The accuracy of this flowmeter falls within 1% of the flow rate. The
UXF3 also provides excellent resistance against aerated flow such as sludge,
raw sewage, and bubble contained flow. The multilingual display supports a
variety of language choices. The combination of the easy to read LCD screen
and front panel buttons along with the variety of language selections makes this
flowmeter very user friendly. This flowmeter incorporates the latest electronics
and high-speed digital signal processing technologies (32 bit MPU), realizing
high performance and easy operation. See bulletin F-107-UXF3 for more details.
FEATURES
High accuracy
Excellent resistance against aerated flow
Quick response with high speed microprocessor
Multilingual display (English, Japanese, German, French, and Spanish)
Large type graphic LCD
Front keypad
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid flow through which ultrasonic signal can be transmitted
(water, sea water, oil, and fluid of unknown velocity).
Inputs: Sensor cable radio frequency coaxial cable RG 58A/U2.
Range: 0 to 105 fps (0 to 32 m/s) (bi directional flow).
Display: LCD with backlight, 16 letters 2 lines.
Accuracy: 1.0% of rate.
Power Requirements: 100 to 240 VAC 10% 50/60 Hz, or 20 to 30
VDC.
Power Consumption: AC: 15 VA; DC: 6W.
Temperature Limits: Ambient 4 to 131F ( 20 to 55C).
Output: Analog: 4 to 20 mA DC current output; Digital: One mechanical
relay output, 240 VAC, 30 VDC, 1 A. Two transistor outputs available,
Open collector output: 30 VDC, 0.1A.
Serial Communications (option): RS485.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Material: Aluminum alloy.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminals.
Mounting: Wall or pipe mount.
Weight: 10 lb (4.5 kg).
5-19/32 [142.00]
2-53/64
[72.00]
2-61/64
[75.00]
3/32
[2.50]
9-11/64
[233.00]
CABLE GLAND
WITH 1/4
OPENING
CABLE GLAND
WITH 3/8
OPENING
2-23/32
[69.24]
EARTH TERMINAL
LED
7-7/8
[200.00]
6-11/16
[170.00]
LCD DISPLAY
25/64 [10.00]
Serial
Communications
N/A
N/A
RS485
RS485
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
228
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
U
t
r
a
s
o
n
c
F
L
O
W
Series
SX1
Ultrasonic Flowmeter Detector
Excellent Performance and Easy Operation
Series SX1 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Detectors are paired with Series UXF1 and UXF3
converters in order to utilize the transit-time measuring method. Two ultrasonic sensors are
mounted on the pipe exterior, and each transmits an ultrasonic pulse to the opposite sensor.
The difference in the transit times of the two waves is used to calculate the flow velocity.
Series SX1 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Detector:
Easy installation, no pipe work required
Simple maintenance, no moving parts
Free from pressure loss, choking, and leakage
Clamp on features allow for reduction of total ownership cost
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid flow through which ultrasonic signal can be transmitted
(water, sea water, oil, and fluid of unknown velocity).
Turbidity: 10000 deg (mg/L) or less.
Type of Flow: Well developed turbulent or laminar flow in a full filled pipe.
Range: 0 to 105 fps (0 to 32 m/s) (bidirectional flow).
Flow Pipe Sizes: SX1 A: 1.97 to 15.75 in (50 to 400 mm); SX1 B: 1.97 to 47.24 in
(50 to 1200 mm); SX1 C: 7.87 to 236.2 in (200 to 6000 mm).
Accuracy:
Pipe Size: 0.51 in (13 mm) to under 1.99 in (50 mm)
0.03 m/s for flow rate: Under 2 m/s
0.75% to 1.5% of rate for flow rate: 2 m/s to 32 m/s;
Pipe Size: 1.99 in (50 mm) to under 11.8 in (300 mm)
0.02 m/s for flow rate: Under 2 m/s
0.5% to 1.0% of rate for flow rate: 1 m/s to 32 m/s;
Pipe Size: 11.8 in (300 mm) up to 19.69 ft (6000 mm)
0.01 m/s for flow rate: Under 1 m/s
0.5% to 1.0% of rate for flow rate 1 m/s to 32 m/s.
Response Time: 0.5s or less.
Temperature Limits: Ambient 176F (80C); Fluid temperature: 40 to 176F
( 40 to 80C) for SX1 A, SX1 B, SX1 C.
Enclosure Rating: IP67
Materials: SX1A: Plastic case; 304 stainless steel and plastic guide rail; SX1B and
SX1C: Plastic case; Silicone rubber couplers on all models.
Sensor Cable: Radio frequency coaxial cable (RG 58A/U), see accessories table
for specific lengths.
Electrical Connection: Screw terminals.
Mounting: Clamped on pipe wall.
Weight: SX1 A: 2.2 lb (1 kg); SX1 B: 0.88 lb (0.4 kg); SX1 C: 3.1 lb (1.4 kg).
Model
SX1-A
SX1-B
SX1-C
OPTIONS
Consult factory for other cable lengths.
FRAME END
PIPE
NAME PLATE
SENSOR
19-11/16
[500]
MOUNTING
SIZE 0 TO
9-27/32
[0-250]
2-27/32
[72]
CHAIN & SPRING
GND TERMINAL
1-37/64
[40]
3-5/32
[80]
2-3/8
[60]
SX1-A SMALL SIZE
2-27/32
[72]
DETECTOR
GND TERMINAL
WIRE ROPE
2-3/8
[60]
1-37/64
[40
4-3/32
[104]
3-21/32
[93]
DETECTOR
WIRE ROPE
2-7/16
[62]
SX1-B MEDIUM SIZE
SX1-C LARGE SIZE
ACCESSORIES
Model
SXC-1A
SXC-1B
A-186
A-187
A-188
SX1-A
SX1-B
Description
Detector, Small Sensor
Detector, Medium Sensor
Detector, Large Sensor
Description
16.4 ft (5 m) cable for SX1
32.8 ft (10 m) cable for SX1
Silicone based grease acoustic couplant, 3 oz tube
Silicone RTV acoustic couplant, 4 oz tube
Silicone free acoustic couplant, 4 oz tube
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 229
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
U
t
r
a
s
o
n
c
F
L
O
W
Series
SX2
Portable Ultrasonic Flowmeter Detector
Compact and Lightweight
Series SX2 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Detectors are paired with Series UXF1 and UXF3
converters in order to utilize the transit-time method for measuring flow rates in pipes
from the outside. Two ultrasonic sensors are mounted on the pipe exterior, and each
transmits an ultrasonic pulse to the opposite sensor. The difference in the transit times of
the two waves is used to calculate the flow velocity. Paired with the UXF1 or UXF3 Series
converters, Series SX2 detectors provide ultrasonic flowmeter sensors for both small
diameter needs as well as high-temperature applications.
Series SX2 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Detectors:
Easy installation, no pipe work required
Simple maintenance, no moving parts
Free from pressure loss, choking, and leakage
Clamp on features allow for reduction of total ownership cost
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid flow through which ultrasonic signal can be transmitted (water, sea
water, oil, and fluid of unknown velocity).
Turbidity: 10000 deg (mg/L) or less.
Type of Flow: Well developed turbulent or laminar flow in a full filled pipe.
Range: 0 to 105 fps (0 to 32 m/s) (bidirectional flow).
Flow Pipe Sizes: SX2 A: 0.51 to 3.94 in (13 to 100 mm), SX2 B: 1.97 to 15.75 in
(50 to 400 mm).
Accuracy:
Pipe Size:
0.51 in (13 mm) to under 1.99 in (50 mm)
0.03 m/s for flow rate: Under 2 m/s
0.75% to 1.5% of rate for flow rate: 2 m/s to 32 m/s;
Pipe Size: 1.99 in (50 mm) to under 11.8 in (300 mm)
0.02 m/s for flow rate: Under 2 m/s
0.5% to 1.0% of rate for flow rate: 1 m/s to 32 m/s;
Pipe Size: 11.8 in (300 mm) up to 19.69 ft (6000 mm)
0.01 m/s for flow rate: Under 1 m/s
0.5% to 1.0% of rate for flow rate: 1 m/s to 32 m/s.
Response Time: 0.5s or less.
Temperature Limits: Ambient 176F (80C); Fluid temperature: 40 to 212F ( 40
to 100C) for SX2 A, 40 to 392F ( 40 to 200C) for SX2 B.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP52).
Materials: SX2 A: Plastic case, aluminum and plastic guide rail, silicone rubber
coupler; SX2 B: 304SS case, aluminum and 304SS guide rail, silicone grease
coupler.
Sensor Cable: Radio frequency coaxial cable (RG 58A/U), 16.4 ft (5 m).
Electrical Connection: Screw terminals.
Mounting: Clamped on pipe wall.
Weight: SX2 A: 1.32 lb (0.6 kg); SX2 B: 3.53 lb (1.6 kg).
Description
Detector, Small Diameter Sensor
Detector, High Temperature Sensor
Model
SX2-A
SX2-B
SCALE
SCALE [mm]
SPACING:
0~13
[0~330]
CURSOR
1-1/32
[26]
2-3/64
[52]
SX2-B HIGH TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1-5/16
[33]
CONNECTOR
SADDLE
20-7/8
[530]
LOCK NUT
ELEMENT HOLDER
1-5/16
[33]
8-5/64 MAX
[205 MAX]
3-35/64 MAX
[90 MAX]
1-19/64
[33]
SCALE SCALE [mm]
DISTANCE
BETWEEN TWO
ELEMENTS
CURSOR
2-1/16
[52.5]
SX2-A SMALL DIAMETER SENSOR
CONNECTOR
LOCK NUT
ELEMENT
HOLDER
SADDLE
12-19/32
[320]
1-7/16
[36] 3-35/64 MAX
[90 MAX]
ACCESSORIES
Model
A-186
A-187
A-188
SX2-B
SX2-A
Description
Silicone based grease acoustic couplant, 3 oz tube
Silicone RTV acoustic couplant, 4 oz tube
Silicone free acoustic couplant, 4 oz tube
Cable Length ft (m)
16.4 (5)
16.4 (5)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
230
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
U
t
r
a
s
o
n
c
F
L
O
W
Model
PUX2
PUX2-PR
Series
PUX2
Portable Ultrasonic Flowmeter Converter
Data Logging and BTU Capability
The Series PUX2 Portable Ultrasonic Flowmeter Converters are paired
with Series PSX2 sensors in order to utilize the transit-time difference for
measuring flow rates in pipes from the outside. It is a compact and lightweight
instrument incorporating the latest electronics and digital signal processing
technologies, realizing high performance and easy operation. This device is
designed for high accuracy and high-speed response. This portable unit is
capable of 12 hours of continuous operation with its built-in battery, which
requires only 3 hours to recharge. The rugged NEMA 3X enclosure allows the
PUX2 to be exposed to rain, while the efficient layout of the function keys aid
the user with easy page selection and setting changes. The built in USB port
allows for easy connection to a personal computer. See bulletin F-9-PUX2 for
more details.
FEATURES
SD memory card slot for recording data
USB port for easy PC connection
High accuracy
Large type color graphic LCD
Flow rate, flow velocity, and flow totalization functions
Thermal flow rate (BTU) function with two temperature inputs perfect for
energy audits
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Homogenous liquids (water, sea water, oil, and fluid of
unknown velocity) capable of ultrasonic wave propagation.
Inputs: BNC connector, coaxial cable from flow sensor. Two 4 20 mA
DC, or one 4 20 mA DC and one 1 to 5 V DC.
Range: 1 to 105 fps (0.3 to 32 m/s).
Display: LCD 240 x 320 dot (with back light).
Accuracy: 1.0 % of rate.
Power Requirements: Built in special type lithium battery (continuous
operation time: 12 hours without printer and back light off) (recharging
time: 3 hours, power adapter used).
Power Consumption: 3W.
Power Adapter: Special type power adapter 90 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
Power Failure Backup: Memory backup with lithium battery (effective
term, 10 years).
Temperature Limits: Ambient 131F (55C) without printer; 113F
(45C) with printer.
Output: 4 to 20 mA DC, 1 point (load resistance, 0 to 600 ).
Serial Communications: RS 485, 1 point.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3X (IP64) (without printer).
Material: Plastic case.
Weight: 2.2 lb (1 kg) without printer; 2.65 lb (1.2 kg) with printer.
4-23/32
[120.00]
8-17/64
[210.00]
PUX2 WITHOUT PRINTER
REMOVABLE COVER
2-9/16
[65.00]
4X M4X5
DOWNSTREAM
SENSOR
UPSTREAM
SENSOR
ANALOG
INPUT/OUTPUT
DC POWER
INPUT
12-19/32
[320.00]
PUX2-PR WITH PRINTER
VIEW UNDER REMOVABLE COVER
SD SLOT USB PORT LCD
CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT
Unit includes 5 m coaxial cable for use with PSX2 A sensor.
Portable Ultrasonic
Flowmeter Converter
Converter
Converter with Printer
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 231
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
U
t
r
a
s
o
n
c
F
L
O
W
Series
PSX2
Portable Ultrasonic Flowmeter Detector
Compact and Lightweight
Series PSX2 Portable Ultrasonic Flowmeter Detectors are paired with Series PUX
and PUX2 converters in order to utilize the transit-time difference for measuring flow rates
in pipes from the outside. It is a compact and lightweight instrument incorporating the latest
electronics and digital signal processing technologies, realizing high performance and easy
operation. Series PSX2 Detectors are non-intrusive clamp-on sensors and are easy to install,
require simple maintenance, and are free from pressure-loss, choking, corrosion, and
leaking.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Homogenous liquids (water,
sea water, oil, and fluid of unknown
velocity) capable of ultrasonic wave
propagation; Turbidity: 10000 deg.
(mg/L) or less; State of flow: Axis
symmetric flow in pipe filled with fluid.
Range: 0 to 105 fps (0 to +32 m/s).
Accuracy: 1.0% of rate, except
PSX2 B: 1.5% of rate.
Response Time: 1s or less.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient 140F (60C); Fluid
Temperature: PSX2 B: 40 to
212F ( 40 to 100C) PSX2 D, and
PSX2 E: 40 to 176F ( 40 to 80C)
PSX2 HT: 40 to 392F ( 40 to 200C).
Enclosure Rating: Drip proof, IP52
(NEMA 5); Large sensor, immersion
proof, IP67 (NEMA 6).
Materials: PSX2 E, PSX2 B, and
PSX2 D: Plastic case, and aluminum
alloy and plastic mounting bracket;
PSX2 HT: 304SS case, and aluminum
alloy and 304SS mounting bracket.
Electrical Connection: Terminal
screws.
Mounting: PSX2 E and PSX2 B:
Plastic cloth belt; PSX2 D: Stainless
steel wire; PSX2 HT: Stainless steel
belt.
Weight: PSX2 E: 1.32 lb (0.6 kg);
PSX2 B: 1.76 lb (0.8 kg); PSX2 D: 3.1
lb (1.4 kg); PSX2 HT: 3.75 lb (1.6 kg).
Description
Small Diameter Sensor, General Use Structure, 5 m Coaxial Cable
Large Sensor, General Use Structure, 5 m Coaxial Cable
High Temperature Sensor, General Use Structure, 5 m Coaxial Cable
Small Sensor (2 MHz), General Use Structure
Model
PSX2-B
PSX2-D
PSX2-HT
PSX2-A
PSX2-HT HIGH TEMPERATURE SENSOR
8-5/64 MAX
[205 MAX]
1-19/64
[33]
20-7/8
[530]
CONNECTOR
SADDLE
SCALE [mm] SCALE
SPACING
0 13
[0 330]
1-5/16
[33]
CURSOR
1-1/32
[26]
2-3/64
[52]
ELEMENT
HOLDER
LOCK NUT
1-5/16
[33]
3-35/64
MAX
[90 MAX]
4-3/32
[104]
CABLE (L=5 METERS)
WIRE ROPE
BNC CONNECTOR
2-29/64
[62]
PSX2-D LARGE SENSOR
BNC CONNECTOR
WIRE ROPE
PSX2-C MEDIUM SENSOR
1-37/64
[40]
GND
TERMINAL
2-11/32
[60]
CABLE LENGTH = 5 METERS
MAIN BODY
12-19/32
[320]
ELEMENT
HOLDER
3-35/64 MAX
[90 MAX]
2-1/16
[52.5]
PSX2-B SMALL DIAMETER SENSOR
LOCK NUT
CONNECTOR
SCALE [mm] SCALE
DISTANCE
BETWEEN
TWO
ELEMENTS
CURSOR
SADDLE
2-27/32
[72]
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
TO CONVERTER
1-7/15
[36]
21-1/4
[540]
LOCK NUT
ELEMENT
HOLDER
CURSOR
2-1/16
[52. 5]
3-35/64
MAX
[90 MAX]
1-27/64
[36]
PSX2-A SMALL SENSOR (STANDARD)
& PSX2-E SMALL SENSOR (1MHZ)
SADDLE
SCALE [mm]
BNC CONNECTOR
SCALE
DISTANCE
BETWEEN
TWO
ELEMENTS
ACCESSORIES
Model
A-186
A-187
A-188
Description
Silicone based grease acoustic couplant, 3 oz tube
Silicone RTV acoustic couplant, 4 oz tube
Silicone free acoustic couplant, 4 oz tube
Flow Pipe Sizes
0.51 to 3.94 in (13 to 100 mm)
7.87 to 236.22 in (200 to 6000 mm)
1.97 to 15.75 in (50 to 400 mm)
1.97 to 15.75 in (50 to 400 mm)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
232
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
U
t
r
a
s
o
n
c
F
L
O
W
Series
UXF2
Ultrasonic Flow Converter
Excellent Performance and Easy Operation
Series UXF2 Ultrasonic Flow Converters are paired with Series SX3
detectors in order to utilize the transit-time measuring method. Two ultrasonic
sensors are mounted on the pipe exterior, and each transmits an ultrasonic
pulse to the opposite sensor. The difference in the transit times of the two waves
is used to calculate the flow velocity. This meter is a clamp-on type ultrasonic
flowmeter for permanent use and is ideal for clean liquids containing no air
bubbles such as pure water. The easy-to-use compact and lightweight design is
intended for integration into mechanical devices. The adoption of a sound
velocity measurement system, which calculates sound velocity from the transit
time, keeps the flowmeter unaffected by the temperature and the pressure of
the fluid to be measured. Additionally, with the use of a high-speed transit time
processor, the system cycle is 0.2 seconds and applicable to short batch
processes.
Series UXF2 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Converter:
Compact and lightweight
Easy operation by external keypads
Plastic housing with IP65 rating
Communication and synchronization options available
Model
UXF2-11P1
UXF2-21P1
UXF2-31P1
UXF2-12P1
UXF2-22P1
UXF2-32P1
UXF2-13P1
UXF2-23P1
UXF2-33P1
UXF2-14P1
UXF2-24P1
UXF2-34P1
Power Supply
100 to 120 VAC
200 to 240 VAC
20 to 30 VDC
100 to 120 VAC
200 to 240 VAC
20 to 30 VDC
100 to 120 VAC
200 to 240 VAC
20 to 30 VDC
100 to 120 VAC
200 to 240 VAC
20 to 30 VDC
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean liquids that pass ultrasound and do not contain air
bubbles (such as pure water and chemical solution).
Input: BNC connector, coaxial cable from sensor.
Range: 0 to 32.8 fps (0 to 10 m/s).
Display: 2 color LED (normal: green, abnormal: red), LCD with 2 lines
of 16 characters and back light, Languages: English, Japanese, French,
German, or Spanish.
Accuracy: See SX3.
Power Requirement: 100 to 120 VAC 10% 50/60 Hz, or 200 to 240
VAC 10% 50/60 Hz, or 20 to 30 VDC.
Power Consumption: 15 VA or less for AC power supply, 5W or less for
DC power supply.
Temperature Limits: Ambient 122F (50C).
Outputs: Analog: 4 to 20 mA DC, 1 point; Digital: Open Collector: 1
point; Relay contact: 1 point.
Serial Communications: RS 232C or RS 485.
Enclosure Rating: IP65.
Materials: Plastic ABS.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminals.
Mounting: Wall or pipe mount.
Weight: 1.8 lb (0.8 kg).
5-13/32
[137]
3-5/16
[84]
EARTH TERMINAL
MOUNTING PLATE
23/64
[9]
5-1/8
[130]
5-33/64
[140]
6-45/64
[170]
7-3/4
[197]
2-3/4
[70]
MOUNTING 2X 23/64 [9]
CABLE GLAND
MOUNTING PIPE
(M8) U BOLT
3/32
[2.5]
2-23/32
[69]
PIPE MOUNT (OPTION)
(PG9) FOR SENSOR CABLE
(PG13.5) FOR POWER SUPPLY
& OUTPUT CABLE
Communication
None
None
None
RS 232
RS 232
RS 232
RS 485
RS 485
RS 485
Sync
Sync
Sync
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 233
F
o
w
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
U
t
r
a
s
o
n
c
F
L
O
W
Series
SX3
Ultrasonic Flowmeter Detector
Quick and Easy Mounting
Series SX3 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Detectors are paired with Series UXF2 converters
and employ a clamp-on type design for permanent use based on transit time measuring
method. These detectors are ideal for clean liquids containing no air bubbles such as pure
water. The easy-to-use compact and lightweight design is intended for integration into
mechanical devices. It is applicable for small to medium size pipes of diameter range from
1 to 23 in (25 to 600 mm) and provides superior cost performance.
Series SX3 Ultrasonic Flowmeter Detectors:
Helps ensure pumping efficiency
Provides accurate leak detection
Not influenced by fluids temperature or pressure
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean liquids that pass ultrasound and do not contain air bubbles (such
as pure water and chemical solution).
Turbidity: 10000 deg (mg/L) or less.
Type of Flow: Well developed turbulent or laminar flow in a fluid filled pipe.
Permissible Air Volume Rate: Up to 2% at 1 m/s (inversely proportional to
velocity).
Range: 0 to 32.8 fps (0 to 10 m/s).
Flow Pipe Sizes: SX3A: 0.98 to 3.94 in (25 to 100 mm) for plastic piping 1.97 to
3.94 in (50 to 100 mm) for metal piping; SX3B: 1.97 to 8.86 in (50 to 225 mm);
SX3C: 1.97 to 11.81 in (50 to 300 mm); SX3D: 11.81 to 23.62 in (300 to 600 mm).
Accuracy: 1.5 to 2% of rate.
Response Time: System cycle: 0.2 s; Dead time: 0.2 s or less; Time constant:
0.1s.
Temperature Limits: Ambient 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C); Fluid Temperature:
SX3A/SX3B: 4 to 212F ( 20 to 100C); SX3C/SX3D w/ silicone rubber for
acoustic couplant: 4 to 176F ( 20 to 80C), w/ silicone free grease for acoustic
couplant: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Enclosure Rating: SX3A and SX3B: IP65 (jetproof) when using waterproof BNC
connector; SX3C and SX3D: IP67 (immersion proof) when the terminal block is
filled with silicone rubber after wiring.
Materials: For SX3A and SX3B: Plastic PBT for sensor housing, 304SS for guide
frame; For SX3C and SX3D: Plastic PBT for sensor housing, 304SS for sensor
cover, 304SS and PBT for guide rail.
Electrical Connection: Coaxial cable up to 98.4 ft (30 m) and thermal stability of
212F (100C).
Mounting: Clamped on pipe surface.
Weight: SX3A: 10.6 oz (0.3 kg); SX3B: 14.1 oz (0.4 kg); SX3C: 2.2 lb (1 kg);
SX3D: 14.1 oz (0.4 kg).
Description
Heat Resistant Cable with waterproof BNC connector for SX3 A and SX3 B
Heat Resistant Cable with waterproof BNC connector for SX3 A and SX3 B
Heat Resistant Cable for SX3 C and SX3 D
Heat Resistant Cable for SX3 C and SX3 D
Model
SX3C-1A
SX3C-1B
SX3C-2A
SX3C-2B
Model
SX3-A0
SX3-B0
SX3-C0
SX3-D0
Kind of Detector
Small Standard
Small
Medium
Large
Flow Pipe Size in (mm)
0.98 to 3.94 (25 to 100)
1.97 to 8.86 (50 to 225)
1.97 to 11.81 (50 to 300)
11.81 to 23.62 (300 to 600)
GND TERMINAL
1-37/64
[40]
CHAIN & SPRING
3-5/32
[80]
1-3/8
[60]
FRAME END
SENSOR
NAME PLATE
PIPE
MOUNTING SIZE
0 TO 9-27/32
[0 TO 250]
19-11/16
[500]
2-27/32
[72]
FRAME
BNC
CONNECTOR
SENSOR
LOCK CLIP
SPACING
ADJUSTABLE
EVERY
7/64 [3]
H
1-21/32
[50]
1-11/32
[34]
1-7/64
[28]
L
DETECTOR
GND
TERMINAL
WIRE ROPE
2-27/32
[72]
4-31/64
[114]
2-3/8
[60]
1-37/64
[40]
ACCESSORIES
Model
A-186
A-187
A-188
Type
SX3 A
SX3 B
Pipe Size
1~4
[25~100]
2~8
[50 225]
L
8 31/32
[288]
13 45/64
[348]
H
1 7/32
[31]
1 3/16
[30]
Spacing
53/64~4 47/64
[21~120]
53/64~9 29/64
[21~240]
Units
Inches
[mm]
inches
[mm]
DETECTOR TYPE: SX3-C V METHOD DETECTOR TYPE: SX3-D Z METHOD
DETECTOR TYPE: SX3-A AND SX3-B V METHOD
Option Consult factory for other cable lengths.
Acoustic
Coupler
None
None
None
None
Description
Silicone based grease acoustic couplant, 3 oz tube
Silicone RTV acoustic couplant, 4 oz tube
Silicone free acoustic couplant, 4 oz tube
Cable Length ft (m)
16.4 (5)
32.8 (10)
16.4 (5)
32.8 (10)
Series GFM Gas Mass Flow Meters combine a straight tube sensor with a restrictor
flow element to provide high accuracy and repeatability. Flow rates are virtually unaffected
by temperature and pressure variations. Actual gas flow is displayed in engineering units
on a 3-digit, 90 tiltable LCD readout. Units can be used with Series GFT Flow Totalizer
for applications requiring totalization. Series GFM includes a NIST traceable certificate.
Series
GFM
Gas Mass Flow Meters
Flow Range Up to 1000 L/min, Pressures Up to 500 psi, NIST Traceable
3
[76.20]
1-3/32
[27.94]
4-1/2
[114.30]
5-37/64
[141.86]
5-1/64 [127.51]
DWYER MODEL GFM-11D1 THRU GFM 1111
& GFM-2101 THRU GFM-2111
1-1/8
[28.58]
1-3/4
[44.55]
1
[25.40]
4-7/8
[123.70]
1-3/32
[27.84]
3
[76.20]
5-31/32
[151.64]
6-9/64 [156]
DWYER MODEL GFM-1140 THRU
GFM-1142 & GFM-2140 THRU GFM-2142
DWYER MODEL GFM-1130 THRU GFM-1133
& GFM-2130 THRU GFM-2133
1-1/4
[31.75]
1-3/4
[44.55]
1-1/8
[28.58]
6-1/32 [153]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean gases compatible with wetted parts.
Wetted Materials:
GFM 1XXX: Anodized aluminum, brass, 316 SS and fluoroelastomer O rings;
GFM 2XXX: 316 SS and fluoroelastomer O rings.
Accuracy: 1.5% FS including linearity over 59 to 77F (5 to 25C) and 5 to 60
psia (0.35 to 4 bar).
Repeatability: 0.5% of full scale.
Response Time: 2 seconds to within 2% of actual flow.
Output: Linear 0 5 VDC and 4 20 mA.
Max. Particulate Size: 5 microns.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Power Supply: 12 VDC.
Process Connections: 1/4 compression fitting for flow rates 50 L/m; 3/8 for
100 and 200 L/m; 1/2 for 500 L/min; 3/4 for 1000 L/min.
Pressure Limits: 500 psig (34.5 bar).
Leak Integrity: 1 x 10
7
sccs of helium.
Display: 90 tiltable, 3 1/2 digit.
Agency Approvals: CE.
*Specified flow ranges are for an equivalent flow of nitrogen at
70F (21C) @ 760 mm Hg.
1-3/4
[44.55]
1-1/8
[28.58]
1-1/2
[38.10]
4-35/64
[115.57]
4
[101.60]
4
[101.60]
7-19/64
[185.42]
1-17/64
[32.00]
1-7/16
[36.51]
3
[76.20]
Flow Range
0 10 sccm
0 20 sccm
0 50 sccm
0 100 sccm
0 200 sccm
0 500 sccm
0 1 L/min
0 2 L/min
0 5 L/min
0 15 L/min
0 30 L/min
0 50 L/min
0 100 L/min
0 200 L/min
0 500 L/min
0 1000 L/min
Process Connector
Compression Fitting
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
3/4
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
234
M
a
s
s
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
/
C
o
n
t
r
o
e
r
s
F
L
O
W
ACCESSORIES
For Series GFM Gas Mass Flowmeters
Model GFM-110P, 110V Power Supply
Model GFM-220PE, 220V Power Supply
Model GFM-CBL4, 3 ft cable for 4 20 mA output
Model GFM-CBL5, 3 ft cable for 0 5 VDC output
Model IO-1, 0 5 VDC to RS232 Input to Output Signal Conditioner
GFT-10, Flow Totalizer with 5 10 VDC input for direct connection
to GFM and GFC (replaces GFM/GFC LCD Process display)
GFT-10C, Connection Cable for utilizing GFT 10 totalizer
in conjunction with GFM/GFC LCD process display
Model
Aluminum
GFM-1101*
GFM-1102*
GFM-1103*
GFM-1104*
GFM-1105*
GFM-1106*
GFM-1107*
GFM-1108*
GFM-1109*
GFM-1111*
GFM-1131*
GFM-1133*
GFM-1142*
GFM-1143*
GFM-1144*
GFM-1145*
SS
GFM-2101*
GFM-2102*
GFM-2103*
GFM-2104*
GFM-2105*
GFM-2106*
GFM-2107*
GFM-2108*
GFM-2109*
GFM-2111*
GFM-2131*
GFM-2133*
GFM-2142*
GFM-2143*
GFM-2144*
GFM-2145*
Series GFC Gas Mass Flow Controllers combine a straight tube sensor with a
restrictor flow element to provide high accuracy and repeatability. Gas mass flow
controllers utilize an electromagnetic valve and PID electronics to maintain continuous
control by comparing measured sensor signal set to flow rates. Setpoints can be adjusted
with local potentiometers or remotely via 0 to 5 VDC or 4 to 20 mA analog signal. Flow
rates are virtually unaffected by temperature and pressure variations. Actual gas flow is
displayed in engineering units on a 3-digit, 90 tiltable LCD readout.Units can be used with
Series GFT Flow Totalizer for applications requiring totalization. Series GFC includes a
NIST traceable certificate.
Series
GFC
Gas Mass Flow Controllers
Flow Range Up to 1000 L/min, Pressures Up to 500 psi, NIST Traceable
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean gases compatible with wetted parts.
Wetted Materials:
GFC 1XXX: Anodized aluminum, brass, 316 SS and fluoroelastomer O rings;
GFC 2XXX: 316 SS and fluoroelastomer O rings.
Accuracy: 1.5% FS including linearity over 59 to 77F (5 to 25C) and 5 to 60
psia (0.35 to 4 bar).
Repeatability: 0.5% of full scale.
Response Time: 2 seconds to within 2% of actual flow.
Output: Linear 0 5 VDC and 4 20 mA.
Max. Particulate Size: 5 microns.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Power Supply: 12 VDC.
Process Connections: 1/4 compression fitting for flow rates 50 L/m; 3/8 for
100 and 200 L/m; 1/2 for 500 L/min; 3/4 for 1000 L/min.
Pressure Limits: 500 psig (34.5 bar).
Leak Integrity: 1 x 10
7
sccs of helium.
Display: 90 tiltable, 3 1/2 digit.
Agency Approvals: CE.
DWYER MODEL GFC-1143 THRU GFC-1145
& GFC-2140 THRU GFC-2145
7-19/64
[185.42]
1-17/64
[32.00]
4
[107.60]
4
[101.60]
4-35/64
[115.57]
1-3/4
[44.55]
1-1/2
[38.10]
1-1/8
[28.58]
3-1/8
[79.38]
1-17/64
[32.00]
3-11/64
[80.65]
1.437
3
[76.20]
3
[76.20]
5-37/64
[141.86] 3-9/16
[90.42]
6-19/64
[159.77]
DWYER MODEL GFC-1101 THRU GFC-1111
& GFC-2101 THRU GFC-2111
1-3/4
[44.55]
1-1/8
[28.58]
1
[25.40]
5-31/32
[151.77]
3
[76.20]
3-15/16
[99.95]
7 21/64
[186.18]
DWYER MODEL GFC-1130 THRU GFC-1133
& GFC-2130 THRU GFC-2133
1-1/4
[31.75]
2-11/16
[68.33]
11/16
[17.53]
6-32 2 11/16
[68.33]
1-3/4
[44.55]
1-1/8
[28.58]
11/16
[17.53]
6-32
Flow Range
0 10 sccm
0 20 sccm
0 50 sccm
0 100 sccm
0 200 sccm
0 500 sccm
0 1 L/min
0 2 L/min
0 5 L/min
0 15 L/min
0 30 L/min
0 50 L/min
0 100 L/min
0 200 L/min
0 500 L/min
0 1000 L/min
Process Connector
Compression Fitting
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
3/4
*Specified flow ranges are for an equivalent flow of nitrogen at 70F (21C) @ 760 mm Hg.
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 235
M
a
s
s
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
/
C
o
n
t
r
o
e
r
s
F
L
O
W
ACCESSORIES
For Series GFC Gas Mass Flow Controllers
Model GFC-110P, 110V Power Supply
Model GFC-220PE, 220V Power Supply
Model GFC-CBL1, 8 ft cable with 15 pin connector
Model GFC-CBL3, 3 ft extension cable for LCD readout
Model IO-1, 0 5 VDC to RS232 Input to Output Signal Conditioner
GFT-10, Flow Totalizer with 5 10 VDC input for direct connection
to GFM and GFC (replaces GFM/GFC LCD Process display)
GFT-10C, Connection Cable for utilizing GFT 10 totalizer
in conjunction with GFM/GFC LCD process display
Model
Aluminum
GFC-1101*
GFC-1102*
GFC-1103*
GFC-1104*
GFC-1105*
GFC-1106*
GFC-1107*
GFC-1108*
GFC-1109*
GFC-1111*
GFC-1131*
GFC-1133*
GFC-1142*
GFC-1143*
GFC-1144*
GFC-1145*
SS
GFC-2101*
GFC-2102*
GFC-2103*
GFC-2104*
GFC-2105*
GFC-2106*
GFC-2107*
GFC-2108*
GFC-2109*
GFC-2111*
GFC-2131*
GFC-2133*
GFC-2142*
GFC-2143*
GFC-2144*
GFC-2145*
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
236
M
a
s
s
F
o
w
m
e
t
e
r
s
/
C
o
n
t
r
o
e
r
s
F
L
O
W
Series
DMF
Digital Mass Flow Controllers
Programmable, RS485 Interface, Up To 500 psig, 1% Accuracy
6-5/8
[167.13]
1 7/8
[47.75]
3/4
[17.53]
6-32
2 3/4
[68.33]
*FOR FLOW 60 L/M
5 5/8 or 5 7/8*
[143.51]
6 1/4
[157.23]
5 1/4
[133.86]
3/4
[17.53]
6-32
FOR FLOW 15 L/M
2 7/8
[74.42]
1 1/2
[38.10]
Program, record, analyze, and control flow rates of various gases with Series DMF
Digital Mass Flow Controller. Controllers are designed with straight tube sensors with
restrictor flow elements to ensure laminar gas flow for accurate and repeatable results.
Series DMF are unaffected by temperature and pressure variations.
Controllers can be programmed for various control functions including flow set point,
totalizer, stop totalizer, totalize from preset flow, stop and preset total, auto zero, and more.
Auto zero feature utilizes an automatic balancing circuit that virtually eliminates drift of
zero and span. In addition, Series DMF controllers have two dry contact closures to operate
pumps, valves, or other process equipment.
The Series DMF features an auto tune function to optimize control response for a specific
gas under actual process conditions. Self diagnostic tests are run at power up to ensure the
controller is in optimum working condition. Calibration information for up to 10 gases and
conversion factors for up to 256 different gases are stored in memory. High and low gas
flow alarm limits are programmed via RS-485 interface. Software supports programmable
flow modes, allowing execution of custom programming of up to ten steps.
*Specified flow ranges are for an equivalent flow of nitrogen
at 70F (21C) @ 760 mm Hg.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean gases compatible with wetted parts.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS, 416 SS, fluoroelastomer O rings.
Accuracy: 1% FS including linearity between 59 to 77F (15 to 25C) and 10 to
60 psia (0.7 to 4 bar); 2% FS from 32 to 122F (0 to 50C) and 5 to 150 psia
(0.3 to 10 bar).
Repeatability: 0.15% of full scale.
Response Time: 0.6 to 1.0 second to within 2% of setpoint over 20% to 100%
FS.
Output: Linear 0 5 VDC (2000 min. load impedance); 0 10 VDC (4000 min.
load impedance).
Maximum Particulate Size: 100 microns.
Temperature Limits: 41 to 122F (5 to 50C).
Power Supply: 15 VDC; 13.5 watts maximum.
Process Connections: 1/4 compression fitting for flow rates 50 L/m; 3/8 for
flows 60 L/m.
Pressure Limits: 500 psig (34.5 bar).
Leak Integrity: 1 x 10
9
sccs of helium.
Computer Interface: RS 485.
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model*
DMF-41401
DMF-41402
DMF-41403
DMF-41404
DMF-41405
DMF-41406
DMF-41407
Range
0 to 10 sccm
0 to 20 sccm
0 to 50 sccm
0 to 100 sccm
0 to 200 sccm
0 to 500 sccm
0 to 1 L/min
Model*
DMF-41408
DMF-41409
DMF-41411
DMF-41431
DMF-41433
DMF-41842
Range
0 to 2 L/min
0 to 5 L/min
0 to 15 L/min
0 to 30 L/min
0 to 50 L/min
0 to 100 L/min
ACCESSORIES
Model DMF-110P, 110V power supply with 25 pin connector
Model DMF-220PE, 220V power supply with 25 pin connector
Model DMF-CBL1, 6 ft cable with branch to separate power supply
Model DMF-CBL2, 6 ft cable with branch to computer port
TEMPERATURE
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 237
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
pages 238 239
Thermometers,
Glass
pages 248 249
Thermometers,
Digital Solar
pages 250 251
Thermometers
with Switch
page 251
Temperature
Crayons
page 254
Temperature Indicators,
Digital
pages 254 255
Temperature/Process
Controllers
pages 256 265, 267 272
Thermometers
with Transmitter
page 252
Temperature
Labels/Strips
page 253
Temperature Switches,
DIN Rail
page 281
Temperature Switches,
Mechanical
pages 281 282
Temperature
Transmitters
pages 282 285
Weatherproof
Enclosures
page 266
Temperature Switches,
Digital
pages 273 280
Temperature
Sensors
pages 286 312
Thermostat
Covers
page 305
Thermometers,
Dial
pages 240 247
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
238
T
y
p
c
a
A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
In bioscience laboratories, the preferred methods of temperature
control for experiments are heated water baths. There are
experiments where water cannot be used, so the next feasible
option is to send temperature controlled air to the experiment site.
In order to use temperature controlled air, an air heater is needed.
Within this product, a Love Controls temperature controller is used
for accurate and responsive temperature control. The Love
Controls controller can adapt to a different environment through
different operating modes such as SELF-TUNE or manual PID
adjustments, or preset PID responses.
Love Controls
Controller
Air Flow
(To Heater)
Air Flow
(To Chamber)
Sensor
PV
SER ES 2600
SV
F
C
REM
%
HOLD
AL2 AL1
SP1
SP2
MAN
When storing food or other perishables in chillers or display cases,
temperature must be carefully regulated to ensure the products
remain fresh. If the storage area rises above the critical
preservation temperature, products can have their shelf life
dramatically shortened or be spoiled altogether. A Dwyer
Series
TS Digital Temperature Switch will prevent these scenarios by
monitoring temperature and activating refrigeration and defrost
cycles to ensure the storage temperature stays within safe limits.
For most wires, removing the insulation is easy, but for magnetic
and enamel wires, removing the insulation is very difficult. One
way to easily remove the insulation of the magnetic or enamel
wire is to dip them in a solution of molten fused salts. The salts are
heated to a temperature high enough to melt the salts into a liquid,
but not deteriorate them. This process uses a Love Controls
feedback temperature controller. The Love Controls controller
allows the operator to input a desired temperature and maintain
that temperature accurately. The Love Controls controller will also
retain the input temperature after the power is disconnected.
Dwyer
657C-1 RH Transmitter
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 239
T
y
p
c
a
A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Packaging of condiments require the sealing bars to be heated to
a temperature hot enough to seal the packages, but not destroy
the packaging material. The heat on the sealing bars needs to be
controlled to ensure the heat does not become excessive. Love
Controls controllers are used in this process to accurately control
the heat on the sealing bars. The sensors from the Love Controls
controllers are placed on the sealing bars to ensure accurate
temperature readings. Should the heat become excessive, an
alarm light on the controller notifies the operator of the impending
conditions.
Accurate control of temperature and epoxy resin flow is important
during resin transfer molding. For the epoxy resin to have an even
and thorough flow, the resin must be at a temperature high
enough to allow it to flow, yet not burn the resin. With the help of
a Love Controls controller, the temperature of the resin is
accurately controlled under different conditions through the
different PID operating modes. Another Love Controls controller,
with a flow transducer, is used in this process to control the flow
of the epoxy resin. The Love Controls controller provides
information on the temperature and flow rate to the computer
through an RS-485 serial communication option.
Love Controls controllers used in the packaging of
condiments.
Resin transfer molding.
Love Controls
Controls
Fill Head
Assembly
Condiment
Packaging
Operator Interface
Machine Control
U 1 A M1 U 2 AT A M3 L 2
LOVE CONTROLS SERIES 4C
F C
Love Controls
Controllers
Vacuum
Hose
Controls
Epoxy Resin
Molding Machine
PV
SER ES 2600
SV
F
C
REM
%
HOLD
AL2 AL1
SP1
SP2
MAN
Form, fill and seal machine control simplified with
dual zone control.
Form, fill and seal machines traditionally have used separate
controls to handle the temperature control requirement for the side
and top/bottom seal bars. The Love Controls
Software or Modbus
RTU protocol.
Modbus
is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.
Model
16A2111
16A2030
16A2133
16A2130
16A2020
16A2110
16A2050
Alarm
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Ouput A
SSR
Relay
Relay
Relay
15 VDC
SSR
Current
OPTIONS (Add as a suffix to model number)
-934**, Process Signal Output, PV or SV. Isolated 0 to 20 mADC
-936**, Process Signal Output, PV or SV. Isolated 0 to 10 VDC
-992**, RS 485 Serial Communications Lovelink
TM
Protocol
-993**, RS 232 Serial Communications Lovelink
TM
Protocol
-995**, RS 232 Serial Communications Modbus RTV Protocol
-996**, RS 485 Serial Communications Modbus RTV Protocol
-9502, 12 24 VDC/VAC power input
ACCESSORIES
MN-1, Mini Node
A 5 11/RTU communication
protocol.
Weight: 4 oz (114 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, cUL.
Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
OUT1 AT ALM OUT2
1-49/64
[44.75]
3-5/32
[80.00]
1-57/64
[48.00]
1-57/64
[48.00]
3/8
[9.50]
Model
16B-23
16B-33
16B-53
Output 1
Voltage Pulse
Relay
Current
Input Types
Type K T/C
Type J T/C
Type T T/C
Type E T/C
Type W T/C
Type R T/C
Type S T/C
Type B T/C
Type L T/C
Type U T/C
Pt 100 RTD
0 50 mV
0 5 V
0 10 V
0 20 mA*
4 20 mA*
Range
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
148 to 2192F ( 100 to 1200C)
328 to 752F ( 200 to 400C)
32 to 1112F (0 to 600C)
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
212 to 3272F (100 to 1800C)
328 to 1562F ( 200 to 850C)
328 to 932F ( 200 to 500C)
328 to 1112F ( 200 to 600C)
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
*Requires 250 Ohm Precision Resistor
Modbus
is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.
ACCESSORIES
SCD-SW, Configuration Software
A-277, 250 Ohm Precision Resistor
MN-1, Mini Node
communication protocol.
Weight: 4 oz (114 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, cUL.
Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
1/16 DIN Temperature Controller
PID Control, Auto-Tuning, Dual Display, RS-485 Communication
Series
16C
OUT1 AT ALM OUT2
1-57/64
[48.00]
1-57/64
[48.00]
3/8
[9.50]
3-5/32
[80.00]
1-49/64
[44.75]
Input Types
Pt100 RTD
T/C type B
T/C type S
T/C type R
T/C type N
T/C type E
T/C type T
T/C type J
T/C type K
T/C type L
T/C type U
Range
32 to 212F (0 to 100C)
4 to 932F ( 20 to 500C)
328 to 1112F ( 200 to 600C)
212 to 3272F (100 to 1800C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
32 to 1112F (0 to 600C)
4 to 752F ( 20 to 400C)
328 to 752F ( 200 to 400C)
4 to 752F ( 20 to 400C)
148 to 1562F ( 100 to 850C)
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
328 to 932F ( 200 to 500C)
328 to 932F ( 200 to 500C)
328 to 1472F ( 200 to 800C)
Model
16C-2
16C-3
16C-5
Modbus
is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.
ACCESSORIES
SCD-SW, Configuration Software
MN-1, Mini Node
RTV Protocol
-996, RS XXX Serial Communications Modbus
RTV Protocol
ACCESSORIES
MN-1, Mini Node
A 5 11/RTU communication
protocol.
Weight: 15 oz (425 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, cUL.
Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Input Types
Type K T/C
Type J T/C
Type T T/C
Type E T/C
Type W T/C
Type R T/C
Type S T/C
Type B T/C
Type L T/C
Type U T/C
Pt 100 RTD
0 50 mV
0 5 V
0 10 V
0 20 mA*
4 20 mA*
Range
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
148 to 2192F ( 100 to 1200C)
328 to 752F ( 200 to 400C)
32 to 1112F (0 to 600C)
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
212 to 3272F (100 to 1800C)
328 to 1562F ( 200 to 850C)
328 to 932F ( 200 to 500C)
328 to 1112F ( 200 to 600C)
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
Model
4B-23
4B-33
4B-53
4B-63
Output 1
Voltage Pulse
Relay
Current
Linear Voltage
OU 1 ALM1 OUT2 AT ALM3 A M2
LOVE CONTROLS SERIES 4B
F C
3-25/32
[96.00]
3-27/32
[97.63]
3-25/32
[96.00]
5/8
[15.80)]
3-1/8
[79.2]
3-9/16
[90.81]
*Requires 250 Ohm Precision Resistor.
Modbus
is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.
ACCESSORIES
SCD-SW, Configuration Software
A-277, 250 Ohm Precision Resistor
MN-1, Mini Node
A 5 11/RTU Communication
Protocol.
Weight: 15 oz (425 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL.
Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Input Types
Type K T/C
Type J T/C
Type T T/C
Type E T/C
Type W T/C
Type R T/C
Type S T/C
Type B T/C
Type L T/C
Type U T/C
Pt 100 RTD
0 50 mV
0 5 V
0 10 V
0 20 mA*
4 20 mA*
Range
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
148 to 2192F ( 100 to 1200C)
328 to 752F ( 200 to 400C)
32 to 1112F (0 to 600C)
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
212 to 3272F (100 to 1800C)
328 to 1562F ( 200 to 850C)
328 to 932F ( 200 to 500C)
328 to 1112F ( 200 to 600C)
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
Modbus
is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.
*Requires 250 Ohm Precision Resistor.
NEW PRODUCT!
Model 4V-3, Valve Temperature Controller
ACCESSORIES
A-277, 250 ohm precision resistor
MN-1, Mini Node USB/RS 485 converter
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
266
W
e
a
t
h
e
r
p
r
o
o
f
E
n
c
o
s
u
r
e
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Models A-900 and A-901 are the perfect instrument housing for indoor or
outdoor applications. Protects controls from dirt, dust, oil and water. Unit is rated
weatherproof type NEMA 4X and has a fully gasketed cover. Standard features
include a lockable latch to prevent tampering and flush mounting hardware.
The Model A-900 comes standard with a 1/4 DIN cut out in the front cover.
Controller will mount with front face exposed for easy access to the programming
buttons. Love and Mercoid controllers feature weatherproof NEMA 4X rated
front panels and gaskets enabling the control to be weatherproof protected when
installed in the A-900 even though the front face is exposed. Wiring an installed
control is easy due to the hinged cover and spacious clearance for the control to
swing out with front cover. The lockable latch prevents unauthorized removal of
the control from the enclosure.
The Model A-901 comes standard with a clear plastic front window and mounting
hardware to install the control inside the box. Controller mounts just behind the
window assuring easy viewing. Mounting the control inside the enclosure
protects the control face from corrosive atmospheres or from being covered in oil,
dirt and dust. The lockable latch prevents unauthorized removal of the control
and removes access to the control programming buttons. The Mounting hardware
is attached to the rear of the enclosure and includes a bracket with a 1/4 DIN
cutout and standoffs long enough for Love and Mercoid controls to fit. Control
programming buttons are easily accessible by just opening the front cover.
FEATURES
UV stabilized for outdoor use
Snap latch with lockable hasp
Continuous cover hinge
Fiberglass material is easily punched or drilled for conduit connections
Includes feet and screws for flush mounting to a wall
Compatible with Love 2500, 2600, 4B, 4C, MPCJR and MPC
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Indoor or outdoor.
Rating: NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13.
Materials:
Body: UV stabilized fiberglass reinforced polyester;
Snap latch: 304 SS;
Hinge: Stainless steel;
Mounting feet and screws: 304 SS;
Window: UV stabilized polycarbonate;
Cover gasket: Neoprene.
Agency Approvals: UL 508.
Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Control Temperature Limits:
When using the enclosures with controls that have 10A relay outputs the
extra heat generation decreases the maximum ambient temperature value
that the control can be used at inside the enclosure. Other outputs on our
controls are not a concern.
1/4 DIN Control Enclosures
Weatherproof, Durable, Pre-Cut Mounting Hole
Series
A-900
&
A-901
A-900
For Models: 25XX3, 26XX3, 26X3X, 26X33, MPC, MPCJR
Ambient
Temperature
77F (25C)
104F (40C)
131F (55C)
Maximum Current
A-901
10 Amps
9 Amps
6 Amps
A-900
10 Amps
10 Amps
7.5 Amps
4-1/4
[107.95]
3-39/64
[91.68]
7-3/4
[195.33]
4-1/4
[107.95]
3-39/64
[91.68]
7-3/4
[195.33]
10-32 UNF-2B
TYP 8 PLCS
5
[127.51]
5
[127.51]
1-1/2
[38.10]
A-901 UNIT
(4-1/2 [114.30] STANDOFFS)
4 PLCS
4-1/8
[106.17]
1-3/4
[44.45]
TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW
SIDE VIEW
Model
A-900
A-901
A-901
Description
Weatherproof enclosure, Type 4X. Control
direct panel mounts in the front of the enclosure.
Weatherproof enclosure, Type 4X. Clear
plastic window with rear panel for mounting the
control inside the enclosure.
ACCESSORY
A-600, R/C snubber
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 267
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
/
P
r
o
c
e
s
s
C
o
n
t
r
o
e
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Series 8600 Temperature/Process Controllers set a new standard for
quality, ease-of-use and value. While a high level of standard features are
included, many function setup items appear in the control menu only when the
function is selected, so you dont have to wade through unnecessary items. Units
feature a universal input for thermocouple types J, K, E, T, L, N, B, C, S, & R;
RTDs 100 Plt. NIST, 100 Plt. DIN, 120 Ni Industrial, 1000 Plt. DIN;
differential input (-10 to +10 mV DC) and process input (0 to 20 mA DC, 0 to 10
VDC). A standard 24 volt isolated, regulated power supply is included to
operate most standard 4-20 mA transmitters.
Standard features include Self-Tune, Fuzzy Logic, fully adjustable PID,
Auto/Manual control with bumpless transfer and front panel activation key,
percent output indication, peak and valley indication, loop break protection
and indication. For process inputs, the display is fully programmable from
- 1999 to +9999 with selectable decimal point location. Most thermocouple and
RTD inputs can show whole or tenth degree displays. The Series 8600 is
available with single or dual setpoint outputs and can be programmed for on-off,
PID or heat/cool or latching alarm. All outputs are isolated from the inputs.
Outputs include 10 amp relay, 2.5 amp SSR and 0-20 mA DC (scalable). 15
VDC SSR drive is standard.
MORE STANDARD FEATURES
NEMA 4X (IP 65) front panel resists dust and moisture
Four password protected security levels
Front panel programmability
16 segments of ramp/soak with program end control
Operates on 100 240 VAC, 132 240 VDC
SPECIFICATIONS
Selectable Inputs: Thermocouple, RTD, DC voltage or DC current.
Input Impedance:
Thermocouple: 3 megohms minimum;
Voltage: 5000 ohms;
Current: 10 ohms;
RTD Current: 200A maximum.
Display: Two 4 digit, 7 segment LED; 0.4 (10 mm) high horizontal
models; 0.3 (7.62 mm) high vertical models.
Accuracy: 0.25% of span, 1 least significant digit.
Supply Voltage: 100 to 240 VAC nominal, +10% 15%, 50 to 400 Hz,
single phase; 132 to 240 VDC, +10% 20%.
Operating Temperature: 14 to 131F ( 10 to 55C).
Control Output Ratings:
SSR: 2.5 A at 240 VAC resistive at 77F (25C). De rate to 1.25 A at
130F (55C).
Relay: SPDT, 10 A at 240 VAC resistive, 1/2 hp at 120 VAC, 1/3 hp at
240 VAC.
Alarm relay: SPST, 3 A at 240 VAC resistive;
Switched voltage: 15 VDC at 20 mA;
Proportional current: 0 20 mA DC, scalable into 600 ohms maximum.
Weight: 13 oz (369 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, cUL.
Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Series
8600
Temperature/Process Controller
1/8 DIN Self-Tune PID, Fuzzy Logic Software
4-9/16
[115.8]
3-19/32
[91.3]
17/32
[13.5]
1-15/16
[49.1]
3-25/32
[95.9]
1/4 [6.53] MAXIMUM PANEL THICKNESS
Panel cutout 1.772 x 3.622 (45 x 92 mm).
Model
86111-0
86120-0
86133-0
86153-0
Output A
SSR
15 VDC Pulsed
Relay
0 20 mA
Output B
SSR
None
Relay
Relay
ACCESSORY
A-600, R/C snubber
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
268
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
/
P
r
o
c
e
s
s
C
o
n
t
r
o
e
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
The Series 8B 1/8 DIN Temperature/Process Controller offers
versatility and reliability for temperature and process monitoring applications.
Designed as a vertical mount 1/8 DIN controller, the Series 8B features dual
outputs, universal input, and up to three additional alarm outputs. The second
output can be configured as a third alarm output. Select the alarm type from 13
different preprogrammed alarm functions. Control methods include ON/OFF,
PID, auto-tune or manual tune. PID control is supported with 64 ramp/soak
control actions. RS-485 communication is standard on the Series 8B with up to
247 available addresses.
SPECIFICATIONS
Inputs: Thermocouple, RTD, DC voltages or DC current.
Display: Two 4 digit, 7 segment .38 H (9.53 mm) LEDs. PV: red; SV:
green.
Accuracy: 0.25% span, 1 least significant digit.
Supply Voltage: 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
Power Consumption: 5 VA max.
Operating Temperature: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory.
Control Output Ratings:
Relay: SPST, 5A @ 250 VAC resistive;
Voltage pulse: 14V, 10% to 20% (max 40 mA);
Current: 4 to 20 mA;
Linear voltage: 0 10V.
Communication: RS 485 Modbus
communication protocol.
Weight: 15 oz (425 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, cUL.
Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
1/8 DIN Temperature/Process Controller
Vertical Mount, Dual Control Output, RS-485 Communication
Series
8B
Input Types
Type K T/C
Type J T/C
Type T T/C
Type E T/C
Type W T/C
Type R T/C
Type S T/C
Type B T/C
Type L T/C
Type U T/C
Pt 100 RTD
0 50 mV
0 5 V
0 10 V
0 20 mA*
4 20 mA*
Range
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
148 to 2192F ( 100 to 1200C)
328 to 752F ( 200 to 400C)
32 to 1112F (0 to 600C)
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
212 to 3272F (100 to 1800C)
328 to 1562F ( 200 to 850C)
328 to 932F ( 200 to 500C)
328 to 1112F ( 200 to 600C)
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
V
V
S R ES B
OU 2 OUT1
ALM1 A LM 3 A M2 AT
1-7/8
[47.80]
3-49/64
[95.70]
3-7/8
[98.20]
1/2
[12.80]
3-1/8
[79.20]
3-37/64
[91.00]
1-3/4
[44.00]
F C
Model
8B-23
8B-33
8B-53
8B-63
Output 1
Voltage Pulse
Relay
Current
Linear Voltage
*Requires 250 Ohm Precision Resistor.
Modbus
is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.
ACCESSORIES
SCD-SW, Configuration Software
A-277, 250 Ohm Precision Resistor
MN-1, Mini Node
communication protocol.
Weight: 15 oz (425 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, cUL.
Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Model
8C-2
8C-3
8C-5
Input Types
Pt100 RTD
T/C type B
T/C type S
T/C type R
T/C type N
T/C type E
T/C type T
T/C type J
T/C type K
T/C type L
T/C type U
Range
32 to 212F (0 to 100C)
4 to 932F ( 20 to 500C)
328 to 1112F ( 200 to 600C)
212 to 3272F (100 to 1800C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
32 to 1112F (0 to 600C)
4 to 752F ( 20 to 400C)
328 to 752F ( 200 to 400C)
4 to 752F ( 20 to 400C)
148 to 1562F ( 100 to 850C)
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
328 to 932F ( 200 to 500C)
328 to 932F ( 200 to 500C)
328 to 1472F ( 200 to 800C)
V
V
SER ES C
OU 2 OUT1
A M1 ALM3 A M2 AT
F C
LOVE CONTROLS
3-7/8
[98.20]
3-49/64
[95.70]
1-7/8
[47.80]
1/2
[12.80]
3-1/8
[79.20]
3-37/64
[91.00]
1-3/4
[44.00]
Modbus
is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.
ACCESSORIES
SCD-SW, Configuration Software
MN-1, Mini Node
communications.
Series
SCD
DIN Rail Temperature/ Process Controller
Universal Inputs, Up to 8 PID Loops, Modbus
Communications
SPECIFICATIONS
Inputs: Thermocouple, RTD, DC linear voltage, and DC currents.
Supply Voltage: 24 VDC.
Power Consumption: 3 W.
Operating Temperature: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Memory Backup: Non volatile.
Control Output Ratings:
Relay: Resistive load @ 250 VAC 3 A;
Voltage pulse: 12 VDC, max. output current: 40 mA;
Current: 4 20 mA output;
Linear voltage: 0 10 VDC.
Communication: RS 485 Modbus
A 5 11/RTU communication
protocol.
Weight: 2.7 oz (76.5 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL, cUL.
Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Model
SCD-1023
SCD-1033
SCD-1053
SCD-1063
SCD-2023
SCD-2033
SCD-2053
SCD-2063
Output 1
Voltage Pulse
Relay
Current
Linear Voltage
Voltage Pulse
Relay
Current
Linear Voltage
Input Types
Type K T/C
Type J T/C
Type T T/C
Type E T/C
Type W T/C
Type R T/C
Type S T/C
Type B T/C
Type L T/C
Type U T/C
Pt 100 RTD
0 50 mV
0 10 V
0 20 mA*
4 20 mA*
Ranges
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
148 to 2192F ( 100 to 1200C)
328 to 752F ( 200 to 400C)
32 to 1112F (0 to 600C)
328 to 2372F ( 200 to 1300C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
32 to 3092F (0 to 1700C)
212 to 3272F (100 to 1800C)
328 to 3272F ( 200 to 850C)
328 to 932F ( 200 to 500C)
328 to 1112F ( 200 to 600C)
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
999 to 9999
Slave Controller Master Controller
Controller
Master
Master
Master
Master
Slave
Slave
Slave
Slave
2-1/4
[57.15]
MASTER
EXTENSION
PORT
3-13/16
[96.84]
3-35/64
[90.09]
1
[25.4]
SLAVE
EXTENSION
PORT
*Requires 250 Ohm Precision Resistor.
Modbus
is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.
ACCESSORIES
SCD-PS, 24 VDC Power Supply
SCD-SW, Configuration Software
A-277, 250 Ohm Precision Resistor
MN-1, Mini Node
Model
SC1290
SC1490
SCL1290*
SCL1490*
Model 862E, Explosion Proof, Heavy Duty Thermostat
Description
T/C Input
RTD Input
T/C Input
RTD Input
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
282
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
M
e
c
h
a
n
c
a
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Insertion depth can be increased through use of bulb supports or wells. Consult factory.
Temperature Switches
Bulb and Capillary, Inert Gas Fill
CONT OL
MERCO D
5/8
[15.88]
1-5/8
[41.28]
1/2 CONDUIT
CONNECTION
2
[50.80]
SEE
VIEW #1 VIEW #1
17/64 [6.75]
MOUNTING HOLES
TYP 2 PLACES 3-5/16
[84.14]
E
7/8
[22.23]
6-1/64
[152.80]
3/4 MALE NPT
BULB CONNECTION
1/4 MALE NPT
PRESSURE
CONNECTION
ADJUSTMENT
SCREWS
2-1/4
[57.15]
3/4 [19.05]
CLEARANCE
FOR COVER
REMOVAL
Series
DA-7035N
FEATURES
Adjustable deadband
Snap action switch standard
Inert gas activated Bourdon tube
No cross ambient temperature effects
No bulb elevation correction required
Visible dial calibrated in both F and C
Visible on/off indication
Model
DA-7035-153-1N
DA-7035-153-3N
DA-7035-153-4N
DA-7035-153-5N
DA-7035-153-7N
DA-7035-153-8N
DA-7035-153-9N
DA-7035-153-10N
DA-7035-153-11N
Range F (C)
60 to +30 ( 50 to 0)
0 to 100 ( 18 to 40)
50 to 150 (10 to 65)
100 to 200 (40 to 95)
140 to 300 (60 to 150)
250 to 415 (120 to 215)
350 to 550 (175 to 290)
100 to 300 (40 to 150)
100 to 500 (40 to 260)
Maximum
Temp.
F (C)
150 (65)
240 (115)
250 (120)
300 (150)
500 (260)
550 (290)
600 (315)
500 (260)
600 (315)
Min.
Deadband
F (C)
23 (13)
25 (14)
25 (14)
25 (14)
41 (23)
42 (23)
50 (28)
50 (28)
100 (56)
Temperature Transmitter
4-20 mA Signal, Two Wire Operation, Temperatures from -55 to 180C
The Series 650 Temperature Transmitter combines low cost with small size making
it ideal for a wide variety of HVAC, industrial and commercial multi-point temperature
monitoring applications. Non-polarized terminals simplify connection to any 12-35 VDC
power supply. Capable of operation with long cable runs, Series 650 Transmitters are well
suited for monitoring air or water temperatures at remote locations. Three models are
stocked in popular ranges factory calibrated within 0.3% of span. All are linear within 0.25%
of span and may be recalibrated within low range and span limits shown in chart. Low
range is temperature corresponding to 4 mA output. Span is temperature difference
between Low and High Ranges corresponding to 4-20 mA output signal.
Consult factory for special ranges calibrated within the limits of -55C and +180C
Series
650
Model
650-1
650-2
650-3
Range
As Stocked
23 to +10C
7 to +49C
0 to +100C
Low Range Limits
Min.
32C
12C
Max.
14C
+6C
Span Limits
Min
24C
37C
Max.
48C
150C
1-53/64
[46.43]
45/64
[17.86]
19/32
[15.08]
5/16 [7.94]
3/16 [4.76]
7/32 [5.56]
2-5/8 [66.68]
13/64 [5.16]
1-5/16
[33.34]
13/64
[5.16]
1/8 [3.18]
SPECIFICATIONS
Input: Silicone junction transistor.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA DC.
Power Requirements: 12 35 volts DC.
Accuracy: 0.3% F.S. @ 20C (68F).
Linearity: Within 0.25% of span.
Thermal Drift: Less than 0.5% of span
over ambient temperature range of
0 to 50C (32 to 122F).
Probe Construction: 6 long, 0.25
O.D. Type 304 SS.
Temperature Limits: Ambient:
0 to 70C (32 to 158F).
Temperature Limits: (Probe): 204C
(400F).
Probe Cable Length: 7 ft (2.1 m).
Voltage Stability: Output error less
than 0.01% of span over the specified
supply voltage range.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids or
gases.
Wetted Materials: Bulb and
connection: 304 SS.
Temperature Limit: Process: See
model chart; Ambient: 180F
(82C).
Pressure Limit: 300 psi (20.6 bar).
Enclosure Rating: General
purpose. Optional weatherproof
and explosion proof.
Repeatability: 1% of full scale.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch.
Optional DPDT snap and a variety
of mercury switches.
Electrical Rating: 10A @
120/240/480 VAC.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminal.
Conduit Connection: 7/8 (22.23
mm) hole for 1/2 (12.7 mm)
conduit hub.
Process Connection: 3/4 male
NPT. Other sizes available.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical
and level.
Set Point Adjustment: External
knobs for set point and reset point.
Weight: 5 lb (2.3 kg).
Deadband: Adjustable from
minimum in model chart to full
range. Optional low fixed
deadband.
Capillary: 6 ft (1.8 m) standard.
Ranges 1N 7N, and 10N: copper.
Ranges 8N, 9N, 11N: 304 SS.
Set Point Scale: Indication in F
and C.
Options: See switch type, see
enclosures, fixed deadband, longer
or shorter capillary, armored
capillary, wells, two stage, 1/2 or 1
connection sizes, manual reset,
and other bulb styles.
Series DA-7035N temperature switches include the same time-proven switching
mechanism used in our Series DA pressure switches. Bourdon tube assures high sensitivity
and long life. Fully adjustable deadband makes units suitable for a wide range of control
applications. Visible, calibrated dial and external adjustments make changing setpoints
simple and fast.
ACCESSORY
A-325, Duct Mounting Kit with flange, fitting and hardware
Min. Insertion
Depth
E in. (mm)
2 7/8 (73)
2 7/8 (73)
2 7/8 (73)
2 7/8 (73)
2 7/8 (73)
2 7/8 (73)
4 7/8 (124)
2 7/8 (73)
2 7/8 (73)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 283
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Explosion-Proof RTD Temperature Transmitter
User Selectable Ranges, Optional LCD Display
Series
TTE
The Series TTE Explosion-Proof RTD Temperature Transmitter is the
ideal product for hazardous temperature measurement applications. The TTE
series has seven pre-programmed temperature ranges that are selectable via an
internal dip switch. For those applications that need a custom range, the
transmitter can be easily configured for any range between -30 to 250F with a
minimum span of 40F. The span and zero can be quickly adjusted with a simple
push button design. The compact housing allows for the transmitter to be
mounted in virtually any application.
10-23/64
[263.13]
1/2 NPT
1/4
[6.35]
4-15/32
[113.51]
1/2 NPT
2-23/32
[69.06]
3-29/32
[99.22]
1/2 NPT
4-9/32
[108.74]
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Sensor: Pt1000, 0.00385 DIN.
Output Temperature Ranges: User selectable any range between 30
to 250F with a minimum span of 40F.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 0 to 158F ( 18 to 70C); Process: 30 to
250F ( 34.4 to 121.1C).
Accuracy: Transmitter 0.1% F.S; Probe 0.3% F.S.
Thermal Drift Effects: 0.02%/C max.
Response Time: 250 ms.
Wetted Materials: 316 stainless steel.
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 female NPT.
Probe Length: 2 to 18 (depending on model).
Pressure Limits: 2000 psi (137.9 bar).
Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 20 mA (two wire loop powered).
Optional Display: 2 lines X 8 character LCD.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) and explosion proof for Class I,
Groups B, C, D; Class II, Groups E, F, G; Class III.
Weight: 2 lb 8 oz (1134 g).
Agency Approvals: FM, CE.
Model
TTE-104-W
TTE-106-W
TTE-109-W
TTE-112-W
TTE-115-W
TTE-118-W
TTE-104-W-LCD
TTE-106-W-LCD
TTE-109-W-LCD
TTE-112-W-LCD
TTE-115-W-LCD
TTE-118-W-LCD
Field Selectable Ranges
40 to 90F (4.4 to 32.2 C)
20 to 140F ( 28.9 to 60C)
0 to 100F ( 17.8 to 37.8C)
30 to 240F ( 1.1 to 115.6C)
32 to 212F (0 to 100C)
32 to 122F (0 to 50C)
30 to 65C ( 1.1 to 18.3C)
Custom range between 30 to 250F ( 34.4 to 121.1C)
*Shown with optional LCD display
Stem Length
4
6
9
12
15
18
4
6
9
12
15
18
LCD Display
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
ACCESSORY
A-287, Mounting bracket for pipe or surface mounting
(Includes bracket and two 2 U bolts)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
284
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Linearized output for precise temperature monitoring or control is combined with small
size and quick, easy mounting. Rugged Series 651 transmitters are designed for use with
2 or 3 wire Pt100 RTDs (to DIN standard 43760 or BS1904) or ungrounded Type K
thermocouples. Thermocouple models 651TC are cold junction compensated, automatic 32
to 160F (0 to 70C) with upscale burnout. These economical devices provide the accuracy
and reliability you need at the lowest possible cost.
Series
651
Temperature Transmitter
RTD or Thermocouple Input, Zero and Span Adjust, Linearized 4-20 mA Signal
SPECIFICATIONS
Input: 2 or 3 wire Pt100 RTD (models 651A), or ungrounded Type K
thermocouple (models 651TC).
Output: 4 20 mA DC, linearized.
Transmitter Type: 2 wire.
Output Impedance: 700 @ 24 VDC.
Power Requirements: 10 32 VDC, reverse connection protected.
Accuracy: 0.2C plus 0.2% reading (models 651A), 0.1% FS plus cold junction
errors (models 651TC).
Temperature Drift: ZERO drift typical 0.02%/C (0.09F); SPAN typical 0.005%/C
(0.0036F).
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Maximum Storage Temperature: 160F (70C).
Response Time: 10 90% in 200 ms (models 651A), 70% in 2 ms (models 651TC).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
651A-10
651A-20
651A-40
651TC-01
651TC-02
651TC-04
651TC-06
Input Type
Pt100 RTD
Pt100 RTD
Pt100 RTD
Type K Thermocouple
Type K Thermocouple
Type K Thermocouple
Type K Thermocouple
Series
659
1-41/64
[41.67]
1-5/16
[33.32]
3/16 [4.76]
MOUNTING HOLE
TYP 2 PLACES
29/32
[23.02]
Series 659 Push-Button Temperature Transmitters accept thermocouple (J, K, T),
RTD (Pt100) or thermistor input and provide a linearized 4 to 20 mA output. The
transmitter is quickly ranged and calibrated by using a single on-board switch. An LED
provides visual indication of sensor fault and programming mode. Models feature reverse
polarity protection. Thermocouple models are also galvanically isolated and cold junction
compensated.
The compact transmitter can be mounted directly within any standard thermal head for
connection to the sensor. The Series 659 Transmitters are ideal for temperature
measurement in boilers, burners, ducts, furnaces, refrigeration systems, food processing,
tanks, chemical processing, steam generators or any other process application.
Push-Button Temperature Transmitter
Programmable, RTD, Thermistor or Thermocouple Input, In-Head Mounting
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Range: Type J T/C: 328 to 2192F ( 200 to 1200C); Type K T/C: 328 to
2498F ( 200 to 1370C); Type T T/C: 328 to 752F ( 200 to 400C); Pt100 RTD:
328 to 1562F ( 200 to 850C); Thermistor: 13 to 257F.
Accuracy: T/C models: 0.04% F.S., 0.04% of reading or 0.5C whichever is
greater; RTD: 0.2C 0.1% of rdg; Thermistor: 0.25F (0.1C).
Output: Linearized 4 to 20 mA, 2 wire loop powered.
Sample Rate: 500 ms.
Loop Resistance: T/C: 700 @ 24 VDC; RTD: 800 @ 24 VDC; Thermistor: 24
VDC.
Output Thermal Drift: Zero: 0.2A/C; Span: 0.5A/C.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 4 to 158F ( 20 to 70C), 80% RH max.
Ambient Storage Temperature: 40 to 158F ( 40 to 70C), 95% RH max.
Burnout: Upscale 22 mA.
Weight: 0.92 oz (26 g).
Model
659TC-1
659RTD-1
659TH-1
ACCESSORY
A-709, Optional enclosure for Series 651Transmitters. NEMA 1 protective housing
is 3 x 2 1/8 (76 x 54 mm). Supplied with mounting hardware, strain relief fitting
and assembly instructions (See page 318)
Input
Thermocouple (Type J, K, T)
3 wire (RTD Pt100)
Thermistor (2252)
Range,F (C)
32 212 (0 100)
32 392 (0 200)
32 752 (0 400)
32 212 (0 100)
32 392 (0 200)
32 752 (0 400)
32 1112 (0 600)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 285
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
The Model A-709 Temperature Enclosure can be used to mount our Series
651 and 659 transmitters to any of our 1/4 diameter temperature sensors. The
screw on enclosure core can be quickly removed and has a chain to prevent it
from getting lost. The Model A-709 comes with the necessary adapters and
fittings for attaching the temperature sensor.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Indoor or outdoor.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 212F ( 40 to 100C).
Rating: NEMA 4X.
Materials: Aluminum housing.
Model
A-709
Temperature Transmitter Enclosure
Fits Series 651 and 659 Transmitters
2-27/32
[72.23]
1/2 NPT
3-5/32
[80.12]
1-21/32
[42.07]
1-5/8
[41.28]
Programmable Transmitter
RTD, Thermocouple, Voltage or Potentiometer Input, Galvanically Isolated
3 FOOT
(1m) LEAD
1.648
[41.859]
2.312
[58.72]
3.00
[76.2]
3 FOOT (1m)
CONNECTING
CABLE
Model
652-0
Model 652-0 Programmable Transmitter accepts any commonly used
temperature sensor, slidewire transducer or millivolt signal and produces a 4 to
20 mA output signal. Input type and range are easily programmed using a PC
and the simple Windows
601
5 Mullite+
6 Alumina+
B Carbon Steel
0 None
1 Snap Cover, Aluminum Head
2 Weatherproof Screw Cover
Aluminum Head.
** Insulators
1 None
2 Oval (14 ga wire or larger)
3 Round (18 ga wire or smaller)
+ Length in 6 increments
Inconel
is a registered trademark of Huntington Alloys Corporation
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
294
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Mineral Insulated Thermocouples and RTDs are known for their excellent mechanical durability and resistance to electrical breakdown. Available
in outside diameters from 0.020 inch (0.5mm) to 0.500 inch (12.7mm), Mineral Insulated Thermocouples can be bent to most any angle without
special equipment. Because of its flexibility, the mineral insulated material can be made to extremely long lengths, coiled for inexpensive shipment,
and straightened upon arrival without damage.
Ungrounded and exposed junctions are electronically isolated from the sheath. Minimum resistance is 1.5 megohms at 500 VDC.
Due to the varying sized of connection wire and cable, a transition fitting is used between the cold end of the sheath and the connecting wires. This
fitting measures 1-1/4 long by 1/4 outside diameter for 1/8 or smaller sheaths, and 1-1/2 long by 3/8 outside diameter for 3/16 and 1/4
sheaths. Larger sheaths are usually connected to bushings or connector heads, and usually do not require transition fittings. Sheaths terminating
in connectors other than wire or cable do not require transition fittings.
A B C
SENSOR TYPE
HARDWARE TYPE
EXTENSION TYPE SENSOR TERMINALS SENSOR TERMINALS
ELEMENTS ELEMENTS JUNCTION TYPE JUNCTION TYPE SENSOR O.D. SENSOR O.D. BEND BEND
A
in 1/10 inch
AA
in 1/10 inch
B
in inches
C
in inches
- - - - -
Model Coding
Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the probe of your choice. Fill in all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill
those boxes with zeros 0.
8
1 304 SS Sheath
2 316 SS Sheath
3 Inconel
600 Sheath
4 Inconel
601 Sheath
0 No extension
1 Fiberglass
Insulation
3 Stainless Steel
Overbraid
4 FEP Insulation
5 SS Flex Hose
6 FEP over SS
Flex Hose
1 Single
2 Dual
1 Grounded
2 Ungrounded
3 Exposed
1 None
2 45
3 90
Mineral Insulated Thermocouples and RTDs
Mineral Insulated Transitions
Basic Sheath Configuration
Sheath and Transition Fitting
(when made with SS Overbraid Wire)
Sheath and Transition Fitting
(when made with Flex Hose)
Sheath and Transition Fitting
(when made with Fiberglass Wire)
J (T/C)
K (T/C)
E (T/C)
T (T/C)
6 (RTD DIN)
4 (RTD NIST)
Z (1K RTD DIN)
5 (RTD DIN 2 Wire)
7 (RTD DIN 1K
2 Wire)
0 Stripped Ends
1 Lugs
2 Lugs with BX
3 Standard Plug
4 Standard Jack
5 Open Terminals
6 Mini Plug
7 Mini Jack
8 Snap Cover, AI Head
9 Fastabs
A Fastabs with BX
B Snap Cover, Plastic Head
C 3/4 NPT Hex Threaded End
D 3/4 NPT Hex Nipple
E Screw Cover, AI Head w/ 3/4
NPT Conduit
F Screw Cover, Plastic Head w/
3/4 NPT Conduit
G SS Weatherproof Head w/ 1/2
NPT Conduit
H 1/2 NPT Hex Nipple
1 1/16
2 1/8
3 3/16
4 1/4
5 3/8
6 1/2
Inconel
is a registered trademark of Huntington Alloys Corporation
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 295
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Web Type Surface Thermocouples
Web Type Surface Thermocouple
Replacement Element
Web Type Surface
Thermocouple Assembly
Special Application Thermocouples and RTDs
Special Application Thermocouples and RTDs cover a wide variety of types and configurations. This section covers FEP covered thermocouples and
RTDs in rigid and flexible types, ring type thermocouples and RTDs for surface measurement, web type thermcouples for surface measurement
of moving objects such as rollers, and penetration thermocouples and RTDs with sharp tips for measurement of viscous liquids and semisolids such
as tar and heavy oil, and other material such as frozen food and meat.
SENSOR TYPE
HARDWARE TYPE
EXTENSION TYPE SENSOR TERMINALS SENSOR TERMINALS
ELEMENTS ELEMENTS JUNCTION TYPE JUNCTION TYPE SENSOR O.D. SENSOR O.D.
A
in 1/10 inch
AA
in 1/10 inch
B
in inches
C
in inches
- - - - -
J (T/C)
K (T/C)
E (T/C)
T (T/C)
6 (RTD DIN)
4 (RTD NIST)
Z (RTD DIN 1K)
9
5 FEP Covered
Bead Junction
6 Ring #10 (0.187 od)
7 Ring #8 (0.156 od)
8 Ring 13/32
9 Web
A Penetration Probe
B Penetration Probe
with D Handle
0 None
1 Lugs
2 Lugs with BX
3 Standard Plug
4 Standard Jack
5 Open Terminals
6 Mini Plug
7 Mini Jack
9 Fastabs
A Fastabs with BX
1 Single
2 Dual
1 Grounded
2 Ungrounded
3 Exposed
Model Coding
Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the probe of your choice. Fill in all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill
those boxes with zeros 0.
0 N/A
2 1/8
3 3/16
4 1/4
Ring Type Surface Thermocouples and RTDs
Penetration Type Thermocouples and RTDs
B C
B 1-1/4 A AA
B 1-1/4 A AA
D Handle Style
0 No extension
1 Fiberglass
Insulation
3 Stainless Steel
Overbraid
4 FEP Insulation
5 Stainless Steel
Flex Hose
6 FEP over SS
Flex Hose
Standard Style
with Transition
Fitting
A
Flexible FEP Covered Bead Junction
B C
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
296
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
SENSOR TYPE
SHEATH
CAP STYLE
A
in 1/10 inch
B
in inches
C
in inches
- - - -
CAP SIZE
TERMINATION ELEMENTS JUNCTION TYPE SENSOR O.D.
NOMINAL/REDUCED
J (T/C)
K (T/C)
E (T/C)
T (T/C)
6 (RTD DIN)
4 (RTD NIST)
1 Straight
3 Stepped Tip
2 16A Without Nut
3 16A With Nut
4 16AI 14I
5 16 Amp
6 16 APV Without Nut
7 16 APV With Nut
1 1/2
2 3/4
3 1 1/2
4 2
5 2 1/2
6 3
1 Single
2 Dual
0 No Termination
2 White Screw Cover PP
Head (3/4 Conduit)
3 Screw Cover 316SS Head
(1/2 Conduit)
4 Split Leads
5 Split Leads With Lugs
6 Split Leads With BX & Lugs
7 STD Plug
8 STD Jack
9 Miniature Aluminum Snap
Cover Head
1 Grounded
2 Ungrounded 1 5/32 / NA
2 1/4 / 1/8
3 3/8 / 3/16
6 1/4 / NA
7 1/2 / NA
D
Model Coding:
Size
Tube O.D.
1/2 or 3/4
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
16 AMP CLAMP CAP 16A BEVEL SEAT 16APV APC 16 AI-14I I-LINE
O.D.
1.00
1.98
1.98
2.51
3.03
3.57
Thickness
.188
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
Size
Tube O.D.
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
O.D.
1.31
1.84
2.37
2.90
3.43
Thickness
.46
.56
.62
.66
.71
Size
Tube O.D.
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
O.D.
1.38
1.88
2.38
2.88
3.38
Thickness
.29
.42
.46
.47
.50
Size
Tube O.D.
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
O.D.
2
2
2.65
3.12
3.87
Thickness
.50
.50
.56
.56
.75
STAINLESS STEEL
CONNECTION
HEAD 1/2
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
3/4
CONDUIT
CONNECTION
WHITE POLY
SCREW COVER
CONNECTION
HEAD
STANDARD WHITE POLYPROPYLENE
SNAP-COVER CONNECTION HEAD
.840 SST SUPPORT TUBE
SANITARY WELD
SANITARY CAP
3 NOM.
3/4 CONDUIT CONNECTION
A
SANITARY CAP
.405 SST SUPPORT TUBE
MINIATURE ALUMINUM CONNECTION HEAD
PG9 CABLE GLAND
A
1.00
2.00
2.25
FEP JACKETED CABLE
CHEMICAL RESISTANT STRAIN RELIEF
.50 SST SUPPORT TUBE
A
SANITARY WELD
SANITARY CAP
3 NOM. B C
STANDARD WHITE POLYPROPYLENE
SNAP-COVER CONNECTION HEAD
.840 SST SUPPORT TUBE
SANITARY WELD
SANITARY CAP
3/4 CONDUIT CONNECTION
3 NOM.
A
1
Sensors for Sanitary Applications
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 297
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Series P Penetration Probes
Monitor internal temperature of poultry, meat, fish, dough, and other fresh or slightly frozen food products. The Series P probes can also be used
to penetrate soft process materials such as plastic compounds and rubber. The probes are constructed entirely of FDA compliant materials for use
in sanitary applications.
SENSOR TYPE
PROBE STYLE
EXTENSION TYPE
SENSOR TERMINALS SENSOR TERMINALS
JUNCTION JUNCTION SENSOR O.D. SENSOR O.D.
A dim.
1/10 inch
- - - -
B dim.
inches
C dim.
inches
J (T/C)
T (T/C)
6 (RTD DIN)
4 (RTD NIST)
Z (RTD DIN 1K)
P
1 Standard transition fitting, SS
2 Straight handle, SS
3 Saber handle, SS
4 Flanged handle, SS
6 Euro Style, FEP
7 Euro Style, SS
4 FEP Insulation
6 FEP over SS flex
hose
0 Stripped Ends
1 Lugs
2 Lugs with BX
3 Standard Plug
4 Standard Jack
6 Mini Plug
7 Mini Jack
1 Grounded
2 Ungrounded
7 0.134 OD hypodermic
8 0.180 OD hypodermic
Model Coding - Series P Penetration Probes
Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the probe of your choice. Fill in all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill
those boxes with zeros 0.
POINTED CLOSURE
TRANSITION FITTING
STRAIN RELIEF TUBING
"B" "C" "A" 1 1
STRAIGHT HANDLE
2-1/2 1-1/2 "B" "C" "A"
SABER HANDLE
1 3/4 2 3/8 1 1/2 "B" "C" "A"
FLANGED HANDLE
2-1/2 1-1/2 "B" "C" "A"
EURO STYLE
2-1/2 "A" "B" "C"
Probe Styles
1. Transition Fitting
2. Straight Handle
3. Saber Handle
4. Flanged Handle
6&7. Euro Style Handle
(FEP or Stainless Steel)
*
* A dimension maximum length is 12 (30 cm).
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
298
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Temperature Sensor Assemblies with Thermowells
Series T Sensor Assemblies are available in a variety of head styles and thermowell materials. All elements are spring loaded to ensure positive
contact in the thermowell. Thermowells are non-lagging. The sensor sheath material is constructed of 316 stainless steel regardless of the well
material specified.
SENSOR TYPE
WELL MATERIAL
TAPER AND BORE
EXTENSION EXTENSION
ELEMENTS ELEMENTS HEAD HEAD SHEATH O.D.
Nominal/Reduced
SHEATH O.D.
Nominal/Reduced
A
in inches
- -
J (T/C)
K (T/C)
E (T/C)
T (T/C)
6 (RTD DIN)
4 (RTD NIST)
Z (RTD DIN 1K)
T
1 304 SS
2 316 SS
3 Brass
1 Step/0.260
2 Straight/0.390
3 Taper/0.260
4 Taper/0.390
5 Straight/0.260
1 Steel 1/2 NPT 1 in hex
4 Steel 1/2 NPT 4 in nipple
7 Steel 1/2 NPT 4 in union
A 304 SS 1/2 NPT 1 in hex
D 304 SS 1/2 NPT 4 in nipple
G 304 SS 1/2 NPT 4 in union
K 316 SS 1/2 NPT 1 in hex
N 316 SS 1/2 NPT 4 in nipple
S 316 SS 1/2 NPT 4 in union
1 Single
2 Dual
0 Aluminum Screw
Cover
1 Cast Aluminum Snap
Cover
2 Polypropylene Snap
Cover
3 Polypropylene Screw
Cover
4 Explosion Proof+
5 304 SS Weather
Proof
Model Coding - Sensor Assemblies with Thermowells
Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the probe of your choice. Fill in all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill
those boxes with zeros 0.
1 5/8 / 1/2
4 3/4 / 1/2
6 7/8 / 1/2
7 7/8 / 5/8
8 1 1/16 / 5/8
9 7/8 / 49/64
A 1 1/16 / 49/64
B 1/2 straight
C 49/64 straight
D 7/8 straight
E 3/4 straight
HEX
EXTENSION
CONNECTION HEAD
THERMOWELL
"A"
NIPPLE
EXTENSION
CONNECTION HEAD
THERMOWELL
"A"
UNION
EXTENSION
CONNECTION HEAD
THERMOWELL
"A"
+Explosion proof head meets the following:
Class I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & L
Class III, Div 1 & 2
NEMA 7, Groups C & D
NEMA 9, Groups E, F, & L
A dimension is available in lengths of 4, 6, 9,
12, 15, 18, and 24 inches only.
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 299
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Flexible extension cables are available with a variety of terminations.
J (T/C)
K (T/C)
E (T/C)
T (T/C)
2 (2 Wire RTD)
3 (3 Wire RTD)
0 No Extension
1 Fiberglass
Insulation
3 Stainless Steel
Overbraid
4 FEP Insulation
5 Stainless Steel Flex
Hose
6 FEP over SS Flex
Hose
0 Stripped Ends
1 Lugs
2 Lugs with BX
3 Standard Plug
4 Standard Jack
6 Mini Plug
7 Mini Jack
9 Fastabs
A Fastabs with BX
1 Single
2 Dual
Model Coding
Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the extension cable of your choice. Fill in all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill
those boxes with zeros 0.
"B" "C" [4 STD]
0 Stripped Ends
1 Lugs
2 Lugs with BX
3 Standard Plug
4 Standard Jack
6 Mini Plug
7 Mini Jack
9 Fastabs
A Fastabs with BX
SENSOR TYPE
EXTENSION TYPE
TERMINAL #1 TERMINAL #2 TERMINAL #2
ELEMENTS ELEMENTS
B
in feet
C
Terminal #1
in inches
C
Terminal #2
in inches
- - -
Extension Cables
EC-
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
300
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Thermowells
Select bore as 0.260 for 1/4 diameter elements and 0.390 for 3/8 diameter elements. Specify heavy duty mounting
for tapered sheaths.
HARDWARE TYPE
TAPER AND BORE
INSIDE THREAD
PROCESS CONNECTION PROCESS CONNECTION
MOUNTING MOUNTING LAG LAG SHEATH O.D.
Base/Taper
SHEATH O.D.
Base/Taper
- -
A Dimension Specify in 4, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 0r
24
1 304 SS Sheath
2 316 SS Sheath
3 Brass
4 Carbon Steel
W
1 1/2 female NPT
0 Straight / 0.260
1 Step / 0.260
2 Straight / 0.390
3 Taper / 0.260
4 Taper / 0.390
1 1/2 NPT
2 3/4 NPT
3 1 NPT
4 1 150# Flange
5 1 1/2 150# Flange
6 2 150# Flange
7 1 300# Flange
8 1 1/2 300# Flange
9 2 300# Flange
A 1 600# Flange
B 1 1/2 600# Flange
C 2 600# Flange
1 Threaded
2 Heavy Duty
Threaded
3 Heavy Duty
Flanged
4 Flanged
Model Coding - Thermowells
Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the thermowell of your choice. Fill in all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply,
fill those boxes with zeros 0.
1 5/8 / 1/2
4 3/4 / 1/2
6 7/8 / 1/2
7 7/8 / 5/8
8 1 1/16 / 5/8
9 7/8 / 49/64
A 1 1/16 / 49/64
B 1/2 straight
C 49/64 straight
D 7/8 straight
E 3/4 straight
STEPPED STEM
1/4 IN ELEMENTS ONLY
1.000
[25.40]
3/4
[19.05]
1/2 NPT
.260
[6.60]
BORE
1/4
[6.35]
1/2
[12.70]
"A"
TAPERED STEM
1/4
[5.35]
5/8
[15.88]
49/64
[19.45]
0.260/0.390
[6.60]/[9.91]
BORE
1.000
[25.40]
3/4
[19.05]
"A"
1/2 NPT
0 None
2 2
3 3
Straight Stem
Tapered Stem
Stepped Stem
Tapered Flanged
Straight Flanged
TAPERED STEM
WELD
SHEATH
.260/.390
[6.60]/[9.91]
BORE
1/4
[6.35]
5/8
[15.88]
49/64
[19.45]
"A"
1/2 NPT
1-1/4
[31.75]
2-1/4
[57.15]
STRAIGHT STEM
1/4
[6.35]
.260/.390
[6.60]/[9.91]
BORE
WELD
SHEATH
"A"
1/2 NPT
1-1/4
[31.75]
2-1/4
[57.15]
STRAIGHT STEM
1/4 IN ELEMENTS ONLY
1.000
[25.40]
3/4
[19.05]
1/2 NPT
.260
[6.60]
BORE
1/4
[6.35]
1/2
[12.70]
"A"
PROCESS CONNECTION
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 301
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Plugs and Jacks
Standard Size Single Plugs (male)
Miniature Size Single Plugs (male)
Standard Size Single Jacks (female)
Miniature Size Single Jacks (female)
These adapters convert the minature plug on the end of the coiled
cable on the Master Probe Handle to a standard lug. Simply plug
the cord into the adapter.
1-3/4 x 7/16 OD
1.5
7/16
L
7/16
3/8
Pipe Adapters
Bayonet Adapters
Compression Fittings
Transition Adapter
Type
J
K
T
Cu11 (2-Wire)
E
Cu (2-Wire)
Cu (3-Wire)
Type
J
K
T
R
S
E
Cu (2-Wire)
Cu (3-Wire)
Model
1568-0007
1568-0008
1568-0009
1568-0011
1568-0012
1568-0013
1568-0020
1568-0021
Model
1568-0022
1568-0023
1568-0024
1568-0025
1568-0027
1568-0028
1568-0029
L
7/8
7/8
1-3/8
1-3/8
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2
Thread Size
1/8-27 NPT
3/8-24 NPT
1/8-27 NPT
3/8-24 NPT
1/8-27 NPT
3/8-24 NPT
10 x 1.5 mm
Type
J
K
T
Cu11 (2-Wire)
E
Cu (2-Wire)
Cu (3-Wire)
Type
J
K
T
R
S
E
Cu (2-Wire)
Cu (3-Wire)
Type OD
1/8
1/8
3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4
.260 - .275
Thread Size
1/8-27 NPT
1/8-27 NPT
1/8-27 NPT
1/8-27 NPT
1/4-18 NPT
1/8-27 NPT
1/4-18 NPT
Material
Brass
Stainless Steel
Brass
Stainless Steel
Brass
Stainless Steel
FEP
Model
481-0001
481-0002
481-0003
481-0004
481-0015
481-0022
481-0134
Model
481-0006
481-0007
481-0008
481-0009
481-0016
481-0023
481-0135
Model
481-0093
481-0095
481-0094
481-0098
481-0097
481-0096
481-0099
481-0175
Model
481-0100
481-0102
481-0101
481-0105
481-0104
481-0103
481-0106
481-0174
Fits Pipe
Diameters
1/2 to 7/8
7/8 to 1-1/2
1-5/16 to 2-1/4
2-1/4 to 3-5/16
3-5/8 to 4-1/4
4-5/16 to 5-1/4
6-1/4 to 6-3/4
7-3/4 to 8-1/4
Fits Pipe
Diameters
9-3/4 to 10-1/4
11-3/4 to 12-1/4
15-3/4 to 16-1/4
17-3/4 to 18-1/4
19-3/4 to 20-1/4
23-3/4 to 24-1/4
29-3/4 to 30-1/4
Model
144-0012
144-0020
144-0009
144-0022
144-0014
144-0024
144-0037
Model
1568-0001
1568-0002
1568-0003
1568-0004
1568-0005
1568-0006
1568-0016 Model
Type K Type J Type T
481-0127 481-0126 481-0128
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
302
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Duct and Immersion Building Automation
Temperature Sensors
Available up to 18 Probe Length, Thermistor or RTD Outputs
Series
TE
The Series TE Duct and Immersion Temperature Sensor can be used
to monitor air or water temperature throughout a building management system
or an air handler unit. Flanged duct sensors monitor the supply or return air
and provide a thermistor or RTD output to the digital controller. Immersion
sensors which are supplied with compression fittings are typically used to
monitor the hot or chilled water lines throughout a building. Thermowells are
recommended, but not required on the immersion sensors.
For variable air volume applications, the Series TE can be configured to have
8 plenum rated cable with flying leads. Standard units come with 4 leads
with an integral terminal block to eliminate carrying extra wire nuts. For
housing models, multiple knockouts provide easy conduit access to any side of
the housing. The 1/4 turn lid comes with a chain to prevent it from being lost
during installation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Thermistor temperature sensor: 0.22C @ 25C (0.4F @ 77F);
RTD temperature sensor: DIN class B: 0.3C @ 0C (0.54F @
32F).
Temperature Limits: Operating: 40 to 302F ( 40 to 150C).
Sensor Curves: See resistance vs. temperature table.
Housing Material: Meets UL, 94 V O polycarbonate plastic.
Weight: 5.3 oz (150.3 g).
BALL CHAIN
CONNECTOR
2X .325 x .2000
MOUNTING
SLOTS
3.295
4.163
4.788
2.216
.125
GASKET
PROBE
LENGTH
+ .336
+ .0625/-.000
4X
.875
8 FOOT
PLENUM
CABLE
.125
GASKET
4.00 .050
PROBE LENGTH + .55
+ .0625/-.000
.235
.125
GASKET
1.000
1.500
2.000
2X 218
MOUNTING
HOLES
PROBE LENGTH + .55
+ .0625/-.000
PROBE LENGTH
+ .75 +.0625/ -.000
8 FOOT
PLENUM
CABLE
PROBE LENGTH
+ .75 +.0625/ -.000
4.00 .050
BALL CHAIN
CONNECTOR
2.216
4X
.875
PROBE LENGTH
+ .366 +.0625/ -.000
3.295
TE-I
TE-D
TE-IBG
TE-DFG
NEW PRODUCT!
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 303
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Model Chart
Example
Series
Mounting
Configuration
Sensor Type
Probe Length
Probe Diameter
Termination
Thermowell
Connection
TE
TE
DFN
DFN
DFG
IBN
IBG
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
04
25
04
06
08
12
18
4
4
8
4
8
00
00
12
14
Thermowells
Model
TE-TNS-N044N-14
TE-TNS-N044N-12
TE-TNS-N064N-14
TE-TNS-N064N-12
TE-TNS-N094N-14
TE-TNS-N094N-12
TE-TNS-N124N-14
TE-TNS-N124N-12
Length
4
4
6
6
9
9
12
12
Resistance vs Temperature Table
C
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
F
67.0
58.0
49.0
40.0
31.0
22.0
13.0
4.0
5.0
14.0
23.0
32.0
41.0
50.0
59.0
68.0
77.0
86.0
95.0
104.0
113.0
122.0
131.0
140.0
149.0
158.0
167.0
176.0
185.0
194.0
203.0
212.0
221.0
230.0
239.0
248.0
257.0
266.0
275.0
284.0
293.0
302.0
Temperature
A
607800.00
441200.00
323600.00
239700.00
179200.00
135200.00
102900.00
78910.00
61020.00
47540.00
37310.00
29490.00
23460.00
18780.00
15130.00
12260.00
10000.00
8194.00
6752.00
5592.00
4655.00
3893.00
3271.00
2760.00
2339.00
1990.00
1700.00
1458.00
1255.00
1084.00
939.30
816.80
712.60
623.60
547.30
481.80
425.30
376.40
334.00
297.20
265.10
237.00
B
963849.00
670166.00
471985.00
336479.00
242681.00
176974.00
130421.00
97081.00
72957.00
55329.00
42327.00
32650.00
25392.00
19901.00
15712.00
12493.00
10000.00
8057.00
6531.00
5326.00
4368.00
3602.00
2986.00
2488.00
2083.00
1752.00
1480.00
1255.00
1070.00
915.50
786.60
678.60
587.60
510.60
445.30
389.60
341.90
301.00
265.80
235.30
208.90
186.10
C
289154.70
201049.80
141595.50
100943.70
72804.30
53092.20
39126.30
29124.30
21887.10
16598.70
12698.10
9795.00
7617.60
5970.30
4713.60
3747.90
3000.00
2417.10
1959.30
1597.80
1310.40
1080.60
895.80
746.40
624.90
525.60
444.00
376.50
321.00
274.65
235.98
203.58
176.28
153.18
133.59
116.88
102.57
90.30
79.74
70.59
62.67
55.83
D
78.32
80.31
82.29
84.27
86.25
88.22
90.19
92.16
94.12
96.09
98.04
100.00
101.95
103.90
105.85
107.79
109.74
111.67
113.61
115.54
117.47
119.40
121.32
123.24
125.16
127.08
128.99
130.90
132.80
134.71
136.61
138.51
140.40
142.29
144.18
146.07
147.95
149.83
151.71
153.58
155.46
157.33
E
783.2
803.1
822.9
842.7
862.5
882.2
901.9
921.6
941.2
960.9
980.4
1000.0
1019.5
1039.0
1058.5
1077.9
1097.4
1116.7
1136.1
1155.4
1174.7
1194.0
1213.2
1232.4
1251.6
1270.8
1289.9
1309.0
1328.0
1347.1
1366.1
1385.1
1404.0
1422.9
1441.8
1460.7
1479.5
1498.3
1517.1
1535.8
1554.6
1573.3
F
2394000.00
1646200.00
1145800.00
806800.00
574400.00
413400.00
300400.00
220600.00
163500.00
122280.00
92240.00
70160.00
53780.00
41560.00
32340.00
25360.00
20000.00
15892.00
12704.00
10216.00
8264.00
6722.00
5498.00
4520.00
3734.00
3100.00
2586.00
2166.00
1822.60
1540.00
1306.40
1112.60
951.00
815.80
702.20
606.40
525.60
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Resistance Curves (in Ohms)
Connection
(Internal/
External) (NPT)
1/4 / 1/2
1/2 / 3/4
1/4 / 1/2
1/2 / 3/4
1/4 / 1/2
1/2 / 3/4
1/4 / 1/2
1/2 / 3/4
TE DFN A0448 00
Temperature Sensor
Duct Mount Probe Only
Duct Mount in Housing
Immersion Probe Only
Immersion Probe in Housing
10K Ohm Type III Thermistor
10K Ohm Type II Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
Pt100 Ohm RTD
Pt1000 Ohm RTD
20K Ohm Thermistor
2.5
4
6
8
12
18 (DFN/DFG Only)
1/4
4 leads
8 Plenum Rated Cable
Probe only
1/2 NPT Compression Fitting
1/4 NPT Compression Fitting
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
304
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Thermistor temp sensor: 0.22C @ 25C (0.4F @ 77F);
RTD temp sensor: DIN class B; 0.3C @ 0C (54F @ 32F).
Operating Temperature: 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Housing Material: ABS plastic.
Weight: 0.3 lb (136 g).
Series
TE-W
Wall Mount Temperature Sensor
Discrete Wall Mount Housing
The Series TE-W Wall Mount Temperature Sensor provides a low cost temperature
input for any building management system. With large vents in the housing for proper air
flow, the sensor accurately measures the ambient temperature in hotel rooms or office
buildings. Multiple mounting holes on the wall plate allow for mounting to numerous
surfaces.
3-13/32
[86.52]
1-13/32
[50.01]
4-31/64
[113.9]
1-53/64
[46.43]
35/64
[13.89]
1-3/16
[30.16]
1-3/16
[30.16]
1-13/32
[35.72]
3X 3/8
[9.53]
4X 3/16
[4.76]
59/64
[23.42]
Model
TE-WND-A
TE-WND-B
TE-WND-C
TE-WND-D
TE-WND-E
TE-WND-F
TE-WND-G
Resistance vs Temperature Table
See page 303.
Sensor Type
10K Ohm Type III Thermistor
10K Ohm Type II Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
Pt100 Ohm RTD
Pt1000 Ohm RTD
20K Ohm Thermistor
1.8K Ohm Thermistor
Series
WTP-W
The Series WTP-W Wireless Wall Mount Temperature Sensors allows flexibility
in office buildings with cubicles or in hotel rooms. Without any wires to limit the location
of the sensor, it can be moved quickly without any interruption in temperature
measurement. Optional temperature set point and manual override features allow users to
adjust temperatures to make the ambient conditions more comfortable.
A reliable 418 MHz signal can carry the measurements up to 100 feet without a repeater.
With the optional 900 MHz repeater, measurements can be transmitted up to 1000 feet
away.
Wireless Wall Mount Temperature Sensors
Transmits up to 100 Feet, Manual Override
RoHS
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Range: 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C).
Accuracy: 0.54F (0.3C).
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Humidity Limits: 5 to 95% RH non condensing.
Power Requirements: 2 AA 3.6V lithium batteries.
Transmitter Interval Rate: Approximately 10 15 seconds.
Housing Material: ABS plastic.
Enclosure Rating: UL 94 V 0.
Antenna: 418 MHz Built inside enclosure.
Weight: 0.25 lb (113 g).
FCC Approval: FCC ID# T4F061213RSO.
Agency Approvals: RoHS.
Model
WTP-W00
WTP-W10
WTP-W01
WTP-W11
Set Point Adjustment
No
Yes
No
Yes
2-3/4
[69.85]
1-1/16
[26.92]
4-1/2
[114.30]
COOL WARM
ACCESSORIES (see complete list on page 142)
WM-4SS, DIN Rail Mount Receiver
WM-PSS, DIN Rail Mount Repeater with Standard Antenna
WM-CSF-4A, DIN Rail Mount 4 to 20 mA Temperature Output
Module Range 50 to 90F (10 to 32C)
WM-VSF-1A, DIN Rail Mount 0 to 10 VDC Temperature Output
Module Range 50 to 90F (10 to 32C)
WM-SSV-07, DIN Rail Mount 0 to 10 VDC Set Point Output Module
WM-RSO, DIN Rail Mount Normally Open Override Output Module
WM-RSC, DIN Rail Mount Normally Closed Override Output Module
Manual Override
No
No
Yes
Yes
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 305
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Series
TG
Polycarbonate Wall Mount Thermostat Covers
Key Lock Protection, Easy to Mount
The Series TG Polycarbonate Thermostat Cover prevents physical damage and
unauthorized adjustments of thermostats. Two sizes of covers are available to fit most
common thermostats and transmitters. The low profile design with ventilation slits allows
exceptional air flow in order to obtain accurate measurements. Each cover comes with two
keys and mounting hardware for drywall and concrete walls.
4.650 [118.1]
MAXIMUM
INTERNAL
FOOTPRINT
6.890 [175]
MAXIMUM
INTERNAL
FOOTPRINT
2.000
[50.8]
MAXIMUM
INTERNAL
FOOTPRINT
MAXIMUM
INTERNAL
FOOTPRINT
2.930 [74.4]
4.840 [122.9]
MAXIMUM
INTERNAL
FOOTPRINT
9.450
[240]
6.650
[168.9]
3.000
[76.2]
2.890
[73.4]
MAXIMUM
INTERNAL
FOOTPRINT
2.125
[53.98]
4.750
[120.7]
6.750
[171.5]
Model TG-1, Large Thermostat Cover
Model TG-2, Small Thermostat Cover
ACCESSORY
TG-KEY, Replacement Keys
Series
WTP-R
The Series WTP-R Wireless Remote Probe Temperature Sensors can be used to
monitor surface temperature of water lines or in locations where space is limited. For
greater flexibility, the enclosure for the electronics can be mounted up to 25 from the
temperature measurement point. By sampling the temperature measurement every 10
seconds, the 3.6V lithium battery is able to power the unit for up to 8 years.
A reliable 418 MHz signal can carry the measurements up to 100 feet without a repeater.
With the optional 900 MHz repeater, measurements can be transmitted up to 1000 feet
away.
Wireless Remote Probe Temperature Sensors
Transmits up to 100 Feet, Up to 25 Capillary
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Range: 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C).
Accuracy: 0.2C.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Humidity Limits: 5 to 95% RH non condensing.
Power Requirements: 2 AA 3.6V lithium batteries.
Transmitter Interval: Approximately 10 seconds.
Housing Material: ABS plastic.
Enclosure Rating: UL 94 V 0, NEMA 4X.
Antenna: 418 MHz Built inside enclosure.
Weight: 0.85 lb (386 g).
FCC Approval: FCC ID# T4F06811RH.
Agency Approvals: RoHS.
Model
WTP-R05
WTP-R10
WTP-R15
WTP-R20
WTP-R25
5
[127.00]
4-5/32
[105.41]
3X
1/2 NPT
2-1/2
[63.50]
1/2 NPT
CONDUIT
KNOCKOUT
RoHS
ACCESSORIES (see complete list on page 142)
WM-4SS, DIN Rail Mount Receiver
WM-PSS, DIN Rail Mount Repeater with Standard Antenna
WM-CSF-4G, 4 to 20 mA Temperature Output Module
Range 32 to 185F (0 to 85C)
WM-VSF-1G, 0 to 10 VDC Temperature Output Module
Range 32 to 185F (0 to 85C)
Capillary Length
5 (1.5 m)
10 (3 m)
15 (4.6 m)
20 (6.1 m)
25 (7.6 m)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
306
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Series
WTP
The Series WTP Wireless Temperature Sensors can be quickly installed on chilled
water lines, air ducts or outside a building without having to run additional wiring. By
sampling the temperature measurement every 10 seconds, the 3.6 V lithium battery is able
to power the unit for up to 8 years.
A reliable 418 MHz signal can carry the measurements up to 100 feet without a repeater.
With the optional 900 MHz repeater, measurements can be transmitted up to 1000 feet
away.
Wireless Temperature Sensors
Transmits up to 100 Feet, NEMA 4X Enclosure
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Range: 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C).
Accuracy: 0.3C.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 32 to 140F (0 to 60C).
Humidity Limits: 5 to 95% RH non condensing.
Power Requirements: 2 AA 3.6V lithium batteries.
Transmitter Interval: Approximately 10 seconds.
Housing Material: ABS plastic.
Enclosure Rating: UL 94 V 0, NEMA 4X.
Antenna: 418 MHz Built inside enclosure.
Weight: Duct/OSA: 1.25 lb (566 g); Immersion: 0.8 lb (363 g).
FCC Approval: FCC ID# T4F06811RH.
Agency Approvals: RoHS.
Model
WTP-OSA
WTP-D04
WTP-D08
WTP-D12
WTP-D18
WTP-I02
WTP-I04
WTP-I08
Mounting
Configuration
OSA
Duct
Duct
Duct
Duct
Immersion
Immersion
Immersion
2-1/2
[63.50]
1/2 NPT CONDUIT
KNOCKOUT
3X 1/2 NPT
1/4
[6.35]
L
4-5/32
[105.41]
5
[127.00]
2-1/2
[63.50]
1/2 NPT
CONDUIT
KNOCKOUT
3X
1/2 NPT
5-3/4
[145.80]
1/2 NPT CONDUIT
KNOCKOUT
2-1/2
[63.50]
3X 1/2 NPT
FOR 1/2 NPT CONNECTION
1/4
[6.35]
L
4-5/32
[105.41]
DUCT MODEL
OSA MODEL
IMMERSION MODEL
5 [127.00]
DUCT & IMMERSION MODEL
RoHS
ACCESSORIES (see complete list on page 142)
WM-4SS, 418 MHz Receiver
WM-PSS, 418 MHz Repeater with Standard Antenna
WM-CSF-4G, 4 to 20 mA Temperature Output Module
Range 32 to 185F
WM-VSF-1G, 0 to 10 VDC Temperature Output Module
Range 32 to 185F
WM-TS2, 10K Type 2 Thermistor Output Module
WM-TS3, 10K Type 3 Thermistor Output Module
Insertion
Length
N/A
4
8
12
18
2
4
8
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 307
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Series
AVG
Averaging Temperature Sensor
Available in 12or 24 Lengths
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Platinum RTD: 0.6% @ 32F (0C); Nickel RTD: 0.5F @
32F (0C); Balco RTD: 0.1% @ 32F (0C); Thermistors: 0.36F from
32 to 158F (0 to 70C).
Operating Temperature: 32 to 240F ( 35.5 to 115.5C).
Capillary Length: 12 or 24 depending on model.
Cable Length: 8.
Probe Material: Bendable copper capillary.
Mounting: Flanged mounting ears.
The Series AVG Averaging Temperature Sensor can be used to measure
the average temperature up stream of the cooling coils in an air handler. The
coiled sensor unwinds to a length of 12 or 24 to take an average temperature
reading across a large space. The housing has multiple knockouts to reduce the
time to install conduit. The Series CC1 mounting brackets can be used to secure
the capillary to the wall of the air handler without kinking. The Series AVG can
be ordered with a choice of 11 output options that allow it to communicate to any
standard building control system.
Model
AVG-21121
AVG-22121
AVG-23121
AVG-24121
AVG-25121
AVG-26121
AVG-27121
AVG-28121
AVG-29121
AVG-2A121
AVG-2B121
Model
AVG-21241
AVG-22241
AVG-23241
AVG-24241
AVG-25241
AVG-26241
AVG-27241
AVG-28241
AVG-29241
AVG-2A241
AVG-2B241
Sensor Type
Pt 100 Ohm RTD
PT 1000 Ohm RTD
Ni 1000 Ohm RTD
Balco 1000 Ohm RTD
10K Ohm Type 2 Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
5K Ohm Thermistor
100K Ohm Thermistor
20K Ohm Thermistor
2252 Ohm Thermistor
10K Ohm Type 3 Thermistor
Sensor Type
Pt 100 Ohm RTD
PT 1000 Ohm RTD
Ni 1000 Ohm RTD
Balco 1000 Ohm RTD
10K Ohm Type 2 Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
5K Ohm Thermistor
100K Ohm Thermistor
20K Ohm Thermistor
2252 Ohm Thermistor
10K Ohm Type 3 Thermistor
4-1/16
[103.12]
2X 0.743 [18.87 MM]
3/8 NPT CONDUIT
KNOCKOUTS
2-3/16
[55.88]
2
[50.80]
4X 0.896 [22.76 MM]
1/2 NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
FOR 1/2 NPT
THERMOWELL CONNECTION
Model
CC1-N
CC1-B
CC1-GY
The Series CC1 Averaging Temperature Sensor Clips are used to
mount the capillary of the AVG series temperature sensor to the wall of the
duct or air handler. The clips are available in grey, beige or a natural color. The
clip can hold 1/8, 1/4 or 3/8 capillary diameters. The top of the mounting
clip can also be used to hold a single 1/4 diameter temperature probes in
place. Slots are provided for using nylon zip ties to hold the tubing in place, if
needed.
Series
CC1
Averaging Temperature Sensor Clips
Grey, Natural or Beige
2-15/32
[62.66]
1-63/64
[50.29]
1-3/32
[27.94]
1/4
[6.35]
1/2
[12.65]
(sold individually)
Capillary
Length
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Capillary
Length
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Color
Natural
Beige
Grey
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
308
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Series
AD
Air/Duct Temperature Sensors
Air/Duct Temperature Sensors are available in precision platinum, nickel, or balco
RTDs and interchangeable NTC thermistors. Sensors are constructed with a hermetically
sealed 304 SS sheath and are unaffected by high humidity, contamination, thermal shock
or vibration. Flange mount sensors offer low profile mounting and quick installation directly
into duct work. Rugged air/duct sensors are ideal for air handlers, fan coil units, ducts,
furnaces, freezers, ovens and other through wall temperature sensing applications.
Sensor Type
1 Pt 100 RTD
2 Pt 1000 RTD
3 Ni 1000 RTD
4 1000 Balco RTD
5 10 k NTC Thermistor
6 3 k NTC Thermistor
7 5 k NTC Thermistor
8 100 k NTC Thermistor
9 20 k NTC Thermistor
A 2252 NTC Thermistor
Probe Length
04 4 (100 mm)
06 6 (150 mm)
08 8 (200 mm)
12 12 (300 mm)
AD
Installation
1 Flange mount
3 (175 mm) wire leads
2 Flange mount
6 ft (1.8 m) cable
FLANGE MOUNT
1/4
[6.35]
2
[50.80]
1-1/2
[38.10]
Model Coding
Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the probe of your choice. Fill in
all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill those boxes with zeros 0.
* Minimum order quantity of 10 pieces.
Model
O-45
Outside Air Temperature Sensors
NEMA 4X, Removable Terminal Block
The Model O-45 Outside Air Temperature Sensors are great for monitoring ambient
air temperatures in outdoor applications. The temperature sensors are mounted in a
NEMA 4X enclosure with integral mounting tabs. The mounting tabs can be used to
surface or suspension mount the temperature sensors. The removable terminal block makes
installation easy. The Model O-45 can be used to measure outside air temperatures in
building automation systems or room temperatures inside agricultural ventilation houses.
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: 1F at 77F (0.5C at 25C).
Operating Temperature: 40 to 250F.
Probe Diameter: 0.235 (5.97 mm).
Probe Length: 3.5.
Probe Material: 304 SS.
Mounting: Suspension or surface.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Weight: 3 oz (85 g).
3-31/64
[88.5]
3
[76.2]
6-3/8
[161.48]
2-3/4
[69.85]
2x 5/16
[7.94]
2X .188
2X .250
2X
.375
4
[101.6]
1-31/64
[37.70]
1-27/64
[36.12]
Model O-45, 10 K Thermistor Input
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 309
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Series
I2-1
Immersion Temperature Probes
RTD & Thermistor Outputs, 304 SS Probes
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Platinum RTD: 0.6% @ 32F (0C); Nickel RTD: 0.5F @ 32F
(0C); Balco RTD: 0.1% @ 32F (0C); Thermistors: 0.36F from 32 to 158F (0
to 70C).
Operating Temperature: 32 to 240F ( 35.5 to 115.5 C).
Probe Diameter: 1/4 (6.3 mm).
Cable Length: 6 ft (1.8 m).
Probe Material: 304 SS.
Mounting: 1/2 threaded connection to fit Series IW2 thermowell.
The Series I2-1 Immersion Temperature Probes are designed to monitor the hot
and chilled water lines throughout a buildings water distribution loop. The multiple
temperature sensor outputs allow these sensors to connect to virtually any digital building
controller. The Series IW2 stainless steel thermowells allow the temperature sensors to
be replaced without draining the water line. The temperature sensors are available in 4
and 6 insertion lengths.
Note: A Series IW2 Thermowell must be used on pressurized air and water lines to
prevent leakage around the probe.
Model
I2-11062
I2-12062
I2-13062
I2-14062
I2-15062
I2-16062
I2-17062
I2-18062
I2-19062
I2-1A062
I2-1B062
Model
I2-11042
I2-12042
I2-13042
I2-14042
I2-15042
I2-16042
I2-17042
I2-18042
I2-19042
I2-1A042
I2-1B042
Sensor Type
Pt 100 Ohm RTD
PT 1000 Ohm RTD
Ni 1000 Ohm RTD
Balco 1000 Ohm RTD
10K Ohm Type 2 Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
5K Ohm Thermistor
100K Ohm Thermistor
20K Ohm Thermistor
2252 Ohm Thermistor
10K Ohm Type 3 Thermistor
Sensor Type
Pt 100 Ohm RTD
PT 1000 Ohm RTD
Ni 1000 Ohm RTD
Balco 1000 Ohm RTD
10K Ohm Type 2 Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
5K Ohm Thermistor
100K Ohm Thermistor
20K Ohm Thermistor
2252 Ohm Thermistor
10K Ohm Type 3 Thermistor
Thermowells
Model
IW2-262
IW2-242
Material
304 SS
304 SS
1/2 INTERNAL NPT
1/2 EXTERNAL NPT
3/8 [9.53]
L
L
6 THERMOWELL: L = 6.250
4 THERMOWELL: L = 4.000
L = 7.000 FOR 6 THERMOWELL
L = 5.000 FOR 4 THERMOWELL
1W2-2X2 THERMOWELL
1/2 NPT
1/4 [6.37]
12-1X0X2 SENSOR
31/32 [24.87]
1-5/16
[33.31]
1-1/8 [28.19]
1-27/32
[46.99]
Series
S
Surface Mount Temperature Sensor
RTD and Thermistor, 304 SS Probe, Waterproof
The Series S Surface Mount Temperature Sensors provide a cost effective and
reliable solution for surface contact temperature measurement of conditioned water pipes,
low pressure steam or refrigerant lines. The sensors are ideal for applications where
immersion wells are not practical to install. Models are constructed with a 2 (50 mm) 304
SS probe and a 6 ft (1.8 m) plenum rated cable. Nylon ties are included to secure the sensor
to the pipe.
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Platinum RTD: 0.1% @ 32F (0C), alpha 385 per DIN 43760.
Nickel RTD: 0.5F @ 70F (21.1C).
Balco: 0.5F @ 70F (21.1C).
Thermistor: 0.2C interchangeable @ 77F (25C).
Operating Temperature: 40 to 250F ( 40 to 125C).
Probe Diameter: 1/4 (6.3 mm).
Probe Length: 2 (50 mm).
Probe Material: 304 SS.
2.000
[50]
1/4
[6.3]
CABLE LENGTH
6FT [1.8]
Model
S-11
S-12
S-13
S-14
S-15
S-16
S-17
S-18
S-19
S-1A
Insertion Length
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Insertion Length
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Insertion Length
6
4
Sensor Type
Pt 100 RTD
Pt 1000 RTD
Ni 1000 RTD
1000 Balco RTD
10 k NTC Thermistor
3 k NTC Thermistor
5 k NTC Thermistor
100 k NTC Thermistor
20 k NTC Thermistor
2252 NTC Thermistor
ACCESSORY
IW-C, Thermowell Compound
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
310
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Series
I2-2
General Purpose Immersion Temperature Sensor
Locking Screw Cover, Multiple Conduit Holes
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Platinum RTD: 0.6% @ 32F
(0C);
Nickel RTD: 0.5F @ 32F (0C);
Balco RTD: 0.1% @ 32F (0C);
Thermistors: 0.36F from 32 to
158F (0 to 70C).
Operating Temperature: 32 to 240F
( 35.5 to 115.5 C).
Probe Diameter: 1/4 (6.3 mm).
Cable Length: 8.
Probe Material: 304 SS.
Mounting: 1/2 threaded connection to
fit Series IW2 thermowell.
The Series I2-2 General Purpose Immersion Temperature Sensor is ideal for
monitoring hot and chilled water lines throughout a building or mechanical room. The
plastic housing is in the shape of a standard junction box with multiple knockouts for easy
conduit access. The locking cover prevents unauthorized occupants from tampering with
the temperature sensor. The Sensor I2-2 can be ordered with a choice of 11 output options
that allow it to communicate to any standard building control system.
Note: A Series IW2 Thermowell must be used on pressurized air and water lines to
prevent leakage around the probe.
Model
I2-21062
I2-22062
I2-23062
I2-24062
I2-25062
I2-26062
I2-27062
I2-28062
I2-29062
I2-2A062
I2-2B062
Model
I2-21042
I2-22042
I2-23042
I2-24042
I2-25042
I2-26042
I2-27042
I2-28042
I2-29042
I2-2A042
I2-2B042
Sensor Type
Pt 100 Ohm RTD
PT 1000 Ohm RTD
Ni 1000 Ohm RTD
Balco 1000 Ohm RTD
10K Ohm Type 2 Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
5K Ohm Thermistor
100K Ohm Thermistor
20K Ohm Thermistor
2252 Ohm Thermistor
10K Ohm Type 3 Thermistor
Sensor Type
Pt 100 Ohm RTD
PT 1000 Ohm RTD
Ni 1000 Ohm RTD
Balco 1000 Ohm RTD
10K Ohm Type 2 Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
5K Ohm Thermistor
100K Ohm Thermistor
20K Ohm Thermistor
2252 Ohm Thermistor
10K Ohm Type 3 Thermistor
Thermowells
Model
IW2-262
IW2-242
Material
304 SS
304 SS
4X 0.896 [22.76 MM]
1/2 NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
2
[50.80]
FOR 1/2 NPT THERMOWELL CONNECTION
L
L = 7.000 FOR 6 THERMOWELL
L = 5.000 FOR 4 THERMOWELL
2X 0.743 [18.87 MM]
3/8 NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
4-1/16
[103.12]
2-3/16
[55.88]
Series
I2-4
Weather-Proof Immersion Temperature Sensor
Twist Off Cover, Multiple Conduit Holes
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Platinum RTD: 0.6% @ 32F
(0C);
Nickel RTD: 0.5F @ 32F (0C);
Balco RTD: 0.1% @ 32F (0C);
Thermistors: 0.36F from 32 to
158F (0 to 70C).
Operating Temperature: 32 to 240F
( 35.5 to 115.5 C).
Probe Diameter: 1/4 (6.3 mm).
Cable Length: 8.
Probe Material: 304 SS.
Mounting: 1/2 threaded connection to
fit Series IW2 thermowell.
The Series I2-4 Weather-Proof Immersion Temperature Sensor is ideal for
monitoring hot and chilled water lines feeding Air Handlers and Cooling Towers. The
plastic housing has a 1/4 turn twist off cover to reduce installation time. The multiple
knockouts allow for easy conduit access to any side of the housing. The Series I2-4 can be
ordered with a choice of 11 output options that allow it to communicate to any standard
building control system.
Note: A Series IW2 Thermowell must be used on pressurized air and water lines to
prevent leakage around the probe.
Model
I2-41062
I2-42062
I2-43062
I2-44062
I2-45062
I2-46062
I2-47062
I2-48062
I2-49062
I2-4A062
I2-4B062
Model
I2-41042
I2-42042
I2-43042
I2-44042
I2-45042
I2-46042
I2-47042
I2-48042
I2-49042
I2-4A042
I2-4B042
Sensor Type
Pt 100 Ohm RTD
PT 1000 Ohm RTD
Ni 1000 Ohm RTD
Balco 1000 Ohm RTD
10K Ohm Type 2 Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
5K Ohm Thermistor
100K Ohm Thermistor
20K Ohm Thermistor
2252 Ohm Thermistor
10K Ohm Type 3 Thermistor
Sensor Type
Pt 100 Ohm RTD
PT 1000 Ohm RTD
Ni 1000 Ohm RTD
Balco 1000 Ohm RTD
10K Ohm Type 2 Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
5K Ohm Thermistor
100K Ohm Thermistor
20K Ohm Thermistor
2252 Ohm Thermistor
10K Ohm Type 3 Thermistor
Thermowells
Model
IW2-262
IW2-242
Material
304 SS
304 SS
3-31/32
[101.00]
2-7/32
[56.16]
4X 0.896 [22.76 MM]
1/2 NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
3-3/32 [78.74]
1/4
[6.35]
L
L = 7.000 FOR 6 THERMOWELL
L= 5.000 FOR 4 THERMOWELL
FOR 1/2 NPT THERMOWELL CONNECTION
Insertion Length
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Insertion Length
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Insertion Length
6
4
Insertion Length
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Insertion Length
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Insertion Length
6
4
ACCESSORY
IW-C, Thermowell Compound
ACCESSORY
IW-C, Thermowell Compound
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 311
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Series
S2-2
General Purpose Surface Temperature Assembly
Strap-On Design, Multiple Conduit Holes
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Platinum RTD: 0.6% @ 32F (0C);
Nickel RTD: 0.5F @ 32F (0C);
Balco RTD: 0.1% @ 32F (0C);
Thermistors: 0.36F from 32 to 158F (0 to 70C).
Operating Temperature: 32 to 240F ( 35.5 to 115.5 C).
Probe Material: Copper conductor.
Mounting: Strap on to pipe.
The Series S2-2 General Purpose Surface Temperature Assembly is ideal for
monitoring the temperature of indoor distribution lines when it is not possible to penetrate
the pipe. The plastic housing is in the shape of a standard junction box with multiple
knockouts for easy conduit access. The strap-on connection quickly wraps around a pipe and
can be securely tightened using a flat head screw driver. The Series S2-2 can be ordered
with a choice of 11 output options that allow it to communicate to any standard building
control system.
Model
S2-21
S2-22
S2-23
S2-24
S2-25
S2-26
S2-27
S2-28
S2-29
S2-2A
S2-2B
4-1/16
[103.12]
2X 0.743 [18.87 MM]
3/8 NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
2
[50.80]
4X 0.896 [22.76]
1/2 NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
2-13/64
[55.88]
Sensor Type
Pt 100 Ohm RTD
PT 1000 Ohm RTD
Ni 1000 Ohm RTD
Balco 1000 Ohm RTD
10K Ohm Type 2 Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
5K Ohm Thermistor
100K Ohm Thermistor
20K Ohm Thermistor
2252 Ohm Thermistor
10K Ohm Type 3Thermistor
Series
S2-4
Weatherproof Surface Temperature Assembly
Strap-On Design, Twist off Housing Cover
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Platinum RTD: 0.6% @ 32F (0C);
Nickel RTD: 0.5F @ 32F (0C);
Balco RTD: 0.1% @ 32F (0C);
Thermistors: 0.36F from 32 to 158F (0 to 70C).
Operating Temperature: 32 to 240F ( 35.5 to 115.5 C).
Probe Material: Copper conductor.
Mounting: Strap on to pipe.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
The Series S2-4 Weatherproof Surface Temperature Assembly is ideal for
monitoring the temperature of distribution lines when it is not possible to penetrate the
pipe. The strap-on connection quickly wraps around a pipe and can be securely tightened
using a flat head screw driver. The twist-off housing cover reduces installation time. The
housing has multiple knockout conduit holes which allows the installer to bring conduit to
any side of the housing. The Series S2-4 can be ordered with a choice of 11 output options
that allow it to communicate to any standard building control system.
Model
S2-41
S2-42
S2-43
S2-44
S2-45
S2-46
S2-47
S2-48
S2-49
S2-4A
S2-4B
3-31/32
[101.00]
2-7/32
[56.15]
4X 0.896 [22.76 MM]
1/2 NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
3-1/4
[82.39]
Sensor Type
Pt 100 Ohm RTD
PT 1000 Ohm RTD
Ni 1000 Ohm RTD
Balco 1000 Ohm RTD
10K Ohm Type 2 Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
5K Ohm Thermistor
100K Ohm Thermistor
20K Ohm Thermistor
2252 Ohm Thermistor
10K Ohm Type 3 Thermistor
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
312
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
Series
ILA
In-Line IR Sensor
15:1 Distance-to-Target Ratio, 32 to 932F
The Series ILA Non-Contact Sensors, measure temperatures from 32 to
932F (0 to 500C) and provide a linear 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 50 mV VDC or
thermocouple output. The 2-wire signal is compatible with almost any indicator,
controller, recorder, data logger, etc., without the need for special interfacing or
signal conditioning. They are suitable for most materials such as food, paper,
textiles, plastics, leather, tobacco, pharmaceuticals, chemicals, rubber, coal, and
asphalt.
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Range: 32 to 932F (0 to 500C ).
Accuracy: 1% of reading or 1C whichever is greater.
Emissivity: 0.95 (fixed).
Distance to Target Size Ratio: 15:1.
Response Time: 240 ms.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 32 to 158F (0 to 70C).
Power Requirement: 24 VDC.
Repeatability: 0.5% of reading or 0.5C whichever is greater.
Outputs: 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 50 mV, J type thermocouple.
Cable Length: 3.3 ft (1 m).
Spectral Response: 8 to 14 microns.
Housing: Stainless steel.
Weight: 3.35 oz (95 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
15/16
[8.0]
NUT
45/64
[18.0]
53/64
[21.0]
47/64
[18.6]
3-5/16
[84]
3 FT CABLE
[1 M]
M16 ULTRA FINE 1.0MM PITCH
M16 ULTRA FINE 1.0MM PITCH
15/32
[12]
Model
ILA10
ILA20
ILA30
APPLICATIONS
Typical applications are: air ducts, bearing temperature, oil temperature
indicator, soldering equipment, ovens, environmental test chambers,
pharmaceutical mfg., food processing, plastic molding, petroleum &
chemical processing, electric generating plants, etc.
.125 [3.175] OD
304 STAINLESS STEEL SHEATH
.250 [6.35] OD
304 STAINLESS STEEL
POTTING ADAPTOR
6.000
[152.4]
36.000
[914.4]
#8 SPADE TERMINAL
TYP 3 PLACES
RED LEAD "-"
WHITE
LEAD "+"
4.000
[101.6]
Model
RTD-686
RTD-6812
RTD-6818
RTD-646
RTD-6412
RTD-6418
Length
6 (15 cm)
12 (30.5 cm)
18 (46 cm)
6 (15 cm)
12 (30.5 cm)
18 (46 cm)
Series
RTD
Resistance Temperature Detector
High Temperature, Mineral Insulated, 316 SS Sheath
Precision RTD (Resistance Temperature Detector) offers excellent accuracy
and stability over a wide temperature range. Industry standard 3-wire 100 ohm
(DIN) probes are available in 6 (15 cm), 12 (30.5 cm), or 18 (46 cm) sheath
lengths with 30 (76 cm) extension cable and spade lug terminals.
SPECIFICATIONS
Sensor Type: Wire wound, 100 ohm.
Temperature Range: 328 to 1202F ( 200 to 650C).
Pressure Limits: 250 psig (17.2 bar).
Probe Material: 316 SS.
Extension Length: 30 (76 cm).
Standard: DIN .00385 (class B, 0.12%).
Output
J Thermocouple
4 20 mA
0 50 mV
Diameter
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
LEVEL
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 313
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
pages 314 315
Water Leak
Detectors
pages 318 319
Level Switches,
Float
pages 320 331
Level Switches,
Ultrasonic
page 332
Level Switches,
Conductivity
pages 334 336
Level Switches,
Capacitive
pages 336 338
Level Switches,
Tuning Fork
page 339
Level Switches,
Optical
page 333
Level Switches,
Displacer
page 334
Level Switches,
Diaphragm
pages 342 343
Level Switches,
Tilt
page 344
Level Transmitters,
Ultrasonic
page 345
Proximity
Sensors
page 340
Level Switches,
Paddle
pages 340 341
Level Transmitters,
Submersible
pages 346 347
Level Transmitters,
Capacitive
page 348
Level Indicators
pages 316 318
Level Transmitters,
Float
page 349
Level/Pump
Controllers
pages 350 354
Pump Leak Detectors
pages 354 355
Bin Vibrators/
Aerators
pages 356 362
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
314
T
y
p
c
a
A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
L
E
V
E
L
Pneumatic conveying systems use air to transport powder and
dry bulk solids through conveying lines. The air is pressurized by
positive pressure or vacuum to move the product through the lines
into and out of silos, transporters, and receivers. Typical
applications have high and low level indication in the storage bins
to control the flow of product in or out. The PLS is perfect for level
use in these storage bins. It has a rotating paddle that is inserted
into the bin. As the product level builds up in the bin it stops the
paddle from rotating and triggers the level output. The PLS is
great for this application as it not affected by pressure changes in
the bin.
Proximity
pump
controller with
level transmitter
control pumps
in wastewater
lift stations.
Lift stations are used to transmit wastewater to the treatment
facility. Wastewater is transmitted by gravity feed so it has to be
continually elevated to provide height to generate the flow. Lift
stations are pits located at points in the wastewater system to
collect the wastewater that usually have two submersible pumps.
Wastewater in the lift station is pumped out to a higher level from
where it can flow on to the next lift station or to the treatment
facility. The Mercoid
Series OLS
indicates level in
heavy equipment
radiator.
Model OLS
Optical Level
Switch
Standard float switches require at least an inch of liquid to attain
enough buoyancy to switch. This can be a problem in applications
where low level sensing is required. The hat-shaped design of
W.E. Andersons F7-LL provides necessary buoyancy for
switching in only 5/8 of water. This is essential for air conditioner
drip pans, low level sumps, and drains. The F7-LL is also ideal for
low alarms, where running the process dry can result in
catastrophic failure.
Series
F7-LL
Low level float switch enables sensing in air
conditioner drip pans and other shallow level
applications.
Mercoid
displacer type
level control is ideal for
controlling industrial
sump pumps.
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
316
L
e
v
e
I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
L
E
V
E
L
View-Rite Level Indicator
Customized to Fit Any Application, Durable, 316 SS Housing and Float
Series
VR
Customize level indicators to meet application requirements. View-Rite level
indicators are low maintenance, environmentally friendly, durable, and require no external
power. Specify any indication length up to 96 inches (244 cm). View-Rite level indicators
incorporate a pressure tight housing with internal float that magnetically activates
external level indication flags, switches, or transmitter. Consult factory for pressure rating
up to 700 psi (48 bar) or temperature rating to 750F (339C).
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean, low viscosity liquids.
Pressure Limits: 275 psi (18.9 bar), 225 psi (15.5 bar) @ 100F (37.8C), 215 psi
(14.8 bar) @ 300F (148.9C), 195 psi (13.4 bar) @ 400F (204.4C).
Tube Diameter: 2 1/2 (64 mm).
OPTIONAL SWITCH MODULES
Clamp onto the level indicator. SPST, rated .17A @ 120 VAC, .08A @ 240 VAC,
.13A @ 120 VDC, .06A @ 240 VDC.
VR-S1, Maximum temperature is 300F (148.9C). Polysulfone with 1/4 female
NPT conduit connection.
VR-S2, Maximum temperature is 750F (399C). 316 SS with 1/2 male NPT
conduit connection.
VR-S3, Maximum temperature is 750F (399C).
Explosion proof terminal box with 1/2 female NPT conduit connection.
L1 & C to C
L1
C to C
Typical Measurements
C to C = L1 + 10.25 (260.35 mm) C to C = L1
VR SSS1 TPD 0.8 150 090 080P1 I
View Rite Level Indicator
316 L SS, Fluoroelastomer O ring
Top/Bottom Connections
Side/Side Connections
1/2 NPT (Female on TB, and Male on SS Configuration)
1 NPT (Female on TB, and Male on SS Configuration)
1 150# RF Flange
2 150# RF Flange
1 300# RF Flange
2 300# RF Flange
Top
Bottom
Top and Bottom (Only with SS Configuration)
None
Drain, 1/2 female NPT (Only with SS Configuration)
Vent, 1/2 female NPT (Only with SS Configuration)
Drain and Vent (Only with SS Configuration)
Specific Gravity of fluid, minimum 0.8
Operating Pressure, in psi. Maximum is 275 psi (18.9 bar)
Operating Temperature of the fluid, in F. Maximum is 400F (204C)
Length of level indicator, in whole inches. Maximum of 240 (6.1 m); Minimum of 6 (15.25 cm)
Plastic, white and orange [300F (149C) maximum]
Aluminum, silver and black
None
Feet and Inches
Inches Only
4 to 20 mA transmitter of level [300F (149) maximum]
0 to 5 VDC transmitter of level
Example
Construction
Wetted Materials
Configuration
Process
Connection
Float Access
Drain
and Vent
Spec. Gravity
Operating Pressure
Operating Temp.
Indicating Length, L1
Indicating Flags
Visual
Indicating
Scale
Output Options
VR
VR
S
S
SS
TB
SS
1
1
2
4
5
6
7
TP
TP
BM
TB
080
000
0.8
0.0
D
N
D
V
B
090
000
150
000
P
P
A
1
N
1
2
I
I
V
Top & Bottom Side & Side
Models are built to your specifications
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 317
L
e
v
e
I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
L
E
V
E
L
Mini View-Rite Level Indicator
Customized, Visual Level Indication, Compact Size
Miniature custom level indicators are ideal for high-visibility level indication in tight
spaces. All stainless steel housing provides rugged durability with a diameter of only 1-1/4
inches (32 mm). Select the mounting type that will best fit your application and an indication
length of up to 96 inches (244 cm). View-Rite level indicators incorporate a pressure tight
housing with internal float that magnetically activates external level indication flags,
switches, or transmitter.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean, low viscosity liquids.
Pressure Limits: 300F, 400 psi (27.6 bar); 300F, 373 psi (25.7 bar).
Tube Diameter: 1 1/4 (32 mm).
SWITCH MODULES
Clamp onto the level indicator. SPST, rated .17A @ 120 VAC, .08A @ 240 VAC,
.13A @ 120 VDC, .06A @ 240 VDC.
MVR-S1, Maximum temperature is 300F (148.9C). Polysulfone with 1/4
female NPT conduit connection.
MVR-S2, Maximum temperature is 750F (399C). 316 SS with 1/2 male NPT
conduit connection.
MVR-S3, Maximum temperature is 750F (399C). Explosion proof terminal box
with 1/2 female NPT conduit connection.
L1 & C to C
L1
C to C
Typical Measurements
C to C = L1 + 7.72 (196.09 mm) C to C = L1
Top & Bottom Side & Side
Series
MVR
MVR SSS1 TPD 0.8 150 090 080P1 I
Mini View Rite Level Indicator
304 L SS Housing, 316 L SS Float, Fluoroelastomer O ring
Top/Bottom Connections
Side/Side Connections
1/2 NPT (Female on TB, and Male on SS Configuration)
1/2 150# RF Flange
Top
Bottom
Top and Bottom (Only with SS Configuration)
None
Drain, 1/2 female NPT (Only with SS Configuration)
Vent, 1/2 female NPT (Only with SS Configuration)
Drain and Vent (Only with SS Configuration)
Specific Gravity of fluid, minimum 0.8
Operating Pressure, in psi. Maximum is 400 psi (27.6 bar)
Operating Temperature of the fluid, in F. Maximum is 400F (204C)
Length of level indicator, in whole inches. Maximum of 240 (6.1 m); Minimum of 6 (15.25 cm)
Plastic, white and orange [300F (149C) maximum]
Aluminum, silver and black
None
Feet and Inches
Inches Only
4 to 20 mA transmitter of level [300F (149C) maximum]
0 to 5 VDC transmitter of level
Example
Construction
Wetted Materials
Configuration
Process
Connection
Float
Access
Drain
and
Vent
Spec. Gravity
Operating
Pressure
Operating
Temperature
Indicating
Length, L1
Indicating
Flags
Visual
Indicating
Scale
Output
Options
MVR
MVR
S
S
SS
TB
SS
1
1
3
TP
TP
BM
TB
D
N
D
V
B
0.8
0.0
150
000
090
000
080
000
P
P
A
1
N
1
2
I
I
V
Models are built to your specifications
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
318
W
a
t
e
r
L
e
a
k
D
e
t
e
c
t
o
r
s
L
E
V
E
L
Level Mount Gage
Reads in PSI & Feet of Water Column
Series
LEVG
[A]
[C]
[B]
[D]
Size
3 1/2 Dial
4 1/2 Dial
A
in (mm)
3 17/32 (90)
4 57/64 (124)
B
in (mm)
1 9/64 (29)
1 5/32 (29)
C
in (mm)
4 35/64 (116)
6 3/64 (154)
D
1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
The Series LEVG Level Gages possess dual psi and feet of water column
scales with 3-2-3% ANSI B40.1 Grade B accuracy. The 3.5 or 4.5 LEVG gages
are designed with black steel housings with chrome bezels. Wetted parts
include a brass socket and phosphor bronze Bourdon tube. Units can withstand
temperatures of -50 to 160F (-45 to 71C). A wide offering of ranges are
available from 15 psi (34 ft. of w.c.) to 200 psi (460 ft. of w.c) making them the
perfect choice for monitoring water tank level. A red adjustable set-point
indicator is included on every dial.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: For use with water.
Wetted Materials: Brass socket,
phosphor bronze Bourdon tube.
Housing: Black steel case with
chrome bezel.
Lens: Plastic.
Accuracy: 3 2 3% ANSI B40.1
Grade B.
Pressure Limit: 110% of full
scale.
Temperature Limits: 50 to
160F ( 45 to 71C).
Size: 3.5 (89 mm) or 4.5
(115 mm).
Process Connection: 1/4 male
NPT lower.
Weight: 3.5: 8.32 oz (236 g) 4.5:
11.2 oz (317.5 g).
Model
3.5
LEVG-E50222N
LEVG-E50322N
LEVG-E50422N
LEVG-E50522N
LEVG-E50622N
LEVG-E50722N
Model
4.5
LEVG-G50222N
LEVG-G50322N
LEVG-G50422N
LEVG-G50522N
LEVG-G50622N
LEVG-G50722N
Ranges
0 15 psi (0 34 ft. H2O)
0 30 psi (0 70 ft. H2O)
0 60 psi (0 140 ft. H2O)
0 100 psi (0 230 ft. H2O)
0 160 psi (0 370 ft. H2O)
0 200 psi (0 460 ft. H2O)
Ranges
0 15 psi (0 34 ft. H2O)
0 30 psi (0 70 ft. H2O)
0 60 psi (0 140 ft. H2O)
0 100 psi (0 230 ft. H2O)
0 160 psi (0 370 ft. H2O)
0 200 psi (0 460 ft. H2O)
Water Detector and Sensor Tape
Detects Low Levels Of Conductive Liquids
The small and discreet Model WD Water Detector is designed for dependable
detection of low levels of conductive liquids. The module features a sturdy and reliable
aluminum enclosure and is powered by 24 VAC or 24 to 30 VDC. Water sensing tape
attaches to module and if any liquid comes in contact with the tape the resistance is
changed and the alarm will be triggered. The tape is hydrophobic so it does not absorb any
of the liquid it is detecting which makes for a faster drying time and faster return to service
after a water leak.
The sensing tape is 1 wide and can be bought in lengths of 5, 10, 15 and 25 feet. Multiple
tapes can be connected together to extend the coverage area which makes it ideal for
domestic as well as commercial applications. Features include power and alarm LEDs,
alarm test switch, continuous tape integrity self check and extendable tape sensor.
Model
WD
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Conductive liquid.
Switch Type: DPDT.
Electrical Rating: 1A @ 24 VAC/VDC.
Power Requirements: 24 VAC, 24 to
30 VDC.
Power Consumption: 35 mA
maximum.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminals.
Conduit Connections: Hole for 1/2
conduit.
Enclosure: Extruded aluminum.
Sensor Tape: 1 (25.4 mm) wide and
5, 10, 15 or 25 feet long.
Weight: 8 oz (.23 kg).
1/4
[6.35]
1-1/2
[38.10]
1/4
[6.35]
4-1/4
[107.32]
4-3/4
[120.02]
PUSH
BUTTON
15 PIN CABLE
CONNECTION
AMBER LED
LIGHT
GREEN LED
LIGHT
1/8
[2.10]
1-3/4
[44.17]
3
[76.38]
1/2 CONDUIT OR FLEX
CONNECTOR
7/8
[22.23]
WD
TEST
WATER DETECTOR
ALARM
POWER
Model
WD
TP05
TP10
TP15
TP25
Description
Water Module
5 (1.52 m) Tape
10 (3.05 m) Tape
15 (4.57 m) Tape
25 (7.62 m) Tape
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 319
W
a
t
e
r
L
e
a
k
D
e
t
e
c
t
o
r
s
L
E
V
E
L
The very affordable Series WD2 detects leaking conductive fluids and alarms
to prevent the leak from creating costly damage. The WD2 relies on the
electrical conductivity of water to change the resistance across the two contacts
located at the base of the enclosure. Model WD2-BP2 is battery powered,
provides audible alarm, LED visual alarm, and a SSR output. Also featured is
a low battery warning. WD2-LP units are line powered and include a green
power indication LED.
Mounting bracket A-154 is perfect for use in leak pans where it is desired to
raise the sensing level above the bottom of the pan to eliminate nuisance alarms.
The bracket can be mounted to the bottom of the pan and the height of the WD2
adjusted anywhere up to 1.75 (44.5 mm). Or the bracket can be used to mount
the WD2 to the side of the drip pan or any side wall at desired height.
Water Leak Detector
Visual & Audible Alarm, Drain Pan Level Switch
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water.
Switch Type: WD2 BP2: SPST NO SSR; WD2 LP: SPDT relay; WD2
LP D: DPDT relay.
Electrical Rating: WD2 BP2: Pilot duty rating 250 mA @ 24 VDC
maximum; WD2 LP: 1A @ 24 VAC/DC, 1A @120 VAC.
Audible Alarm: BP models: 10 seconds on, 30 seconds off; LP models:
Continually on. None on D2 model.
LED Alarm: BP models: 10 seconds off, 30 seconds on. Two red LEDs;
LP models: Continually on. Eight red LEDs.
Power Requirements: BP models: 3 V lithium battery (approximately 2
years of life); LP models; 11 to 27 VAC/DC.
Power Consumption: BP models: 0.9 mA steady state non alarm, 3.0
mA during audible alarm, 2.4 mA during LED alarm; LP models: DC
power: 25 mA typical and 75 mA maximum, AC power: 30 mA typical
and 85 mA maximum.
Electrical Connections: PVC insulated 22 AWG cable. BP models: 0.8
ft (.25 m); LP models: 4.8 ft (1.5 m).
Enclosure: ABS and acrylic.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Weight: WD2 BP2: 3.5 oz; WD2 LP: 4.3 oz; WD2 LP D: 5.6 oz.
Series
WD2
2
[50.8]
3
[76.2]
CABLE
LENGTH
1-7/64
[28.18]
WD2-BP2 WD2-LP
Model
WD2-BP2
WD2-LP
WD2-LP-D1
WD2-LP-D2
WD with A-154
Output
SPST NO SSR
SPDT Relay
DPDT Relay
DPDT Relay
Power
Battery
11 27 VAC/DC
11 27 VAC/DC
11 27 VAC/DC
LED
Alarm
2
8
8
8
NEW PRODUCT!
Audible
Alarm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
ACCESSORY
A-154, Mounting Bracket for WD2
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
320
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
F
o
a
t
L
E
V
E
L
Rugged and reliable the Series L4 Flotect
Float Switches
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquids compatible with wetted materials.
Wetted Materials:
Float and rod: 316 SS;
Body: Brass or 316 SS standard;
Magnet keeper: 430 SS standard, 316 SS or Nickel optional.
Temperature Limits: 4 to 275F ( 20 to 135C) standard, MT high temperature
option 400F (205C) [MT option not UL, CSA, ATEX, or SAA].
Pressure Limit: Brass body 1000 psig (69 bar), 316 SS body 2000 psig (138 bar).
Standard float rated 100 psig (6.9 bar). For other floats see options.
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof and explosion proof. Listed with UL and CSA for
Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G.
ATEX 0344 II 2 G EEx d IIB T6 20CTamb75C
EC Type Certificate No.: KEMA 03 ATEX 2383
SAA: Exd II C T6 (T amb = 60C). IP66 C1 I, Zone I. Also FM approved.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch standard, DPDT snap switch optional.
Electrical Rating: UL, FM, ATEX and SAA models: 10A @ 125/250 VAC (V~). CSA
models: 5A @ 125/250 VAC (V~); 5A res., 3A ind. @
30 VDC (V ). MV option: 1A @ 125 VAC (V~); 1A res., .5A ind. @
30 VDC (V ). MT option: 5A @ 125/250 VAC (V~). [MT and MV option not UL,
CSA, FM, ATEX or SAA].
Electrical Connections: UL and CSA models: 16 AWG, 6 (152 mm) long. ATEX
and SAA unit: terminal block.
Process Connection: 1 1/2 male NPT standard, 2 1/2 male NPT required for
optional floats.
Mounting Orientation: Horizontal installation standard, optional vertical top
mount.
Weight: 4 lb 9 oz (2.07 kg).
Dead Band: 3/4 (19 mm) for standard float.
Specific Gravity: 0.7 minimum with standard float. For other floats see options.
Agency Approvals: UL, CSA, FM, CE and ATEX.
FLOAT OF 316 STAINLESS
STEEL (STANDARD)
FLOAT ARM
AND BLOCK
316 STAINLESS
STEEL OR BRASS
HINGE
PIN
DEFLECTION
STOP
1-1/2 NPT
SWITCH BODY OF
BRASS OR 316
STAINLESS STEEL
1-5/8
[41.28]
5
[127]
HEX FLOAT
CONNECTION
LOCK
NUT
6
[152.4]
19-5/32
[486.57]
MAGNET KEEPER
430 STAINLESS
STEEL
8-5/32
[207.17]
3-15/16
[100.01]
2-1/2
[63.5]
3-11/32
[84.93]
16 GA. LEADS,
6 [152.4] LONG
EXPLOSION PROOF
HOUSING WITH 3/4
CONDUIT CONNECTION
5-31/32
[151.61]
Series
L4
Float Switch
Magnetically Operated Switch, Leak Proof Body, Explosion-Proof
Model
L4
L4SS
*316SS body and float with 430SS magnet keeper (wetted part).
OPTIONS
Gold Plated Contacts option for dry circuits, add suffix -MV
(see electrical rating in specifications)
High Temperature option rated 400F (204C), add suffix -MT
(see electrical rating in specifications, no listings or approvals,
only available on models with stainless steel floats)
CSA and UL approved construction, includes weatherproof and
explosion proof junction box, add suffix -CSA
ATEX approved construction includes, weatherproof and
explosion proof, junction box, add suffix -AT
DPDT contacts, change seventh character in model
number to D. Example: L6EPB B D 3 O
303 SS Upper Body, change fifth character in
model number to S. Example: L6EPS S S 3 S
Options Not Shown: 1 1/2 and 2 male NPT process connection, 2 female NPT
connection tee, and top mount.
Min.
Sp. Gr.
0.9
0.5
0.7
0.9
0.7
0.9
0.5
0.7
0.9
0.7
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
322
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
F
o
a
t
L
E
V
E
L
Liquid Level Switch
Low Cost, Leak Proof Body, Excellent Chemical Resistance
Model L8 Flotect
;
Magnet: Ceramic 8.
Temperature Limit: 212F (100C).
Pressure Limit: 150 psig (10.34 bar).
Enclosure Rating: General purpose. WP/WP2 option is weatherproof.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. MV option is a SPDT gold contact snap switch.
Electrical Rating: 5A @ 125/250 VAC, 5A resistive, 3A inductive @ 30 VDC. MV
option: 1A @ 125 VAC, 1A resistive, 0.5A inductive @ 30 VDC.
Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 18 (460 mm) long.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 male NPT, 1/2 female NPT on WP and WP2.
Process Connection: 1 male NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Horizontal with index arrow pointing down.
Weight: 5 oz (0.142 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL 508 for US and Canada.
Specific Gravity: 0.6 minimum.
Series
L8
L8 L8-WP2
SWITCH
BODY
1 NPT(M) 1/2 NPT(M)
1-21/32
[42.07]
4-17/32
[115.09]
(3) 18 AWG
LEAD WIRES
18 [457.2] LONG
3-1/16
[77.79]
1-5/16 [33.32] OCTAGON
8-5/16
[211.12]
4-5/16
[109.52]
FLOAT
2-17/32
[64.29]
1-1/8
[28.58]
11-13/64
[284.56]
1-21/32
[42.07]
3-1/16
[77.79]
4-5/16
[109.52]
2-17/32
[64.29]
1-1/8
[28.58 ]
4-17/32
[115.09]
1 NPTM
1-5/16 OCTAGON
[33.32]
1/2 NPTM
Inconel
is a registered trademark of Huntington Alloys Corporation
Series L8, Level Switch
OPTIONS
Gold Plated Contacts, for dry circuits. Rated 1A @ 125 VAC; 1A resistive, 0.5A
inductive @ 30 VDC. To order add suffix MV.
Example: L8-MV
Inconel
CPVC/
CPVC
PTFE/
TFE
316 SS/
316 SS
Temp.
Limits
220F
(105C)
300F
(149C)
257F
(125C)
180F
(82C)
176F
(80C)
220F
(105C)
220F
(105C)
180F
(82C)
180F
(82C)
180F
(82C)
180F
(82C)
225F
(107C)
180F
(82C)
300F
(149C)
300F
(149C)
Press.
Limits
150 psig
10 bar
450 psig
31 bar
218 psig
15 bar
100 psig
6.89 bar
100 psig
6.89 bar
100 psig
6.89 bar
150 psig
10 bar
100 psig
6.89 bar
150 psig
10 bar
150 psig
10 bar
150 psig
10 bar
50 psig
3 bar
15 psig
1 bar
30 psig
2 bar
750 psig
52 bar
Min.
S.G.
0.60
0.75
0.65
0.90
0.90
0.60
0.45
1.00
0.45
0.45
0.55
0.55
0.85
0.80
0.80
Electrical
Rating
25 VA: 1A @
220 VAC
25 VA: 1A @
200 VAC
20 VA: 0.08A @
240 VAC
10 VA: 0.1A @
100 VAC
50 VA: 0.2A @
240 VAC
30 VA: 0.14A @
220 VAC
30 VA: 0.14A @
220 VAC
50 VA: 0.25A @
150 VAC
20 VA: 0.08A @
240 VAC
20 VA: 0.08A @
240 VAC
20 VA: 0.08A @
240 VAC
20 VA: 0.08A @
240 VAC
20 VA: 0.08A @
240 VAC
20 VA: 0.08A @
240 VAC
20 VA: 0.08A @
240 VAC
Wire
Leads
22 AWG 18 (45 cm)
22 AWG 18 (45 cm)
22 AWG 11.8 (30 cm)
22 AWG 24 (61 cm)
22 AWG 24 (61 cm)
22 AWG 24 (61 cm)
22 AWG 24 (61 cm)
22 AWG 24 (61 cm)
22 AWG 24 (61 cm)
22 AWG 24 (61 cm)
22 AWG 24 (61 cm)
22 AWG 24 (61 cm)
22 AWG 24 (61 cm)
22 AWG 24 (61 cm)
22 AWG 24 (61 cm)
Mtg
NPT(M)
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
OPTIONAL FITTINGS For external mounting of vertical models
A-347, 1/8 x 1 1/4 NPT carbon steel adapter
A-347-SS, 1/8 x 1 1/4 NPT 316 SS adapter
A-348, 1/8 x 1 1/2 NPT carbon steel adapter
A-348-SS, 1/8 x 1 1/2 NPT 316 SS adapter
Weight
oz (g)
2 (58)
1.2 (34)
1.59 (45)
0.8 (23)
0.8 (23)
0.8 (23)
0.7 (20)
1.5 (43)
1.5 (43)
1.5 (43)
5 (140)
4 (110)
5 (140)
6 (170)
6 (170)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
326
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
F
o
a
t
L
E
V
E
L
Miniature Multi-Station Level Switch
Custom, Lightweight, Low Cost, 316 SS or Buna-N Floats
Series
F7-MM
Miniature custom level switches with a sturdy, lightweight design are ideal for tanks
less than four feet (1.2 m) deep. Control up to five different level points across a maximum
length of 48 (121 cm). Stems and mounting fixtures are available in 316 SS or brass.
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
LO
A
D
B
1/8 NPT
[.125]
1/2 HEX
[12.7]
1-1/16 Hex
[26.97]
3/4 NPT
1-5/16 Hex
[33.32]
1 NPT
01.000
[25.40]
15/16
[23.80]
0 29/32
[22.86]
1-1/4
[31.75]
0 1-1/2
[38.10]
1
[25.40]
29/32
[22.61]
1-19/32
[40.49]
29/32
[22.86]
1-3/32
[27.79]
1-1/32
[26.16]
1-7/32
[30.99]
1-9/64
[29.79]
1-1/8
[28.58]
0 3-5/8
[92.08]
6 HOLES 0 5/16 [7.95]
EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 3.000 B.C.
[76.20]
1/8 NPT
3/16
[4.78]
1-1/2 HEX
[38.10]
1-5/16-12 THREAD
3/8-24
THREAD
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Stem, connection, and float.
Temperature Limits: F1 and F2: Water, 180F (82.2C); Oil, 40 to 250F
( 40 to 121.1C). All other floats: 40 to 300F ( 40 to 148.9C).
Electrical Connection: 24 (61 cm) free leads #22 AWG, TFE jacketed.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical 30.
Float A B D
Type in. in. in.
F1 7/8 1-3/4 3/4
F2 3/4 1-7/8 1-1/16
F3 3/4 1-13/16 15/16
F4 13/16 2-7/16 1-7/16
F5 9/16 2-7/16 1-3/4
F6 15/16 1-7/8 7/8, NO
1-3/16, NC
F7 13/16 2 1-1/8
F8 3/4 1-7/8 1-1/16
Float Dimensions
Mounting Dimensions
Actuation Levels
Each switching point requires one float.
A = Minimum distance from actuation point to bottom of mounting.
B = Minimum distance between actuation levels.
D = Minimum distance from end of unit to lowest actuation point.
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
Type 4 Type 5 Type 6
F7 MMB1 5F11 03.00 07.00 11.00 15.00 20.00 25.00
Multi station level, 1 to 5 switch points
Brass with Beryllium copper stops
316SS with SS ARMCO PH 15 7MO stops
1/8 NPT
3/4 NPT (Cannot be used with float F1, F3, F7 and F8)
1 NPT (Cannot be used with float F3)
3 5/8 Flange [Maximum pressure is 50 psi (3.45 bar)]
1 5/16 12UNF 2A (Cannot be used with float F3)
3/8 24
Put 1 to 5 for the number of switch points desired
Material Min. s.g. Max. Pres. psi (bar)
Buna N .45 300 (20.68)
Buna N .60 250 (17.24)
316SS .70 100 (6.89)
316SS .85 150 (10.34)
316SS 1.1 400 (27.58)
PTFE .65 1000 (68.95)
316SS .85 275 (18.96)
316SS .90 600 (41.37)
SPST, .17A @ 120 VAC, .08A @ 240 VAC, .13A @ 120 VDC, .06A @ 240 VDC
SPST, .8A @ 120 VAC, .4A @ 240 VAC
NO switch is standard. For NC place an * after the corresponding set point distance in the model
number
In inches referenced from bottom of connection
Repeat for each switch point with dashes in between.
No numbers needed beyond the number of switches specified. In inches for example 12.25 would
be 12.25 from the bottom of the process connection.
Maximum overall length of 48 inches (121 cm). Minimum length is L1 + D.
Example
Construction
Stem & Connection
Material
Connection
Type
Switch Points
Float Type
Switch
Type
Set Point
Distance
Overall Length
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
L0
F7 MM
F7 MM
B
B
S
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
5
#
F1
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
1
1
2
00.00
00.00
00.00
00.00
00.00
00.00
F1 F2 F3
F4, F5 F6
F7 F8
Models are built to your specifications
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 327
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
F
o
a
t
L
E
V
E
L
Multi-Station Level Switch
Customize To Fit Application, Up to Six 316 SS or Buna-N Floats
Series
F7-MS
Customize level switches to meet application requirements Switches can be
configured with up to six different control points and stem lengths up to 140 inches (3.56
m). Stems and floats are available in 316 SS or brass.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Stem, connection, and float.
Temperature Limits: Buna N floats: 180F (82.2C) in water, 40 to 230F ( 40 to
110C) in oil; SS floats: 40 to 300F ( 40 to 148.9C).
Wire Leads: 24 (61 cm) free leads; #22 AWG, TFE jacketed, and #18 AWG
polymeric.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical 30.
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
LO
A
D
B
Actuation Levels
Each switching point requires one float.
A = Minimum distance from actuation point to bottom of mounting.
B = Minimum distance between actuation levels.
D = Minimum distance from end of unit to lowest actuation point.
Mounting Dimensions
1/2 NPT
2 NPT
1-1/4 SQ
[31.75]
1/2 NPT
1
[25.40]
1/2 NPT
7-1/2
[190.5]
6 HOLES 3/4 [19.05]
EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 6.000 B.C.
[152.4]
1-1/4 NPT
1.000 SQ
[25.40]
1/2 NPT
Float Dimensions
1-1/4
[31.75]
1-3/4
[44.45]
1-13/16
[46.02]
1-7/8
[47.62]
2-1/16
[52.37]
2-3/32
[53.16]
F7 MSB1 5F31 04.00 07.00 11.00 15.00 20.00 24.00 J
Multi station level, 1 to 6 switch points
Brass with Beryllium copper stops
316SS with SS ARMCO PH 15 7MO stops
1/2 NPT (Float F2, F3 only)
1 1/4 NPT (Float F1 only)
2 NPT
3 150# Flange Carbon Steel (Conn. material S only, float F2, F3 only) [Max. pres. 150 psi (10.3 bar)]
3 150# Flange 316SS (Conn. material S only, float F2, F3 only) [Max. pres. 150 psi (10.3 bar)]
Put 1 to 6 for the number of switch points desired
Buna N, min. s.g. 0.75, 150 psi (10.3 bar) max. pres.
Buna N, min. s.g. 0.55, 150 psi (10.3 bar) max. pres.
316SS, min. s.g. 0.75, 750 psi (51.7 bar) [units >72: 300 psi (20.7) bar] max. pres.
SPST, .17A @ 120 VAC, .08A @ 240 VAC, .13A @ 120 VDC, .06A @ 240 VDC
SPST, .8A @ 120 VAC, .4A @ 240 VAC
SPDT, .17A @ 120 VAC, .08A @ 240 VAC, .13A @ 120 VDC, .06A @ 240 VDC
NO switch is standard. For NC place an * after the corresponding set point distance
in the model number.
In inches referenced from bottom of connection.
Repeat for each switch point with dashes in between.
No numbers needed beyond the number of switches specified. In inches for example 12.25 would be
12.25 from the bottom of the process connection.
Minimum length is L1+D. Maximum length with Connection Type 1: 36 (91.4 cm),
Type 2: 60 (152.4 cm), and Types 3, 4, 5: 140 (355.6 cm).
Junction box for wire leads, NEMA 4 (Not available with Connection Type 1)
Example
Construction
Stem & Connection
Material
Connection
Type
Switch Points
Float Type
Switch Type
Set Point
Distance
Overall
Length
Options
L6
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
L0
F7 MS
F7 MS
B
B
S
1
1
2
3
4
5
5
#
F3
F1
F2
F3
1
1
2
3
00.00
00.00
00.00
00.00
00.00
00.00
00.00
J
J
F1 F2 F3
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
Type 4, 5
A
1 1/2
(38.10 mm)
B
3
(76.20 mm)
D
2
(50.80 mm)
Models are built to your specifications
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
328
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
F
o
a
t
L
E
V
E
L
Model
F7-MLK
Multi-Level Switch Kit
One or Two Station Level Switch, Vertically Mount
Customize a level systemto suit your application requirements. The F7-MLK
Multi-Level Switch Kit contains all the components necessary for the design and
fabrication of a 1 or 2 station level switch for pipe plug mounting. User can
customize stem length (maximum 36), actuation point, distance between floats,
and lead wire lengths. The switch kit is ideal for general purpose, low specific
gravity, and gas and oil applications. Model F7-MLK includes two level stations
(switch, tube, and Buna-N float), two brass extension tubes 12 length, four brass
tube unions, one end fitting, and one mounting plug.
.500
[12.7]
12.000
[305]
7.991
[201]
.500
[12.7]
10.905
[277]
9.220
[234]
2 NP
PIPE
MOUNTING
1/2 NPT
2.500
[63.5]
.875
[22.2]
2 EXTENSION
TUBES
1 FITTING
ASSEMBLY
.500
[12.7]
4.000
[102]
2
SWITCHES
.500
[12.7]
.875
[22.2]
1.965
[49.9]
1.250
[31.8]
1.916
[48.7]
.875
[22.2]
2 BUNA-N
FLOATS
1 TUBE END
FITTING
4 TUBE
UNIONS
1.128
[28.7]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials (Float/Stem):
Buna N/Brass.
Temperature Limits: 221F
(105C).
Pressure Limits: 150 psig (10
bar).
Switch Type: SPST, normally
open or normally closed.
Electrical Rating: 60 Watts: 0.4A
@ 220 VAC, 0.5A @ 110 VAC,
0.2A @ 120 VDC, 0.5A @ 24
VDC.
Electrical Connections: 22 AWG
x 72 (183 cm) leads.
Process Connection: 2 male
NPT pipe plug.
Mounting Orientation: Up to 30
angle from vertical.
Stem Length: 36 (91 cm)
maximum.
Tube/Fitting Size: 1/2 O.D.
Minimum Specific Gravity: 0.45.
Weight: 3.5 lb (1.6 kg).
Model
F7-MLK2
Multi-Level Switch Kit
316 Stainless Steel, One or Two Station Level Switch, Vertically Mount
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials (Float/Stem):
316 SS.
Temperature Limits: 40 to
275F ( 40 to 135C).
Pressure Limits: 750 psi
(52 bar).
Switch Type: SPST, selectable
N.O. or N.C.
Electrical Rating: 20 VA: 0.8A @
240 VAC, 0.17A @ 120 VAC, 0.3A
@ 30 VDC.
Electrical Connections: 18 AWG
x 60 (152 cm) wire leads.
Process Connections: 2 male
NPT pipe plug.
Mounting Orientation: Up to 30
angle from vertical.
Stem Length: 36 (91 cm)
maximum.
Tube Diameter: 1/2 O.D.
Minimum Specific Gravity: 0.75.
Weight: 3.3 lb (1.6 kg).
The F7-MLK2 Multi-Level Switch Kit contains all the components necessary
for the design and fabrication of a 1 or 2 station level switch for pipe plug mounting.
The user can customize stem length (maximum 36), actuation point, distance
between floats, and lead wire lengths. Model F7-MLK2 is constructed of 316 SS
ideal for chemicals, corrosive liquids, oils, or high pressure applications. Model
F7-MLK2 includes two level stations with floats (switch, tube, and float), two
extension tubes 10 (254 mm) length, three tube unions, one tube connector, one
end fitting, and one mounting plug.
1.25 SQ
[1-1/4]
2 NPT
1.5
[1-1/2]
TUBE CONNECTOR
3/8 NPT
1.75
[1-3/4]
FLOAT TUBE AND
SWITCH STATION
2.063
[2-1/16]
2.125
[2-1/8]
TUBE UNION
2.125
[2-1/8]
TUBE UNION
FLOAT TUBE AND
SWITCH STATION
2.063
[2-1/16]
1.186
[1-3/16]
TUBE END
FITTINGS
.500
[12.7]
10.000
[254]
2 NPT PIPE
MOUNTING
1/2 NPT
FEMALE
2 EXTENSION
TUBES
.500
[12.7]
4.125
[108]
2 SWITCHES
2.125
[54]
2.062
[52.4]
2 SS
FLOATS
1 TUBE
END
FITTING
1 TUBE
CONNECTOR/
3 TUBE
UNIONS
1.188
[30.1]
1.500
[38.1]
1.750
[44.5]
Model F7-MLK, Multi Level Switch Kit
Model F7-MLK2, Multi Level Switch Kit
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 329
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
F
o
a
t
L
E
V
E
L
Series
CFS
Cable Float Switch
No Hazardous Mercury, Adjustable Counterweight
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Polypropylene housing, PVC cable.
Temperature Limits: 140F (60C).
Pressure Limits: 60 psi (4 bar).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 6 (IP68).
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical Rating: 10 A @ 250 VAC, resistive.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Weight: CFS-2: 1.416 lb (.62 kg); CFS-10: 3.316 lb (1.48 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Control the level of liquids in filling or draining reservoirs and tanks
with the Series CFS. The mercury-free switch is designed with an
inverter microswitch housed in a polypropylene cover. The unit includes
a counterweight to adjust the stop and start levels of pump up/pump
down application.
1-5/8
[41.40]
5-5/32
[131.06]
3-3/16
[81.03]
Series
FSW
Free-Floating Level Switch
Designed for Industrial Applications, Mercury-Free
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids, slurries.
Wetted Materials: Polypropylene housing, EPDM gland, PVC
cable.
Temperature Limits: 140F (60C).
Pressure Limits: 60 psi (4 bar).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 6 (IP68).
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical Rating: 10 A @ 250 VAC, resistive.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Weight: FSW-6: 2.6 lb (1.2 kg); FSW-15: 3.85 lb (1.75 kg);
FSW-30: 6.8 lb (3.1 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Series FSW Free-Floating Level Switch is a dual level switch
designed for filling and draining of tanks, wells, and reservoirs. The
shape and interior balance weight ensure impurities and dirt will not
adhere to the surface, making it ideal for sewage and waste water
applications. The mercury-free switch is designed with an inverter
microswitch housed in a polypropylene cover.
6-13/32
[162.99]
4-3/64
[102.87]
Model
CFS-2
CFS-10
Model
FSW-6
FSW-15
FSW-30
Cable Length
6.5 ft (2 m)
32.8 ft (10 m)
Cable Length
19.5 ft (6 m)
49 ft (15 m)
98 ft (30 m)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
330
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
F
o
a
t
L
E
V
E
L
Series
123
5-1/2
[139.70] 7
[177.80]
5-3/4
[146.05]
5-3/8
[136.53]
1/2 PIPE PLUG
TYP 2 PLACES
4-3/4
[120.65]
3-9/16
[90.50]
1 NPT
7-1/8
[180.98]
2-7/16
[61.91]
3-9/16
[90.50]
1-1/8
[28.58]
A special snap action mechanism eliminates frequent operation due to surging water level.
Visible operation adds convenience in servicing. Stainless steel trim and hand reset are
available if required. Options include DPDT switch, two stage, and weatherproof housing.
APPLICATIONS
Boiler low water cut off
Boiler feed water control
Condensate tanks
Deaerators
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids. Cast iron
is not for use with lethal or flammable
substances either liquid or gaseous.
Wetted Materials: Body: Cast iron;
Float and trim: 304 SS; Packing gland:
Brass; Packing: Carbon; Body gasket:
Carbon.
Temperature Limit: 365F (185C).
Pressure Limit: 150 psig
(10.34 bar).
Enclosure Rating: General purpose.
Optional weatherproof.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch or
mercury switch. Optional DPDT or two
stage.
Electrical Rating: Snap switch: 15A @
120/240/480 VAC, 0.5A @ 120 VDC
resistive, 0.25A @ 240 VDC resistive;
Mercury switch: 4A @ 120 VAC/DC, 2A
@ 240 VAC/DC.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminal.
Conduit Connection: 7/8 (22.23 mm)
hole for 1/2 (12.7 mm) conduit.
Process Connections: 1 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Weight: 20 lb (9.1 kg).
Agency Approvals: UL and CSA.
(Snap switch is not rated).
Deadband: Approximately 1 1/2
(38.1 mm).
Specific Gravity: 0.88 minimum.
Options: Manual reset.
Boiler Water Level Control
Heavy Duty, Cast Iron Chamber
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids. Cast iron
is not for use with lethal or flammable
substances either liquid or gaseous.
Wetted Materials: Body: Cast iron.
Optional cast steel or 316 SS; Float and
trim: 303 SS, 304 SS, 316 SS, and 430
SS. Option of all 316 SS; Body gasket:
Carbon.
Temperature Limit: 425F (218C).
Pressure Limit: 300 psig (20.7 bar).
Optional rating to 400 psig (27.6 bar).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X. Optional
general purpose or explosion proof.
Repeatability: 1/4 (6.4 mm).
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch,
hermetically sealed snap switch, or
mercury switch. Optional DPDT or two
stage.
Electrical Rating: Snap switch: 12A @
120 VAC, 5A @ 240 VAC, 0.5A @ 125
VDC resistive, 0.25A @ 250 VDC
resistive; Hermetically sealed snap
switch: 5A @ 125 VAC, 5A @ 240 VAC,
5A @ 30 VDC resistive; Mercury switch:
4A @ 120 VAC/DC, 2A @ 240 VAC/DC.
Higher contact ratings available for the
mercury switch.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminal.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connections: 1 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: 1 (25.4 mm).
Weight: 35 lb (15.9 kg).
Agency Approvals: UL.
Specific Gravity: 0.6 minimum.
Series
102
Flanged Chamber Type Level Control
Operating Pressures to 300 PSIG
Flanged inspection plate allows periodic inspection and clean-out of Model 102 float
chamber, making unit ideal for use in refineries, chemical plants, and other areas with
potentially dirty liquids. Low cost cast iron chamber is standard. Carbon steel and stainless
steel chambers are available on special order. Stainless steel float is standard.
5-3/4
[146.05]
6-1/8
[155.58]
A
B
6-3/4
[171.45]
17-1/2
[444.5]
3/4 NPT CONDUIT
CONNECTION. CAN
BE ROTATED 360.
1 NPT
8-1/4
[209.55]
4-7/8
[123.83]
3-1/4
[82.55]
1-5/8
[41.28]
SP. GR.
1.0
0.6
A
5 1/16
(129 mm)
5 13/16
(148 mm)
B
3/4
(19 mm)
1
(25.4 mm)
Model
123-153
123-7000-153
Model
102-WT-4810-C-60
102-WT-7810-C-60
102-WT-7810HM-C-60
Switch Type
SPDT Mercury
SPDT Snap
Switch Type
SPDT Mercury
SPDT Snap
SPDT Hermetically Sealed Snap
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 331
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
F
o
a
t
L
E
V
E
L
Model 201 liquid level control is designed for long life and reliable operation in chemical plants, refineries and
industrial facilities. Stainless steel switching mechanism uses gravity return action instead of springs to prolong life.
Weatherproof enclosure is standard. Heavy duty, welded steel float chamber is suitable for 500 psi at 750F.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Body: Carbon steel. Optional
316 SS; Float and trim: 303 SS, 304 SS, 316 SS,
and 430 SS. Options of 316 SS and 430 SS or all
316 SS.
Temperature Limit: Process: 750F (399C). Heat
fins should be used for process temperatures
above 500F (260C) with mercury switches, 400F
(204C) with snap switches, and 350F (176.7C)
with hermetically sealed snap switches.
Pressure Limit: 600 psig (41 bar) at 100F
(37.7C), 500 psig (34 bar) at 750F (399C).
Higher ratings available.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X. Optional general
purpose or explosion proof.
Repeatability: 1/4 (6.4 mm).
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch, hermetically
sealed snap switch or mercury switch. Optional
DPDT or two stage.
Electrical Rating: Snap switch: 12A @ 120 VAC,
5A @ 240 VAC, 0.5A @ 125 VDC resistive, 0.25A
@ 250 VDC resistive. Hermetically sealed snap
switch: 5A @ 125 VAC, 5A @ 240 VAC, 5A @ 30
VDC resistive. Mercury switch: 4A @ 120 VAC/DC,
2A @ 240 VAC/DC. Higher contact ratings
available for the mercury switch.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connections: 1 female NPT and 1
socket weld hub. Optional flange connections.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Set Point Adjustment: 1 (25.4 mm).
Weight: 33 lb (14.97 kg).
Agency Approvals: UL. (None on HM switch)
Specific Gravity: 0.6 minimum.
SP.GR
1.0
0.6
*A
6 3/4(171mm)
7 1/2 (191 mm)
B
3/4 (19 mm)
1 (25.4 mm)
*A is adjustable 1 (25.4 mm)
Series
201
6-3/4
[171.45]
5-3/4
[146.05]
4 [101.60]
CLEARANCE
FOR COVER
REMOVAL
3/4
FEMALE
NPT
ELEC.
CONN.
18-5/8
[473.08]
3-1/4
[82.55]
10-15/16
[277.83]
3-3/4
[95.25]
1 FEMALE NPT
PROCESS
CONNECTION
TYP 2 PLACES
B
A
Side Mounted-Chamber Type Level Control
Operating Pressures to 500 PSIG, 34 bar, Hermetically Sealed Snap Switch Option
Heavy duty and low cost is the perfect description for the 391 Series level control. Stainless steel switching
mechanism uses gravity return action instead of springs for long life. Weatherproof enclosure is standard. Welded
steel chamber is good for 650 psig (45 bar) at 600F (315C).
APPLICATIONS
Oil refineries, chemical plants, power generating stations, pumping stations, heat transfer systems,
sanitary/waste water facilities, drip legs, hydraulic systems, boilers.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Body: Carbon steel; Float and
trim: 303 SS, 304 SS, 316 SS, and 430 SS.
Temperature Limit: Process: 600F (315.6C).
Heat fins should be used for process temperatures
above 500F (260C) with mercury switches, 400F
(204C) with snap switches, and 350F (176.7C)
with hermetically sealed snap switches.
Pressure Limit: 800 psig (55 bar) at 100F
(37.7C), 650 psig (45 bar) at 600F (315.6C).
Higher ratings available.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X. Optional general
purpose or explosion proof.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch, hermetically
sealed snap switch or mercury switch. Optional
DPDT.
Electrical Rating: Snap switch: 12A @ 120 VAC,
5A @ 240 VAC, 0.5A @ 125 VDC resistive, 0.25A
@ 250 VDC resistive; Hermetically sealed snap
switch: 5A @ 125 VAC, 5A @ 240 VAC, 5A @ 30
VDC resistive; Mercury switch: 4A @ 120 VAC/DC,
2A @ 240 VAC/DC. Higher contact ratings
available for the mercury switch.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connections: 1 female NPT. Optional 1
socket weld hub or flange connections.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Weight: 10 lb (4.5 kg).
Agency Approvals: UL. (None on HM switch)
Specific Gravity: 0.8 minimum. Optional 0.7
minimum.
A
4 3/8 (111mm)
4 11/16 (191 mm)
B
1 (25.4 mm)
1 3/16 (112.3 mm)
SP.GR
1.0
0.80
Series
391
Side Mounted-Chamber Type Level Control
Compact, Low Cost, Hermetically Sealed Snap Switch Option
4 [101.60]
CLEARANCE
FOR COVER
REMOVAL
6-3/4
[171.45]
5-3/4
[146.05]
B
A
1 FEMALE NPT
PROCESS
CONNECTION
TYP 2 PLACES
3-7/16
[87.31]
3/4 FEMALE
NPT ELEC.
CONN.
14-11/16
[373.06]
3-3/4
[95.25]
6-1/2
[165.10]
Model
391-WT-4810-C1-80
391-WT-7810-C1-80
391-WT-7810HM-C1-80
Model
201-WT-4810-C1-60
201-WT-7810-C1-60
201-WT-7810HM-C1-60
Switch Type
SPDT Mercury
SPDT Snap
SPDT Hermetically Sealed Snap
Switch Type
SPDT Mercury
SPDT Snap
SPDT Hermetically Sealed Snap
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
332
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
U
t
r
a
s
o
n
c
L
E
V
E
L
Gap Switch
Liquid Level Measurement, 1000:1 Wet/Dry Ratio, 316 SS Wetted Parts
Series GS Gap Switch measures liquid levels at a single point and provides a
10A relay output for high or low level alarm, overflow prevention, and pump
protection. The Series GS uses ultrasonic wave propagation between the
transducer gap to sense the presence or absence of a liquid. Integral electronics
make installation quick and easy. Units can be mounted in either a vertical or
horizontal position with no additional calibration required. Gap switch includes
a 0.5 second delay and high level failsafe.
APPLICATIONS
Monitor and control levels of water, chemicals, lubricants, acids, creams,
lotions, beverages or paints in vessels, storage bins, tanks, sumps, etc.
4
[101.6]
3-3/4
[95.25]
13/16
[20.64]
2-3/4
[69.45]
3/4 NPT
THREAD HUB
7/8
[22.23]
1-1/2 [38.10]
1
[25.40]
3/4 NPT
Series
GS
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids
(1000:1 wet/dry ratio).
Wetted Material: 316 SS.
Temperature Limits: Sensor:
40 to 200F ( 40 to 93C);
Electronics: 20 to 170F
( 4 to 77C).
Pressure Limits: 1000 psig
(68.9 bar).
Enclosure Rating: Epoxy coated
cast aluminum, NEMA 4.
Repeatability: 2 mm (0.078)
typical.
Switch Type: DPDT.
Electrical Rating: 10A @ 120
VAC resistive.
Power Requirements: 115 VAC,
50/60 Hz (230 VAC optional).
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female
NPT.
Process Connection: 3/4 male
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical or
horizontal.
Delay [On]: 0.5 seconds.
Immersion Depth: 1 (25.4 mm).
Weight: 1 lb (453 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
The Series MULS Miniature Ultrasonic Level Switch measures liquid at
a single point providing an output for high or low level alarm, overflow
prevention, or pump protection. The Series MULS uses ultrasonic wave
propagation between the transducer gap to sense the presence or absence of a
liquid. Units can be mounted within 15 of horizontal with no additional
calibration required. The switches include a 0.5 second delay and have
repeatability of less than .08 in. (2 mm). The Series MULS can be used to
monitor and control levels of water, chemicals lubricants, acids, or beverages in
vessels, storage bins, or tanks.
Miniature Ultrasonic Level Switch
No Mechanical or Moving Parts
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids
(non coating, low viscosity).
Wetted Material: 316L SS.
Temperature Limits: 20 to
176F ( 29 to 80C).
Pressure Limits: 250 psig
(17.24 bar).
Enclosure Rating: General
purpose.
Repeatability: .08 (2 mm).
Switch Type: SPST normally
open dry relay, NPN transistor
sink, or PNP transistor source.
Electrical Rating: Relay: 1A @
5 30 VDC, source & sink: 100mA.
Electrical Connections: 12
(304.8 mm) 5 conductor cable, 24
AWG wire.
Leakage Current: Less than
50A, sinking and sourcing.
Power Requirements: 5 30 VDC.
Process Connection: 1/4 or 1/2
male NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Within
15 of horizontal.
Delay: 0.5 seconds.
Agency Approvals: CE pending.
Series
MULS
Model
MULS-SN-A
MULS-SN-B
1/2 NPT
1/4 NPT
ALARM
POINT
3/8
[9.53]
1-7/8
[47.63]
ALARM
POINT
5/8
[15.88]
2-3/8
[60.33]
(1) HEX
[25.4]
Connection Size
1/4
1/2
Model
GS10001
GS20001
Immersion Depth
1 (25.4 mm)
1 (25.4 mm)
Supply Voltage
115 VAC
230 VAC
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 333
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
O
p
t
c
a
L
E
V
E
L
Low cost, rugged optical level switch provides rapid response
while employing no moving parts for stable process control. The bright
red and green LEDs indicate the presence or absence of liquid for true,
local indication. Three optional materials, 316 SS, polysulfone and PFA
provide application flexibility. Compact switch can be quickly mounted
horizontally or vertically for each installation.
Principles of Operation
The optical level switch employs an LED, which transmits infrared light.
This light is sent through a prism and reflected back to a photo-
transistor utilizing two 90 light reflections. With the prism surrounded
by a gas, the light source is cast back to the photo transistor. When a
translucent liquid is introduced to the prism at or above the point where
the light source makes contract with the prism, the light is reflected
into the liquid, not allowing the photo-transistor to energize.
FEATURES
Compact size
LED switch indication
No moving parts
APPLICATIONS
Food and beverage systems
Liquid holding tanks
Hydraulic reservoirs
Sumps
Pharmaceutical systems
Air conditioning systems
Optical Level Switch
Low Cost, Compact, LED Indication
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Noncoating compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: See model chart.
Temperature Limit: Process: OLS-10, 11: 200F (93.3C), OLS-
12: 120F (48.9C); Ambient: OLS-10, 11: 175F (79.4C), OLS-
12: 120F (48.9C).
Pressure Limit: OLS-11, 12: 200 psig (13.8 bar); OLS-10: 1000
psig (69 bar).
Repeatability: 0.02 (0.5 mm).
Switch Type: NPN open collector.
Power Requirements: 10 to 28 VDC.
Output Signal: Vout (max) = 28 VDC, Isink (max) = 100 mA.
Current Consumption: 35 mA maximum.
Electrical Connections: 38 (965.2 mm) 3 conductor cable, 22
AWG wire.
Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Can be mounted in any position.
Weight: 3 oz (0.085 kg).
Specific Gravity: No minimum.
Series
OLS
OLS-10
OLS-11
OLS-12
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
Optical level switch shall be PFA, 316 SS and Polysulfone or
Polysulfone construction. Unit shall provide an NPN open
collector output signal. Switch shall be capable of mounting in
horizontal or vertical position. Switch shall incorporate LED switch
status.
1/2 NPT
1-3/4
[44.45]
1/16
[1.59]
15/64
[5.95]
7/8 HEX
[22.23 HEX]
HIGH
LOW
RED
BLK GNO
WHT CONTROL
Model
OLS-10
OLS-11
OLS-12
Wetted Materials
316 SS/Polysulfone
Polysulfone
PFA
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
334
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
D
s
p
a
c
e
r
L
E
V
E
L
One of our most versatile level controls, the model B-l90 can be used on all types of tank or sump level control
applications. Three porcelain displacers provide deadband adjustment. Unit can start a sump pump (for example) when
liquid reaches the high set point and turn the pump off when the level drops to the low set point. Unit works equally well in
pressurized tanks. Two stage units also available.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Cable, spring and stops: 316 SS.
Optional Inconel
F (100
C).
Probe Enclosure: NEMA 6 (IP67).
Maximum Probe Length: 72 (1.8 m) with optional extensions.
Connecting Cable, Probe to Controller: 10 ft (3.0 m).
Sensing Voltage: 12 VAC.
Power Supply: 120 VAC 50/60 Hz.
Output: SPDT, 5 A @ 240 VAC.
Mounting, Controller: Standard octal socket or 35 mm DIN rail.
Weight, Probe Assembly: 1.5 lbs (0.68 kg).
Weight, Controller: 1.0 lb (0.45 kg).
Model
DPL110
Dual Point Level Switch
Tank High/Low Control, Conductivity Technology, Up to 72 Probes
Maintain liquid level high and low limits with the Model DPL Dual Point
Level Switch. Units can be used for single or dual point level control in semi-
solid liquids, industrial slurries or heavy-bodied liquids like wastewater.
Standard 24 inch electrodes can be cut by the end-user to a shorter length or
lengthened by adding up to two 24 inch extensions (sold separately) to reach
the maximum recommended length of 72 inches. Model DPL contains no
moving parts to get stuck or wear out. Controller features adjustable sensitivity
and DIN rail-mountable socket mount.
27.1
[687]
24.00
[610]
1 MALE NPT
0.13
[3.2]
3.11
[79]
2.385
[60.58]
2.26
[57]
1.40
[35]
3.73
[95]
2.81
[71]
2.25
[57]
1.75
[44]
Model CLS1 Capacitance Level Switch provides reliable point level
measurement of solids, liquids and slurries in metallic or non-metallic tanks
and vessels. Model CLS1 detects the presence or absence of material in contact
with the probe by sensing a change in the capacitance. Electronics provide
highly sensitive measurement detection (requires less than a 1 picofarad shift
from ambient). State of the art technology ignores material build-up on the
vessel sidewall or along the probe assembly. One time calibration is simple with
a single multi-turn potentiometer. Red LED on housing indicates sensor status.
Unit features an adjustable 1-30 second time delay and a 5 amp, SPDT fail-safe
relay output. Model CLS1 can be mounted vertically or horizontally.
APPLICATIONS
High or low level detection in bins, silos, tanks, hoppers, chutes and
other vessels where liquids, solids or slurries are stored.
Model
CLS1
Capacitance Level Switch
For Solids, Liquids or Slurries, Fail-Safe Protection, <1 pF Sensitivity
6-3/16
[157.15]
1-11/16
[42.88]
7/8
[22.23]
1-7/64
[28.18]
1/2 FEMALE
NPT CONDUIT
CONNECTION
1 MALE NPS
PROCESS
CONNECTION
1-13/16
[46.05]
3-13/16
[96.84]
21/32
[16.67]
8-5/8
[219.08]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Solids, liquids, or slurries.
Wetted Material: CPVC.
Temperature Limits: Process: 40 to 240F ( 40 to 116C); Ambient: 40
to 185F ( 40 to 85C).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP56), PVC, dust tight, water resistant.
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical Rating: 5A @ 250 VAC.
Power Requirements: 120 VAC, 1.5VA.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connection: 1 male NPS.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal.
Sensitivity: Adjustable to <1 pF.
Fail-Safe: Switch selectable, high/Low.
Time Delay: Adjustable 1 to 30 seconds.
Weight: 2.0 lb (0.91 kg).
Model DPL110, Dual Point Level Switch
ACCESSORY
Model DPL5, Electrode Extensions includes two 24 (610 mm) electrode
extensions and mounting hardware
Model CLS1, Capacitance Level Switch
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 337
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
C
a
p
a
c
t
v
e
L
E
V
E
L
Series
CLS2
Capacitive Level Switch
Powder, Bulk, or Liquids, Auto-Calibration
4-3/16
[106.36]
3/8
[9.53]
4-5/32
[105.57]
3-19/32
[91.28]
4-1/8
[104.78]
2-19/64
[58.34]
22-21/64
[567.14]
19
[482.60]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquids, powder, and bulk materials compatible with wetted materials.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF).
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C), 4 to 185F ( 20 to
85C) with under 24 VAC/DC power supply; Process: 40 to 250F ( 40 to 121C).
Pressure Limit: 365 psi (25 bar).
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, NEMA 4X.
Switch Type: DPDT (two form C).
Electrical Rating: 8A @ 120/240 VAC res., 30 VDC. 1/2 hp @ 120 VAC and 1/4
hp @ 240 VAC ind.
Power Requirements: 12 to 240 VAC/DC.
Power Consumption: 2.8 watts max.
Electrical Connection: 1/2 NPT conduit opening, screw termination with
removable terminal block.
Process Connection: See model chart.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal.
Set Point Adjustment: Trips when product touches probe. Cut or extend probe to
length of desired trip point. Can be cut as short as 1 and can be extended by
welding on to probe. (Minimum length will be effected by material being sensed.)
Response Time: 0.2 seconds.
Time Delay: Adjustable, 0 to 60 seconds.
Spark/Static Protection: 10 MEG Ohm dissipation resistance with spark gap.
Surge current to 100A max.
Sensitivity: 8 Selectable settings, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 14, 20 pF (at 30 pF nominal
free capacitance).
Example
Series
Enclosure
Switch
Power
Supply
Probe Type
Insulator
Material
Process
Connection
Probe
Length
Options
CLS2
CLS2
W
W
1
1
1
1
R
R
T
C
K
K
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
019
XXX
M20
M20
WC
CLS2 W11RK1 019 M20
Capacitive Level Switch
Weatherproof
DPDT rated 8A @ 12/240 VAC, 30
VDC res.
12 240 VAC/DC
Standard Rod: 316 SS, .375 diameter
Threaded Rod: 316 SS (can attach field
extensions.)
Cable: 316 SS with weight
PVDF
3/4 male NPT
1 male NPT
1 1/2 male NPT
3/4 BSPT
1 BSPT
1 1/2 BSPT
1 1/2 sanitary clamp
2 sanitary clamp
Insertion length in inches. Example 019
is 19 length. (Minimum length is 6,
with 3/4 sensing tip)
M20 conduit connection with cable
gland
Window Cap
The CLS2 is a capacitive technology level switch that does not have any moving parts
- no jams, no wear, nothing to break, and no maintenance. State of the art sensing
technology in the CLS2, using impulse RF admittance measurement combined with an
active guard, provides excellent level measurement and stability while being insensitive to
material buildup. This technology also provides immunity to external RF sources like
walkie-talkies and cell phones as well as minimal interference with radio communication or
other electronic systems.
Capacitive level technology can be used for liquids, powders, and bulk materials and is
great for difficult applications such as slurries, coating products, and liquids with solids. The
CLS2 is ideal for level indication in silos, receivers, and transporters in pneumatic
conveying systems. The CLS2 can also be used for liquid interface applications to detect the
level of two immiscible liquids that have different dielectric constants such as oil and water.
Wetted materials of PVDF and 316 SS assure great chemical compatibility and meet food
grade requirements.
FEATURES
Automatic Calibration: No need to turn calibration pots, just push the
calibration button. The CLS2 even has an external magnet to activate the
calibration without having to open the enclosure.
Universal Power Supply: One model works from 12 to 240 VAC/DC without any
jumpers or settings.
Coat Guard: Unit is not affected by sticky, dusty, or clingy materials that coat or
build up on the probe, preventing false alarms.
Failsafe Setting: Output switches can be set for Normally Open or Normally
Closed condition on loss of power.
Status Indication: Ultra high brightness external red LED switch status
indicator, and internal indicators for power, sensor, and switch status that can be
seen externally with window cap option (external LED on weatherproof model
only).
Time Delay: Prevent false alarms from material splashing, agitation, etc.
Removable Terminals: Removable terminal block snaps in and out enabling
easy wiring outside of the enclosure.
Example Models
CLS2-W11RK1-019
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
338
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
C
a
p
a
c
t
v
e
L
E
V
E
L
Series NCS-10 Through Wall Capacitive Sensor features a thin profile
with a sensing distance of 10 mm non-flush mounted. The switching points can
be altered by means of the push-button teach-in function. 3-wire DC output
with selectable make (NO) or break (NC) switching and NPN Alarm. The NCS-
10 is designed for front, pipe or plane mounting. Capacitive sensors can detect
metallic as well as non-metallic objects; however, their traditional use is for non-
metallic materials such as: plastics industry, chemical industry, wood industry,
ceramic and glass industry, and packing industry.
FEATURES
Thin profile capacitive level sensor
Withstands electrostatic discharge up to 40 KV
Sensing distance: 0.039 0.39 (1 10 mm)
Teach in of sensing distance via push button or wire input
Selectable make or break switching by means of teach in function
Protection: Short circuit, transients and reverse polarity
Alarm output
Alarm output when operating current > 250 mA
Series
NCS-10
Through Wall Capacitive Sensor
Non-Contact, Thin Profile Level Sensor
6-1/2 FT CABLE
7/32
[5.56]
1-7/64
[28.18]
47/64
[18.65]
1-13/16
[46.04]
1-1/2
[38.1]
2X 1/8
[3.18]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Solids, liquids, or slurries.
Temperature Limits: Operating temperature: 20 to 80C ( 4 to 176F);
Storage temperature: 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP68).
Repeatability: 5%.
Power Requirements: 10 to 30 VDC (ripple incl.).
Switch Type: NPN or PNP.
Electrical Rating: 200 mA (continuous).
Rated Operating Distance (S
n
): 0.39 (10 mm).
Sensing Range: 0.039 0.39 (1 10 mm) (factory set at 10 mm).
Sensitivity Effective Operating Distance (S
r
): Adjustable (teach in)
0.9 x S
n
S
r
1.1 x S
n
.
Usable Operating Distance (S
u
): 0.8 x S
r
S
u
1.2 x S
r
.
Hysteresis: Depending on teach in.
Ripple: 10%.
No-load Supply Current: 12 mA.
Voltage Drop: 2.5 VDC @ max. load.
Protection: Short circuit, reverse polarity, transients.
Frequency of Operating Cycles: 10 Hz.
Indication: For output ON: LED, yellow; For safe/unsafe: LED, green.
Connection: Cable: Black, 6.5 ft (2 m), 4 x 0.14 mm
2
, oil proof, PVC.
Weight: 50 g.
Approvals: CE.
Model NCS-10P, PNP
Model NCS-10N, NPN
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 339
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
T
u
n
n
g
F
o
r
k
L
E
V
E
L
Tuning Fork Level Switch
Perfect for Sensing Low Bulk Density or Low Dielectric Materials
Series
TFLS
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Dry powder or bulk materials compatible with wetted materials.
Can detect bulk materials submerged in liquid.
Sensitivity: Minimum bulk density of 1.8 lb/ft
3
(30 g/l), maximum particle
size 0.4 in (10 mm).
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C); Process: 4 to
176F ( 20 to 80C).
Pressure Limit: 145 psig (10 bar).
Power Requirement: 90 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 24 VDC.
Power Consumption: 4 VA.
Enclosure: Aluminum, powder coated.
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, NEMA 4X.
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical Rating: 5A @ 230 VAC.
Electric Connections: Screw terminals.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connection: 1 1/2 male NPT.
Weight: 5.5 lb (2.5 kg).
Indication Lights: External: Red LED; Internal: Green and red LEDs.
Sensing Delay: (Maximum) covered probe: 2 seconds; Uncovered
probe: 3 to 7 seconds.
Time Delay: Separate settings for covering and uncovering the probe.
Adjustable from 2 to 20 seconds.
APPLICATIONS
Lime, styrofoam, tobacco, dry cereals, sugar, animal feed, milk powder,
flour, insulation, cement, paper shavings, plastic granules, sawdust,
carbon black, light fibers, detergent powders, dyes, chalk, silica, sand,
wood chips.
S RI S
TFLS TUN NG FORK L VEL SWTCH
SER AL
MODT LS
4-7/16
[112.73]
4-7/8
[123.83]
3-5/8 [92.08]
COVER REMOVAL
4-7/32
[107.14]
3/4 CONDUIT
CONNECTION
1-1/2 NPT
A
7/8
[22.23]
7-5/8
[193.68]
8-5/8
[219.08]
Series TFLS tuning fork level switch is ideal for level control of powders
and fine grained solids, especially those with a low bulk density. The TFLS
incorporates a piezoelectric crystal that vibrates the fork at its natural
frequency. When the fork comes in contact with material the vibration is
dampened and the switch changes state. As the fork becomes free of material
the switch changes back to its normal state. Featured in the TFLS is user-
selectable fail-safe operation of the contacts. Unit is not affected by vibration
from conveying systems, motors, or the movement of material. It can be
mounted in any position and is available with factory built extensions for
mounting on the top of the storage vessel.
Series TFLS is easy to use with no calibration required and with no mechanical
moving parts there is no routine maintenance required. The TFLS is unaffected
by the dielectric constant of the sensed material making it superior to a
capacitance level switch for applications where the dielectric constant is too low,
where there is more than one material being used in one vessel, and when
material moisture content can change. The level switch is also good for
applications when the bulk density is too low for a rotating paddle level switch.
It can also detect granular material submerged in liquids of low viscosity, for
example sand, gravel, or polyester chips in water.
FEATURES
No calibration required
Vibrating fork design: Great for low bulk density and low dielectric
constant products. Will detect products down to 1.8 lb/ft
3
(30 g/l).
Universal power supply: One model works with 90 to 265 VAC and 24
VDC.
Adjustable sensitivity: Can be set to ignore lighter bulk density products
and only detect heavier products, such as sand in water.
Status indication: External LED switch indicator, and internal indicators
for normal and alarm status.
Failsafe setting: Output switch can be set for Normally Open or Normally
Closed condition on loss of power.
Time delay: Prevent false alarms from material surges.
Extension
Length
None
6 in
12 in
18 in
24 in
36 in
48 in
DIM
A
9 1/4 (234.95)
15 7/8 (403.23)
21 7/8 (555.63)
27 7/8 (708.03)
33 7/8 (860.43)
45 7/8 (1165.23)
57 7/8 (1470.03)
Series TFLS-W11SR1
Contact factory for fork extension options in carbon steel or stainless steel.
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
340
P
r
o
x
m
t
y
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
L
E
V
E
L
Model
DBLM
The Mini-Bin provides reliable level sensing for dry bulk solids where
mounting space is limited. This compact, side mount control reports high,
intermediate, and low level conditions, eliminating overflows, choking, clogs or
empty vessels. Model DBLM Mini-Bin operates by using a 1 rpm synchronous
motor to rotate a four vane, plastic paddle. When material surrounds paddle and
impedes rotation, the motor is de-energized and triggers a SPDT snap switch.
Mount the Mini-Bin with optional 1-1/4" to 3/4" reducer to replace standard size
units.
Mini-Bin Dry Bulk Level Monitor
Compact, 4-Vane Paddle
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Dry bulk solids.
Wetted Materials: Polycarbonate paddle, SS shaft, PTFE washer.
Temperature Limits: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Enclosure Rating: Polycarbonate, NEMA 1.
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch.
Electrical Rating: 3A @ 250 VAC.
Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 220 VAC optional, consult
factory.
Power Consumption: 1.5 Watts.
Electrical Connections 18 AWG, 12 leads wrapped in conduit.
Process Connection: 3/4 male NPT, optional flange and 1 1/4 to 3/4
reducer.
Mounting Orientation: Side mount.
Weight: 0.77 Ib (350 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Series
PS
Proximity Sensors
Capacitive or Inductive 3-Wire DC, Threaded Body
The Series PS Proximity Sensors are noninvasive sensors ideal for level
detection, position indicating and counting applications. Capacitive type sensors
detect electrically conducting and nonconducting materials, liquids, solids, or
powders and include a sensitivity adjustment to differentiate between various
materials. Inductive sensors detect ferrous or nonferrous metals only. A bright
LED indicates the state of the output switch. Sensors feature short circuit,
reverse polarity, and transient protection. Small size and threaded body make
installation easy. Inductive sensors are embeddable (can be mounted flush).
Capacitive sensors are environmentally protected to IP65 and Inductive sensors
are protected to IP68. Units include two fixing, screwdriver, and operating
manual.
Dim.
A
B
C
D
E
PSC20103
M18
1.065 (27)
0.157 (4)
3.156 (80)
2.36 (60)
PSC20203
M30
1.614 (41)
0.197 (5)
3.156 (80)
2.36 (60)
PSI2002203
M12
0.688 (17)
0.125 (3)
2.36 (60)
1.58 (40)
PSI2005303
M18
0.938 (17)
0.125 (3)
2.87 (73)
1.97 (50)
PSC Series
PSI Series
*PNP Transistor
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Materials: Glass GRP Crastine reinforced plastic (PSC),
stainless steel (Model PSI2002203), nickel plated brass (Model
PSI2005303).
Temperature Limits: 22 to 212F ( 30 to 100C) capacitive, 13 to
158F ( 25 to 70C) inductive.
Enclosure Rating: PSC, IP65; PSI, IP68.
Repeatability: 0.05% (Model PSC20103), 0.1% (Model PSC20203),
0.01% (PSI Models).
Power Requirements: 8 to 30 VDC.
Switch Type: Normally open NPN transistor, sinking (PSC30203:PNP).
Electrical Rating: 250 mA (PSC), 200 mA (PSI).
Minimum Load Current: 8 mA (PSC), <25 mA (PSI).
Leakage (Off-State) Current: <3 mA (PSC), <0.08 mA (PSI).
Voltage Drop: <3.5V @ 250 mA (PSC).<2.5V @ 200 mA (PSI).
Ripple: 10%.
Electrical Connection: 9.8 ft (3 m) cable.
Deadband: 20% of range (PSC), 15% of range (PSI).
Initializing Time Delay: <10 msec.
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
DBLM3040
DBLM3140
Model
PSC20103
PSC20203
PSC30203*
PSI2002203
PSI2005303
Type
Cap.
Cap.
Cap.
Ind.
Ind.
Switching
Frequency
400 Hz
250 Hz
250 Hz
800 Hz
500 Hz
Body Size
M18 x 1
M30 x 1.5
M30 x 1.5
M12 x 1
M18 x 1
F1, 8 x 1 1/4 NPT flexible carbon steel mounting flange
A-335, 1 1/4 to 3/4 reducer
Power Supply
110 VAC
220 VAC
Detecting
Dist. in (mm)
.04 3 (1 10)
.08 79 (2 20)
.08 79 (2 20)
.08 (2)
.19 (5)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 341
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
P
a
d
d
e
L
E
V
E
L
Paddle Level Switch
Economical Rotary Paddle Level Control, Top or Side Mounting for Dry Bulk Materials
Series
PLS
Incorporated in the design of the PLS is a magnetic drive that is time proven by
decades of use in our Mark Series valve position indicator product line. A 1 rpm
synchronous motor rotates the paddle utilizing a magnetic drive. As product builds up the
paddle is impeded from moving and the resulting motor torque activates the output
switches and stops the motor. A spring mechanism reactivates the motor and returns the
switches to normal state when the product no longer impedes the paddle rotation.
Standard construction is weatherproof with explosion-proof optional, and the unit can be
side or top mounted. The PLS is designed with the industry standard 1-1/4 male NPT
connection and mounting flanges.
FEATURES
Magnetic drive that isolates and completely seals the control head from the process and
environment preventing material or dust from entering the control head.
Motor shuts-off when paddle stalls increasing motor life, preventing motor burnout, and
decreasing power usage.
Slip clutch design enabled by the magnetic drive that prevents damage to motor and
drive mechanism from sudden or excessive loading on the paddle.
Status indication light on weatherproof models.
Screw cover on the enclosure for easy access with no worries about losing bolts or screws.
Modular design to allow field installation of any paddle, flanges, shaft extensions, or shaft
guards.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Dry powder or bulk materials compatible with wetted materials.
Sensitivity: Minimum material density of 5 lb/ft
3
(80 kg/m
3
), maximum of 200 lb/ft
3
(3200 kg/m
3
).
Wetted Materials:
Paddles: 316 SS; Exposed shaft: 316 SS; Shaft seal: PTFE;
Mounting boss: Aluminum; Flexible coupling: 316 SS;
Mounting flanges: Carbon steel or 316 SS;
Shaft extension and shaft guards: Galvanized steel or 316 SS.
Temperature Limits:
Standard construction: Process: 40 to 300F ( 40 to 148.9C);
Ambient: 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C);
High temperature option: Process: 40 to 500F ( 40 to 260C);
Ambient: 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C).
Pressure Limit: 30 psig (2.07 bar) maximum for .5 micron or larger material.
Power Requirement: Select by part number: 110 120 VAC, 230 VAC, 24 VAC, 48
VAC, 12 VDC, or 24 VDC.
Power Consumption: Weatherproof models: 5 watts; Explosion proof models: 3
watts.
Enclosure: Aluminum, powder coated.
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof (W, WH construction): NEMA 4X; Explosion
proof (E, EH construction): NEMA 4X and rated for Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups C &
D, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, & G.
Switch Type: SPDT or optional DPDT snap switch.
Electrical Rating: 15A @ 120/230 VAC, 5A @ 24 VDC.
Electric Connections: Screw terminals.
Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT.
Process Connection: 1 1/4 male NPT. Optional flange.
Weight: Control head only: 4 lb (1.81 kg).
Indication Light: Red LED that activates when switch is made or when switch is
not made with RL option (Not available on explosion proof models).
Options: Time delay relay, high temperature construction, top mount, shaft
extensions, shaft shields, flexible couplings, other power voltages, reversed light.
Agency Approvals: UL approved as an auxiliary device or as an auxiliary device
for hazardous locations.
Side Mount
3/4 CONDUIT
CONNECTION
4-31/32
[126.19]
4-11/32
[110.31]
6-3/8
[162.05]
8-33/64
[216.26]
10-5/16
[261.92]
4-1/2
[113.69]
CLEARANCE FOR
COVER REMOVAL
PDL-4. Minimum bulk
density of 70 lb/ft
3
(1122
kg/m
3
). Fits through 1 1/4
coupling eliminating the
need for a mounting
flange.
PDL-2. Minimum bulk
density of 30 lb/ft
3
(481
kg/m
3
).
PDL-1. Minimum bulk
density of 5 lb/ft
3
(80
kg/m
3
).
PDL-3. Minimum bulk
density of 30 lb/ft
3
(481
kg/m
3
). Fits through a 1
1/4 coupling eliminating
the need for a mounting
flange.
Contact the factory for pricing of shaft extensions, protective shields, and other
options. More detailed information available in our Measurement & Control for
Powder, Dust, and Bulk Materials Catalog.
Control
Assemblies
PLS-W-S-1-0-0-0-0
PLS-W-S-1-3-0-0-0
PLS-W-S-1-2-CSH-0-0
Flanges
FLG-CSH
FLG-CSF
FLG-SSH
FLG-SSF
Description
Weatherproof construction, SPDT switch,
120 VAC power supply. Order paddles and
flanges separately.
Weatherproof construction, SPDT switch, 120
VAC power supply, includes PDL 3 paddle.
Weatherproof construction, SPDT switch, 120
VAC power supply, includes PDL 1 paddle and
FLG CSH flange.
Description
Carbon Steel with Half Coupling.
Carbon Steel with Full Coupling.
316 SS with Half Coupling.
316 SS with Full Coupling.
Paddles
(See top of page)
PDL-1
PDL-2
PDL-3
PDL-4
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
342
L
e
v
e
l
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
,
D
i
a
p
h
r
a
g
m
L
E
V
E
L
Suspension Mounting Suspension Mounting
Flange Mounting
A unique Magnetic Linkage isolates the electrical compartment from
controlled product, reducing maintenance and improving sensitivity. The sealed
switch compartment and sealed leads yield the utmost in reliable operation. A
wide selection of diaphragms and switches are available with choices of flange
or suspension mounting to fit your specific application. The dry level Ultra-Mag
gg
Level Switch is extremely sensitive and very economical. The magnetic linkage
makes this simple explosion-proof diaphragm switch the most rugged and
reliable level control for a variety of products (see cut-away above).
Mounting Selection: A choice of either suspension or flange mounting is
available to match your application. Flange mounting is the best choice for
control of low or intermediate level in vessels containing granular product that
does not bridge, rathole, or otherwise build up on vessel walls. Choose
suspension mounting for high level in vessels and for better operation with
bridging product. See next page for more information on suspension and
flange mounting kits. Note that the mounting configuration is represented by
the letter S for suspension or F for flange which is the second digit in the
part number on the next page.
Diaphragm Selection: A wide variety of diaphragms are available to match
product bulk density, flowability, abrasiveness and temperature requirements
while providing maximum sensitivity. The best choice for vessels subject to
pressure or vacuum is breathable fabric (P Series), requiring no venting.
Non-porous elastomer (G Series) type diaphragms are the best choice for more
abrasive product and broader temperature range applications. Venting is always
required with the G series and if used in pressurized vessels, venting to the
tank atmosphere is required to allow pressure equalization. A slide rule
Diaphragm Selector is available from the factory to help you choose the
diaphragm best suited to your application.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible powder or bulk solids.
Wetted Materials:
Mounting Flange: See model chart. Aluminum or 304 SS;
Diaphragm: See model chart. Urethane, Buna-N, PTFE, silicone
rubber, polyester, fluoroelastomers, white Buna-N (food grade), or
EPDM.
Temperature Limits: Depends on diaphragm material, see model chart.
Standard switch: -40 to 185F (-40 to 85C); High temperature switch:
-40 to 350F (-40 to 176C).
Pressure Limit: 60 psig (4.14 bar).
Enclosure Rating: General purpose or weatherproof and explosion-
proof. See model chart.
Switch Type: See model chart.
Electrical Rating: See model chart.
Electrical Connections: 18 gage solid core, 600 volt TEW 105C, style
1015. Epoxy sealed at conduit entrance. 12 (304.8 mm) long.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 female NPT.
Process Connection: For flanged models standard is 8-3/8 (212.725
mm) diameter bolt hole circle.
Mounting Orientation: Flange mount or suspend depending on model.
Set Point Adjustment: Internal screw.
Weight: 7 lb (3.18 kg).
Options: Suspension kits and flange adapter rings.
Agency Approvals: UL and CSA.
Flange Adapter Ring
Driving
Magnet
Driven
Magnet
Sealed
Junction Box
Epoxy Seal
Sealed
Switch Cavity
Explosion-Proof Ultra Mag
Level Switches
For Powder & Bulk Solids
p g p
SSUUSSPEN PENSSION HUB 1 ION HUB 1 NPT NPT
DIAPHRAGM
DIAMETER 5-7/8
7-1/2
3-1/8
S SUUSSPEN PENSSION HUB 1 ION HUB 1 NPT NPT
DIAPHRAGM
DIAMETER 5-7/8
7-1/2
3-1/8
342.P.N:Layout 2 2/16/11 2:08 PM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 343
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
D
a
p
h
r
a
g
m
L
E
V
E
L
SUFFIX-SPECIAL CONTROLS
-A2 = Wood Chip Control (with 6G diaphragm only)
-A3 = High sensitivity actuator (for very light product)
Suspension Mounting is normally used for high level
monitoring in vessels. For product over 20 pounds/cu. ft.,
the level switch (diaphragm face) should be located about
1/3 of the distance from the vessel wall to the point of
entry of the product. For product less than 20 pounds/cu.
ft., the unit should be located closer to the point of entry
of the product, about 1/2 the distance from the vessel wall
to the point of entry. Pressure required to depress the
diaphragm and trip the switch is in the range of 515 oz in
the horizontal direction (perpendicular to the diaphragm). Suspension mounting
provides the easiest vertical adjustment capability, greatest sensitivity and best
maintenance conditions.
Suspension Assembly Kits: Pre-assembled kits are available from the factory, or
you can build your own kits using standard pipe fittings shown in our Proximity Bill
of Materials (Form No. 101). Pipes and fittings are normally galvanized steel, but
aluminum and stainless steel pipes and fittings are available. Units pictured on the
previous page are secured to a steel cover plate that rests on a rectangular steel flange
welded into the top of the vessel. Aluminum and stainless coverplates and flanges are
also available. Standard 48 long x 1 pipe provides working depth (WD) up to 48.
Longer pipe (to provide greater WD) is available. GS Series switches have upper (L
1
= 28 standard) and lower (L
2
= 20 standard) 1 pipes, with a tee (for stilling pot) in
between. A stilling pot is required to equalize pressure and keep dirt from building up
behind the diaphragm. PS series require a 1/2 conduit in 1 suspension pipe for
explosion-proof applications. The 1/2 conduit (56 standard length) is a standard part
of the GS series assembly.
Suggested Suggested Suggested
Product Diaphragm* Product Diaphragm* Product Diaphragm*
Abrasive 3D Gravel 3D Sand, Foundry Prepared 5A
Aggregate 3D Iron Ore, Crushed 3D Sand, Shake Out 3D
Alumina 3D Kaolin Clay 3D Sawdust, Dry 6G
Ash, Dry 3D Lime, Hydrated 5A Sea Coal 3D
Baking Powder 7B Lime, Stone 3D Sesame Seed 3D
Baking Soda 7B Oats 4B Shale, Crushed 3D
Barite 3D Peanuts in Shell 7A Silica, Flour 3D
Bark, Ground 6G Peanuts, Shelled 3D Sludge, Sewage Dried 1A
Barley, Ground or Meal 17 Perlite 7A Sludge, Sewage, Ground 1A
Barley, Whole 4B Phosphate, Rock 3D Soda Ash 3D
Beans, Edible, 4B Polyethylene Powder 7A Soybeans, Cracked 3D
Bentonite 3D Polyethylene Resin 17 Soybean, Flake 7A
Bond, Foundry 17 Polypropylene Fluff 7A Soybean, Flour, 7A
Carbon Black 7A Polypropylene Powder 7A Soybean Meal 3D
Cement, Klinker 8A Polypropylene Resin 17 Soybean, Whole 3D
Cement, Portland 4B Polystyrene Beads 3D Sugar Beets, Whole 6H
Chips, Hogged Fuel 6G Pot Ash 3D Sugar Refined 7B
Coal 3D Powdered Metal 3D Sunflower Seed 7A
Compost 5A Powdered Ore 3D Taconite Pellets 3D
Core Sand, Foundry 3D PVC Powder 7A Talcum Powder 3D
Corn, Shelled 8A PVC Resin 17 Walnut Shells, Crushed 3D
Diatomaceous Earth 7A Rice 17 Wheat 8A
Drill Mud 3D Rye 3D Wheat, Wet 5A
Flour 7B Salt 3D Wood, Chips 6G
Fly Ash 3D Sand, Dry 3D Wood, Dust 6G
Glass Batch 3D Sand, Dry Silica 3D
*Diaphragm codes become 4th and 5th characters in model number.
Proximity Ultra Mag
Level Switch
Note: The EX prefix must he added to the 6-digit model number for explosion-proof standard.
General purpose units do not require the EX or other prefix. See the Complete Model Chart on this page.
Note: OD = Outside Diameter
PREFIX - Certification
E X = Explosion-proof (UL & CSA) Class I, Div I & II, Groups C & D; Class II, Div I & II, Groups E, F, & G.
X = Explosion-proof (CSA) Class II, Div I & II, Groups F & G.
= General Purpose (No Code)
E X G S D 3 D A = EXAMPLE MODEL NUMBER*
A
1ST DIGIT-Basic Magnetic Pressure Sensing Series
G = Elastomeric Diaphragm-Venting required*. (Diaphragms 1A - 8A)
P = Breathable Fabric Diaphragm-No venting required. (Diaphragms 16 & 17 only)
2ND DIGIT-MOUNTING (Top = Suspension/Side=Flanged)
S = Suspended (G series require suspension vent fittings)* Subtract 10 lbs./cu. ft.-greater sensitivity.
F = Flanged, Aluminum standard
T = Flanged, 304 SS
3RD DIGIT-HOUSING MATERIAL
D = Aluminum
A = Aluminum, Anodized
E = Aluminum, Epoxy Coated
4TH & 5TH DIGITS-DIAPHRAGM MATERIAL (TEMPERATURE) (BULK DENSITY)
1 A = Fluoroelastomer, black, .025 thick, (25 to 300F), (>30 lbs/cu. ft.)
2 A = Neoprene, black, .025 thick, (-30 to 220F), (>30 lbs/cu. ft.)
3 D = Urethane, .031 thick, (10 to 150F), (>30 lbs./cu. ft.)
3 E = Urethane, orange, .062 thick, (10 to 150F), (>90 lbs/cu. ft.)
3 F = Urethane, 3D elastomer w/bumper for removable overlays, orange,
(10 to 150F), (>90 lbs/cu. ft.)
4 B = Buna-N, black, .020 thick, (-20 to 212F), (20 to 90 lbs./cu. ft.)
5 A = PTFE/Glass on Sil Rubber, .024 thick, (-40 to 350F), (>35 lbs./cu. ft.)
6 D = Silicone Rubber, gray, .062 thick, (-40 to 350F), (15 to 30 lbs/cu. ft.)
6 E = Silicone Rubber on Glass, red, .032 thick, (-40 to 350F), (>90 lbs/cu. ft.)
6 G = 6C w/Urethane overlay, (-40 to 350F), (wood chips diaphragm with A2)
7 A = Silcone Rubber on Glass (White), .015 thick, (-40 to 350F), (5 to 40 lbs./cu. ft.)
7 B = Buna-N (Food Applications-white), .060 thick, (-20 to 212F), (30 to 90 lbs./cu. ft.)
8 A = EPDM, black, .036 thick, (-40 to 275F), (40 to 90 lbs./cu. ft.)
1 6 = Polyester Filter Fabric, white, 150 micron permeability, (-30 to 275F),
(30 to 90 lbs./cu. ft.)
1 7 = Polyester Nitex, white, 15 micron permeability (-30 to 275F),
(30 to 90 lbs./cu. ft.)
6TH DIGIT-SWITCH TYPE
A = Standard, SPDT, 15A @ 125, 250 VAC
T = High Temp, SPDT, 5A @ 125, 250 VAC; 24 VDC(**)
V = High vibration, SPDT, 15A @ 125, 250 VAC
G = Gold contacts, SPDT, 1A @ 125 VAC, 1/2 A @ 24 VDC
G
G
G
G
P
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
P
P
Tank OD
84
96
10
12
14
24
* GS - G series suspended controls require suspension vent fittings.
(**) Non-UL/CSA listed
Suspension Assembly Kits
Diaphragm Selection Guide
Model
901-409
901-412
P and G Series Suspension Assembly Kits
Specials include aluminum or stainless steel assemblies. Flange port and
cover assemblies are sold separately. CONSULT FACTORY for details.
Model
126-009
126-010
126-011
126-012
126-013
126-014
126-015
Tank OD
15
30
36
42
48
60
72
Model
126 016
126 017
126 018
126 019
126 020
126 021
Description
P Series Suspension Assembly includes 1/2 pipe (56
Std length), 1 pipe (48 Std length), 1 pipe
coupling, 1 1/2 NPT strain relief on 1 pipe. Galvanized
mild steel pipe, explosion proof, standard.
G Series Suspension Assembly includes 1/2 pipe (56
Std length), watertight strain relief and 1 coupling, upper
1 pipe (28 Std length), lower 1 pipe (20 Std length),
strain relief with 1 1/2 NPT, 1x1x1 Tee, 1 Street Ell
and 1 pipe 4 long Stilling Pot. Galvanized steel pipe,
explosion proof, standard.
Aluminum Flange Adapter Rings
Complete Model Chart
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
344
L
e
v
e
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
,
T
t
L
E
V
E
L
The Series LTS Tilt Switch Probes are able to sense either the presence or absence of
material when other sensors wont work due to bin vibration, or actual walls arent available
for mounting other types of measuring units. The probes are designed for use where the
bulk material to be sensed is exposed or open. Typical applications include high or low
level detection in large hoppers, silos, crushers, or trippers, high level control under
stackers, and detection of plugged conditions at conveyor transfer points. Series LTS
probes can also be used to detect the presence or absence of bulk material on belt conveyors,
on chutes to indicate product flow, and to aid in loading rail cars or trucks.
All probe models are airtight, dust tight, and waterproof. The compact probe should be
used for applications involving small bins and hoppers where space is limited, while the
heavy duty probe should be used for applications where a heavy duty abrasion-resistant
probe is necessary.
Series
LTS
Tilt Switch Probe
Non-Mercury Probes
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Powder and bulk.
Temperature Limit: 40 to 150F ( 40 to 66C).
Switch Type: SPST, normally closed.
Electrical Rating: 0.25 A max, 60 V max, 3 VA max.
Electrical Connection: 16 2 type SO connection cable.
Cable Length: 3ft (0.9 m) unless otherwise specified.
Probe Length: Standard: 9 (23 cm); Compact: 6 (15 cm).
Signal Voltage: 15 VDC.
Actuation Angle: 25 from vertical.
Material: Steel or 316 SS.
Switch Surrounding: Epoxy encapsulated.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Weight: Standard: 4.75 lb (2.15 kg); Compact: 2.5 lb (1.13 kg).
Features: Fittings for hangers.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4.
Consult factory for custom cable lengths.
Probe Type
Standard
Compact
A
in (cm)
9 (22.86)
6 (15.24)
B
in (cm)
1 7/8 (47.63)
1 7/16 (36.51)
A
B
Series
LTC
Tilt Switch Control Unit
Adjustable Time Delay
8-3/4
[222.25]
8-1/4
[209.55]
1-9/32
[32.54]
4
[101.6]
1-21/32
[42.06]
RED LENS
GREEN LENS
9-1/2
[241.3]
4-7/8
[123.83]
3-29/32
[99.16]
6-3/64
[153.59]
The Series LTC Tilt Probe Control Units feature an adjustable time delay and a logic
selector switch. The logic selector switch determines when the output relay actuates and
de-actuates, thus while in position one, the relay is energized when the probe is in the
vertical position and de-energizes when the probe is in the titled position, and while in
position two, the actions are opposite. In addition, an adjustable time-delay feature may be
assigned to either the vertical or the tilt position to prevent false signals. The relay assumes
the de-energized position upon reaching the end of the delay period as well as upon failure
of power to the controller.
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limit: 125F (52C).
Power Requirements: 115 VAC @
50/60 Hz.
Power Consumption: 10W.
Switch Type: DPDT.
Electrical Rating: 10 A @ 115 VAC.
Enclosure: None or carbon steel
housing with polyester coating.
Enclosure Rating: None or NEMA 4.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminal.
Conduit Connection: None.
Indicator Lights: Green (when relay is
energized and probe vertical), Red
(when relay is de energized and probe
tilted).
Indication Light Power Required: 18
VDC.
Time Delay: 1 to 10 sec. Adjustment
will delay output relay action.
Model
LTS-N11G-003
LTS-N21G-003
LTS-N12G-003
LTS-N22G-003
Size
Standard
Compact
Standard
Compact
Model
LTC2
LTC3
Enclosure
NEMA 4
No enclosure
Probe Material
Steel
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Series
ULT
Ultrasonic Level Transmitter
Explosion-proof, Mapping Software
Series ULT Ultrasonic Level Transmitter provides reliable,
accurate, noncontact measurement of liquid levels. Ultrasonic non-
contact technology offers no moving parts to wear, jam, corrode, or get
coated like contact technologies. Mapping software makes effective
measuring surface only a 3 diameter column. No concerns with
ladders, pipes, or other tank intrusions in the remaining sound cone.
Unit is FM approved explosion-proof making it ideal for use in
hazardous locations. The ULT features easy programming with 6 digit
LCD display and simple menu structure. Output range is adjustable
with choices of inputting tank dimensions or just fill and empty the
tank while calibrating and it automatically scales to levels it senses.
Window cover allows early viewing of display. Failsafe output options
and diagnostic capabilities makes the ULT a good choice for critical
applications.
3 29/32
[99.21]
8 1/16
[204.79]
2X 1/2 NPT
4 9/32
[108.74]
3 21/64
[84.53]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible fluids. Not for use with powder and bulk
solids.
Wetted Materials: Sensor: PVDF; Process connection: 303 SS;
O-ring: fluoroelastomer.
Ranges: 24.6 (7.5 m), 32.8 (10 m).
Accuracy: 0.2% of maximum range.
Resolution: 0.079 (2 mm).
Blind Zone: Under 8 (20 cm).
Beam Width: 3 (7.6 cm) diameter.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: -40 to 140F (-40 to 60C);
Process: -4 to 140F (-20 to 60C).
Temperature Compensation: -40 to 140F (-40 to 60C).
Pressure Limits: 30 psi (2 bar) up to 25C (77C). Above 25C
(77F), rating decreases 1.667 psi per 1C increase. See chart.
Power Requirement: 18 to 28 VDC (Two-wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA or 20 to 4 mA (Two-wire).
Max. Loop Resistance: 250 ohms at 24 VDC.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 NPT female (two) or optional M20.
Process Connection: 2 NPT male or optional BSPT.
Enclosure Rating: Weather-proof meets NEMA 4X, explosion-
proof rated Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C, D; Class II/III, Div. 1,
Groups E, F, G.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Failsafe: On lost echo after 30 seconds, user selectable to 4,
20, 21, 22 mA or last signal.
Memory: Non-volatile.
Display: 6 character LCD.
Units: In, cm, ft, m, percent.
Memory: Non-volatile.
Programming: 4 button.
Weight: 4.0 lb (1.8 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, FM.
TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE DERATING
TEMPERATURE C
UNACCEPTABLE
RANGE
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
P
S
I
ACCEPTABLE
RANGE
40
30
20
10
0
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80
Model
ULT-11
ULT-21
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 345
L
e
v
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
U
t
r
a
s
o
n
c
L
E
V
E
L
Range
24.6 (7.5 m)
32.8 (10 m)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
346
L
e
v
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
S
u
b
m
e
r
s
b
e
L
E
V
E
L
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS, 316L SS, Buna N, cable: ETFE or
polyurethane.
Accuracy: 0.25% full scale (includes linearity, hysteresis, and
repeatability).
Temperature Limit: PBLT2: 0 to 200F ( 18 to 93C); PBLTX: 0 to
176F ( 18 to 80C).
Compensated Temperature Range: PBLT2: 0 to 180F ( 18 to 82C);
PBLTX: 0 to 176F ( 18 to 80C).
Thermal Effect: 0.02% FS/F.
Pressure Limit: 2X full scale.
Power Requirement: PBLT2: 13 to 30 VDC, PBLTX: 10 to 28 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC, two wire.
Response Time: 50 msec.
Loop Resistance: 900 ohms.
Electrical Connection: Wire pigtail.
Mounting Orientation: Suspended in tank below level being measured.
Weight: 4.3 lb (2.0 kg).
Electrical Protection: PBLT2: Lightning and surge protection, PBLTX:
none.
Agency Approvals: PBLT2: None, PBLTX: CE, UL intrinsically safe for
Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; Class
III, Div. 1. (According to control drawing 01 700797 00)
APPLICATIONS
Wastewater: Sludge pits, clarifiers, digesters; Alum tanks; Chemical
storage tanks; Oil tanks; Lime slurry; Slumps; Reservoirs.
Submersible Level Transmitters
Perfect for Sludge and Slurries, Lightning Protected, Intrinsically Safe
Series
PBLT2
&
PBLTX
PBLT2 and PBLTX Submersible Level Transmitters are manufactured
for years of trouble free service in the harshest applications. Both measure the
height of liquid above the position in the tank referenced to atmospheric
pressure. The transmitters consists of a piezoresistive sensing element, encased
in a 316 SS housing. Perfect for wastewater and slurry applications with
features to protect the unit from these demanding applications. Large diameter
316 SS diaphragm seal is non-clogging and damage resistant to floating solids.
The PBLT2 incorporates lightning and surge protection utilizing dual arrestor
technology, grounded to case, eliminating both power supply surges and
lightning ground strike transients (surge protection is not guaranteed and is
not covered by warranty). The PBLTX is UL approved intrinsically safe for use
in hazardous locations when used with proper barrier.
Units come equipped with a 270-pound tensile strength shielded and vented
cable. Ventilation tube in the cable automatically compensates for changes in
atmospheric pressure above the tank. The vent is protected with a maintenance
free filter eliminating particulate or water droplets from entering the
transducers.
FEATURES
Excellent chemical compatibility with 316 construction and ETFE cable
Lightning and surge protection on PBLT2 models
Maintenance free vent filter
UL approved intrinsically safe on PBLTX models
Large diameter, non clogging, damage resistant, 316 SS diaphragm
seal
8-3/32
[205.58]
2-3/16
[55.56]
BREATHER TUBE
1 [25.40]
1/2 NPT
SUBMERSIBLE
CABLE
60
TYP
1/4 x THRU
[6.35 x THRU]
3-7/16
[87.31]
1/4 [6.35] x THRU
ON A 1-39/64 [40.88] B.C.
7-63/64
[202.80]
2-3/16
[55.56]
1-1/2
[38.10]
1/2 NPT
BREATHER TUBE
SUBMERSIBLE
CABLE
PBLTX
PBLT2
Cable Length
ft (m)
40 (12.2)
40 (12.2)
60 (18.3)
60 (18.3)
40 (12.2)
40 (12.2)
60 (18.3)
60 (18.3)
Model
PBLT2-5-40
PBLT2-10-40
PBLT2-15-60
PBLT2-20-60
PBLT2-5-40-PU
PBLT2-10-40-PU
PBLT2-15-60-PU
PBLT2-20-60-PU
Range psi
(ft wc) [m wc]
5 (11.54) [3.52]
10 (23.09) [7.04]
15 (34.63) [10.56]
20 (46.18) [14.08]
5 (11.54) [3.52]
10 (23.09) [7.04]
15 ( 34.63) [10.56]
20 (46.18) [14.08]
OPTIONS
Intrinsically Safe Approval- Change model number from PBLT2 to
PBLTX
Custom ranges or Cable Lengths- Contact the factory
ACCESSORIES
MTL5041, intrinsically safe galvanic isolator
MTL7706, intrinsically safe zener barrier
Cable Type
ETFE
ETFE
ETFE
ETFE
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 347
L
e
v
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
S
u
b
m
e
r
s
b
e
L
E
V
E
L
Series
SBLT2
&
SBLTX
Submersible Level Transmitters
Perfect for Ground Water and Wells, Lightning Protected or Intrinsically Safe
SBLT2 and SBLTX Submersible Level Transmitters are manufactured for years of
trouble free service in the harshest applications. Both measure the height of liquid above
the position in the tank referenced to atmospheric pressure. The transmitters consist of
a piezoresistive sensing element, encased in a 316 SS housing. Bullet nose design protects
the diaphragm from damage.
The SBLT2 incorporates lightning and surge protection utilizing dual arrestor technology,
grounded to case, eliminating both power supply surges and lightning ground strike
transients (surge protection is not guaranteed and is not covered by warranty). The SBLTX
is UL approved intrinsically safe for use in hazardous locations when used with proper
barrier.
Units come equipped with a 270-pound tensile strength shielded and vented cable.
Ventilation tube in the cable automatically compensates for changes in atmospheric
pressure above the tank. The vent is protected with a maintenance free filter eliminating
particulate or water droplets from entering the transducers.
Excellent chemical compatibility
Lightning and surge protection on SBLT2 models
Maintenance free vent filter
UL approved intrinsically safe on SBLTX models
Slim design for tight applications
APPLICATIONS
Well monitoring; Ground water monitoring; Environmental remendiation; Surface
water monitoring; Down hold; Water tanks.
6-45/64
(170.26)
1
(25.40)
1/2 NPT
SUBMERSIBLE
CABLE
BREATHER
TUBE
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS, 316L SS, Buna N; Cable: Polyurethane or ETFE;
Bullet nose: PVC.
Accuracy: 0.25% of full scale.
Temperature Limit: SBLT2: 0 to 150F ( 18 to 66C); SBLTX: 0 to 176F ( 18 to
80C).
Compensated Temperature Range: SBLT2: 0 to 140F ( 18 to 60C); SBLTX: 0
to 176F ( 18 to 80C).
Thermal Effect: 0.02% full scale/F.
Pressure Limit: 2X full scale.
Power Requirement: SBLT2: 13 to 30 VDC; SBLTX: 10 to 28 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC, 2 wire.
Response Time: 50 ms.
Max. Loop Resistance: 900 ohms at 30 VDC.
Electrical Connections: Wire pigtail.
Mounting Orientation: Suspended in tank below level being measured.
Weight: 2.2 lb (1.0 kg).
Electrical Protection: SBLT2: Lightning and surge protection; SBLTX: None.
Agency Approvals: SBLT2: None; SBLTX: CE, UL intrinsically safe for Class I,
Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; Class III Div. 1.
(According to control drawing 01 700797 00)
BREATHER TUBE
SUBMERSIBLE
CABLE
1/2 NPT
6-15/16
[176.21]
1
[25.40]
SBLTX
SBLT2
Model
SBLT2-5-40-ETFE
SBLT2-10-40-ETFE
SBLT2-15-60-ETFE
SBLT2-20-60-ETFE
SBLT2-5-40
SBLT2-10-40
SBLT2-15-60
SBLT2-20-60
Range psi
(ft wc) [m wc]
5 (11.54) [3.52]
10 (23.09) [7.04]
15 (34.63) [10.56]
20 (46.18) [14.08]
5 (11.54) [3.52]
10 (23.09) [7.04]
15 (34.63) [10.56]
20 (46.18) [14.08]
Cable Length
ft (m)
40 (12.2)
40 (12.2)
60 (18.3)
60 (18.3)
40 (12.2)
40 (12.2)
60 (18.3)
60 (18.3)
OPTIONS
Intrinsically Safe Approval- Change model number from SBLT2 to SBLTX
Custom ranges or Cable Lengths- Contact the factory
ACCESSORIES
MTL5041, intrinsically safe galvanic isolator
MTL7706, intrinsically safe zener barrier
Cable
Type
ETFE
ETFE
ETFE
ETFE
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
348
L
e
v
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
C
a
p
a
c
t
v
e
L
E
V
E
L
Series
CRF2
Capacitive Level Transmitter
Powder, Bulk or Liquids
The Series CRF2 is a level transmitter providing a two-wire 4 to 20 mA output to indicate
level of liquids, powders and bulk materials. State of the art sensing technology in the
CRF2, using impulse RF admittance measurement provides excellent accuracy and
stability. The CRF2 senses capacitance changes resulting from the height of the material
in the tank between the probe and the tank wall. In non-metallic tanks or tanks that do not
have the wall parallel to the probe a ground reference must be used.
The CRF2 comes with either a rigid or flexible probe depending on application installation
need and probe length required. Featured in the CRF2 is easy push button calibration of
zero and span. Custom order the CRF2 to any length probe that you need for your
application. FEP covered probe is ideal for use with corrosive media. This technology also
provides immunity to external RF sources like walkie-talkies and cell phones as well as
minimal interference with radio communication or other electronic systems.
The CRF2 is perfect for level indication in bins, hoppers, or small silos of powder and bulk
materials.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquids, powders, and bulk
materials compatible with wetted
materials.
Wetted Materials: Standard:
Rod/cable: FEP, Connection: 316 SS;
Ground option: Rod/cable and
connection: 316 SS; Cable spacers:
PVC; Flange option: Material of flange.
Capacitance Range: 0 to 2000 pF.
Sensitivity: 0.15 pF.
Minimum Span: 8 pF.
Accuracy: 0.5 pF or 0.25% of span,
whichever is greater.
Repeatability: 0.25 pF or 0.1% of
span, whichever is greater.
Temperature Limits: Ambient: 40 to
185F ( 40 to 85C); Process: 40 to
250F ( 40 to 121C); HP option: 40 to
100F ( 40 to 37C).
Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.9 bar); HP
option: 1200 psi (82.7 bar).
Power Requirements: 12 to 35 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA or 20 to 4
mA, 2 wire.
Response Time: 0.5 seconds.
Electrical Connection: Screw
terminal.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 NPT
female.
Process Connection: Standard: 3/4
NPT male; Optional: See model chart.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66)
weather tight/corrosion resistant.
Spark/Static Protection: 10
6
ohm
dissipation resistance with spark gap.
Surge current to 100A max.
Calibration: Zero, span, 4 mA, 20 mA.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Weight: 6 ft rod type: 3.6 lb (1.63 kg).
2X 1/2 FEMALE NPT
CONDUIT CONNECTION
3-19/32
[91.28]
4-1/2
[114.30]
3/4 MALE
NPT
PROCESS
CONNECTION
9/16
[14.29]
L
C N I UO S L V L T A SM T ER
MO CR 2
S R A :
N U T I L O T O E U ME T
A I S N OF
W E I S R M N S NC
I H AN TY N 3 0 U S A
2X 1/2 FEMALE NPT
CONDUIT CONNECTION
4-7/16
[112.7]
2-3/8
[60.3]
MOUNTING
BRACKET
1-3/8
[34.9]
2-3/4
(70.0)
3-1/4
[82.6]
3-5/32
[80.2]
6
[152.4]
3/4 MALE NPT
PROCESS CONNECTION
L
Example
Series
Enclosure
Probe Type
Ground
Process
Connection
Probe Length
Options
CRF2
CRF2
W
W
R
R
R
C
0
0
A
U
1T
1T
2T
3T
1B
2B
3B
1S
2S
3S
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
6F
048
XXX
M20
M20
HP
4-3/16
[106.36]
2X 3/4 [19.05]
CLEARANCE FOR
COVER REMOVAL
CRF2 WR01T 048 M20
Capacitive Level Transmitter
Weatherproof
Remote Mount Weatherproof Housing
Rod
Cable
None Included
Attached ground rod (3 or 4 flange process connection types only)
Unattached ground rod
3/4 NPT male
1 NPT male
1 1/2 NPT male
3/4 BSPT
1 BSPT
1 1/2 BSPT
1 sanitary clamp
1 1/2 sanitary clamp
2 sanitary clamp
2 150# flange, 316 SS
2 150# flange, PVC
3 150# flange, 316 SS
3 150# flange, PVC
4 150# flange, 316 SS
4 150# flange, PVC
Insertion length in inches. Example 048 is 48 length.
Rod Type: minimum: 24, maximum: 144
Cable Type: minimum: 24, maximum: 360
M20 conduit connection with cable gland
High pressure option (see specifications, NPT and BSPT connections only)
Remote Mount Housing
Example Models:
CRF2-WR01T-072
CRF2-WR01T-096
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 349
L
e
v
e
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
,
F
o
a
t
L
E
V
E
L
Continuous Level Transmitter
Customize To Fit Application, 316 SS or Buna-N Floats
Series
CLT
Continuous Output Level Transmitters provide up to the minute tank level
monitoring. Customize level transmitters to meet application requirements.
Transmitters can be configured for 4 to 20 mA or proportional voltage output,
stainless steel or Buna-N floats, and lengths up to 72 (183 cm).
B
INCHES
OF
INDICATION
C
LOWEST
LEVEL
HIGHEST
LEVEL
2 NPT
JUNCTION BOX
[CURRENT OUTPUT ONLY]
4-9/16
[115.9]
1-1/4
[31.8]
1-5/16
[33.3]
TYP.
5/16
[7.9]
1-7/8
[47.6]
5/16
[8]
1-13/16
[46.0]
TYP.
2-1/16
[52.4]
2-3/4
[69.8]
TYP.
5/16 [8]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Resolution: 1/4.
Temperature Limits: Buna N floats: 180F (82C) in water, 40 to 230F
( 40 to 110C) in oil; SS floats: 40 to 230F ( 40 to 110C).
Pressure Limits: Buna N floats: 150 psig (10 bar); SS floats: 300 psig
(21 bar).
Power Requirements: Proportional voltage output models: 10 to 30 VDC;
4 20 mA output models: 10 to 40 VDC.
Loop Resistance: 1.4 k maximum.
Electrical Connections: Proportional voltage output: 24 (61 cm) free leads
#22 AWG, TFE jacketed; 4 20 mA output: Junction box.
Enclosure Rating: 4 20 mA models, NEMA 4 junction box.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical 20.
Mounting Dimensions
1/2 NPT
2 NPT
1-1/4 SQ
[31.75]
1/2 NPT
1
[25.40]
1/2 NPT
7-1/2
[190.5]
6 HOLES 3/4 [19.05]
EQUALLY SPACED
ON A 6.000 B.C.
[152.4]
1-1/4 NPT
1.000 SQ
[25.40]
1/2 NPT
Float Dimensions
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
Type 4, 5
F2 F3
CLT VS5F3 20.25 02.00 25.75
Continuous Level Transmitter
Voltage, proportional signal of 0 to supply voltage
4 20 mA
Brass with Beryllium copper stops
316 SS with SS ARMCO PH 15 7MO stops
1/2 NPT (Output Type V only)
1 1/4 NPT (Float F1 only)
2 NPT
3 150# Flange, Carbon Steel (Connection material S only)
{Max. pres. 150 psi (10.3 bar)}
3 150# Flange, 316 SS (Connection material S only)
{Max. pres. 150 psi (10.3 bar)}
Example
Construction
Output
Stem and
Connection Material
Connection
Type
Float
Type
Indication
Length
Top Float
StopC
Dimension
Overall
Length B
CLT
CLT
V
V
C
S
B
S
5
1
2
3
4
5
F3
F1
F2
F3
25.75
00.00
02.00
00.00
20.25
00.00
Material
Buna N
Buna N
316 SS
Min s.g.
0.55
0.55
0.75
Max. Pres. psi (bar)
150 (10.3)
150 (10.3)
300 (20.7)
Float Factor in (mm)
2.0 (50.8)
2.5 (63.5)
3.5 (52.4)
Length that the unit sends an output for level. Maximum is 68 (173 cm).
Distance from bottom of mounting connection to upper float stop.
Minimum is 1/4 (6.4 mm)
To calculate overall length, add Indication Length, Top Float
Stop Dimension C, and Float Factor. Maximum length is 72 (1.82 m)
F1
Models are built to your specifications.
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
350
L
e
v
e
/
P
u
m
p
C
o
n
t
r
o
e
r
s
L
E
V
E
L
Duplex Pump Controller Model FPC-1200 is a float switch based
duplex pump controller intended primarily for wastewater lift stations
and other pump down applications. The FPC-1200 connects to four
float switches to measure the tank level and has relay outputs to control
two pumps and a seal-fail alarm. It includes sensor inputs for the seal
failure and temperature failure devices on most submersible pumps. In
the event of a seal failure, the Seal Fail indicator and the Seal Fail
output relay are energized, and the corresponding pump is demoted to
lag position. In the event of a temperature failure, the Temp Fail
indicator is energized and the corresponding pump is disabled until
the temperature failure condition no longer exists. Two 12V driver
outputs are included for the High Alarm horn and light. If the High
float is activated (closed), the High Alarm driver outputs are activated
and the High Alarm indicator will flash on and off. A Mute input and
High Alarm Test pushbutton allow the alarm to be silenced and tested
during operation. The controller has built-in HOA (hand-off-automatic)
switches and each pump has Call and Run indicators. The Call
indicators are energized when the controller activates each load pump
and the Run indicators are energized by feedback from each motor
starter auxiliary contact. The HOA switches allow each pump to be
energized manually, disabled, or energized automatically by the float
inputs. A lead pump selector switch permits either pump to be selected
as lead pump or alternation can be selected causing either pump to
operate as lead. The FPC-1200 uses removable terminal strips to make
replacement in the field quick and easy. With the addition of an
enclosure, circuit breakers, and motor starters, the FPC-1200 makes a
complete low cost lift station controller.
SPECIFICATIONS
Inputs:
Floats:
Open circuit voltage: 5 VDC;
Short circuit current: 2 mA maximum;
Auxiliary motor starter contacts:
Open circuit voltage: 12 VDC;
Short circuit current: 2 mA maximum;
Temperature and seal failure:
Open circuit voltage: 5 VDC;
Short circuit current: 2 mA maximum;
Mute:
Open circuit voltage: 5 VDC;
Short circuit current: 2 mA maximum.
Output Type: (2) form A SPST contacts for pump output, (1)
form A SPST contact for seal-fail alarm, (2) 12 VDC driver
outputs for high alarm horn and light.
Output Ratings:
Form A SPST: 5 A @ 120 VAC;
12 VDC driver: 100 mA @ 12 VDC.
Control Type: On/off pump out (down).
Power Requirements: 120 VAC 15%, 50 to 70 Hz.
Power Consumption: .25 A @ 120 VAC.
Temperature Limits: -4 to 140F (-20 to 60C).
Seal Failure (Moisture Sensor): Trip point: 50,000 ohms.
Weight: 1 lb 4 oz. (454 g).
Agency Approvals: UL.
Duplex Pump Controller
Full-Featured, Low-Cost
Model
FPC-1200
4
[101.6]
39/64
[15.24]
15/64
[5.97]
1-19/32
[40.64]
7
[177.8]
39/64
[15.24]
5-3/32
[129.39]
6-13/32
[162.56]
4X
Model FPC-1200, Duplex Pump Controller
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 351
L
e
v
e
/
P
u
m
p
C
o
n
t
r
o
e
r
s
L
E
V
E
L
Relay/Controller/Power Supply
10A SPDT Relay, 24 VDC Power Supply, Latching Circuit for Level Control
The Series PCP level controller is designed to be a power supply, an external relay, and
a latching relay for differential level control with two level switches. As a power supply the
PCP can step down line voltage to 5 or 24 VDC to power NPN switches such as the OLS
and PC level switches or to power a transmitter. The PCP can function as an external relay
to increase switching capability by providing up to a 10A SPDT contact for direct control
of moderate loads. As a latching relay the PCP can be used with any two normally open level
switches and provide level control for pumps. The latching circuit can also be used to hold
the relay in an actuated state until manually reset.
SPECIFICATIONS
Inputs: One or two normally open switches.
Output Type: SPDT switch.
Output Rating: See model chart.
Control Type: On/off with manual reset capability.
Power Requirements: 24 VDC, 24 VAC, 120 VAC, or 240 VAC.
Power Consumption: DC power: 15 mA maximum; AC power: 55 mA maximum.
Ambient Operating Temperature: 0 to 140F ( 18 to 60C).
Weight: 1.06 lb (0.48 kg).
Enclosure Rating: General purpose.
Loop Power Supply: 5 or 24 VDC regulated. 200 mA maximum.
Mounting Orientation: Horizontal or vertical.
Series
PCP
3/16 DIA. TYP
2-11/32
4-39/64
1-3/16
3-1/2 4-23/32
5-49/64
5-1/4
[146.45]
[133.35]
[89.00] [19.85]
[59.53]
[119.23]
[30.16]
1-13/32 TYP
[4.75]
[35.72]
5/8 DIA. X THRU
2 PLCS [15.88]
Model
PCP-1
PCP-5
PCP-10
120 VAC
0.5A
5A
10A
30 VDC
1A
5A
5A
Electrical Rating of Contact
Max. Switching Capacity
62.5 VA, 33 W
600 VA, 150 W
1250 VA, 150 W
Series
DPC
Duplexing Pump Controller
Dual Pump Protection
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Requirement: 120 VAC/DC, 240 VAC or 24 VAC/DC.
Power Consumption: 3 VA (approximate).
Temperature Limits:
Operating: 4 to 131F ( 20 to 55C);
Storage: 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C).
Switch Type: SPDT.
Switching Current: 1 mA.
Electrical Rating: 10 A @ 240 VAC resistive, 1/8 hp @ 120 VAC, 1/4 hp @ 240
VAC inductive, 360 VA @ 240 VAC inductive.
Indicators: (2) LEDs show active output relay.
Enclosure: Polycarbonate dust cover.
Mounting: 8 pin octal.
Weight: 4.5 oz (128 g).
Agency Approvals: UL.
Series DPC Duplexing Pump Controller is used where two pumps are required to
alternate to provide equal run time on each. Alternating loads allows for equal wear on both
pumps lengthening their operation life. The controlled relay alternates each time the control
switch opens. Two LED indicators show the load that is energized by the SPDT output
relay. The DPC-ACS model is a standard duplexing controller providing the automatic
alternating sequence. The DPC-ALS offers the same automatic sequencing as well as A-B
or B-A sequence lock selectable by a three-position toggle switch.
13/32 [10.32]
3
[76.20]
2-3/8
[60.32]
1-3/4
[44.45]
Model
DPC-ACS
DPC-ACL
DPC-BCS
DPC-BCL
DPC-CCS
DPC-CCL
Description
120 VAC/DC Duplexing Pump Controller
120 VAC/DC Duplexing Pump Controller w/ Sequence Lock
24 VAC/DC Duplexing Pump Controller
24 VAC/DC Duplexing Pump Controller w/ Sequence Lock
240 VAC Duplexing Pump Controller
240 VAC Duplexing Pump Controller w/ Sequence Lock
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
352
L
e
v
e
/
P
u
m
p
C
o
n
t
r
o
e
r
s
L
E
V
E
L
The Mercoid
protocol.
Ambient Operating Temperature/RH: 14 to 131F (-10 to
55C)/0 to 90% up to 104F (40C) non-condensing, 10 to 50%
at 131F (55C) non-condensing.
Weight: 16 oz (454 g).
Front Panel Rating: Meets UL Type 4X (IP66).
Loop Power Supply (isolated): 24 VDC @ 50 mA, regulated.
Agency Approvals: UL 508, CE.
Pump Controller
One or Two Pump Control with Built-In Alternation
Series
MPC Jr.
A-901
ACCESSORY
Weatherproof Enclosures, NEMA 4X.
See page 266 for details.
For compatible level transmitters see
Mercoid
protocol.
Ambient Operating Temperature/RH: 14 to 131F ( 10 to 55C)/0 to
90% up to 104F (40C) non condensing, 10 to 50% at 131F (55C)
non condensing.
Weight: 16 oz. (454 g).
Front Panel Rating: Meets UL Type 4X (IP66).
Loop Power Supply (isolated): 24 VDC @ 50 mA, regulated.
Seal Failure (Moisture Sensor):
Power: 2.5 VDC;
Search Current: 3 micro amps;
Resolution: 10K to 500K ohms in 10K ohm steps.
Agency Approvals: UL 508, CE.
Pump Controller
One or Two Pump Control with Built-In Alternation,
Over Temperature Protection and Seal Failure Monitoring
4-1/2
[114.3]
17/32
[13.5]
3-19/32
[91.3]
3-25/32
[95.9]
3-25/32
[95.9]
MAX. PANEL
THICKNESS 0.25 [6.35]
PANEL CUT-OUT: 3.620 X 3.620 IN, +0.032/-0.000
(92 X 92 MM, +0.8/-0.0).
ALLOW FOR 0.5 IN (13 MM) CLEARANCE
AT THE REAR OF THE INSTRUMENT.
MEETS IP66 (UL TYPE 4X)
A-901
ACCESSORY
Weatherproof Enclosures, NEMA 4X.
See page 266 for details.
For compatible level transmitters see
Mercoid Series SBLT2 and PBLT2.
Series
MPC
OPTIONS
RS 232 Modbus
Gages
Filter Unit Filter Unit
Hopper
Series DCT500
Low Cost
Timer
Controller
A Dwyer
Photohelic
switch/gage and a
DCT500 Dust Collector Timer Controller. The Photohelic
gage
monitors the filters for dust build-up. When the dust build-up and
pressure drop across the filters exceeds a preset limit, the
Photohelic
gage.
Automatic filter cleaning control system. Bag house cleaning system uses Dust Collector
Timer Controller to initiate optimum cleaning cycle.
Clean
Air Outlet
Filter Bags
Dirty
Air
Inlet
Airshock
Blower
Dust Hopper
Series DCT1000
with DCP
Dust Collector
Timer Controller
This portable dust collector can be rolled from job to job in an
industrial building. An operator places the large diameter
collection hose where it is needed and dust is collected by filters
located inside the access doors on the units side. The top
mounted blower draws air through the filters. To monitor the
pressure drop across the filters, the manufacturer supplies a
Magnehelic
Minihelic
Gages
Collection Hose Dust Bin
Filter
Door
Filter
Door
Exhaust
Blower
Series DCT500
Low Cost
Timer
Controller
Series MPC
Pump
Controller
Inlet
Outlet
Series PBLTX
Level Transmitter
Submersible Pumps
Series MTL
Intrinsically
Safe Barrier
Lift stations are pits located at points in the wastewater system,
which are used to collect the wastewater and transmit it to the
treatment facility. The fluid level is monitored in the lift station to
turn on pumps that empty the lift station when it is full. Depending
on the local government code it may be necessary to use
products that are hazardous use rated in a lift station due to the
levels of methane in the atmosphere. The Mercoid Series PBLTX
level transmitter can be used in lift stations to monitor the fluid
level and is intrinsically safe rated when used with a proper
intrinsically safe barrier. The Dwyer
communication module.
Password protection can be enabled to prevent any unauthorized setting changes.
The Series SI features a 4-digit red LED with selectable resolution. The display can
be set to indicate a fixed number of decimal places or auto scale for maximum
resolution. Optional interchangeable modules for relay, 4 to 20 mA retransmission, or
Modbus
RS-485 serial communication output are easily installed without the need for
dismantling or recalibration.
Model SI-13 Smart Indicator is designed to accept 2 or 3-wire Pt100 RTD or Types
J, K, T, R, S, E, F, N, or custom thermocouple inputs. Temperature measurements can
be displayed in selectable F or C. High/low scale burnout, input filtering or
smoothing, and offset can be defined by the user.
Select Model SI-23 Smart Indicator for process signal input. The indicator has an
internal power supply to provide excitation to field transmitters. Parameters such as
input type, range, engineering units, resolution, burnout condition, and filter time
constant can be easily programmed.
3.780
[96.01]
.430
[10.922]
5.500
[139.7]
1.750
[44.45]
2.688
[68.28]
.750
[19.05]
INTERCHANGABLE
MODULE
Interchangeable Output Modules can quickly be connected to the Smart
Indicator and are automatically recognized. Dual relay output module has two
changeover relays with a common wiper. Each relay can be set as high or low alarm
independently. An isolated retransmission module provides 0 to 10 mA, 0 to 20 mA,
or 4 to 20 mA output in active (source) or passive (sink) modes. The output can be any
portion of the display. The Modbus
COMMUNICATION MODULE
Isolation: 500VAC.
Physical Layer: 4 wire or 2 wire
half duplex RS 485.
Baud Rate: 19,200 or 9,600.
Protocol: Modbus
RTU format.
Maximum Fan Out: 32 Units.
Connections: 5 way tension clamp
connector.
Modbus
is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.
Model SI-13, Smart Indicator for Temperature
Model SI-23, Smart Indicator for Process
ACCESSORIES
SI-02P, Dual Relay Output (2 per unit max.)
SI-04P, 4 to 20 mA Retransmission (1 per unit max.)
SI-05P, Modbus
Communication (1 per unit max.)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
370
P
a
n
e
M
e
t
e
r
s
/
I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Series
LCI132
Process Indicator
1/32 DIN, Fully Programmable
SPECIFICATIONS
LCI132-0x
Input Volts (DC) Input Amperes
Range: 200V 20V 10V 100mV 20 mA
Resolution: 0.1V 0.01V 1 mV 0.1mV 0.01 mA
Input Impedance
Volts 1 Mohms.
mV: 100 Mohms.
mA: 12.1 ohms.
LCI132-1x
Input Volts Input Amperes
Range AC: 600.0 100.0 5.000 1.000
Range DC: 199.9 +600.0 100.0 1.999 +5.0001.000
Resolution: 0.1 V 1 mA
Input Impedance
Volts: 3 Mohms (106).
Amp: 12 mohms (10 3).
Accuracy at 23C 5C
100/600 VDC 1/5 A DC; 600V/5A AC: (0.2% reading + 3 digits).
100 V / 1A AC: (0.4% reading + 4 digits).
Temperature Coefficient: 100 ppm/C.
Warm Up: 5 minutes.
Power Supply and Fuses (DIN 41661) (Not supplied):
LCI132-x0: 85 265 VAC 50/60 Hz and 100 300 VDC: Fuse: 0.1A/ 250V.
LCI132-x1: 21 53 VAC 50/60Hz and 10.5 70 VDC: Fuse 0.5A/ 250V.
Display
Range: 1999 to 9999 (DC) 0 to 9999 (AC).
Type: 4 red digits 10 mm.
Reading Rate: 4/s.
Overflow Indication: OVR.
Environmental
Operating Temperature: 10 to 60C.
Storage Temperature: 25 to 85C.
Relative Humidity (non condensed): <95% @ 40C.
Panel Sealing: NEMA 4X (IP65).
21.0
[0.827]
70.0
[2.756]
43.5
[1.713]
48.0
[1.890]
24.0
[0.945] ]
11
[0.433]
6.35 [0.25]
MAXIMUM PANEL THICKNESS
The LCI132 Series process indicators offer flexibility, and value in a low
cost, compact 1/32 DIN package. This family of indicators offers input
availability for most types of process measurement.
The LCI132 has a 7.62mm (0.3 inch) high display. The shallow depth of these full
size panel meters allows installation in panels only 70mm (2.76 inches) deep with
room to spare.
Inputs are available for Process (0 to 10V, 4 to 20 mA), AC Volts, AC Amps, DC
Volts, and DC Amps.
FEATURES
Large display
Easy to program
Inputs for most processes
IP65 (NEMA 4X) front
Program Keys
Process Display
Model
LCI132-00
LCI132-01
LCI132-10
LCI132-11
Input
100 VDC; 20 VDC
10 VDC; 200 VDC; 20 mA DC
100 VAC; 600 VAC; 5A (DC) 1A (AC)
199.9 to +600 VDC;
100 VDC 1.999 to 5A (DC)
1A (DC)
Supply
Voltage
120/240 VAC
24/48 VAC
120/240 VAC
24/48 VAC
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 371
P
a
n
e
M
e
t
e
r
s
/
I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Input Type
Type J Thermocouple
Type K Thermocouple
Type T Thermocouple
Type R Thermocouple
Type S Thermocouple
Type E Thermocouple
100 Ohm Plt. 0.00385 DIN RTD
100 Ohm Plt. 0.00392 NIST RTD
Process (Includes excitation power supply)
10V
20mV
Digital Frequency/Counter (Includes excitation power supply)
0.1 to 25,000 Hz
Potentiometer
Load Cell (includes excitation power supply)
Input Ranges
Range C
50.0 to +800.0
50.0 to +1250.0
200.0 to +400.0
0.0 to 1750.0
50.0 to +1750.0
50 to +1000.0
200.0 to +800.0
200 to +875
Panel Meter Indicators
1/8 DIN, High Accuracy, Peak & Valley Display
Series
LCI308
&
LCI408
The Series LCI308 and LCI408 panel meter indicators offer flexibility
and value in a standard 1/8 DIN package. This family of indicators offers input
availability for virtually all types of process measurement.
The LCI308 offers a 4-3/4 digit display scalable to 32,000 counts. This flexible
indicator is available for Process Inputs (0-10VDC, 4-20 mA, etc. and
potentiometer inputs).
The LCI408 has a universal input that accepts the Process, Temperature, and
Load Cell inputs of the LCI308, plus a Potentiometer input. The full 5-digit
display can be scaled between 99999 counts. The dual display allows
simultaneous display of the measured value plus other values such as peak or
valley.
Options include relay and transistor set point outputs, BCD Parallel output, RS-
232/RS-485 computer communications, and 4 to 20 mA analog retransmission.
MAX MUM
ESC
IM T RESET TARE
PROG
A
B
RUN
PRG
TARE
NP1
HOLD
DSP1
L MIT
N 2
M N
F T
DATA
STORE
1
2
3
4
EACH ENTER
DA A
MAX
DSP2
96
[3.78]
16
[0.63]
120
[4.72]
7
[0.28]
44
[1.73]
91
[3.583]
96
[3.78]
48
[1.89]
Consult Factory for add in option cards.
SPECIFICATIONS
Inputs: Process, temperature (T/C & RTD), frequency/counter, load cell
(dependent on model number).
Input Impedance:
Process: Voltage, 1 M; current, 12.1;
Load cell: 100 M for 300 mV, 1 MW for 30 mV.
Display: 5 digit, 7 segment, 14 mm red with a fixed decimal point. 14
LEDs (programming & control).
Accuracy: 0.1% of reading (+2 count). Thermocouples: 0.4% of
reading for types J, K, T, & E; .05% of reading for types R & S. RTD:
0.2% of reading.
Power Requirements: 115/230 VAC 50/60 Hz 10%.
Power Consumption: 3W max.
Weight: 8 oz (250 g).
Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Part Number
LCI308-00
LCI408-00
Range F
58.0 to +1472.0
58.0 to +2282.0
328.0 to +752.0
+32.0 to +3182.0
58.0 to +3182.0
58.0 to +1832.0
328 to 1472.0
328 to 1607
Scalable Units from 32000 to + 32000 (LCI308);
99999 to +99999 (LCI408)
Scalable Units from 1999 to +19999
Resolution to 0.001% (LCI408)
30mVDC
Modbus
is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.
LCI308
LCI408
ACCESSORIES
LCIA-01, Dual Relay Card. Two SPDT relays, 8A @ 240 VAC
LCIA-02, Quad Relay Card. Four SPST relays, 0.2A @ 240 VAC
LCIA-03, Quad Transistor Output Card. Four NPN optically
coupled transistors, 50 mA @ 50 VDC max.
LCIA-04, Quad Transistor Output Card. Four PNP optically
coupled transistors, 50 mA @ 50 VDC max.
LCIA-05, Analog Retransmission, 4 to 20 mADC
or 0 to 10 VDC, selectable.
LCIA-07, BCD Output Card.
LCIA-08, RS 232 Serial Communication (Modbus
Protocol)
LCIA-09, RS 485 Serial Communication (Modbus
Protocol)
MN-1, Mini Node
Protocol)
LCIA-09, RS 485 Serial Communication (Modbus
Protocol)
MN-1, Mini Node
RTU protocol.
Baud Rates: 1200 or 19200 baud, selectable.
Address Range: 0 to 99.
LCIA-08 RS-232 Serial Communications Option Card for LCI308 and LCI408
1/8 DIN panel meters.
SPECIFICATIONS
Output: RS 485, half duplex, 3 wire, via RJ 11
connector.
Protocol: Selectable ISO1745 (ASCII) or Modbus
RTU protocol.
Baud Rates: 1200 or 19200 baud, selectable.
Address Range: 0 to 99.
LCIA-09 RS-485 Serial Communications Option Card for LCI308 and LCI408
1/8 DIN panel meters.
Accessories for LCI Series
Model
LCI108-00
LCI108-10
LCI108-20
LCI108J-10
LCI108J-20
Input
Process
T/C (J, K, T)
RTD
T/C (J, K, T)
RTD
Modbus
is a registered trademark of Schnieder Automation, Inc.
Consult factory for VAC, VDC, AAC, ADC and frequency input models.
ACCESSORY
LCIA-01, Dual Relay Output Option Card
Display
.56 (14 mm) H
.56 (14 mm) H
.56 (14 mm) H
.80 (20 mm) H
.80 (20 mm) H
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
374
P
a
n
e
M
e
t
e
r
s
/
I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Model
PM706 Temperature Panel Meter
Dual Alarm, Relay and Analog Output
Model PM706 Digital Temperature Meter monitors and displays
temperature measurements using a Type K thermocouple input. Meter features
dual adjustable set points with lA relays and a selectable 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC
output signal . View alarm settings by depressing the tactile alarm button on the
front panel. The bright red LED display has a floating decimal point and displays
temperature in F or C. Meter is equipped with overrange indication to alert
operator of an open thermocouple or faulty connections. Sealed front panel is
rated to NEMA 12 to protect against dust and fluids.
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Range: 148 to
1999F ( 100 to 1200C).
Input: Type K thermocouple.
Output: Dual alarm rated 1A @
250VAC, 4 20 mA with 8V max
compliance or 0 10 VDC 1 k
min.
Power Requirements: 115/230
VAC, 10%, 50/60 Hz.
Power Consumption: 7 W.
Accuracy: 2% at 23C ambient.
Display: 4 digit, red, 1/2 digits.
Resolution: 1F/C.
Operating Temperature: 32 to
122F (0 to 50C).
Ambient Temperature Effect:
+0.01% of rdg., 0.05 per degree.
Temperature Coefficient: 100
ppm/C.
Set Point Adjustment: 0 to 2000
counts, adj. within 5 counts or
better.
Read Rate: 2.5 readings/sec.
Weight: 1 Ib (500 g).
Front Panel Rating: 1/8 DIN,
NEMA 12.
Suggested Specifications
Temperature meter shall have dual
relay alarms and selectable 4-20 mA
or 0-10 VDC analog output.
Temperature shall be displayed in
F/C (selectable). The housing shall
be suitable for NEMA12 service.
Meter shall be Dwyer
Model No.
PM706.
Digital Panel Meter
1/8 DIN Housing, Integral Power Supply
Model
A-701
3-1/2 digit, 0.6 high LED display is combined with an integral 24 VDC power
supply to provide a complete digital indicating system when used with Dwyer 2-
wire transmitters. Standard unit is supplied to read 0-100.0% and is field
adjustable from 1.999 to 1999 for readout of actual engineering units. Panel
mounting hardware included. 1/8 DIN size: 1.64H X 3.59W X 4.13D.
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Requirements: 120 VAC 15%, 50/60 Hz.
Input Impedance: 40 ohms.
Accuracy: 0.05% of reading.
DC Output: 24 VDC regulated.
Maximum Current Output: 50 mA.
Operating Temperature: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Power Consumption: 6 watts.
Weight: 12 oz (340 g).
1-9/16
[39.69]
3-39/64
[91.69]
3-3/8
[85.73]
39/64
[15.48]
1-59/64
[48.82]
4-1/16
[103.19]
Model PM706, Digital Temperature Panel Meter
Model A-701, Digital Panel Meter
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 375
P
a
n
e
M
e
t
e
r
s
/
I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
The micropressure based Model LPI Loop Powered Indicator accepts a 4-20
mA input signal and displays the associated process variable such as pressure, level, flow,
temperature or relative humidity. Local or remote indication of process variable can be
viewed on the bright red four-digit LED. The user can quickly modify the instrument
configuration via three push buttons. Program input/output scaling, engineering units,
offset, decimal point position, and password protection. The Series LPI contains several
linearizations which can be applied to the display including straight linear, square root,
x 3/2, x 5/2, or a user defined 19 segment linearization curve. The indicator is housed in
a NEMA 4X (IP65) polycarbonate enclosure with a 1/2 female NPT side port.
SPECIFICATIONS @ 68F (20C)
Input: 4 to 20 mA.
Maximum Input Current: 100 mA for 1 minute.
Accuracy: 0.02% of full scale.
Stability: Zero: 0.002%/C; Span: 100 ppm/C.
Power Requirements: 2 wire 4 20 mA loop powered.
Display: 4 digit, 7.6 mm (high) red LED.
Maximum Display Range: 1999 to 9999.
Ambient Operating Temperature: 4 to 167F ( 20 to 75C).
Storage Temperatures: 58 to 185F ( 50 to 85C).
Weight: 6.0 oz (170 g).
Front Panel Protection: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
LPI
Loop Powered Indicators
Square Root Function and User Defined Curves 4-Digit LED
3-11/32
[84.9]
BOTTOM OF COVER
1/2 NPT
2-15/64
[56.7]
9/16
[14.2]
1-11/64
[29.7]
The Series BPI Battery Powered Indicator accepts RTD or Thermocouple input
and provides local or remote display of temperature measurements. Quickly navigate the
menu system to customize for each application. Three push buttons allow the user to
select input type, engineering units (F or C), offset temperature, decimal point position,
and password protection. The indicator is housed in a polycarbonate NEMA 4X (IP65)
enclosure for additional protection from the environment.
SPECIFICATIONS
Inputs: Thermocouple or RTD depending on model.
Accuracy: Thermocouple input: 0.1% of FS, 0.5C (plus sensor); RTD:
0.2C 0.1% of reading (plus sensor error).
Power Requirements: 3.6 V lithium battery.
Battery Life: >2 years.
Display: 4 digit LCD.
Resolution: 0.1C.
Ambient Operating Temperature: 14 to 158F ( 10 to 70C).
Storage Temperature: 4 to 185F ( 20 to 85C).
Weight: 6.0 oz (170 g).
Front Panel Protection: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Measuring Ranges
Series
BPI
Battery Powered Temperature Indicator
RTD or T/C Input, 4-Digit Display, Selectable F or C
Sensor
K
J
T
N
R
Range F (C)
328 to 2498F ( 200 to 1370C)
148 to 2192F ( 100 to 1200C)
346 to 752F ( 210 to 400C)
292 to 2372F ( 180 to 1300C)
14 to 3200F ( 10 to 1760C)
Model
BPI-101
BPI-102
Sensor
S
E
F
Pt100
Ni120
Range F (C)
14 to 3200F ( 10 to 1760C)
328 to 1832F ( 200 to 1000C)
148 to 1112F ( 100 to 600C)
148 to 1472F ( 100 to 800C)
148 to 1472F ( 100 to 800C)
1/2 NPT
9/16
[14.2]
2-15/64
[56.7]
1-11/64
[29.7]
3-11/32
[84.9]
Model LPI-111, Loop Powered Indicator with plastic enclosure
Input
3 wire Pt100 or Ni120
K, J, T, N, R, S, E, or F thermocouples
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
376
A
n
n
u
n
c
a
t
o
r
s
/
A
a
r
m
M
o
d
u
e
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Low cost 1/16 DIN units provide 3-1/2 digit, 0.3 high LED readings from four field
selectable input ranges. Includes integral power supply to operate 2-wire transmitters.
Optional low/high SPST alarm relays can be set for direct or reverse action.
SPECIFICATIONS
Supply Voltage: 100 240 VAC. 132 240 VDC.
Input Ranges: 4 20 mA, 0 100 mV, 0 1 V or 0 10 V.
Optional Relay Ratings: 3A @ 250 VAC resistive, 1.5A @ 250 VAC inductive.
Pilot duty 250 VA, 2A @ 125 VAC or 1A @ 250 VAC.
Temperature Range: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Weight: 6.5 oz (185 g).
Process Indicator
1/16 DIN Housing, Optional Alarm
Series
1000
Indicating Alarm Annunciator
Up to 8 Inputs, Integral Power Supply
Series
AN2
The Series AN2 Indicating Alarm Annunciator provides visible and audible alarms for
up to eight inputs. The annunciator also has two SPDT relay outputs that can be used to
initiate external alarms, buzzers, or paging devices. The Integral 24 VDC power supply
can power most level, temperature, pressure, and flow switches. Audible alarm conditions
can be acknowledged, reset, or silenced either via the front panel push buttons or the rear
terminal block. The Series AN2 can be set to any common ISA sequences including First-
Out.
Number of
Outputs
4
4
8
8
4-5/32
[105.57]
2-7/32
[56.36]
1-31/32
[50]
3-29/32
[99.22]
4-7/32
[107.16]
3-9/16
[90.49]
37/64
[14.68]
4
[101.6]
4-13/16
[22.24]
3-1/2
[88.9]
Model
AN24-1
AN24-2
AN28-1
AN28-2
SPECIFICATIONS
Inputs: NO or NC switches, open collector transistor (open circuit voltage = 3.3
VDC); Logic levels: LO = 0 to 0.9 VDC, HI = 2.4 to 28 VDC (100 K input
impedance).
Outputs: Two SPDT relay (3 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC, resistive; 1/14 HP @
125/250 VAC, inductive).
Temperature Limits: 40 to 149F ( 40 to 65C).
Power Requirements: 85 to 265 VAC 50/60 Hz, 90 to 265 VDC; 12 to 36 VDC, 12
to 24 VAC (depending on model).
Power Consumption: 20 W (6 W on low voltage models).
Mounting: 1/8 DIN.
Housing Material: UL rated 94V 0 high impact plastic.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65) front panel.
Weight: 9.6 oz (272 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL.
MODEL 1000 MADE N U S A
CONTROLS
1-7/8
[47.60]
1-3/4
[44.74] SQ.
1/4
[6.35]
4-15/16
[124.73] SQ.
PANEL
SPRING LOOP
MOUNTING COLLAR
(SHOWN IN POSITION)
Model 1000, Process Indicator
Model 1010, Process Indicator w/Alarm
Power Supply
85 to 265 VAC
12 to 36 VDC
85 to 265 VAC
12 to 36 VDC
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 377
F
a
n
S
p
e
e
d
C
o
n
t
r
o
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Process/Alarm Switch Module
Two Form C (SPDT) Switches, Small Size, Mounts Easily on 35 mm DIN Rail
The Series SC1090 Thermocouple Limit/Alarm Switch Modules are on-off or
limit switches with selectable process signal. Input type, scale range, output action,
and output type are all selectable by the user in the field. All selections are made
through easily accessible switches without the need to open the product. Each unit has
two form C (SPDT) relays which can operate independently, or be logically connected
to operate as a DPDT output. A two color LED indicator indicates the status of each
output relay.
These units mount easily on a standard 35 mm DIN rail. Low Voltage (SCL XXXX)
units are also available.
SPECIFICATIONS
Input: 4 to 20 mA, 10 to 50 mA, 0 to
20 mA, 0 to 10 V, 10 to 10 mV.
Power Supply: (SC units) 85 to 265
VDC/VAC 50 to 400 Hz (12 24 VDC,
VAC 50 400 Hz for low voltage
option, SCL units).
Isolation: 1500V rms between
outputs, input, and power.
Set Points: Adjustable 0 to 100% of
span.
Deadband: Adjustable 0.25% to
100% of span.
Drift: 0.02%/C typical 0.05%/C
maximum.
Ambient Temperature Range:
Operating: 32 to 131F (0 to 55C);
Storage: 40 to 176F ( 40 to 80C).
Input Impedance: (1090) voltage
input = 1 megohms, current input =
10 ohms.
Sensor Burnout Protection:
Selectable.
Relay Output: Form C, SPDT, one
per set point, 5A @ 250 VAC,
resistive.
Latch Circuit Reset: Automatic at
power up. Manual with reset switch
on front of module.
Indicators: One dual color LED per
set point. Red = relay on, green =
relay off.
Wiring Terminals: Screw driven
compression type.
Series
SC1090
&
SCL1090
DIN EN 50022-35
(NOT SUPPLIED)
ADAPTOR
BRACKET
FOR SURFACE
MOUNTING
(OPTIONAL)
7
10
8 9
B
A
M
O
D
E
1
2
3
4
O H D
R
A
LA
R
M
A
R
E
LATC
H
N
G
N
O
N
LATC
H
N
G
S
W
2
M
O
D
E
5
6
7
8
LO
D
R
A
LA
R
M
B
R
E
V
K
E
Y
=
O
N
=
O
F
F
B
LA
N
K
=
N
O
A
P
P
L
C
A
B
LE
S
W
1
290 2887
S
W
4
V
O
L
A
G
E
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
P
O
L
R
B
P
O
LA
R
ZE
R
O
B
A
S
E
D
ZE
R
O
+20%
M
O
D
E
1
2
3
4
O
U
T
P
U
T
D
A
S
N
G
LE
IN
P
U
T
10m
V
m
A
50m
V
m
A
100m
V
10m
A
200m
V
20m
A
0
V
5
m
A
1V
00m
A
5V 10V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R
A
N
G
E
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
3.88
[98.5]
0.886
[22.5]
2.95
[75]
1.40
[35.3]
3.88
[98.5]
* Low Voltage Supply
The Model FC-1000 Electronic Fan Speed Control provides precise speed
modulation of small AC motors. Popular 0-10 VDC input works with most process
controllers, eliminating the need for more expensive dampers, damper actuators and
linkages while improving overall energy efficiency of the system. This inexpensive
unit enables variable control of ventilation fans, condenser fans and interfacing with
VAV box controllers.
Electronic Fan Speed Control
Low Cost, 0-10 VDC Input, Selectable Hard Start
Model
FC-1000
SPECIFICATIONS
Line Voltage Range: 120 277 VAC, 60 Hz.
Input Signal Voltage: 0 10 VDC.
Low Voltage Input: 24 VAC, class 2.
Input Signal Impedance: 10K ohms.
Full Load Amp Rating: 9.8 @120 VAC, 9.3 @ 208 VAC, 8.0 @ 240 VAC,
6.9 @ 277 VAC.
Locked Rotor Amp Rating: 24.0.
Temperature Limits: 40 to 131F ( 40 to 55C).
Electrical Connections: Line voltage: 10 32 screw terminals. Signal and low
voltage input: 1/4 quick connects.
Transient Protection: 320 V surge suppression. Exceeds IEEE C62.41
standards.
Housing Materials: Cold rolled steel.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 1.
Mounting: Vertical only; four holes provided for #10 screws.
Weight: 1 Ib, 11 oz (.77 kg).
Agency Approval: UL.
Model
SC1090
SCL1090*
Model FC-1000, Electronic Fan Speed Control
Power Supply
85 to 2655 VDC/VAC
12 to 24 VDC/VAC
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
378
S
g
n
a
C
o
n
d
t
o
n
e
r
s
/
I
s
o
a
t
n
g
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Linearized and isolated RTD and Thermocouple transmitters are part
of the Series SC4000 Iso Verter
II can
be set up to accept a bipolar signal input or provide a bipolar output.
Iso Verter
Windows
is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
ACCESSORIES
SCC-L1, Loop Isolator 4 to 20 mA input and output
SCC-4W, Power Supply 85 265 VAC @ 50/60 Hz
SCC-CC-A1, Windows
RoHS
SPDT
DPDT
ACCESSORY
EMR-DIN, Din Adaptor
Coil
Resistance
500
3000
250
1600
Coil
Resistance
576
86
1600
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
384
C
u
r
r
e
n
t
T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
e
r
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Series
LTTJ
Current Transformers
0 to 10 VDC Analog Output, Fully Adjustable Output, Over Voltage Protection
Model
LTTJ-010
LTTJ-020
LTTJ-030
LTTJ-040
LTTJ-050
LTTJ-060
LTTJ-070
LTTJ-080
LTTJ-090
LTTJ-100
LTTJ-103
LTTJ-305
LTTJ-103I
LTTJ-305I
LTTJ-103S
LTTJ-305S
Series
SCS
Current Switches
Optional Relay Output, Solid or Split Core Case
The Series SCS Low Cost Current Switches are ideal for monitoring whether fans,
pumps, or motors are operating. The current flowing through the core of the device powers
the circuit without an external power supply. All models have a built in solid state output
and are easy to install. Optional LEDs and 10 Amp relay modules are available. The Series
SCS is available in both split and solid core configurations.
SPECIFICATIONS
Output: Isolated, normally open.
External Relay: SPST N.O., 10A at 260 VAC (5A at 30 VDC).
Power Requirements: None, self powered.
Temperature Limits: 5 to 140F ( 15 to 60C).
Isolation Voltage: 600 VAC RMS.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz.
Enclosure Rating: UL, 94 V O flammability rated, ABS plastic housing.
Agency Approvals: UL, CE.
1-27/32
[47.0]
2-35/64
[64.5]
63/64
[24.9]
1-5/64
[27.4]
1-9/16
[39.6]
1-5/64
[27.4]
2-35/64
[64.5]
2-9/16
[65.0]
2-45/64
[68.6]
2-9/16
[65.0]
2-45/64
[68.6]
2-9/16
[65.0]
1-1/16
[26.9]
1-1/16
[26.9]
Case
Solid
Solid
Solid
Split
Split
Split
Split
Split
Amperage
Range
.25 to 200 A
1 to 135 A
1 to 135 A
.15 to 200 A
1.5 to 200 A
1.25 to 135 A
1.5 to 200 A
1.25 to 135 A
Set Point
0.25 Fixed
Adjustable
Adjustable
0.15 Fixed
1.5 Fixed
Adjustable
1.5 Fixed
Adjustable
Switch
Mode
Under
Over/Under
Over/Under
Under
Under
Over/Under
Under
Over/Under
Model
SCS-120025
SCS-111100
SCS-111100-R
SCS-220015
SCS-220150
SCS-211125
SCS-220150-R
SCS-211125-R
Love Controls Series LTTJ Current Transformers allow easy monitoring of the
current flowing to your load. This easy to use device provides a 0 to 10 VDC signal into
both low and high impedance circuits, and is easily scalable to your needs.
Available in a number of different ranges, the Series LTTJ can be easily mounted on most
Series LTP Solid State Relays for convenient wiring. Some models feature an LED for
visual confirmation that current is flowing through the device.
FEATURES
0 to 10 VDC analog output
Impedance matching for high or low impedance inputs
Fully adjustable output
Over voltage protection
Models
SCS-111100 AND SCS-120025
Model
SCS-111100-R
Models
SCS-220015, SCS-220150, AND SCS-211125
Models
SCS-220150-R AND SCS-211125-R
[1.600] [1.550]
[1.650]
[1.150]
[.500]
Description
Current Transformer Calibrated to 10 VDC at 10 Amps
Current Transformer Calibrated to 10 VDC at 20 Amps
Current Transformer Calibrated to 10 VDC at 30 Amps
Current Transformer Calibrated to 10 VDC at 40 Amps
Current Transformer Calibrated to 10 VDC at 50 Amps
Current Transformer Calibrated to 10 VDC at 60 Amps
Current Transformer Calibrated to 10 VDC at 70 Amps
Current Transformer Calibrated to 10 VDC at 80 Amps
Current Transformer Calibrated to 10 VDC at 90 Amps
Current Transformer Calibrated to 10 VDC at 100 Amps
Current Transformer Adjustable from 10 to 30 Amps,
5 10 VDC Output
Current Transformer Adjustable from 30 to 50 Amps,
5 10 VDC Output
Current Transformer Adjustable from 10 to 30 Amps, LED Output
Current Transformer Adjustable from 30 to 50 Amps, LED Output
Current Transformer Adjustable from 10 to 30 Amps, NPN
Transistor Output
Current Transformer Adjustable from 30 to 50 Amps, NPN
Transistor Output
Snap-on
Relay
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 385
C
u
r
r
e
n
t
T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
e
r
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
True RMS Current Transformer
Field Selectable Range, Split Core Case
Series
CT60/70
Current Transformer
4-20 mA or 0-5 VDC Output, Split Core Case
Series
CT40/50
Split Core-Top Terminals
Split Core-Top Terminals
Series CT40/50 combine current transformer and signal conditioner into a
single package. Transformers feature jumper selectable ranges and split core
case. Units are designed for applications on linear or sinusoidal AC loads.
Series CT60/70 Current Transformers provide true RMS output
on distorted AC waveforms ideal for nonlinear loads or noisy
environments. Each model offers three jumper selectable ranges and
1270 VAC isolation. Split core case allows easy installation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal: 0 5 VDC or 4 20 mA, depending on model.
Power Requirements: See table.
Accuracy: CT40/50 102: 1.0% FS; CT40/50 100: 0.5% FS.
Temperature Limits: 4 to 122F ( 20 to 50C).
Response Time: CT40/50 102: 100 ms; CT40/50 100: 300 ms.
Isolation Voltage: 1270 VAC.
Frequency: CT40/50 102: 50 60 Hz; CT40/50 100: 20 100 Hz
(sinusoidal waveforms only).
Enclosure Rating: UL 94V 0 flammability rated.
Agency Approval: CE.
SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal: 4-20 mA, loop powered, true RMS.
Power Requirements: 24 VDC nominal.
Accuracy: 0.8% FS.
Temperature Limits: -4 to 122F (-20 to 50C).
Response Time: 600 ms to 90%.
Isolation Voltage: 1270 VAC.
Frequency: 10-400 Hz.
Enclosure Rating: UL 94V-0 flammability rated.
Agency Approval: CE.
33/64
[13.21]
1/8
[3.18]
33/64
[13.21]
1-3/16
[29.94]
23/32
[18.33]
3-17/32
[89.70]
2-13/32
[61.01]
3-3/64
[77.36]
RANGE JUMPER
3/16 I.D. TYP.
2 PLACES
55/64
[21.85]
2-13/32
[60.99]
23/64
[9.15]
2-1/4
[57.15]
55/64
[21.73]
33/64
[13.21]
1/8
[3.18]
33/64
[13.21]
1-3/16
[29.94]
23/32
[18.33]
3-17/32
[89.70]
2-13/32
[61.01]
3-3/64
[77.36]
RANGE JUMPER
3/16 I.D. TYP.
2 PLACES
55/64
[21.85]
2-13/32
[60.99]
23/64
[9.15]
2-1/4
[57.15]
55/64
[21.73]
Output
4 20 mA
0 5 VDC
4 20 mA
0 5 VDC
Range
10/20/50 A
10/20/50 A
100/150/200 A
100/150/200 A
Model
CT40-100
CT40-102
CT50-100
CT50-102
Model
CT60-100
CT70-100
Power Requirements
12 40 VDC,
Loop Powered
Self Powered
12 40 VDC,
Loop Powered
Self Powered
Range
10/20/50 A
100/150/200 A
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
386
S
S
R
M
o
n
t
o
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Series
LTT
SSR Monitors
Monitors SSRs for Loss of Line, Open Load, Shorted SSR, Loss of DC Power
Love Controls LTT Series SSR Monitors allow easy monitoring of the
operation of your SSR switches. This handy device compares the input status
with the output status. An alarm operates a relay contact to tell you if the load
circuit has opened or if the SSR has shorted. The LTT mounts easily on most
SSRs with no additional hardware. Protect your system today.
FEATURES
Monitors SSRs for loss of line, open load, shorted SSR, loss of DC power
Mounts on standard SSRs over the connection terminals
Designed to fit under finger safe cover
LED status indicator
Normally closed dry relay contact 200 VDC @ 0.5A max.
Model
LTT12-0
LTT24-0
LTT12-1
LTT24-1
Model
MN-1
Mini-Node
Communication
Signal Converter
Converts RS-232 to RS-485, Isolates & Repeats
Series
350
The Mother Node
Silver
Converter is a low cost device that converts signals at baud rates to
19.2 KBaud. Installation is simple, just connect the two RS-485 wires,
the quick connect RS-232 cable, and the power transformer. No
additional connections or settings are required. The Mother Node
Power Transformer
Model
Silver
Gold
Platinum
A
109.5
(4.312)
139.7
(5.500)
188.1
(6.562)
B
61.9
(2.437)
84.1
(3.312)
98.4
(3.875)
C
61.9
(2.437)
34.9
(1.375)
31.8
(1.250)
D
84.1
(3.312)
114.3
(4.500)
139.7
(5.500)
A
B
C
D
Connector
DB9F
DB9F
DB9F
DB9F
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
388
I
n
t
r
n
s
c
a
y
S
a
f
e
B
a
r
r
e
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Model
KFD0
Galvanic Barrier
Loop Powered, Intrinsically Safe Isolators
The Model KFD0 Loop Powered, Galvanic Barrier provides complete
isolation for communication with Dwyer
intrinsically-safe transmitters
approved for use in hazardous areas. Galvanic barrier eliminates the need for
a high integrity earth ground required when using shunt type diode type safety
barriers. Unlike most other isolators, the Model KFD0 does not require external
power and has a low current draw. The housing is designed to easily mount on
most standard DIN rails.
SPECIFICATIONS
Hazardous Area Input:
Signal range: 4 to 20 mA (linear transmission 1 22 mA);
Available transmitter voltage: 16 V for supply voltage > 21 V.
Safe Area Output:
Signal range: 4 to 20 mA;
Transmitter voltage: 30 VDC.
Response Time: 20 s at 0, and 600 s at 800 load.
Maximum Power Disipation: 150 mW @ 20 mA and V<24 V.
Temperature Limits: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Temperature Drift: 0.5 A/C.
Weight: 4.2 oz (120 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, FM.
Model
KFD0-SCS-EX1.55
Approval
FM for Class I, Zone 1,
Groups IIC, IIB, IIA; Class I, II, III,
Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D, F, G
Dwyer Series
HHT IX
Model
KFD0-SCS-EX1.55
Vo (V)
23.1
mH
0.5
2.5
2.5
Io (mA)
38.2
Group
IIC (A, B)
IIB (C)
IIA (D, F, G)
F
0.042
0.267
0.267
4-37/64 [116.46]
4-3/8 [111.20]
25/32 [20.00]
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 389
I
n
t
r
n
s
c
a
y
S
a
f
e
B
a
r
r
e
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Group
A & B
C
D
Series
MTL5041/
5045
Galvanic Barrier
Intrinsically Safe Isolators for Hazardous Locations
The MTL5041/5045 Galvanic Barrier provide total intrinsically safe
isolation for communication with Dwyer
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
390
I
n
t
r
n
s
c
a
y
S
a
f
e
B
a
r
r
e
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Series
MTL7706/
7787
Zener Barrier
Intrinsically Safe Barriers for Hazardous Locations
The MTL7706/7787 is an intrinsically safe (IS) shunt-diode barrier that can
be used to communicate with and provide isolations for certain Dwyer
transmitters approved for use in hazardous areas. These barriers limit the
amount of energy allowed to pass into the hazardous area, which inhibit ignition
in flammable atmospheres.
SPECIFICATIONS
Transmitter Voltage: 16.2 V at 20 mA with 250 load (negative w.r.t.
earth); 11.0 V at 20 mA with 500 load (negative w.r.t. earth).
Safe Area Output: 4 to 20 mA.
Load Resistance: 0 to 500.
Power Requirement: 20 to 35 VDC w.r.t. earth.
Accuracy: 2 A under all conditions.
LED Indicator: Green: Power indication.
Temperature Limits:
Operating: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C);
Storage: 40 to 176F ( 40 to 80C).
Humidity: 5 to 95% RH.
Terminals: Accommodate up to 2.5 mm
2
stranded or single core.
Safety Description: 28 V, 300, 93 mA.
Weight: 4.9 oz (140 g).
Agency Approvals: See table below.
Compatible Models: 637, 638, 608, SBLTX, PBLTX, IS626
MTL Zener Barrier
MTL7706
MTL7706
MTL7706
MTL7706
Approval
FM for Class I, II, II; Div. 1 Groups
C, D, F, G
UL for Class I; Div. 1 Groups A, B, C, D
CL II; Div. 1 Groups E, F, G; CL III Div. 1
FM for Class I, II, III; Div. 1 Groups B,
C, D, E, F, G
FM for Class I, II, III; Div. 1 Groups A,
B, C, D, E, F, G
Dwyer
Series
638
IS626
SBLTX
PBLTX
637
608
Region (Authority)
USA (FM)
Canada (CSA)
UK (BASEEFA)
UK (BASEEFA)
Systems
Standard
3600, 3610 entity
3611, 3810
CAN/CSA
E60070, UL698,
UL913, UL1604,
IEC60079, C22.2
EN 50014, EN 50020
EN 50039
Approved For
AIS/I,II,III/1/Entity ABCDEFG
SCI 942; NI/I/@/ABCD/T4
[I/0] AEx[ia]IIC SCI 942
Entity; NI/1/2/IIC/T4;
Ta=140F (60C)
Class I, Div.2, Gps A, B, C, D;
Ex nA [iA] IIC T4
Class I, Xone 2, Aex nA IIC
T4
EEx ia IIC
EEx ia IIC
Certificate/file no.
3010737
1345550
BAS01ATEX7217
Ex01E2219
M
T
L
7
7
0
6
MTL7787
HAZARDOUS
AREA TERMINALS
SAFE AREA
TERMINAL
1/2
[12.70]
3-35/64
[90.09]
4-5/32
[105.57]
Group
A & B
Group
IIC
F
0.083
F
0.083
mH
4.2
mH
4.2
BASEEFA (ATEX)
FM
M
T
L
7
7
8
6Group
A & B
Group
IIC
F
0.083
F
0.083
mH
3.05
mH
3.05
BASEEFA (ATEX)
FM
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 391
P
o
w
e
r
S
u
p
p
e
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Model
BPS-015
Low Cost DC Power Supply
1.5A, Fuse Protection
SNAPTRACK
4-1/16
[103.12]
2-19/64
[58.17]
1-15/16
[49.02]
11/16
[17.27]
The Model BPS Building Automation Power Supply is used to convert 24 VAC to
a regulated DC power source for transmitters with 4 to 20 mA outputs. The output voltage
can be field adjusted from 1.5V to 27V using a potentiometer. The 3A fuse protects the
power supply from over-current conditions. The snap-on bracket can be quickly surface
mounted to any flat surface.
SPECIFICATIONS
Input: 24 VAC/VDC 50/60 Hz.
Output: 24 VDC (full wave rectified and regulated) adjustable 1.5 to 27 VDC.
Maximum Current Output: 1.5A (de rated to 400 mA for non isolated circuits).
Temperature Limits: 32 to 130F (0 to 55C).
Humidity Limits: 95% (non condensing).
Weight: 0.4 lb. Model BPS-015, Power Supply
Economical and reliable power supply is suitable for powering all Dwyer pressure,
temperature or air velocity transmitters. Inexpensive, open-frame design allows
convenient access to input/output solder terminals. Auxiliary inputs are selectable for
operation from power sources found worldwide. Compact size eases enclosure
installations.
SPECIFICATIONS
AC Input: 100/120/220/230 240 VAC 10%, 47 63 Hz.
DC Output: 24 28 VDC regulated.
Maximum Current Output: 500 mA (derated to 450 mA @ 50 Hz. operation).
Operating Temperature: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
External Fuse Required: 0.5 Amp for 100 120 VAC, 0.25 Amp for 220 240 VAC.
Dimensions: 4 7/8H x 4W x 1 5/8D
Weight: 2 lb.
Series
A-700
Power Supply
Model
A-699
Control Transformer
UL and CSA listed Class 2 step down transformer is mounted on a 4-1/4 square plate
stand-off for direct installation in standard 4 x 4 x 1-1/2 junction boxes. The A-699 is
suitable for powering all Dwyer 4-wire transmitters and Model 660 Air Velocity Monitor.
SPECIFICATIONS
AC Input: 120 VAC, 60 Hz.
AC Output: 24 VAC.
Maximum Current output: 400 mA (typically). 10 VA max.
Electrical Connections: Primary, 6 1/2 leads; Secondary, 6 32 screw terminals.
(Manufactured for Dwyer Instruments, Inc.)
Weight: 1 lb, 4 oz.
Model A-700, (0.5 Amp)
Model A-700-2, (2 Amp)
Model A-700-4, (4.8 Amp)
Model A-699, Control Transformer
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
392
T
m
e
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Series
LCT016
Analog Timers
Low Cost, 1/16 DIN Panel Mount, Four Timing Functions
The LCT016 Analog Timers provide simple, yet economical solutions for a
variety of timing applications. Installation is simple with compact 1/16 DIN
package. Scale and timing functions are easily adjusted with individual front
mounted switches. The included tamper resistant cover discourages
unauthorized changes of the scale, timing functions and restricts movement of
the analog set point knob. Two LEDs on the front indicate power and output
status. Four different timing functions and sixteen different time scales give
you the greatest flexibility.
48.0
[1.890]
48.0
[1.890]
DIMENSIONS IN MM [INCHES]
16.0
[0.630]
37.0
[1.460]
80.4
[3.165]
94.0
[3.701]
44.8
[1.764]
13.6
[0.535]
63.7
[2.062]
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range:
32 to 131F (0 to 55C).
Humidity Conditions: 35 to 85%
RH, non condensing.
Control Output Ratings: Relay,
SPDT, 5A @ 250 VAC resistive.
Weight: 3.17 oz (90 g).
Socket: LCT016 3x: Standard 8
pin plug in socket; LCT016 1x:
Standard 11 pin plug in socket.
Accuracy: Repeatability: 0.3%
of maximum rated time. 0.3%
10ms for 1.2 sec range; Line
stability: 0.5% of maximum rated
time, 0.5% 10ms for 1.2 second
range.
Reset Time: 0.1 second,
maximum.
Status Lights: Green LED
indicates power on; Red LED
indicates output status.
Inputs: Logic inputs for start,
reset, and inhibit.
Timing Functions: a. Signal on
delay; b. Flicker off start; d. Signal
on/off Delay; e. Signal off delay.
Supply Voltage: 100 to 240
VDC/VAC 50~60 Hz.
Power Consumption: 10VA.
Series
LCT116
Digital Timers
Low Cost, 1/16 DIN Panel Mount,Ten Timing Functions
The LCT116 Digital Timers provide simple, yet economical solutions for a
variety of timing applications. Installation is simple with compact 1/16 DIN
package. Set point and timing functions are easily adjusted with the individual
set buttons. A LCD display on the front indicates current time status and a
bargraph for indicating relative time remaining. Ten different timing functions
and ten different time scales give you the greatest flexibility.
15/64
[5.99]
2-47/64
[69.51]
17/32
[13.60]
1-49/64
[44.97]
2-31/32
[75.50]
1-57/64 SQ
[48.00]
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range:
32 to 131F (0 to 55C).
Humidity Conditions: 35 to 85%
RH, non condensing.
Control Output Ratings: Relay,
SPDT, 5A @ 250 VAC resistive.
Weight: 5.3 oz (150 g).
Socket: LCT116 1x: Standard
8 pin plug in socket; LCT116 2x:
Standard 11 pin plug in socket.
Accuracy: Repeatability: 0.3%
of maximum rated time; Line
stability: 0.5% of maximum rated
time.
Status Light: LCD shows time
and function details.
Inputs: Logic inputs for start,
reset, and inhibit.
Timing Functions: a. Signal on
Delay; b. Flicker on start; c. Signal
on/off delay; d. Signal off delay; e.
Interval mode; f. One shot and
flicker; g. Integration time; h.
Interval delay; i. Flicker One
shot; j. Power on start.
Supply Voltage: 100 to 240
VDC/VAC 50~60 Hz.
Power Consumption: 10 VA.
Model LCT016-10, 11 pin timer
Model LCT016-30, 8 pin timer
ACCESSORIES
481-0159, (8 pin sockets)
481-0164, (11 pin sockets)
Model LCT116-10, 8 pin timer
Model LCT116-20, 11 pin timer
ACCESSORIES
481-0159, (8 pin sockets)
481-0164, (11 pin sockets)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 393
T
m
e
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Series
LCT216
Digital Timer/Tachometer/Counter
3 Controls in 1 Device, DIP Switch Configuration
The Series LCT216 combines a versatile timer, counter, and tachometer in
one device. The bright, easy-to-read display shows both the desired set point
and the current process value as well as the operating mode that the control is
functioning in. The fourteen pre-programmed timer functions are easy to set up
and cover most applications. The counting functions include one stage or two
stage counting along with batch, total, or dual counting modes. The Series
LCT216 can also be used as a tachometer to measure rotational speeds. For
quick set up, many of the programming parameters can be set with external dip
switches located on the side of the unit.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Humidity Conditions: 35 to 85% RH (non condensing).
Control Output Ratings: (Out 1) Relay: SPST 5A at 250 VAC;
Transistor: NPN open collector 100 mA / 30 VDC residual voltage = 1.5
VDC max; (Out 2) Relay: SPST 5A at 250 VAC, Transistor: NPN open
collector 100 mA / 30 VDC residual voltage = 1.5 VDC max.
Weight: 4 oz (114 g).
Reset Time: 0.001 seconds minimum.
Inputs: Dry contact, PNP, or NPN.
Timing Functions: 14 pre programmed timing functions.
Supply Voltage: 100 to 240 VAC 50 / 60 Hz.
Power Consumption: Less than 10 VA.
Internal Power Supply: 12 VDC 10%, 100 mA.
Display: Two line 6 digit negative transmissive LCD display.
Agency Approvals: CE, UL.
1-7/8
[47.63]
1-7/8
[47.63]
3-1/8
[79.50]
3-23/64
[85.22]
DIP SWITCH
1-3/4
[44.45]
Model
LCT216-100
LCT216-110
The Series LCT316 Low Cost Digital Timer provides accurate countdown
timing for a variety of applications. The timer can be triggered remotely using
the digital input terminals or locally via the set button. Time intervals can be
set up to 999 minutes or seconds. The Series LCT316 has an internal buzzer to
alert when the time interval has expired.
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range: 32 to 158F (0 to 70C).
Control Output Ratings: Relay, SPST NO, 16A at 250 VAC resistive.
Weight: 5.6 oz (158.8 g).
Status Light: LED shows time and operation.
Inputs: Digital input for start and reset.
Supply Voltage: 115 VAC, 230 VAC, 12 VAC/DC, 24 VAC/DC
depending on model.
Power Consumption: 4VA.
Agency Approvals: CE, UR.
Series
LCT316
Low Cost Digital Timer
Quick Installation, Digital Input, Audible Alarm
Model
LCT316-100
LCT316-200
LCT316-300
LCT316-400
1-1/8
[28.57]
2-7/16
[61.91]
3
[76.20]
1-11/32
[33.99]
Output Type
Transistor
Relay
Supply Voltage
115 VAC
230 VAC
12 VAC/DC
24 VAC/DC
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
394
T
m
e
r
C
o
n
t
r
o
e
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Ideal for pneumatic conveying systems, the Series DCT500A Low Cost Timer
Controller is designed to provide continuous or on-demand cleaning for receivers and pulse
jet systems. Available in either 4, 6 or 10 channels, each unit is the same size, minimizing
enclosure space and reducing overall system installation cost.
The DCT500A is simple and easy to use. Time-On and Time-Off settings are selected using
two potentiometers. High Limit and Low Limit control inputs are provided for use with
on demand systems. The new enhanced board circuitry of the DCT500A synchronizes the
on-time pulse to the power line to achieve a pulse stability of 1 msec.
For added safety, the control circuitry including the control inputs are isolated from the line
voltage.
To meet your system requirements, an optional weatherproof enclosure is available. For
on demand systems, a Dwyer Series A3000 Photohelic
A3000 Photohelic
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible gases, any type particulate conductive or non
conductive.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS and PFA.
Air Velocity Range: 300 ft/min and higher.
Minimum Detection: Standard: 10.0 pA; Optional: 5.0 pA and 0.5 pA.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: 15 to 160F ( 25 to 70C);
Process: Standard: 40 to 250F ( 40 to 120C);
Optional: 40 to 450F ( 40 to 232C).
Pressure Limit: 10 psi (0.69 bar).
Power Requirement: 18 28 VDC (24V nominal).
Output Signal: 4 20 mA.
Loop Resistance: 300 ohms maximum.
Current Consumption: Powered from
4 20 mA loop.
Electrical Connection: Terminal block.
Process Connection: See model chart.
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof,
NEMA 4X (IP 66).
Mounting Orientation: Any.
Weight: Varies with length of probe
and type of mount.
Agency Approvals: CE, CSA.
Example
Series Designator
Enclosure Rating
Process Connection
Maximum Process
Temperature
Maximum Process
Pressure
Range
Insertion Length
(Recommended
at Least
1/2 Duct Diameter)
PMT
PMT
A1
A1
AHZ2
1
1
2
3
4
T1
T1
T2
P1
P1
L1.5
L1.5
L03
L05
L10
L15
L20
L30
L36
1
1
2
3
The Series PMT Particulate Transmitter is a reliable dust collector emissions monitor
and leak detector. The loop powered design is ideal for direct connection to existing PLCs
or other baghouse diagnostic control systems. Adjustable linear or logarithmic output
scaling enables trending both the baseline emissions and the high peak emissions that are
caused by filter cleaning cycles and developing leaks. Observation of both baseline and
peaks is essential to setting proper alarms.
The PMT Particulate Transmitter employs a field-proven combination of induction and
protected-probe technologies. As particles flow near and around the probe, minute currents
are dynamically induced into the probe. The signal is processed into an absolute output
relative to the amount of particulate and thus leakage. Protective-layers over the probe
work in combination with induction-sensing to ensure reliable operation with all types of
particulate including moist powders and highly conductive dusts. Maintenance is minimal
and there is no need for an air purge
The Series PMT Particulate Transmitter:
For baghouses, cartridge filters, bin vents, and cyclones
Simple, low cost 2 wire installation for PLCs
Prevent false readings from:
Moist and conductive dusts
Corrosive gases and condensate
Dust buildup
Protect downstream blowers, oxidizers, HEPAs, etc.
Repeatable in all applications (conductive and moist ducts)
Series
PMT
Particulate Transmitter
2-Wire Loop Powered
5-3/64
[128.19]
2-15/16
[74.61]
CONDUIT ENTRY
NPT MOUNT
INSERTION
LENGTH
6-3/32
[154.78]
FLANGE
2-15/16
[74.61]
OPTIONAL HIGH
PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE
SEALING GLAND
DO NOT LOOSEN
3-13/16
[96.84]
NIPPLE
3 [76.2]
MOUNT
FLANGE MOUNT
INSERTION
LENGTH
2-15/16
[74.61]
3-29/32
[99.22]
3-13/16
[96.84]
NIPPLE INSERTION
LENGTH
3 [76.2]
MOUNT
1 MALE NPT
QUICK CLAMP MOUNT
QUICK CLAMP
PMT A11T1P11 L1.5: PMT Particulate Transmitter, Weatherproof/NEMA 4X, 1/2 NPT
Connection, 250F Max Temp., 10.0 psi Max Pressure, 10.0 pA 1.5 Probe.
PMT Particulate Transmitter (1 piece configuration, Sensor included in price)
Ordinary/General Purpose Locations, CE Approval, NEMA 4X, CSA
Hazardous Location, CSA Approval, Class I, Division II, Groups A D. Class II, Groups F, G
1/2 NPT
1 NPT with 1.5 Quick Clamp Connection
2 150# ANSI Flange
2 150# ANSI Flange with Process Mating Flange and Installation Kit
250F (120C)
450F (232C)
10 psi
10.0 pA 5000 pA
5.0 pA 5000 pA
0.5 pA 5000 pA (required for low levels or EPA leak detection)
1.5 Probe
3 Probe
5 Probe
10 Probe
15 Probe
20 Probe
30 Probe
36 Probe
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
400
P
a
r
t
c
u
a
t
e
(
D
u
s
t
o
r
B
r
o
k
e
n
B
a
g
)
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Particulate Monitor & Control
Real-Time Leak Gauge, Adjustable Alarm Points
Series
DPM
The DPM Particle Monitor and PMS Particulate Sensor combine to provide
a basic baghouse and cartridge filter leak detector designed for general
maintenance planning and process protection. It is easy to use and reliable.
Leakage is gauged in real-time, on-the-spot, without prior baseline data and
without signal tuning. Simply apply power and the general condition of the filter
is quickly determined. An alarm point is set by simply moving an indicator up
and down the gauge with the convenient, lockable key pad. For more precise
alarm setup the large display provides both a logarithmic analog bar graph and
an absolute digital readout. The log scale enables the user to observe both the
baseline bleed through and the high peaks that are caused by filter cleaning
cycles and developing leaks. Observation of both baseline and peaks is essential
to setting proper alarms. The digital readout in absolute units ensures correct
interpretation of the readings and provides accurate historical comparisons.
The DPM Particle Monitor is housed in a rugged cast aluminum enclosure.
An LCD displays particulate levels in bar-graph and digital forms. A lockable
membrane keypad is provided for setup and adjustment.
Together the DPM Particle Monitor and the PMS Particle Sensor:
Prevent false readings from:
Moist and conductive dusts
Corrosive gases and condensate
Dust buildup
For baghouses, cartridge filters, bin vents, and cyclones
Protect downstream blowers, oxidizers, HEPAs, etc.
Keep a clean workplace and be a good neighbor
SPECIFICATIONS
Inputs: From PMS sensor.
Output Ratings:
Alarm relays: 2 form A (SPST) rated 5A @ 240V res. (must provide
an 8A (maximum) fuse in series with relay load);
Analog: 4 to 20 mA (option RC).
Power Requirements: 115 VAC 50/60Hz, 230 VAC 50/60Hz, or 24
VDC.
Power Consumption: 6 watts max.
Accuracy: Standard: 5% of range, Optional: 1% of range.
Display: LCD.
Display Resolution: Standard: 5 pA; Optional: 0.5 pA.
Memory Backup: For set point storage only.
Temperature Limits: 13 to 160F ( 25 to 70C).
Weight: 4.5 lb (2.0 kg)
Enclosure: Cast aluminum, weatherproof, NEMA 4X.
Loop Power Supply (Isolated): 17 VDC loop supply provided by DPM
control unit for PMS sensor.
Agency Approvals: CE & CSA.*
4-3/8
[11.13]
6-19/64
[159.94]
6-5/16
[160.34]
6-19/64
[159.94]
4-3/8
[111.13]
4-11/32
[110.33]
MOUNTING
4-11/32
[110.33]
MOUNTING
Model
DPM-A111
DPM-A112
DPM-A113
DPM-A121
DPM-A122
DPM-A123
DPM-AHZ111
DPM-AHZ112
DPM-AHZ113
DPM-AHZ121
DPM-AHZ122
DPM-AHZ123
System Rating
Weatherproof/NEMA 4X
Weatherproof/NEMA 4X
Weatherproof/NEMA 4X
Weatherproof/NEMA 4X
Weatherproof/NEMA 4X
Weatherproof/NEMA 4X
Intrinsically Safe*
Intrinsically Safe*
Intrinsically Safe*
Intrinsically Safe*
Intrinsically Safe*
Intrinsically Safe*
Range
5.0 pA 5000 pA
5.0 pA 5000 pA
5.0 pA 5000 pA
0.5 pA 5000 pA
0.5 pA 5000 pA
0.5 pA 5000 pA
5.0 pA 5000 pA
5.0 pA 5000 pA
5.0 pA 5000 pA
0.5 pA 5000 pA
0.5 pA 5000 pA
0.5 pA 5000 pA
*DPM models listed intrinsically safe are to be used with corresponding intrinsically safe PMS
models making an intrinsically safe control loop. The PMS model can then be installed in a
hazardous location according to approval ratings listed. The DPM itself is not intrinsically safe and
must be installed outside the hazardous location.
OPTION
Analog Output (4 20 mA), add -RC to the end of
the model number
Input Power
115 VAC 50/60Hz
230 VAC 50/60Hz
24 VDC
115 VAC 50/60Hz
230 VAC 50/60Hz
24 VDC
115 VAC 50/60Hz
230 VAC 50/60Hz
24 VDC
115 VAC 50/60Hz
230 VAC 50/60hz
24 VDC
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 401
P
a
r
t
c
u
a
t
e
(
D
u
s
t
o
r
B
r
o
k
e
n
B
a
g
)
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Series
PMS
Particulate Sensor
Reliable Operation, Minimal Maintenance
The PMS Particulate Sensor employs a field-proven combination of passive-induction
and protected-probe technologies. As particles flow near and around the probe, minute
currents are dynamically induced into the probe by flowing particulate. A DSP processes
the signal into an absolute output that is reasonably linear to mass. Protective layers over
the probe work in combination with induction-sensing to ensure reliable operation with all
types of particulate including moist powders and highly conductive dusts. Maintenance is
minimal and there is no need for an air purge. For durability, the sensors are passive and
free of electronics. The PMS Particulate Sensor is designed to be used with the DPM
Particle Monitor in order to be intrinsically safe.
PMS Particulate Sensor
More effective control than broken bag detectors.
Protect downstream blowers, oxidizers, HEPAs, etc.
For baghouses, cartridge filters, bin vents, and cyclones.
Repeatable in all applications (conductive and moist dusts).
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible gases, any type particulate.
Wetted Materials: T1 and T2: 316SS and PFA; T3 and T4: 316SS and ceramic.
Minimum Detection: 5.0 pA.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: Maximum 40 to 392F ( 40 to 200C) (maximum must be
calculated for each application);
Process: See model chart.
Pressure Limits:
Standard: Full vacuum to 10 psi (0.69 bar);
Optional: 100 psi (6.89 bar).
Output Signal: pA.
Electrical Connection: Low noise coaxial.
Process Connection: See model chart.
Enclosure:
Standard: Painted cast aluminum, weatherproof, NEMA 4X;
Optional: Intrinsically safe, CSA (must use with proper DPM model).
Weight: Varies depending on length of probe and type of mount.
Agency Approvals: CE, CSA
5-3/64
[128.19]
2-15/16
[74.61]
CONDUIT ENTRY
NPT MOUNT
INSERTION
LENGTH
6-3/32
[154.78]
FLANGE
2-15/16
[74.61]
OPTIONAL HIGH
PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE
SEALING GLAND
DO NOT LOOSEN
3-13/16
[96.84]
NIPPLE
3
[76.2]
MOUNT
FLANGE MOUNT
INSERTION
LENGTH
2-15/16
[74.61]
3-29/32
[99.22]
3-13/16
[96.84]
NIPPLE
INSERTION
LENGTH
3
[76.2]
MOUNT
1 MALE NPT
QUICK CLAMP MOUNT
K CLAMP
Model
CAB-10
CAB-20
Model
CAB-30
CAB-40
Example
Series Designator
Enclosure Rating
Process Connection
Maximum Process
Temperature
Maximum Process
Pressure
Insertion Length
(Recommended at Least 1/2
Duct Diameter)
PMS
PMS
A1
A1
AHZ1
1
1
2
3
4
T1
T1
T2
T3
T4
P1
P1
P2
L1.5
L1.5
L03
L05
L10
L15
L20
L30
L36
L48
L60
L72
How To Order:
Determine model number from model chart using example as a guide.
Select desired length of Particulate Sensor cable from cable model chart.
Consult factory for custom cable lengths up to 300 feet.
PMS A11T1P1 L1.5: PMS Particulate Sensor, Weatherproof, NEMA 4X, 1/2
NPT Connection, 250F Max Temp., 10 psi Max Pressure, 1.5 Probe.
PMS Particulate Sensor
Weatherproof, NEMA 4X
Intrinsically Safe, CSA & CEA Approvals, Class I, II, and III. Division I & II, All
Groups, NEMA 4X (requires Quick Clamp connection or flange mount)
1/2 NPT
1 NPT with 1.5 Quick Clamp Connection
2 150# ANSI Flange
2 150# ANSI Flange with Process Mating Flange and Installation Kit
250F (121C)
450F (232C)
800F (426C) requires flange mount
1200F (649C) requires flange mount
10 psi
100 psi requires flange mount
1.5 Probe
3 Probe
5 Probe
10 Probe
15 Probe
20 Probe
30 Probe
36 Probe
48 Probe
60 Probe
72 Probe
Description
30 foot sensor cable
40 foot sensor cable
Description
10 foot sensor cable
20 foot sensor cable
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
402
S
p
e
e
d
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
3-1/8
[79.38]
2-1/8
[53.98]
1-25/32
[45.24]
6-1/4
[158.75]
1-17/32
[38.89]
4-9/32
[108.74]
Non-Contact Speed Switch
Compact PVC or Aluminum Housing, Easy Installation
Series
NSS
The Series NSS are self-contained rotation monitoring systems that are ideal for
detecting the unwanted slowdown of process equipment. These systems bring efficiency
and safety to your operations by preventing machine damage, product waste and costly
downtime.
Each switch is used with a shaft-end mounted pulsar DISC which generates an alternating
magnetic field that is picked up by the speed switch. The switch decodes this frequency
signal to determine shaft speed and compares this to the pre-adjusted set point, easily
calibrated via a single-turn potentiometer. In the event of rotational failure, such as a broken
drive, belt slippage, product overloads or clogs, the relay can be used to provide an alarm
or equipment shutdown, assuring machine protection and process integrity. The miniature
speed switch series is fail-safe; any malfunction during operation will de-energize the control
circuit.
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits: Operating 40 to 140F ( 40 to 60C).
Enclosure: NSSP: Polyvinylchloride (PVC). NSSM: Cast aluminum.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X. NSSM: Class I, group D; Class II, groups E, F, G;
Class III.
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical Rating: 5A @ 115 VAC.
Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 12 (30.48 cm) long.
Conduit Connections: 1 female NPT.
Power Requirements: 115 VAC, 60 Hz standard.
Input Signal Type: NPN open collector.
Set Point Adjustment: Single turn (270) potentiometer.
Gap Distance: 3/8 1/8.
Weight: NSSP A1W: 0.54 lb (0.82 lb with disc); NSSP B1W: 0.54 lb (0.64 lb with
disc); NSSM A1W: 1.58 lb (1.88 lb with disc); NSSM B1W: 1.60 lb (1.70 lb with
disc).
Agency Approvals: UL pending, CE.
DISC SPECIFICATIONS
Materials: Pulsar discs: Nylon 12, PVC; Disc guards: SS; Easy mount bracket:
Aluminum with SS shaft.
Maximum Speed: 10,000 RPM at ambient temperature.
2-3/8
[60.33]
3-3/8
[85.73]
5-17/32
[140.49]
1 NPT
Model
NSSP-A1W
NSSP-B1W
NSSM-A1W
NSSM-AKIT
NSSM-B1W
NSSM-BKIT
Set Point Range
10 100 RPM
100 5000 RPM
10 100 RPM
10 100 RPM
100 5,000 RPM
100 5,000 RPM
Supply Voltage
115 VAC
115 VAC
115 VAC
115 VAC
115 VAC
115 VAC
Enclosure
Plastic
Plastic
Metal
Metal
Metal
Metal
NSSM NSSP NSSM NSSP
Model
DISCA
DISCB
A-290
A-291
A-292
Disc A Disc B
4
[101.6]
13/64
[5.16]
2-1/2
[63.5]
13/64
[5.16]
N
1
A-290 A-291 A-292
Disc A Disc B
Disc Included
NONE
NONE
NONE
4 A DISC
NONE
2 1/2 B DISC
Description
4 Pulsar disc, 16 magnetic poles for 10 100 RPM units
2 1/2 Pulse disc, 8 magnetic poles for 100 5000 RPM units
Easy Mount Bracket assembly for NSSM includes 4 disc
Disc Guard for easy mount bracket, A 290
Disc Guard for NSS AM/BM
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 403
S
p
e
e
d
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
ACCESSORIES
The Series DSS Direct-Contact Speed Switch is a compact switch designed to
include all mechanical and electronic components in one housing. It will produce an output
signal at a predetermined speed which may be either over-speed, under-speed or zero-
speed. Rugged, heavy-duty construction combined with solid state electronics and photo-
electric technology makes this one of the most advanced motion detectors available. Series
DSS protects all valuable rotating equipment including belt conveyors, bucket elevators,
rotary feeders or screw conveyors. It operates in a clockwise or counter-clockwise direction
and mounts in any position.
Series DSS senses motion by means of a precision metal disc mounted on the input shaft.
This disc generates measurable light pulses as a series of slots on its periphery rotate past
an infra-red light source. A photo-electric sensor monitors the series of light pulses and
converts them into a digital electronic signal. Solid state circuitry then analyzes the digital
signal and activates or de-activates the output relay at the pre-set signal speed. It also
features an adjustable built-in time delay eliminating the need for a separate start-up time
delay relay.
The DSS will sense under-speed or over-speed conditions. Three signal speed ranges are
available with each unit. The low signal speed range is from 0.1 to 10 RPM. The medium
signal speed range is from 1 to 100 RPM, and the high speed range is 10 to 1000 RPM.
Field adjustment of the signal set point is easily accomplished by means of an adjustment
screw. The signal speed ranges are selected by a three position toggle switch on the printed
circuit board. For under-speed sensing, the signal point is set below the normal operating
speed of the unit. The output relay will then de-energize if the speed drops below the signal
set point. For over-speed sensing the signal set point is set above the normal operating
speed. The output relay will energize if the speed exceeds the signal set point. The output
relay can be wired either normally open or normally close.
Zero-speed sensing can be accomplished by locking the signal set point adjustment screw
at its lowest setting of 0.1 RPM. The output relay will then de-energize when the shaft
speed of the unit approaches zero.
Direct-Contact Speed Switch
Rugged Housing, Electronics and Mechanical Components in One Housing
Series
DSS
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits: 50 to 150F ( 45 to 65C).
Enclosure: Aluminum with screw cover.
Enclosure Rating: DSS W: Meets NEMA 4X. DSS E: Meets NEMA & 4X, UL:
Class I groups C & D, Class II groups F & G.
Switch Type: DPDT.
Electrical Rating: 3A @ 120/240 VAC, 1/10 Hp @120/240 VAC.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal.
Conduit Connections: (2) 3/4 female NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Any.
Set Point Adjustment: Adjustment screw.
Power Requirements: 105 135 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 210 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz; or 24
VAC/DC depending on model.
Power Consumption: 3 Watts.
Repeatability: 2% maximum at constant voltage and temperature.
Pick-up Point: 3 speed ranges at which relay will energize:
Low: 0.1 to 10 RPM.
Medium: 1 to 100 RPM.
High: 10 to 1000 RPM.
Signal Point: Speed at which relay will de energize. Recommended to be 15 20%
lower than pick up point.
Start-up Delay: Adjustable up to 45 seconds.
Radial Load on Input Shaft: 125 lbs maximum.
End Thrust on Input Shaft: 100 lbs maximum.
Rotation: Either clockwise or counter clockwise.
Driving Torque: 1/lb maximum.
Shaft: 5/8 diameter with 3/16 x 7/8 key.
Weight: 5 lbs (2.3 kg).
Agency Approvals: UL.
Model
DSS-W1
DSS-E1
DSS-W2
DSS-E2
DSS-W3
DSS-E3
Supply Voltage
120 VAC
120 VAC
240 VAC
240 VAC
24 VAC/DC
24 VAC/DC
Enclosure Rating
Weatherproof
Explosion Proof
Weatherproof
Explosion Proof
Weatherproof
Explosion Proof
4-3/4
[120.65]
4-7/8
[123.83]
FRONT VIEW
2
[50.8]
2-1/4
[57.15] 7/8
[22.23]
2-1/2
[63.50]
MOUNTING HOLE PLAN
8-63/64 [228.09]
3/4 NPT PIPE
TAP BOTH SIDES
3/8
[9.53]
SIDE VIEW
1-1/4
[31.75]
1-17/64
[32.03]
Model
A-426
A-427
A-428
A-422
Enclosure Type
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Description
Stub Shaft
Flexible Coupling
Coupling Guard
Mounting Bracket for DSS Switch
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
404
B
e
t
A
g
n
m
e
n
t
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
Belt Alignment Switch
Adjustable Activation Angles, Two Micro Switches
Model
CBAS
The Model CBAS Belt Alignment Switch is a rugged and reliable conveyor belt
alignment switch. The compact die cast aluminum housing is designed for easy installation.
The switch cover allows for simple access to wiring terminals and CAM adjustments. Belt
alignment switches are typically used in pairs with one switch on each side of the conveyor
belt mounted near the first and/or last pulley of a conveyor. Each CBAS is equipped with
two micro switches, allowing one actuation angle for small belt deviations and a second
actuation angle for extreme belt deviations. The actuation angles are factory set at 20
degrees and 35 degrees, each actuation angle can be easily adjusted in the field to fit any
application.
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Enclosure: Die cast aluminum.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 6 (IP67).
Switch Type: 2 SPDT.
Electrical Rating: 10 amp @ 125/250 VAC; 1/2 amp @ 125 VDC.
Electrical Connection: 3 screw type, common, normally open, normally closed.
Electrical Conduit: Two 3/4 female NPT.
Activation Angles: 20 and 35 (adjustable).
Activation Force: 0.8 to 1.2 lb. (0.36 to 0.54 kg).
Control Type: Automatic reset.
Weight: 6.4 lb (2.9 kg).
5-9/16
[141.29]
TOUCH
PULLEY
29/32
[25.02]
9/32
[7.14]
75
5-21/64
[135.33]
5-49/64
[70.25]
2X 1-1/2
[38.1]
5-1/8
[130.18]
2X2-11/64
[55.17]
3-43/64
[93.27]
2X 13/32 [10.32]
MOUNTING HOLES
1-15/32
[37.31]
1-63/64
[50.4]
10-9/16
[268.29]
3-11/32
[84.93]
2X 3/4 NPT
3/16
[4.76]
51/64
[20.24]
1/4
[6.35]
2-9/16
[65.09]
2-9/16
[65.09]
2-3/8
[60.33]
Cable Pull Switch
For Emergency or Normal Shut-Off
Model
CPS
The Model CPS Cable Pull Switch is designed to provide a switching system to isolate
the power to the conveyor system or other similar process equipment in event of a shut-
down condition. A steel wire is placed along the side of the conveyor and attached to the
cable pull switch. When the cable is pulled at any point along the conveyor it will trip the
cable pull switch causing the conveyor to shut down. To restart the conveyor the CPS must
be manually reset. The CPS has a universal design for bi-directional activation and utilizes
a highly visible red flag to indicate the switch status. The compact design makes it ideal
for easy installation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Enclosure: Die cast aluminum.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 6 (IP67).
Switch Type: 2 SPDT.
Electrical Rating: 10 amp @ 125/250 VAC; 1/2 amp @ 125 VDC.
Electrical Connection: 3 screw type, common, normally open, normally closed.
Electrical Conduit: Two 3/4 female NPT.
Activation Angles: 30 degrees.
Activation Force: 11 2.25 lb. (5 1 kg).
Control Type: Manual reset.
Weight: 6.4 lb (2.9 kg).
5-1/8
[130.18]
3-7/16
[87.31]
2-9/16
[65.09]
1-1/8
[28.58]
19/32
[15.03]
RESETTING
LEVER
63/64
[25]
61/64
[24.21]
3-23/64
[85.33]
1-31/32
[50]
29/32
[23.02]
1-31/32
[50]
51/64
[20.24]
6-1/16
[153.99]
1/8
[3.18]
2-21/64
[59.13]
3-15/16
[100.01]
2X 3/4
NPT
3-15/16
[100.01]
8-7/16
[214.31]
2-15/64
[5.95]
1/4
[6.35]
30
LOCK POSITION
31/64
[12.3]
2-49/64
[70.25]
2X2-11/64
[55.17]
2-9/16
[65.09]
2X 1-1/2
[38.1]
5-1/8
[130.18] 1-37/64
[40.08]
9/32
[7.14]
13/32 [10.32]
MOUNTING
HOLES
OPERATING
DIRECTION
Model CBAS-1, Conveyor Belt Alignment Switch
Model CPS-1, Cable Pull Switch
DATA LOGGERS & RECORDERS
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 405
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
page 406
Data Loggers,
Indicating
pages 407 410
Data Loggers,
Miniature
pages 410 412
Data Loggers,
Stainless Steel
pages 413 414
Data Loggers,
Surface Mount
pages 416 417
Data Loggers,
Level
page 418
Data Acquisition
Software
page 419
Data Loggers,
USB
pages 414 415
Recorders,
Paper
pages 419 420
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
406
T
y
p
c
a
A
p
p
c
a
t
o
n
s
D
A
T
A
L
O
G
G
E
R
S
&
R
E
C
O
R
D
E
R
S
When transporting temperature-sensitive products such as meat,
produce, beer and wine over long distances, it is necessary to
verify that the storage compartment has not exceeded the critical
preservation temperature at any time. Dwyer
BDL Button
Dataloggers offer a low cost way to measure and record storage
temperatures throughout transport. By placing several buttons
throughout the storage compartment and setting an appropriate
measurement interval, transportation services can retrieve data
at the completion of delivery to assure their customers of
adequate preservation temperatures.
Button Datalogger monitors food and beverage
temperature in refrigerated transport vehicles.
Series BDL
Button Data
Logger
10
Data acquisition is an essential tool for process monitoring and
system evaluation. It is also an integral factor in troubleshooting
and malfunction testing. Dwyer
ME, Windows NT
, Windows
XP, and Windows Vista
operating system
with 16 MB RAM, one free USB port.
Power Requirements: 3.6 VDC lithium AA.
Battery Life: 6 years (approx.).
Alarms: Programmable high/low.
Interface: USB port (cable included).
Housing Material: ABS plastic.
Weight: 5.8 oz (165 g).
Agency Approval: CE, RoHS.
Windows
, Windows NT
95, Windows
98, Windows
2000, Windows
ME, Windows NT
, and Windows
XP operating
system, one free USB port.
Power Requirements: User replaceable, 9V lithium battery. Optional
AC adapter.
Battery Life: 1 year with display off, 30 days with continuous display
usage (approx).
Interface: USB port (interface cable required).
Housing: Black anodized aluminum case.
Weight: 16 oz (440 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, model DLI R not CE approved.
Thermocouple Type
Type J
Type K
Type T
Type E
Type R
Type S
Type B
Type N
Range F
346 to 1400
436 to 2498
436 to 752
436 to 1796
58 to 3200
58 to 3200
140 to 3308
436 to 2372
Range C
210 to 760
260 to 1370
260 to 400
260 to 980
50 to 1760
50 to 1760
60 to 1820
260 to 1300
1/8 JACK
FOR USB
INTERFACE
CABLE
1-1/4
[31.75]
4-3/4
[120.65]
2-3/4
[69.85]
3-1/4
[82.55]
1-29/64
[36.83]
Model
DLI-R
DLI-T
DLI-H
DLI-P
Input Type
RTD Temperature
Thermocouple Temperature
Temperature/Humidity
Temperature/Humidity/Pressure
ACCESSORIES
DL700, Software, Manual and USB Interface Cable
U9VL-J, 9V Replacement Battery
DLI-120, 9V Power Adapter (North America
DLI-230, 9V Power Adapter (Europe)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 409
D
a
t
a
L
o
g
g
e
r
s
,
I
n
d
c
a
t
n
g
D
A
T
A
L
O
G
G
E
R
S
&
R
E
C
O
R
D
E
R
S
Series
DLI2
LCD Pressure Data Logger
1/4 NPT Fitting, Records 262,143 Readings, Front Keypad
The Series DLI2 accurately records pressure and gives instant remote readings. The
large, back-lit LCD and 8-button keypad provide convenient access to current data and
recorder setup as well as memory and battery levels. The Series DLI2 can be ordered for
absolute or gauge pressure measurements up to 5,000 psi. Using the keypad or software,
measurements can be read in psi, in. Hg, mm Hg, bar, atm, Torr, Pa, kPa, or MPa. The
large memory capacity allows over 260,000 readings to be stored. The easy to use DL700
software makes creating permanent records, performing data calculations, and graphing of
data simple. The DLI2 can easily be started and stopped from a PC or delayed to start up
to six months in advance. It can also stop recording at a specific time or after a certain
number of readings have been taken.
SPECIFICATIONS
Ranges: 0 to 30 psia (g), 0 to 100 psia
(g), 0 to 300 psia (g), 0 to 500 psia (g),
0 to 1000 psia, and 0 to 5000 psia
depending on the model.
Memory Size: 262,143 readings.
Accuracy: 2% FSR, 0.25% at 77F
(25C) typical.
Resolution: 0.002 psi (30 psi), 0.005
psi (100 psi), 0.02 psi (300 psi), 0.05
psi (500 and 1000 psi), and 0.2 psi
(5000 psi) depending on model.
Sampling Method: Stop on memory
full or continuous recording.
Sampling Rate: Selectable from 2 sec
to 12 hrs.
Computer Requirements: Windows
95, Windows
98, Windows
2000,
Windows
ME, Windows NT
, or
Windows
XP operating system, and
one free USB port.
Power Requirements: User
replaceable, 6 alkaline AA batteries.
Optional AC adapter.
Battery Life: 1 year (approx).
Interface: USB port (interface cable
required).
Housing Material: Black anodized
aluminum case.
Wetted Material: 316L SS.
Weight: 40 oz (1134 g).
Agency Approval: CE.
1-51/64
[45.72]
3-19/32
[91.44]
7/8 HEX
1/4-18
NPT
4-9/64
[105.16]
5-3/32
[129.54]
Model
DLI2-A08
DLI2-G08
DLI2-A10
DLI2-G10
DLI2-A13
Windows
, Windows NT
95, Windows
ME, Windows NT
, and Windows
95, Windows
98, Windows
2000,
Windows
ME, Windows NT
, and
Windows
, Windows NT
are registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Range: BDL 1: 40 to 185F
( 40 to 85C); BDL 2: 4 to 185F
( 20 to 85C), 0 to 100% RH.
Memory Size: BDL 1: 2048 readings;
BDL 2: 4096 temperature and 4096
humidity readings (low resolution),
2048 temperature and 2048 humidity
readings (high resolution).
Accuracy: BDL 1: 1.5F (1C) from
22 to 158F ( 30 to 70C); BDL 2:
0.9F (0.5C) from 14 to 158F
( 10 to 70C), 5% RH.
Resolution: BDL 1: 8 bit; BDL 2: 8 or
11 bit.
Sampling Method: Stop on memory
full or continuous recording.
Sampling Rate: BDL 1: Selectable
from 1 to 255 min; BDL 2: Selectable
from 1 sec to 24 hrs.
Computer Requirements: Windows
98, Windows
2000, Windows
ME,
Windows NT
, Windows
XP, and
Windows Vista
98, Windows
2000, Windows
ME,
Windows NT
, Windows
XP, and
Windows Vista
, Windows NT
are registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
2-23/64
[60]
1-3/8
[35]
25/32
[20]
3-29/64
[99.22]
1-61/64
[49.6]
1
[25.4]
DATA LOGGER
Model
IDL-0
IDL-1
IDL-2
IDL-3
* Free download from website
** Must also have lite version
ACCESSORIES
DL500-LITE, Lite Version Windows
95, Windows
98, Windows
2000,
Windows
ME, Windows NT
, and
Windows
and Windows NT
95, Windows
98, Windows
2000,
Windows
ME, Windows NT
, and
Windows
95, Windows
98, Windows
2000, Windows
ME, Windows NT
, and Windows
and Windows NT
98, Windows
2000, Windows
XP,
Windows NT
or Windows Vista
, Windows NT
and Windows Vista
98, Windows
2000, Windows
XP,
Windows NT
or Windows Vista
32 bit
operating systems.
Power Requirements: 3.6V lithium
battery.
Housing: ABS plastic blend.
Alarms: Programmable high/low.
Interface: USB Port.
Weight: 1.5 oz (43 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, RoHS.
The compact design of the DW-USB Series data loggers allows the user to monitor
temperature, humidity, dew point, voltage, current, or carbon monoxide almost anywhere.
The user can select the sampling rate, start time, high/low alarm settings, and temperature
unit parameters with easy to install Windows
, Windows NT
are
registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Y
X
MODEL DW-USB-X
LED
CO SENSOR CAP
TERMINAL BLOCK CAP
VENTED
CLIP
STANDARD
CLIP
4-51/64
[121.73]
1-3/32
[27.76]
MODEL DW-USB-CASE
1-3/64
[26.59]
1-1/16
[26.99]
Model
DW USB 1
DW USB 2
DW USB 3
Overall
Length (X)
3 55/64
4 1/16
4 27/64
Overall
Length (Y)
3 55/64
4 1/16
4 27/64
Body/Clip
Standard
Vented
Standard
Cap
Standard
Standard
Black Tip Term Block
LED
Clear/Red
Clear/Clear
Red/Green
Model
DW USB 4
DW USB 5
DW USB 6
Overall
Length (X)
4 27/64
4 59/64
4 21/32
Overall
Length (Y)
4 27/64
4 59/64
4 21/32
Body/Clip
Standard
Vented
Standard
Cap
Blue Tip Term Block
Red Tip Term Block
Standard
LED
Red/Green
Red/Green
Red/Green
Input Type
Temperature
Temperature/Humidity/Dew Point
Voltage
Current
Carbon Monoxide
Thermocouple
Model DW-USB-CASE, Waterproof case for DW USB 1
Model
DW-USB-LITE
Mini Temperature Data Logger
Single Channel, USB Interface
The Model DW-USB-LITE Data Logger is a low cost temperature data logger that
measures and stores up to 4080 temperature readings over a measurement range 14 to
122F. The stand-alone device has a fixed 30-min sample rate and a battery life of 1 month
with continuous use. High/low alarm settings are user programmable through easy to
install Windows
based software (included). The DW-USB-LITE features a visual LED
alarm indicator. Stored data is downloaded by directly plugging the data logger into a PCs
USB port and running the software, no cable required. Downloaded data can then be
graphed, printed and exported to other applications.
32/32
[18.26]
3/8
[22.23]
2-11/16
[69.26]
D
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Range: 14 to 122F ( 10
to 50C).
Temperature Accuracy: 4.5F
(2.5C).
Temperature Resolution: 2F (1C).
Memory Size: 4080 readings.
Sampling Mode: Continuous.
Sampling Rate: 30 min (fixed).
Computer Requirements: Windows
98, Windows
2000, Windows
XP, and
Windows Vista
(software included).
Power Requirements: 3V coin cell
battery (included).
Alarms: Programmable high/low.
Interface: USB.
Weight: 1 oz (30.0 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Windows
, Windows NT
and Windows Vista
software (sold separately) to quickly program the logger or upload data to a computer.
XXXXXX
.744
[18.9]
3.825
[97]
RELATIVE HUMIDITY PLUG IN
INPUT JACK FOR INTERFACE CABLE
SECURITY EYELET
MAGNETIC
STRIP
.644
[16.9]
2.956
[75.1]
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
3.375
[85.7]
.450
[11.4]
DWYER INS RUM NTS NC
MICH GAN C TY N 4 361 U S A
1240
6-00
Pressure/Temperature/RH Data Logger
Self-Powered, 5-Channel, Store up to 32,768 Readings, Compact
SPECIFICATIONS
No. of Channels: Two, one internal
thermistor and one external
temperature sensor.
Internal Thermistor Range: 40 to
158F ( 40 to 70C).
Memory Size: 32,768 readings.
Accuracy: 0.5C (0.9F).
Clock Accuracy: 8 seconds per day
plus one sampling interval.
Internal Thermistor Resolution:
0.7F (0.4C), R25 value equal to
10,000.
Resolution: 8 bits (1 in 256).
Sampling Methods: Continuous (first
in, first out) or stop when full (fill then
stop).
Sampling Rates: 8 seconds to once
every 5 days, selectable.
Ambient Operating Temperature/RH:
50 to 160F ( 45 to 70C), 0 to 95%
RH, non condensing.
Connection: Removable screw
terminal.
Computer Requirements: IBM
compatible 386 or above and
Windows
software and connecting cable (sold separately). The Series DL8 Process
Data logger is ideal for monitoring temperature, relative humidity, pressure, wind speed,
current, voltage and power.
SPECIFICATIONS
No. of Channels: Two; internal
thermistor, and a differential pressure
sensor.
Internal Thermistor Range: 40 to
158F ( 40 to 70C).
Compensated Temp Range: 32 to
158F (0 to 70C).
Memory Size: 21,500 readings.
Accuracy: 0.05 w.c. (up to 2 range)
1 (5 and 10 range).
Thermal Accuracy: 0.5% FS.
Clock Accuracy: 2 sec/day plus one
sampling interval.
Resolution: 0.01 w.c.
Internal Thermistor Resolution:
0.7F (0.4C), R25 value equal to
10,000 [10k @ 25C (77F)].
Resolution: 12 bits (1 in 4096).
Nonlinearity: 0.05% FS (BFSL).
Hysteresis and Repeatability:
0.05% FS.
Drift: 0.5% FS/yr.
Sampling Methods: Continuous
(first in, first out: not available from 40
ms to 8 sec.), stop when full (fill then
stop), or delayed start.
Sampling Rates: Selectable from 0.04
seconds to 8 hours.
Ambient Operating Temperature/RH:
40 to 158F ( 40 to 70C), 0 to 95%
RH, non condensing.
Connection: Two 1/8 I.D. permanent
protective tubing.
Computer Requirements: IBM
compatible 386 or above and
Windows
95, Windows
98,
Windows
2000, Windows
ME,
Windows NT
, and Windows
XP
operating systems, one free USB
port.
Power Requirements: User
replaceable, 3.6V lithium battery.
Battery Life: 1 year (approx).
Interface: USB port (interface
cable required).
Wetted Material: 303 SS.
Weight: 8 oz (227 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Windows
, Windows NT
95, Windows
98,
Windows
2000, Windows
ME,
Windows NT
, and Windows
XP
operating systems, one free USB
port.
Power Requirements: User
replaceable, 3.6V lithium battery.
Battery Life: 1 year (approx).
Interface: USB port (interface
cable required).
Wetted Materials: 303 SS; Cable:
Polyurethane.
Weight: 3 lb (1.4 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Windows
, Windows NT
NT
2000, and
Windows
III software application files, and additional hard disk space is needed
to store temperature log files. Log file size will vary depending on the Duration and
Rate selected for the controls and the number of controls on line.
Control Requirements
The temperature controls supported by LOVELINK
III Data Acquisition and Logging Software is the second generation of data
acquisition software from Love Controls. This easy to use program allows connection of up
to 40 controls on a single computer port. Data logging can be set up by individual control
with varying logging periods. LoveLink
differential
pressure gage with dial type scale for field use.
Main Valve
Gas
Pilot Gas
Regulator
Main Burner
Control
Valve
Series 475
Pressure Tap
Digital Manometers used to check gas pressure to a
heating burner.
Duct
Air Out
Air In
Series 471
Digital Thermo-Anemometer
Determine air velocity and temperature levels in ducts
or air supply grills.
The Dwyer
Pitot tube
(see Flow and Air Velocity), the Series 475-FM Mark III can also be used as an
air velocity gage. See the complete 475-1-FM-AV kit described below.
The Series 475-FM Mark III is housed in a durable extruded aluminum case
with its solid state circuitry mounted on a tough fiberglass epoxy circuit board.
To meet the most demanding applications and to provide stability of instrument
reading, the 1 in. w.c. range is compensated for position sensitivity through the use
of a unique patented dual sensor system. A standard 9 volt battery provides up to
100 hours of operation. Dual push pads on the front panel control on-off, auto
zero, and pressure unit selection. No set-up or leveling. The large 0.42 LCD
display is easy to read, minimizing data collection errors. Units include a low
battery indicator. The pressure sensor used is a highly stable silicon
piezoresistive device. Standard connections are dual sized for 1/8" or 3/16" I.D.
vinyl or rubber tubing. Complete instructions are conveniently printed on rear
of housing.
Series
475
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible combustible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 0.5% F.S., 60 to 78F (15.6 to 25.6C); 1.5% F.S. from 32
to 60F and 78 to 104F (0 to 15.6C and 25.6 to 40C).
Pressure Hysteresis: 0.1% of full scale.
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F ( 17.8 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 104F (0 to 40C).
Storage Temperature Limits: 4 to 176F ( 20 to 80C).
Display: 0.42 (10.6 mm) 4 digit LCD.
Resolution: See chart.
Power Requirements: 9 volt alkaline battery. Battery not connected.
Weight: 10.8 oz (306 g).
Connections: Two barbed connections for use with 1/8 (3.18 mm) or
3/16 (4.76 mm) I.D. tubing. Two compression fittings for use with 1/8
(3.18 mm) I.D. x 1/4 (6.35 mm) O.D. tubing for 475 7 FM & 475 8 FM
only.
Agency Approvals: FM, CE.
Mk III Handheld Digital Manometer
Ranges from 1 in. w.c. to 150 psid, 0.5% Accuracy
Model
475-000-FM
475-00-FM
475-0-FM
475-1-FM
475-2-FM
475-3-FM
475-4-FM
475-5-FM
475-6-FM
475-7-FM
475-8-FM
English
Range
0 1.000 in w.c.
0 4.000 in w.c.
0 10.00 in w.c.
0 20.00 in w.c.
0 40.00 in w.c.
0 200.0 in w.c.
0 10.00 psi
0 20.00 psi
0 30.00 psi
0 100.0 psi
0 150.0 psi
Metric
Range
.2491 kPa
0.996 kPa
2.491 kPa
4.982 kPa
9.96 kPa
49.82 kPa
.6895 bar
1.379 bar
2.069 bar
6.895 bar
10.34 bar
FEATURES
New low range option 0 1.000 in. w.c.
Measures positive, negative and differential pressures
Rugged, extruded aluminum case
Lightweight, fast and easy to use
Selectable english/metric units
FM approved
475-AV AIR VELOCITY KIT Includes the Series
475 FM Manometer, two A 303 static pressure tips
two 9 ft. lengths 3/16 I.D. rubber tubing, no. 166 6
CF Pitot tube, A 397 step drill, A 532 air velocity slide
chart and instruction bulletin H 11, all packed in a
tough, molded plastic carrying case with die cut foam
liner. To order, add AV suffix to any standard 475
model no.
Example: 475 1 FM AV
A-402A Carrying Case Tough gray nylon pouch
protects any Series 475 Manometer. Double zippered
for quick and easy access. With belt loop that snaps
closed.
7 1/2H x 3W x 2 1/4D (191 x 76 x 57 mm)
Maximum
Pressure
5 psig
5 psig
5 psig
10 psig
10 psig
30 psig
30 psig
60 psig
60 psig
150 psig
200 psig
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
426
M
a
n
o
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
P
o
r
t
a
b
e
T
E
S
T
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
Series 477 Handheld Digital Manometers are packed with features you need
to make pressure measurement and recording faster, easier and more accurate
than ever. First, you can instantly select from up to nine of the most widely used
pressure units without having to waste time and risk mistakes with tedious
conversions. Next, a non-volatile memory function enables storage of up to 40
readings perfect for HVAC technicians making Pitot tube traverses of airflow
readings across a duct. The FM approved models are intrinsically safe for
hazardous locations, Class 1, Div. 1, Group A, B, C, D, T4.
When working in poorly lighted areas, just switch on the handy backlight
feature. It automatically shuts itself off after 20 minutes to minimize battery
drain. Electronic zeroing means you simply touch a single key to perfectly null
out any minor pressure differences. A display HOLD key freezes the current
pressure for those all-too-common situations where readings fluctuate. We even
included an audible alarm to warn you of overpressure plus a visual alarm
warning in case ambient noise levels are too high to hear the alarm. Audible
alarm also confirms a value has been stored, eliminating the need to observe
display during a duct traverse.
A new option for the Series 477 is a USB interface. Combined with the 477s
datalogging capability, a user can now quickly and conveniently download the
stored readings to any USB compatible device. Data manipulation can be easily
accomplished in a multitude of word processing or spreadsheet programs. USB
models come with a USB cable and a software CD.
Handheld Digital Manometer
Selectable Pressure Units, 0.5% Accuracy, FM Approved Intrinsically
Safe for Hazardous Locations, Class 1, Div. 1, Group A, B, C, D, T4
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible gases. FM models air and compatible
combustible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 0.5% F.S., 60 to 78F (15.6 to 25.6C); 1.5% F.S. from 32
to 60F and 78 to 104F (0 to 15.6C and 25.6 to 40C).
Pressure Hysteresis: 0.1% of full scale.
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 140F ( 17.8 to 60C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 104F (0 to 40C).
Storage Temperature Limits: 4 to 176F ( 20 to 80C).
Display: 0.42 (10.6 mm) 4 digit LCD.
Response Time: 1 seconds.
Resolution: See chart.
Power Requirements: 9 volt alkaline battery. Battery included but not
connected.
Weight: 10.2 oz (289 g).
Connections: Two barbed connections for use with 1/8 (3.18 mm) or
3/16 (4.76 mm) I.D. tubing. Two compression fittings for use with 1/8
(3.18 mm) I.D. x 1/4 (6.35 mm) O.D. tubing for 477 7 FM & 477 8 FM
only.
Agency Approvals: CE and FM, USB models are not FM approved
Intrinsically safe.
New USB Connection
Capability
Series
477
Model*
477-000-FM
477-00-FM
477-0-FM
477-1-FM
477-2-FM
477-3-FM
477-4-FM
477-5-FM
477-6-FM
477-7-FM
477-8-FM
Range
0 1.000 in w.c.
0 4.000 in w.c.
0 10.00 in w.c.
0 20.00 in w.c.
0 40.00 in w.c.
0 200.0 in w.c.
0 10.00 psi
0 20.00 psi
0 30.00 psi
0 100.0 psi
0 150.0 psi
kPa
.2491
0.996
2.491
4.982
9.96
49.82
68.95
137.9
206.9
689.5
1034
bar
.0498
.0996
.4982
.6895
1.379
2.069
6.895
10.34
psi
.1445
.3613
.7225
1.445
7.225
10.00
20.00
30.00
100.0
150.0
in Hg
.0736
.2942
.7355
1.471
2.942
14.71
20.36
40.72
61.08
203.6
305.4
in w.c.
1.000
4.000
10.00
20.00
40.00
200.0
276.8
553.6
830.4
2768
4152
mm Hg
1.868
7.473
18.68
37.36
74.73
373.6
517.1
1034
1551
5171
7757
mbar
2.491
9.96
24.91
49.82
99.6
498.2
689.5
1379
2069
6895
mm w.c.
25.40
101.6
254.0
508.0
1016
5080
7031
Pa
249.1
996
2491
4982
9964
Available Pressure Units
FEATURES
New low pressure ranges
USB option comes with cable and software for easy data downloading
Instant selection from up to nine english/metric units
Stores 40 readings in memory for later reference
Measure positive, negative or differential pressures
Large easy to read 0.4 LCD display includes switchable backlight for
great visibility anywhere
Both audible and visual overpressure alarms
Includes + and indicators plus low battery warning
Operates up to 100 Hours on a Single 9 volt battery
Maximum
Pressure
5 psig
5 psig
5 psig
10 psig
10 psig
30 psig
30 psig
60 psig
60 psig
150 psig
200 psig
A-402A Carrying Case Tough gray nylon pouch
protects any Series 477 Manometer. Double zippered for
quick and easy access. With belt loop that snaps closed.
7 1/2H x 3W x 2 1/4D (191 x 76 x 57 mm)
*Note: USB models include a software CD and cable. Change FM to USB. Example: 477 2 FM becomes 477 2 USB
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 427
M
a
n
o
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
P
o
r
t
a
b
e
T
E
S
T
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
Handheld Digital Manometer
Precise Air Pressure Measurement, 0.1% F.S. Accuracy
Series
477A
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non combustible compatible gases.
Wetted Parts: Consult factory.
Accuracy: 0.10% of full scale from 60 to 78F (15.6 to 25.6C); 1%
of full scale from 32 60 and 78 104F (0 15.6 and 25.6 40C).
Pressure Hysteresis: 0.1% of full scale.
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 104F (0 to 40C).
Storage Temperature Limits: 4 to 176F ( 20 to 80C).
Display: 0.42 (10.6 mm) 4 digit LCD.
Resolution: See chart.
Power Requirements: 9 volt alkaline battery. Battery included but not
connected.
Weight: 10.2 oz. (289 g).
Connections: Two barbed connections for use with 1/8 (3.18 mm) or
3/16 (4.76 mm) I.D. tubing for 477A 1, 477A 2, 477A 3, 477A 4 and
477A 5 only. Two compression fittings for use with 1/8 (3.18 mm) I.D.
x 1/4 (6.35 mm) O.D. tubing for 477A 6 and 477A 7 only.
The Popular Model 477 is now available with 0.1% full scale accuracy in the new
Series 477A. The 477A contains a highly accurate differential pressure sensor
that offers a 0.1% full scale accuracy on air ranges from 20 w.c. to 100 psid. Series
477A Handheld Digital Manometers are packed with features needed to make
pressure measurement and recording faster, easier and more accurate than ever.
Instantly select from up to nine of the most widely used pressure units without
having to waste time and risk mistakes with tedious conversions. A non-volatile
memory function enables storage of up to 40 readings perfect for HVAC
technicians making Pitot tube traverses of airflow readings across a duct. The
477A is also ideal for maintenance personnel or technicians that require a highly
accurate standard to check their instrumentation or equipment to ensure proper
performance.
When working in poorly lighted areas, just switch on the handy backlight
feature. The manometer automatically shuts itself off after 20 minutes to
minimize battery drain. Electronic zeroing means you simply touch a single key
to perfectly null out any minor pressure differences. A display HOLD key
freezes the current pressure for those all-too-common situations where readings
fluctuate. Included is an audible alarm to warn of overpressure plus a visual
alarm warning in case ambient noise levels are too high to hear the alarm.
Audible alarm also confirms a value has been stored, eliminating the need to
observe display during a duct traverse.
Clear, concise operating instructions for all functions are printed on the rear of
the rugged extruded aluminum case for quick reference. One-piece front
membrane fully protects all keys from dust and moisture; wipes clean in
seconds. Detailed written instructions, a wrist strap and 9 volt alkaline battery
are included.
Model
477A-1
477A-2
477A-3
477A-4
477A-5
477A-6
477A-7
Range
0 20.00 in w.c.
0 40.00 in w.c.
0 200.0 in w.c.
0 10.00 psi
0 30.00 psi
0 50.00 psi
0 100.0 psi
kPa
4.982
9.96
49.82
68.95
206.9
344.7
689.5
Maximum
Pressure
3 psig
3 psig
15 psig
30 psig
60 psig
100 psig
200 psig
bar
.0498
.0996
.4982
.6895
2.069
3.447
6.895
psi
.7225
1.445
7.225
10.00
30.00
50.00
100.0
in Hg
1.471
2.942
14.71
20.36
61.08
101.8
203.6
in w.c.
20.00
40.00
200.0
276.8
830.4
1384
2768
mm Hg
37.36
74.73
373.6
517.1
1551
2585
5171
mbar
49.82
99.6
498.2
689.5
2069
3447
6895
mm w.c.
508.0
1016
5080
7031
Pa
4982
9964
Available Pressure Units
FTWC
1.667
3.333
16.67
23.07
69.20
115.3
230.7
FEATURES
Measure positive, negative, or differential pressures
Instant selection from up to nine english/metric units
Stores 40 readings in memory for later reference
Both audible and visual overpressure alarms
Operates up to 100 hours on a single 9 volt battery
New adjustable damping feature for averaging fluctuating reading
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
428
M
a
n
o
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
P
o
r
t
a
b
e
T
E
S
T
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
The High Precision Series HM35 Digital Manometer is designed to
reliably measure and log pressure measurements for critical applications. This
family of manometer can measure absolute pressure, differential pressure or
gauge pressure with up to 0.05% accuracy. The data logging function can store
up to 10,742 readings and transmit the readings to a PC through an IR serial
port. The large display can graphically display trends in the data as well as peaks
and valleys. The series HM35 comes standard with a calibration certificate so
that the instrument can be used as a secondary calibration standard when
testing other pressure instrumentation. This manometer is ideal for
laboratories, calibration facilities, and other critical pressure applications.
Series
HM35
Precision Digital Pressure Manometer
Up to 0.05% Accuracy, Graphical Display, Data Logging Capability
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Connections: Hose 4/6 mm or 1/8 NPT.
Accuracy: (Includes linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability): Depending
on model.
0.20% full scale 1 digit
0.10% full scale 1 digit
0.05% full scale 1 digit
Measuring Media: Instrument air or inert gases that are compatible with
18/8 stainless steel.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122F (0 to 50C).
Storage Temperature: 4 to 140F ( 20 to 60C).
Humidity: Maximum 95% RH non condensing.
Display: Graphical back lit LCD. 128 x 64 points.
Power Requirements: 3 x 1.5 VDC Mignon Cell AA batteries
(included). Can operate on 6 to 9 VDC external power.
Current Consumption: 25 mA without back lit display, IR, or buzzer.
Memory: 10,742 readings. Recording intervals adjustable from 1
second to 24 hours or manual.
Case Protection: IP54.
Weight: 10.5 oz (300 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
HM3531DLB300
HM3531DLC300
HM3531DLE300
HM3531DLF300
HM3531DLG300
HM3531DLH300
HM3531DLJ300
HM3531DLK300
HM3531DLL310
HM3531DLM310
Range
0 10 in w.c. (0 2.5 kPa)
0 28 in w.c. (0 7 kPa)
0 80 in w.c. (0 20 kPa)
0 120 in w.c. (0 30 kPa)
0 200 in w.c. (0 50 kPa)
0 14.5 psi (0 100 kPa)
0 29 psi (0 200 kPa)
0 108 psi (0 750 kPa)
0 145 psi (0 1000 kPa)
0 245 psi (0 1700 kPa)
Error Limit 0.2% F.S. for gauge, vacuum, and differential pressure
3-11/16
[93.66]
7-7/8
[200.03]
1-9/16
[39.69]
ACCESSORIES
HM28-0, 1/8 NPT Adapter (1 Piece)
HM35-1, Communication software and cable
HM35-2, Infrared RS 232 Serial Adapter
HM35-3, External Power Adapter
Over Pressure
50 in w.c.
140 in w.c.
600 in w.c.
600 in w.c.
58 psi
58 psi
100 psi
245 psi
390 psi
390 psi
For higher accuracy models change the 10th digit from a 3 to a 1 (0.05%
F.S.), 2 (0.1% F.S.), or 6 (0.1% of reading). For example, 0 to 28 in of w.c.
with 0.05% accuracy would be model number HM3531DLC100. Higher
accuracies are only available on 0 28 in of w.c. range or higher.
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 429
M
a
n
o
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
P
o
r
t
a
b
e
T
E
S
T
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
Handheld Digital Manometer
High Accuracy (0.2%, 0.1% or 0.05%), Differential, Gage or Absolute
Series
HM28
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Connection: Hose; 4/6 mm or
1/8 NPT.
Accuracy: (Includes linearity, hysteresis,
and repeatability): per order code.
0.20% full scale 1 digit
0.10% full scale 1 digit
0.05% full scale 1 digit
Measuring Media: Instrument air or inert
gases. For HM28G3XXXXX, any material
compatible with 18/8 stainless steel.
Temperature Limits: 23 to 122F
( 5 to 50C).
Storage Temperature: 4 to 140F
( 20 to 60C).
Humidity: 30 to 95% rH, non condensing.
Display: 2 line, 16 character, dot matrix
LCD, with switchable display sizes.
Battery: 9V alkaline (included). Can
operate from external power supply of 7 to
14 VDC.
Current Consumption: <9 mA.
Memory: 964 measured values. Recording
intervals adjustable from manual, 1, 5, 10,
20, 30 seconds, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 30, 60
minutes.
Case Protection: IP54.
Case Dimensions: 6 x 3.27 x 1.34 in (152
x 83 x 34 mm).
Weight: 9.5 oz (270 g).
Maximum Measurement Rates: Stand
alone: 2 1/2 readings/sec (0.1% and
0.05% ratings), 5 readings/sec (0.2%
rating). Output to RS 232: 20
measurements/sec (0.2% rating). 10
measurements/sec (0.1% and 0.05%
ratings).
RS-232 Baud Rate: Adjustable, 1200,
2400, 4800, or 9600 baud.
Agency Approvals: CE.
The Series HM28 Digital Hand-Held Manometer is a precision instrument
designed to measure a wide range of pressures to a very high accuracy. The unit
incorporates a variety of features in an easy to use format that makes it useful in a
wide variety of applications. Features include: measurement in all common pressure
ranges, display resolution to 0.001, differential or relative measurement, two line
liquid crystal display, and adjustable auto power off to conserve battery.
We are so proud of the accuracy of the HM28 that we provide a certificate of
calibration with the unit at no additional cost. Depending on your application, the
HM28 can be used as a secondary calibration standard for your other pressure
instrumentation.
Consult factory for 0.10% models.
Model
490-1
490-2
490-3
490-4
490-5
490-6
Range
0 15.00 psi
0 30.00 psi
0 50.00 psi
0 100.0 psi
0 500.0 psi
0 200.0 psi
kPa
103.4
206.9
344.7
689.5
3447
1379
Maximum
Pressure
30 psig
60 psig
100 psig
200 psig
1000 psig
400 psig
Wet/Wet Handheld Digital Manometer
Liquid & Gas Pressure Measurement, 0.5% F.S. Accuracy
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Without valve: 316L
SS; Additional wetted parts with 3 way
valve option: Buna N, silicone grease,
PTFE, brass 360, copper, reinforced acetal
copolymer.
Accuracy: 0.5% F.S., 60 to 78F (15.6 to
25.6C); 1.5% F.S. from 32 to 60F and
78 to 104F (0 to 15.6C and 25.6 to
40C).
Pressure Hysteresis: 0.1% of full scale.
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 104F
(0 to 40C).
Storage Temperature Limits: 4 to 176F
( 20 to 80C).
Display: 0.42 (10.6 mm) 4 digit LCD.
Resolution: See chart.
Power Requirements: 9 volt alkaline
battery. Battery included but not
connected.
Weight: 14.1 oz (400 g).
Connections: Two 1/8 (3.18 mm) female
NPT.
Agency Approvals: CE.
Series
490
Series 490 Digital Manometers are versatile, hand-held, battery operated
manometers available in several basic ranges for positive or positive differential
pressure measurement and can tolerate most liquid media compatible with 316LSS.
A memory function allows storage of up to 40 readings for later recall and a backlight
provides auxiliary lighting for hard-to-see locations.
Standard are a hold feature and both visual and audible overpressure alarms. A new
feature added to the Series 490 is a field adjustable damping. This allows the user to
choose the level of display averaging rate corresponding to the fluctuation level
common in many applications. A 9V alkaline battery is included that provides up to
100 hours of operation.
bar
1.034
2.069
3.447
6.895
34.47
13.79
psi
15.00
30.00
50.00
100.0
500.0
200.0
in Hg
30.54
61.08
101.8
203.6
1018
407.2
in w.c.
415.2
830.4
1384
2768
5536
mm Hg
775.7
1551
2585
5171
mbar
1034
2069
3447
6895
Available Pressure Units
FTWC
34.60
69.20
115.3
230.7
1153
461.3
ACCESSORIES
HM28-0, 1/8 NPT Adaptor 1 piece
HM28-1, Communication Software & Cable
HM28-2, Universal Power Adaptor
Part Number Features
Error limit 0.2% F.S. for gage, underpressure and differential pressure
HM28D3B10000 0 10 in w.c. (2.5 kPa)
HM28D3C10000 0 28 in w.c. (7 kPa)
HM28D3F10000 0 120 in w.c. (30 kPa)
HM28D3H10000 0 14.5 psi (100 kPa)
Error limit 0.05% F.S. for gage, underpressure and differential pressure
HM28D3C30000 0 28 in w.c. (7 kPa)
HM28D3F30000 0 120 in w.c. (30 kPa)
HM28D3H30000 0 14.5 psi (100 kPa)
HM28D3K30000 0 100 psi (700 kPa)
HM28D3M31000 0 245 psi (1700 kPa)
For Absolute pressure
HM28A3I10000 0 15.9 psia (0.2% F.S. (110 kPa abs)
A-402A, Carrying Case Tough gray nylon pouch protects any Series 490
Wet/Wet Handheld Digital Manometer. Double zippered for quick and easy
access. With belt loop that snaps closed.
7 1/2H x 3W x 2 1/4D (191 x 76 x 57 mm)
OPTIONS
-3V, 3 way Valve Package
Note: Option only available on ranges up to 100 psi.
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
430
M
a
n
o
m
e
t
e
r
s
,
P
o
r
t
a
b
e
T
E
S
T
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
Flex-Tube
U-Tube Manometers
These inexpensive manometers measure positive, negative and differential pressures. Dwyer
Flex-Tube
U-Tube Manometers combine the inherent accuracy of the simple U Tube with
the durability of tough, long-lasting plastic construction. Columns are of .375 O.D. flexible
and shatter proof clear butyrate tubing. They are easily accessible for cleaning. Indicating
tube is backed by white scale channel to provide maximum color contrast. Scales are extruded
high impact polystyrene plastic, formed to hold columns in perfect alignment. Stark white
scales have graduations and numbers silkscreen-printed in black for maximum legibility.
You can choose from numerous models and features including over-pressure safety traps, in
full scale ranges from 8 to 36 of water or mercury. All are suitable for total pressures to 100
psi for determining velocity and static pressures, leakage, fan and blower efficiency, filter
resistance, and gas pressures. Ideal wherever a portable, direct reading manometer is needed.
Standard ranges and markings as shown, or special ranges, colors, logos and brand names for
OEM quantity orders are available.
Minor Divisions of 1/10 inch water column (or 2 mm water column on metric units) are
silkscreened in jet black on stark white scale for positive definition. Easy to read, even
at a distance, they are acrylic coated for permanence. All models are furnished with one
3/4 ounce bottle of fluorescein green color concentrate with special wetting agent for
W/M models, or 3/4 ounce bottle of red gage oil for D units.
Series 1221 Manometer, Our simplest, lowest cost basic U gage. A dependable U
tube manometer that withstands hard use and provides accurate, high visibility
readings. For use with water, mercury or red gage oil. For mercury filled manometers,
a scale clamp bar, Dwyer
Manometers
Dwyer
Slack Tube
Slack-Tube
Slack Tube
Manometers are suitable for intermittent total pressure to 50 psi and vacuum
not exceeding 20 Hg. Avoid temperatures above 130F and continuous high total pressure.
Not for use with red gage oil; use only water or mercury.
The Handy Roll-Up Manometer With Laboratory Accuracy
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Plastic case, magnetic mounting clips, two rapid shutoff type molded nylon rubber
tubing connectors and one bottle of fluorescein green color concentrate with wetting
agent.
1212 Gas Pressure Kit For Servicing Gas Appliances
A handy, complete kit containing a 16"
Slack Tube
Manometer, necessary
tubing and connection fittings for
checking gas pressures in virtually all
gas appliances such as water heaters,
furnaces, stoves and dryers. Different
range manometers may be specified at
corresponding prices. Compared to the
cost of purchasing items separately the
assembly of component parts into kit
form represents substantial savings.
What the kit consists of:
1 #1211-16 Slack Tube
Manometer,
reads pressure to 16 water.*
1 Carrying case, plastic, 8-1/2 x 7 x 3-1/8
1 3/4 oz. bottle Fluorescein green color
concentrate with wetting agent
2 1/8 pipe thread rubber tubing adapters
1 1/8 to 1/4 pipe thread bushing
1 3 ft. length 3/16 rubber tubing
1 Rubber tubing adapter to fit standard
7/16 dia. spud.
*Other ranges available.
Model 1212
Gas Pressure Kit
Slack Tube
Manometer
rolled up for easy
handling and storage.
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Two plastic carrying plugs with retainers for use
when manometer is not in service. Two magnetic
clips to hold instrument to metal surface. Flexible
red vinyl plastic tubing connectors. Brass
terminal tube 1/4 diameter x 8 long. One
terminal tube holder. Brass adapter, 1/8 pipe
thread to plastic tubing. One 4-1/2-foot length of
Tygon
plastic tubing. One 3/4 ounce bottle .826
sp. gr. red gage fluid. Vinyl carrying case.
Model 1227
Dual Range
Dual Range Flex-Tube
U-Inclined Manometers
Use Series 1227 as a regular U-tube
manometer to read high-range pressure
on the right leg (shown to the right), or as
an inclined manometer (shown below) to
read low-range pressure on the bottom
leg. Simply incline manometer until fluid
levels read zero. No spirit level required.
Magnetic clips hold the gage in position
on a steel duct surface.
Series 1227 Manometer,
Most versatile and useful low cost
manometer we know of. Designed for
installation and servicemen. A sturdy,
clear plastic manometer, it offers single,
direct readings in two ranges: As a U-
tube, it reads from 0 to 16 of water; as
an inclined gage, it reads from -.20 to 0
to 2.6 of water. Model 1227M (Metric) is
0 400mm water column as a U-tube
and -5 to 0 to 70mm water column as an
inclined gage. How-to-use instructions
are printed directly on the scale.
Indicating Tube - Clear .400 O.D.,
tough, shatterproof butyrate. Pressure
connection end is bent to provide over
pressure protection when used as an
inclined gage. One 4-1/2' x 3/8 Tygon
Durablock
3.1 or later with 2mB RAM and 2mB hard drive disk space, one serial
port.
Housing Material: ABS plastic.
Weight: Calibrator: 3.0 lb (1.4 kg); Pressure module: 0.5 lb (0.3 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
MC1000
MC1001
MC1004
MC1006
MC2010
MC2012
MC2016
Windows
is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
Model MC6, Benchtop Calibrator
Range
0.25 H2O Differential Pressure, 0.07
0.50 H2O Differential Pressure, 0.07
5.00 H2O Differential Pressure, 0.06
25 H2O Differential Pressure, 0.06
5.0 psig Gauge Pressure, 0.05
15.0 psig Gauge Pressure, 0.05
100.0 psig Gauge Pressure, 0.05
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 463
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
C
a
b
r
a
t
o
r
s
T
E
S
T
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
Multi-Cal Pressure Calibrator
Interchangeable Ranges, 0.05% Accuracy, Datalogging Capability, NIST Traceable
Series
MC
Series MC Portable Multi-Cal Pressure Calibrator performs a wide
variety of simple and complex pressure based measurement, test, and
calibration operations. Modular sensor design allows user to select pressure
measurement range for application flexibility. Calibrator can accommodate up
to two interchangeable pressure modules (sold separately below) in any
combination of range or accuracy.
Simultaneously display two separate measurements on the two line,
alphanumeric display. Readings can be displayed in a choice of 12
preprogrammed engineering units or any single user-defined unit. Calibrator
features min/max recall, hi/lo alarm, percentage of full scale pressure readings,
mA/voltage measurement, leak rate and pressure decay measurement, switch
testing capabilities, including trip point and dead band, and velocity/volume
flow rates.
Quickly document calibration procedures using the data logging feature which
stores up to 384 sets of pressure and time/date stamped measurements. Easily
upload stored data to an IBM compatible computer via the RS232 port.
Calibrators and modules include certification to NIST traceabilityideal as a
secondary standard for calibrating pressure equipment.
Multi-Cal Pressure Calibrator includes utility software, test leads, protection
module, adjustable hand strap, AC adapter, two 9V batteries, instruction
manual, and hard carrying case.
APPLICATIONS
Pressure measurement for clean room control, filter performance monitoring,
HVAC testing and setup, draft measurement, airflow measurement control,
differential pressure measurement in laminar flowhoods, paint booths, industrial
ovens and fume hoods. Use as a secondary standard for calibrating pressure
equipment.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean, dry, nonconductive, noncorrosive gases.
Accuracy: Differential pressure modules: 0.06% FS; Gauge pressure
modules: 0.05% FS; Voltage input: 0.025% FS @ 0/10 VDC, 0.10%
FS @ 0/30 VDC; Current input: 0.03% FS @ 0/20 mA, 0.05% FS @
0/50 mA.
Sensitivity: 0.002% of span with dampening 1 part in 50,000 (max).
Repeatability: Ranges 0/2 psi: 0.05% of span; Ranges 0/5 psi:
0.02% of span.
Output: RS232 serial interface, 9 pin.
Alarm Output: SPST form C 110 VDC, 120 VDC (max.), 1 A (max), 30
W, 62.5 VA (resistive).
Display: Alphanumeric LCD, 0.37 (9.5 mm) height per line, 2 lines, 16
characters/line.
Display Update: 100 msec.
Ambient Operating Temperature: 32 to 120F (0 to 49C).
Storage Temperature: 4 to 158F ( 20 to 70C).
Process Connection: 1/8 female NPT.
Electrical Connections: Miniature recessed banana jacks.
Power Requirements: Internal: two 9 VDC alkaline batteries; External:
AC adapter 9 VDC, 500 mA.
Battery Life: 30 hours (approximate).
Engineering Units: inH
2
O, psi, inHg, kPa, mbar, cmH
2
O, mmHg, and
user defined.
Overpressure: Differential pressure modules: 50 psi positive direction,
15 psi negative direction; Gage pressure modules: 2x range (0/5 psi to
0/1000 psi).
Temperature Compensation: 20 to 120F ( 7 to 49C).
Temperature Error: Maximum of 0.004% of span per F over
compensated range for zero and span.
Temperature Effect Electrical Measurement: 0.001% of span per F
over compensated range.
Dampening: (Measurement averaging) programmable from 0 to 16
consecutive readings.
Baud Rate: 300, 1200, 2400, or 9600, selectable.
Housing Material: ABS plastic.
Weight: Calibrator: 2.2 lb (1.3 kg); Pressure module: 0.5 lb (0.3 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
MODULES INSERTED HERE
4-1/4
[108.0]
1/2
[12.70]
7-7/8
[200.0]
3-1/4
[82.55]
3-1/4
[82.55]
1-3/4
[44.45]
Multi-Cal Pressure Modules are interchangeable and available in a wide
selection of pressure ranges and accuracies. Handheld calibrator accepts up to
two pressure modules. Modules include NIST calibration certification.
OPTIONS
Consult factory for other pressure ranges and accuracies. FM approved
models are also available.
Model
MC1000
MC1001
MC1004
MC1006
MC2010
MC2012
MC2016
2.170
[55.12]
2.042
[51.87]
2.868
[72.85]
2.268
[57.61]
Model MC2K, Handheld Calibrator
ACCESSORY
CP40, Serial Printer
Range
0.25 H2O Differential Pressure, 0.07
0.50 H2O Differential Pressure, 0.07
5.00 H2O Differential Pressure, 0.06
25 H2O Differential Pressure, 0.06
5.0 psig Gauge Pressure, 0.05
15.0 psig Gauge Pressure, 0.05
100.0 psig Gage Pressure, 0.05
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
464
T
a
c
h
o
m
e
t
e
r
s
T
E
S
T
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
TM
Series
TAC3
Pocket Tachometer
Multi-Function, NIST Certified
The Series TAC3 Pocket Tachometer measures and displays rotational speed of
saw blades, grinders, engines, motors, and conveyor belts. The unique ergonomic
design provides direct line-of-sight viewing of display and target. Easy-to-read 5-digit
alphanumeric dual LCD also displays on-target, continuous measurement, laser and
low batter indication. Measurements of up to 999,999 can be viewed with the on-
screen multiplier.
The Model TAC3 is a 32 function tachometer/ratemeter, totalizer/counter, and timer.
It is programmable to read in English or Metric units. An input socket accepts remote
sensing devices and an output socket allows for pulse output to external indicating
devices. The Model TAC3 can be tripod mounted and Locked-On for accurate and
continuous operation. This tachometer also stores minimum, maximum, and last
measurement in memory.
Model TAC3-K Kit comes with tachometer, plastic case, remote contact assembly,
concave and convex contact tips, 3.9 in (10 cm) circumference contact wheel, N.I.S.T.
certification, and 5 ft (1.5 m) of reflective tape. Optional TAC3-91 Remote Optical
Sensor allows this unit to measure rps, rpm, or rph in hard to reach locations.
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Non contact: 0.01% of reading; Contact: 0.05% of reading;
Timer: 0.2 sec.
Display: Dual LCD display (5 digit upper display / scrolling 5 digit
alphanumeric lower display).
Resolution: User selectable from 0.001 to 1 (10 above 99,999); Timer: 0.1
sec.
Max. Measuring Distance: 25 and up to 70 from perpendicular.
Ambient Operating Temperature: 40 to 105F (5 to 40C).
Power Requirements: 2 AA batteries.
Weight: 7 oz (210 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Measurement Ranges
Speed Ranges
Optical*
Contact Tips*
10 cm/12 Wheel*
Linear Menu
Inches/Min*
Feet/Min*
Yards/Min*
Miles/Hour
Centimeters/Min*
Meters/Min*
Totalizer/
Counter
Timer
(Stopwatch)
Model TAC3
5 200,000 rpm
N/A
N/A
Linear Menu
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0 999,999 counts
99 min, 59 sec,
0.9 sec
0 999,999 revolutions**
99 min, 59 sec, 0.9 sec
10 cm
1.969 78,740
0.164 6,561.7
0.055 2,187.2
0.002 74.564
5.000 200,000
0.050 2,000.0
12
6.000 144,000
0.500 12,000
0.167 4,000.0
0.006 136.36
15.240 365,760
0.153 3,657.0
* Also reads units per second and per hour.
** Also totalizes inches, feet, yards, centimeters, and meters.
M
1
[25.40]
2-1/4
[57.15]
1-19/32
[40.64]
2-13/32
[60.95]
6-5/16
[160.41]
1-31/32
[49.97]
BATTERY
COMPARTMENT
4-45/64
[119.38]
6-19/64
[160.02]
1-29/32
[48.26]
19/64
[7.62]
1-21/32
[41.91]
5/16
[7.87]
7/8
[22.35]
1/2
[12.70]
57/64
[22.72]
23/32
[18.41]
1-1/4
[31.75]
Model TAC3K
5 200,000 rpm
0.5 20,000 rpm
0.5 12,000 rpm
Model TAC3, Pocket tachometer includes 12 of reflective tape
and N.I.S.T. certification
Model TAC3-K, Pocket tachometer plus kit
ACCESSORIES
TAC2K-91, Remote optical sensor includes mounting
bracket and 8 ft (2.5 m) cable (optional 100 ft)
TAC-5, Reflective tape, 5 ft (1.5 m) roll, 1/2 (13 mm) wide
TAC3-1, Remote contact assembly for TAC3 includes 6 ft (1.8 m) cable,
convex and concave tips and 10 cm contact wheel
VALVES
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 465
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
page 466
Valves,
Globe
pages 468 476
Valves,
Needle
pages 476 477
Valves,
Angle Seat
pages 478 481
Valves,
Check
pages 504 507
Valves,
Butterfly
pages 508 514
Manual Gear
Operators
page 511
Valves,
Plug
page 482
Valves,
Ball
pages 483 503
Valves,
Diaphragm Pulse
page 518
Valves,
Solenoid
pages 519 521
Bulk Head
Connectors
page 519
Valves,
Shuttle
page 515
Valves,
Zone
pages 516 517
Steam Traps
page 522
Current to Pressure
Transducers
pages 523 526
Electro-Pneumatic
Controllers
page 524
Positioners
pages 527 529
Position Indicators/
Switches/Transmitters
pages 530 536
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
page 467
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
466
T
y
p
i
c
a
l
A
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
V
A
L
V
E
S
Process temperature control using pneumatic
Hi-Flow control valves.
Pneumatic Hi-Flow control valves provide excellent control with
high flow, wide rangeability and tight shutoff capabilities. The
dispensing application shown uses a Lin-E-Aire
pneumatic
actuator, operating off standard 3-15 psi control air signals, and a
Hi-Flow linear control valve that apportions steam or water to a
user process. The valve regulates cooling water or steam flow
depending on the process requirement resident in the
temperature controller program. This package can be provided
with a Precisor
position transmitter
which provides an excellent process control application problem
solution.
Pump
Water or Steam
Air Supply
I/P
Overpressure
Relief Valve
Control
Valve Temperature
Sensor
Temperature
Controller
Process
Heat
Exchanger
Control Valves
Globe Valves, Ideal for Steam and Water Flow Control,
1/2 to 4 Sizes, 2-Way or 3-Way
Hi-Flow
control valves are single seated, top or cage guided globe valves -
probably the simplest, from a construction standpoint, yet most versatile
control valve in use. The Hi-Flow
valves are
ruggedly constructed of the highest quality materials, precision machined, and
performance tested to assure years of trouble free service. Standard packing
consists of PTFE V-rings and wiper to minimize friction without leakage at high
operating pressures. Available in brass, iron, or 316 SS body, trim is 316 SS
with all welded plug construction to provide superior durability and corrosion
resistance.
FEATURES
Wide Rangeability of 50:1
Exceptional shut off and leak rate that meets ANSI/FCI 70 2 Class IV
(0.01% of Cv in the closed position)
Selectable fail safe condition with Air to Raise or Air to Lower actuators
and Push to Open or Push to Close valve bodies
Linear or equal percentage flow characteristics
Low flow options of restricted trim or needle plug
Removable and replaceable seat ring
APPLICATIONS
Flow control, mixing, or diverting service
Perfect for steam, water or compatible glycol solutions
SPECIFICATIONS
VALVE BODY
Service: Compatible liquids, gases, and steam.
Line Size: 1/2 to 2 1/2.
Body Style: 2 way or 3 way globe.
End Connections: 1/2 to 2 female NPT, 2 1/2 flanged.
Pressure Limit: Iron and bronze body: 250 psi (17.2 bar); 316 SS body:
300 psi (20.7 bar).
Wetted Materials:
Body material: Iron, bronze, or 316 SS;
Trim: 316 SS.
Packing: PTFE.
Temperature Limits: 20 to 400F ( 7 to 204.4C).
ACTUATOR
Type: Pneumatic spring/diaphragm.
Control Signal: 3 to 15 psi (0.21 to 1.0 bar) standard. Custom ranges
available.
Maximum Supply Pressure: 220, 222, and 230: 100 psi (6.89 bar).
221, 223, 231, and 233: 50 psi (3.45 bar).
Air Connection: 1/4 female NPT.
Temperature Limit: 150F (66C).
Positioners and current to pressure transducers available factory
mounted. See Series 165 for positioners and see Series 2800 and 2900
for transducers.
How to Order:
Select model number from model chart or standard product chart and
supply maximum upstream pressure, USP.
2-Way Flanged 3-Way 2-Way with positioner and current to
pressure transducer
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 469
V
a
v
e
s
,
G
o
b
e
V
A
L
V
E
S
Hi-Flow
Control Valves
2-Way Simplified Selection Guide with Standard Products
Caution: Use of an actuator supply gas other than air can create a hazardous
environment because a small amount of gas continuously vents to atmosphere.
Pipe
Size
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
*2 1/2
Cv
100%
6.45
10.75
17.42
25.30
32.10
50.30
78.60
Body
Material
BRONZE
316SS
BRONZE
316SS
BRONZE
316SS
BRONZE
316SS
BRONZE
316SS
BRONZE
316SS
IRON
BRONZE
316SS
Max USP
psi (bar)
3-15 (.21-1.0)
250
(17.2)
300
(20.7)
250
(17.2)
250
(17.2)
285
(19.7)
300
(20.7)
166
(11.4)
250
(17.2)
166
(11.4)
300
(20.7)
98
(6.8)
245
(16.9)
250
(17.2)
98
(6.8)
245
(17.0)
300
(20.7)
65
(4.5)
168
(11.6)
250
(17.2)
65
(4.5)
168
(11.6)
300
(20.7)
31
(2.1)
88
(6.1)
175
(12.1)
31
(2.1)
88
(6.1)
175
(12.1)
105
(7.2)
105
(7.2)
105
(7.2)
A
in (mm)
19 3/4
(501.7)
19 3/4
(501.7)
19 3/4
(501.7)
20 3/8
(517.5)
19 3/4
(501.7)
20 3/8
(517.5)
20 3/16
(512.8)
20 13/16
(528.6)
20 3/16
(512.8)
20 13/16
(528.6)
20 5/16
(515.9)
20 15/16
(531.8)
25 13/32
(645.3)
20 5/16
(515.9)
20 15/16
(531.8)
25 13/32
(645.3)
20 11/16
(525.5)
21 5/16
(541.3)
25 25/32
(654.8)
20 11/16
(525.5)
21 5/16
(541.3)
25 25/32
(654.8)
20 15/16
(531.8)
21 9/16
(547.7)
26 1/32
(661.2)
20 15/16
(531.8)
21 9/16
(547.7)
26 1/32
(661.2)
26 1/4
(666.8)
26 1/4
(666.8)
26 1/4
(666.8)
C
in (mm)
7 3/4
(196.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
13 3/8
(339.7)
13 3/8
(339.7)
13 3/8
(339.7)
Max. USP
psi (bar)
3-15 (.21-1.0)
250
(17.2)
300
(20.7)
250
(17.2)
250
(17.2)
300
(20.7)
300
(20.7)
192
(13.2)
250
(17.2)
192
(13.2)
300
(20.7)
115
(7.9)
250
(17.2)
250
(17.2)
115
(7.9)
300
(20.7)
300
(20.7)
80
(5.5)
235
(16.2)
250
(17.2)
80
(5.5)
235
(16.2)
300
(20.7)
44
(3.0)
140
(9.7)
250
(17.2)
44
(3.0)
140
(9.7)
272
(18.8)
190
(13.1)
190
(13.1)
190
(13.1)
B
in (mm)
18 7/16
(468.3)
18 7/16
(468.3)
18 7/16
(468.3)
19 1/8
(485.8)
18 7/16
(468.3)
19 1/8
(485.8)
18 7/8
(479.4)
19 9/16
(496.9)
18 7/8
(479.4)
19 9/16
(496.9)
19
(482.6)
19 11/16
(500.1)
23 1/8
(587.4)
19
(482.6)
19 11/16
(500.1)
23 1/8
(587.4)
19 3/8
(492.1)
20 1/16
(509.6)
23 1/2
(596.9)
19 3/8
(492.1)
201/16
(509.6)
23 1/2
(596.9)
19 5/8
(498.5)
20 5/16
(515.9)
23 3/4
(603.3)
19 5/8
(498.5)
20 5/16
(515.9)
23 3/4
(606.3)
24 7/16
(620.7)
24 7/16
(620.7)
24 7/16
(620.7)
C
in (mm)
7 3/4
(196.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
13 3/8
(339.7)
13 3/8
(339.7)
13 3/8
(339.7)
Use the chart below to aid in the selection of Hi-Flow Control Valve. As long as the
maximum upstream pressure (USP) is less than, or equal to, the value listed, the model
shown can be manufactured and calibrated to your specific requirements. Specify maximum
upstream pressure, USP, when ordering.
C
C
B
A
Model
(Air-To-Open)
2000VA32-230
2000VA42-230
2001VA32-230
2001VA32-231
2001VA42-230
2001VA42-231
2002VA32-230
2002VA32-231
2002VA42-230
2002VA42-231
2003VA32-230
2003VA32-231
2003VA32-233
2003VA42-230
2003VA42-231
2003VA42-233
2004VA32-230
2004VA32-231
2004VA32-233
2004VA42-230
2004VA42-231
2004VA42-233
2005VA32-230
2005VA32-231
2005VA32-233
2005VA42-230
2005VA42-231
2005VA42-233
2006VA12-233
2006VA32-233
2006VA42-233
Model
(Air-To-Close)
2000VA32-220
2000VA42-220
2001VA32-220
2001VA32-221
2001VA42-220
2001VA42-221
2002VA32-220
2002VA32-221
2002VA42-220
2002VA42-221
2003VA32-220
2003VA32-221
2003VA32-223
2003VA42-220
2003VA42-221
2003VA42-223
2004VA32-220
2004VA32-221
2004VA32-223
2004VA42-220
2004VA42-221
2004VA42-223
2005VA32-220
2005VA32-221
2005VA32-223
2005VA42-220
2005VA42-221
2005VA42-223
2006VA12-223
2006VA32-223
2006VA42-223
* Valve has flanged connections. Max. USP (PSI) is for Linear Valves. Consult factory for optional trim.
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
470
V
a
v
e
s
,
G
o
b
e
V
A
L
V
E
S
Use the standard models chart to aid in the selection of the most economical Hi-Flow
3-
Way Control Valve for your application. Specify maximum upstream pressures (USPs);
Mixing: USP
U
and USP
L
; Diverting: USP
C
; based on standard 3-15 psi (.21-1.0 bar) pneumatic
control signal.
Hi-Flow
Control Valves
2-Way Stock Models, 3-Way Standard Products for Mixing or Diverting
For diverting service, add USP
U
and USP
C
to
determine the shutoff pressure. For mixing service compute: (USP
U
- USP
C
) + (USP
L
-
USP
C
) to determine the shutoff pressure.
Caution: Use of an actuator supply gas other than air can create a hazardous
environment because a small amount of gas continuously vents to atmosphere
Dimension Data
Mixing Service:
FLOW IN ports U&L
FLOW OUT port C
Diverting Service:
FLOW IN port C
FLOW OUT ports U&L
Standard Models include
LIN E AIRE
Air To Lower Actuator
port L opens on loss of Air
D
in (mm)
4 1/8
(104.8)
4 1/8
(104.8)
4
(101.6)
3 3/4
(95.3)
3 11/16
(93.7)
3 11/16
(93.7)
B
in (mm)
2 9/16
(65.1)
2 9/16
(65.1)
3
(76.2)
3 3/16
(81.0)
3 3/4
(95.3)
3 15/16
(100.0)
C
in (mm)
2 3/16
(55.6)
2 3/16
(55.6)
2 7/16
(61.9)
2 1/2
(63.5)
2 3/4
(69.9)
3 3/16
(81.0)
Pipe
Size
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
Control Valves - Hi-Flow Series, 2-Way
Hi-Flow
Control Valves, 3-Way Simplified Selection Guide with Standard Products
F
in (mm)
7 3/4
(196.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
7 3/4
(196.9)
10 5/8
(269.9)
13 3/8
(339.7)
13 3/8
(339.7)
Body
Material
Bronze
316SS
Bronze
316SS
Bronze
316SS
Bronze
316SS
Bronze
316SS
Bronze
316SS
Iron
Bronze
316SS
Cv
100%
6.45
10.75
17.42
25.30
32.10
50.30
78.6
Pipe
Size
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
*2 1/2
Pipe
Size
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2
Cv
100%
6.45
10.75
17.42
17.42
25.30
25.30
32.10
50.30
50.30
Body
Material
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Set at USP
psig (bar)
125 (8.6)
125 (8.6)
125 (8.6)
125 (8.6)
98 (6.8)
125 (8.6)
125 (8.6)
88 (6.1)
125 (8.6)
Adjustable USP
Range psig (bar)
96 200 (6.8 13.8)
81 155 (5.6 10.7)
123 166 (8.5 11.5)
71 155 (4.9 10.7)
66 98 (4.6 6.8)
121 165 (8.3 11.4)
104 137 (7.2 9.5)
68 88 (4.7 6.1)
116 145 (8.0 10.0)
USP(S)
PSI (bar)
250
(17.2)
300
(20.7)
250
(17.2)
300
(20.7)
200
(13.8)
250
(17.2)
200
(13.8)
300
(20.7)
120
(8.4)
250
(17.2)
120
(8.3)
300
(20.7)
80
(5.6)
200
(13.8)
250
(17.2)
80
(5.5)
200
(13.8)
300
(20.7)
45
(3.1)
100
(6.9)
175
(12.1)
45
(3.1)
100
(6.9)
175
(12.1)
97
(6.7)
E
in (mm)
18 1/16
(458.8)
18 1/16
(458.8)
18 1/16
(458.8)
18 1/16
(458.8)
18 5/16
(465.1)
19
(482.6)
18 5/16
(465.1)
19
(482.6)
18 3/8
(466.7)
19 1/16
(484.2)
18 3/8
(466.7)
19 1/16
(484.2)
18 5/8
(473.1)
19 5/16
(490.5)
21 3/8
(542.9)
18 5/8
(473.1)
19 5/16
(490.5)
21 3/8
(542.9)
19 1/16
(484.2)
19 3/4
(501.7)
21 13/16
(554.0)
19 1/16
(484.2)
19 3/4
(501.7)
21 12/16
(554.0)
24.52
(622.8)
*Valve has flanged connections. Max. USP (PSI) is for Linear Valves. Consult factory for optional trim.
Model
2000VA32-230-QS
2001VA32-230-QS
2002VA32-230-QS
2002VA32-231-QS
2003VA32-230-QS
2003VA32-231-QS
2004VA32-231-QS
2005VA32-231-QS
2005VA32-233-QS
Model
3000WA32-220
3000WA42-220
3001WA32-220
3001WA42-220
3002WA32-220
3002WA32-221
3002WA42-220
3002WA42-221
3003WA32-220
3003WA32-221
3003WA42-220
3003WA42-221
3004WA32-220
3004WA32-221
3004WA32-223
3004WA42-220
3004WA42-221
3004WA42-223
3005WA32-220
3005WA32-221
3005WA32-223
3005WA42-220
3005WA42-221
3005WA42-223
3006WA12-223
3006WA32-223
3006WA42-223
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 471
V
a
v
e
s
,
G
o
b
e
V
A
L
V
E
S
The Series GV1 globe valves can be conveniently paired with the Series EVA1
electric actuators, creating a low cost and compact control valve package. The
globe design allows for exceptional throttling control in a wide range of
applications, including central heating and air conditioning, water handling,
and industrial manufacturing systems. Valves are manufactured in a variety of
sizes, and are available in either two-way or three-way body styles. The forged
brass body and equal percentage flow characteristic are ideal for many flow
control systems.
FEATURES
Low leakage rate (less than 0.05% of Cv)
Equal percentage flow characteristic for excellent low flow control
Forged brass construction
Direct mounting actuator (Series EVA1) for compact control valve
package
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids and gases.
Line Size: 1 to 2.
Body Style: 2 way, push to open globe; 3 way globe.
End Connections: Female NPT.
Pressure Limit: 232 psi (16 bar).
Wetted Materials:
Body material: Brass;
Stem: 302 SS;
Disc: Brass with Nitrile gasket;
Packing: Fluon
gasket;
Packing: GV2: Fluon
ACCESSORIES
A-180 Valve Mounting Kit, for Hi Flow
TM
control valves
(Series 2800 only)
A-181 DIN Rail Mounting Kit, suitable for EN 50035,
EN 50042, and EN 50022 rails
A-182 Pipe Mounting Kit, for 1 1/2 and 2 pipes
Valve Mount, for factory mounting and calibration to Hi Flow
TM
control valves, add Current to Pressure Transducer model
number as suffix (Series 2800 only)
Output
3 15 psig (0.2 1.0 bar)
6 30 psig (0.4 2.1 bar)
Output
3 15 psig (0.2 1.0 bar)
6 30 psig (0.4 2.1 bar)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
526
C
u
r
r
e
n
t
t
o
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
T
r
a
n
s
d
u
c
e
r
s
V
A
L
V
E
S
The Series 2900 Current to Pressure Transducer delivers reliable high
performance for the toughest applications in the most hazardous environments.
Its NEMA 4X housing is designed and FM and CSA approved for both
intrinsically safe and explosion-proof operation. This unit has advanced circuitry
which includes electronic feedback control for superior vibration protection and
highly accurate output. The 2900 is not position sensitive and the easily
accessible zero and span adjustments make field calibration quick and easy. For
ease of installation, this model has input and output ports on both the front and
back. It is also not vibration sensitive, which makes the 2900 ideal for field
mounting on a valve. These features coupled with the units compact size help
make set-up and installation simple.
FEATURES
Designed for hazardous environments
Vibration resistant
Explosion proof
Weatherproof and intrinsically safe
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Oil free, clean dry air filtered to 40 microns.
Input Signal: 4 20 mA.
Air Supply: Minimum: 5 psig (0.3 bar) above maximum output;
Maximum: 100 psig (6.9 bar).
Output: 3 to 15 psig (0.2 to 1.0 bar), 6 to 30 psig (0.4 to 2.1 bar).
Accuracy: 0.1% of span.
Hysteresis: 0.1% of span.
Repeatability: 0.1% of span.
Deadband: 0.02% of span.
Power Requirement: Loop powered.
Temperature Limits:
Operating: 40 to 160F ( 40 to 71C);
Storage: 40 to 200F ( 40 to 93C).
Pressure Connections: 1/4 female NPT.
Electrical Connection: 1/2 female NPT.
Air Consumption: 0.05 scfm (0.02 l/s) at midrange typical.
Output Capacity: 4.5 scfm (2.1 l/s) at 25 psig (1.7 bar) supply; 12.0
scfm (5.7 l/s) at 100 psig (6.9 bar) supply.
Enclosure: Chromate treated aluminum with epoxy paint.
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof NEMA 4X (IP65), explosion proof and
intrinsically safe.
Weight: 1.8 lb (0.82 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, FM.
FM Ratings:
Explosion proof for Class I Division 1, Groups B, C, and D. T6, Dust
Ignitionproof for Class I, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G, T6; Intrinsically
safe for Class I, II, and III, Division 1, Groups C, D, E, F, and G, T4
hazardous (classified) locations and intrinsically safe for Class I, Zone 0,
Group IIB, T4 hazardous (classified) locations and suitable for Class I,
Groups A, B, C, D, T4, and Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G, T6
hazardous (classified) locations.
CSA Ratings:
Class I Division 1, Groups B, C, and D; Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B,
C and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G; Class II and III, Division
2, Groups F and G.
Current to Pressure Transducer
Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-Proof, NEMA 4X Enclosure
Series
2900
1/2 NPT PORT FOR
CONDUIT PIPING
4-19/32
[116.6]
2-5/64
[52.6]
33/64
[13.1] 1-1/2
[38.1]
49/64
[19.4]
4 #10-32-UNF
TAPPED HOLES FOR
MOUNTING
3-1/2
[88.9]
1
[25.4]
27/32
[21.3]
2-1/2
[63.5]
2-3/16
[55.6]
57/64
[22.4]
IN & OUT
PORTS 1/4-18 NPT
4 PLACES
Model
2913-E
2916-E
Input
4 20 mA
4 20 mA
ACCESSORIES
A-180 Valve Mounting Kit, for Hi Flow
TM
control valves
Valve Mount, for factory mounting and calibration to
Hi Flow
TM
control valves, add Current to Pressure
Transducer model number as suffix
Output
3 15 psig (0.2 1.0 bar)
6 30 psig (0.4 2.1 bar)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 527
P
o
s
t
o
n
e
r
s
V
A
L
V
E
S
Series
165
PRECISOR
II Pneumatic and
Electro-Pneumatic Positioner
Low Cost, Linear Operation, Field Selectable Cam Design
The Series 165 PRECISOR
control
valves, add suffix to valve model number of positioner.
Example: 2004VA32 231 165EL
Input
3 15 psig
4 20 mA
For Actuator Models
220 and 221 Air to Lower
222 and 223 Air to Lower
230 and 231 Air to Raise
233 Air to Raise
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
528
P
o
s
t
o
n
e
r
s
V
A
L
V
E
S
Series
265
PRECISOR
II Pneumatic and
Electro-Pneumatic Positioner
Low Cost, Rotary Operation, Field Selectable Cam Design
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Signal: Pneumatic: 3 to 15 psig (0.2 to 1 bar); Electro pneumatic:
4 20 mA DC.
Input Impedance: (265ER only): 250 15 ohm.
Material: Aluminum diecasting.
Air Supply: 20 to 100 psig (1.4 to 6.9 bar).
Air Supply Connection: 1/4 NPT.
Gage Connection: 1/8 NPT.
Electrical Connection: Screw terminal.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 NPT (265ER only).
Linearity: 2% of full scale.
Hysteresis: 1% of full scale.
Sensitivity: 0.5% of full scale.
Repeatability: 0.5% of full scale.
Air Consumption: 0.10 scfm (3 LPM) at 20 psig (1.4 bar) supply.
Flow Capacity: 28 scfm (80 LPM) at 20 psig (1.4 bar) supply.
Stroke: 0 to 90.
Enclosure Rating: IP66.
Operating Temperature: 4 to 160F ( 20 to 70C).
Weight: 265NR: 3.1 lb (1.7 kg); 265ER: 6.2 lb (2.8 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE (265ER only).
7.244
6.516
3.268
.394
2.560
2.363
1.575
(4) M8X1.25P
(8) M8X1.25P
3.602
2.362
2.756
.984
3-5/8
[92.08]
M8X 1.25P
4 PLCS
2-49/64
[70.25]
4-15/32
[113.51]
1-25/32
[45.24]
1-31/32
[50.01]
M8X 1.25P
6-43/64
[169.47]
6-9/16
[166.69]
Series 265NR
Series 265ER
W.E. Anderson Series 265 PRECISOR
II positioner
proportionally modulates the valve from either an electric 4-20 mA or pneumatic
3-15 psig input signal, based on the model chosen. Its rugged, durable design
makes it ideal for use in harsh environments, while maintaining precise,
accurate positioning of the control elements. Includes a bracket for mounting
onto actuators with NAMUR standard connections, and features a versatile
linear cam for direct action, reverse action, or split ranges. An excellent choice
when used in the chemical processing, food and beverage, pulp and paper, and
pharmaceutical industries. Consult factory for other lever types.
Pneumatic Hosing and Fittings
Hosing and fittings for connecting positioners, current to pressure transducers,
air filter gauges and other accessories to pneumatic actuated valves.
Model
265ER-S5
265ER-D5
265NR-S5
265NR-D5
Input
4 20 mA
4 20 mA
3 15 psig
3 15 psig
Lever Type
NAMUR
NAMUR
NAMUR
NAMUR
Model
A-228
A-229
A-332
Description
Stainless steel flex hose, 12 (30.48 cm) long,
1/8 male NPT connections
Stainless steel flex hose, 18 (45.72 cm) long,
1/8 male NPT connections
Brass adapter, 1/8 female NPT to 1/4 male NPT
Action
Single
Double
Single
Double
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 529
P
o
s
t
o
n
e
r
s
V
A
L
V
E
S
Series
275
PRECISOR
III Electro-Pneumatic
Positioners combine an easy to use, high performance unit with a low price.
Series 275 models accurately control valve stroke of rotary motion valves such
as Dwyer Instruments ball or butterfly valves according to an input signal of 4
to 20 mA from the controller. Its rugged, durable design makes it ideal for harsh
environments. The NEMA 4X (IP 66) enclosure rating protects the highly
efficient microprocessing unit. An analog feedback signal is outputted to
stabilize any valve system, and easy to use functions such as auto calibration
ensure the accuracy of the Series 275. Low air consumption reduces operating
cost, but does not sacrifice the performance of the positioner. The compact
design of this unit makes it easy to use with any size actuator. PRECISOR
III
Positioners feature an LCD screen attached to the outer face of the unit,
allowing for an easy inspection of the positioner condition while in the field.
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Signal: 4 20 mA DC.
Input Impedance: 460 ohm max @ 20 mA DC.
Enclosure: Aluminum diecasting.
Air Supply: 20 to 100 psi (1.4 to 6.9 bar).
Air Connection: 1/4 NPT.
Gage Connection: 1/8 NPT.
Conduit Connection: 1/2 NPT.
Linearity: 0.5% of full scale.
Hysteresis: 0.5% of full scale.
Sensitivity: 0.2% of full scale.
Repeatability: 0.3% of full scale.
Air Consumption: Below 0.07 scfm (2 LPM) at 20 psig (1.4 bar) supply.
Flow Capacity: 2.5 scfm (70 LPM) at 20 psig (1.4 bar) supply.
Stroke: 0 to 90.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Temperature Limits: Operating: 40 to 185F ( 40 to 85C).
Weight: 3.3 lb (1.5 kg).
Lever: NAMUR.
6-13/64
[157.56]
3-17/32
[89.69]
21/64
[8.33]
5-11/32
[135.73]
CONDUIT
1/2
NPT 1/4
SUPPLY
6-7/64
[155.18]
31/64
[12/30]
3/8
[9.53]
13/64
[5.16]
1-25/32
[45.24]
2-11/32
[59.53]
1-25/32
[45.24]
1-21/32
[42.07]
1-25/32
[45.24]
2-49/64
[70.25]
NPT 1/4
OUT 2
NPT 1/4
OUT 1
2-3/8
[60.33]
MOUNTING BRACKETS
6-31/64
[164.70]
3-35/64
[90.09]
6-17/32
[165.89]
3-35/64
[90.09]
4-5/64
[103.58]
4-5/8
[117.48]
Communication
None
None
HART
None
None
HART
Model
275ER-S5000
275ER-S5001
275ER-S5021
275ER-D5000
275ER-D5001
275ER-D5021
Action
Single
Single
Single
Double
Double
Double
HART
Rotary Valve Position Indicators, now UL and CSA rated, are produced
by Proximity with up to four individual mechanical or proximity switches. The QUICK-
VIEW
Indicator and mounting kits, including NAMUR kits, are stocked for
fast delivery
Flame retardant
UV protection
Hazardous location option
APPLICATIONS
The QV Series Proximity Position Indicators are designed for maximum reliability in
general purpose and corrosive environments. Applications include: rotary and linear
valves, actuators, manual valves, gear operators and positioners.
Consult factory for optional VI colors.
Series
QV
6-32 UNC
1/4 DP [6.350]
1/4
[6.350]
1/4
[6.350]
2-3/8
[60.33]
3-1/16 3 6
[77.79]
1-1/2
[38.10]
2 MTG HOLES
1/4-20 UNC
7/16 DP [11.11]
CONDUIT
ENTRANCE
3/4 NPT
3 [76.20] CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR COVER REMOVAL L
4-15/32
[113.5]
1/2
[12.70] ]
5/16
[7.938]
1/4 DIA.
[6.350]
SHAFT
LEVER
DRIVE
ONLY
1/8 DIA. PINS (2)
4-3/4
[120.7]
A D
W
YER
IN
STR
U
M
EN
TS CO
M
PAN
Y
FER
G
U
S FALLS, M
N
56537
M
AD
E IN
TH
E U
.S.A.
SPECIFICATIONS
Minimum Rotation Travel - Switches only: 5.
Maximum Rotation Travel - Switches only: 360.
Temperature Limits: -40 to 180F (-40 to 82C).
Switch Type: SPDT.
Electrical SPDT Switch Ratings:
QV-X1XXXX: 10A @ 125/250 VAC; 0.5A 125 VDC;
10A @ 24 VDC mech. switch;
QV-X2XXXX: 1A @ 125 VAC; 1A @ 24 VDC mech. switch;
QV-X3XXXX: 2A @ 125 VAC; 2A @ 30 VDC prox. switch;
QV-X4XXXX: 5-25 VDC NAMUR sensor;
QV-X5XXXX: 10-30 VDC INDUCTIVE sensor;
QV-X6XXXX: 10A @ 125/250 VAC mech. switch.
Lighting Supply Voltage: 24-28 VDC.
Enclosure Material: Polycarbonate housing and conduit.
Conduit Entrance: One 3/4 NPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4, 4X. Optional explosion-proof, rated: Class I, Groups
A, B, C, D; Class II, Groups F & G; Div. 2.
Maximum Altitude: 2000 m (6560 ft).
Agency Approvals: CSA, UL, cUL.
0 None+
1 One Switch+
2 Two Switches+
3 Three Switches+
4 Four Switches+
2nd Code (2nd X) Switch Type
0 No Switches+
1 10A Mechanical Snap Switch
2 1A Mechanical Gold Contacts
3 2A Proximity Reed Switch+
4 5-25 VDC Namur Sensor
5 10-30 VDC Inductive Sensor
6 10A Mechanical Snap Switch
4th Code (4th X) Driving Style
1 Direct Drive+
2 Lever Drive+
3 Namur Drive+
5th Code (5th X) Lighting Option
0 None+
1 24 to 28 VDC Bright White LEDs
6th Code (6th X) Visual Indication
0 None
1 Standard (Open Closed)+
2 Upside Down (Open Closed)+
7th Code (7th X) Additonal Options
EX Class I, Div. II, Groups A, B, C & D.
Class II, Div. II Groups F & G.
QV Model Number Prefix
1st Code (1st X) Number of Switches
3rd Code (3rd X)
0
QV 2 1 0 1 0 1 - Example Popular Model Number
( ) y
p
( ) g g p
( )
+ EX, Explosion-proof option available.
Note: The 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 6th codes can not all be zero
Quick-View
Tamb 70C)
(T5 ( 25/ 40/ 50C
Transmitter
Accuracy: 0.25% of full span.
Temperature Limits: -40 to 176F (-40 to 80C). (ATEX flameproof, -B suffix, rated
-40C (-40F) to 80C (176F) for switch types A, G, M, O, R, S, V or W, -25C
(-13F) to 80C (176F) for switch types B, D or I.)
Power Requirements: 8 to 30 VDC.
Current Consumption: 21 mA.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA.
HART
M12 x 1 THD,
4-PIN, QUICK
DISCONNECT
0.218 [5.54] (2) PL
0.812 [20.62]
1.125 [28.58]
1.180 [29.97]
0.50 [12.7]
0.781 [19.84]
1.562 [39.67]
0.250 [6.35]
1.032 [26.21]
0.313 [7.95]
1.687 [42.85]
0.2375
[60.33]
1.879
[47.73]
The dual inductive, 2-wire AC/DC Series VPS Valve Position Sensor
maintains VDI/VDE 3845 dimensions so positioners can be easily mounted on
top of the sensor and target. The Model VPS2411 Sensor and Model P1 Target
mount easily and directly to actuators with ISO NAMUR topworks (see picture
below). Fully adjustable target in 2 increments, the sensor has two independent
LEDs and bright flow line indicator that provide local visual indication. All
electrical connections are made with the Model VIP82 4-pin quick disconnect
cable (6 ft. in length) for ease in installation. Solid state components are fully
embedded in an epoxy resin to prevent condensation build-up and to protect
against vibration and shock. The rugged PBTP housing provides excellent
corrosion resistance and moisture protection.
Model VPS and P1 mounted on an
actuator with a positioner mounted on top.
Model P1 Model VPS2411
Model P1 Model VPS2411
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits: 13 to 176F ( 25 to 80C).
Power Requirements: 20 140 VAC (50/60 Hz), 10 200 VDC.
Switch Type: Dual normally open.
Electrical Rating: 200 mA.
Minimum Load Current: 5 mA.
Leakage Current: 0.8 mA.
Voltage Drop: 5.0 V.
Repeatability: 0.01 mm.
Hysteresis: 3 15% of sensing range.
Switching Frequency: 25 Hz.
Housing Material: Polybutylene terephthalate.
Mounting Holes: NAMUR mounting 3.15 x 1.18 (80 x 30 mm) or 5.118
x 1.18 (130 x 30 mm).
Electrical Connection: 4 pin quick disconnect.
Model VPS2411, Valve Position Sensor
Model P1, Valve Position Target
Model VIP82, Quick Disconnect Cable
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
536
P
o
s
t
o
n
I
n
d
c
a
t
o
r
s
/
S
w
t
c
h
e
s
/
T
r
a
n
s
m
t
t
e
r
s
V
A
L
V
E
S
Detector Position Sensor
Reliable Magnetic Point Sensor, Stainless Steel Housing, AC or DC
1.000 HEX
1/2 14 NPT
1.250
[3.18 CM]
3.750
[9.525 CM]
5/8 18 UNF
1.750
[4.45 CM]
DETECTOR ACTUATOR
Series
DT
The Series DT Detector Position Sensors are reliable, magnetically
actuated, stainless steel, completely interchangeable with competitive units. AC
or DC for user friendly operation. They have no moving parts, eliminate costly
seal fittings and offer enhanced reliability by eliminating arcing. Unintentional
actuation by metals is not a problem. The sensor consists of a durable
hermetically sealed reed switch potted in a stainless steel housing and a
separate 316 SS magnetic actuator bolt. As the actuator moves within the
sensing range of the sensor, the magnet in the actuator changes the state of
reed switch contacts inside the sensor. This either opens or closes a circuit
depending on wiring configuration. Sensing distance is 0.1 (2.54 mm) for the
standard actuator. Greater sensi tivity of a larger magnetic actuator increases
the sensing distance to 0.5 (12.7 mm).
The detector is excellent for hazardous and corrosive environments, solid state
and intrinsically safe applications. A detector may be mounted in any position.
For installation in hazardous locations be sure to check local and national
electrical codes. The detector is designed to NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 7, 9, 12 and
13.
APPLICATIONS
The detector is used for control element position monitoring and indication
with devices such as linear valves actuators & cylinders rotary valves
dampers.
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION
Position sensor shall be magnetically operated Proximity Detector model
(DT1060) (DT1160). Sensing distance shall be (0.1) (0.5). The sensor
shall be SPDT, Form C, hermetically sealed and rated 3 amps 125 VAC,
3 amps 30 VDC, and shall include a stainless steel actuator with internal
magnet. The 316 SS housing shall be designed to NEMA 4, 4X, 7, 9, UL
& CSA certified Class I, Groups A, B, C & D; Class II, Groups E, F, & G,
Divs. 1 & 2 requirements and have a 1/2 NPT conduit entrance.
Detector Actuator
Standard Actuator with DT1060 High Strength Actuator with DT1160
(3/816 UNC X 3/4) (1/213 UNC X 3/4)
TM
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits: 40 to 163F ( 40 to 73C).
Switch Type: Tungsten, SPDT, Form C.
Electrical Rating: 3A @ 125 VAC, 3A @ 30 VDC.
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof; Hermetically sealed; Explosion proof
UL & CSA listed for Class I, Groups A, B, C, & D; Class II, Groups E, F &
G. Divisions 1 & 2.
Intrinsically Safe: Simple apparatus (w/barrier).
Operating/Response Time: 3.0 m sec.
Initial Contact Resistance: 0.50 ohms (max).
Repeatability: 0.005 in (.01 cm).
Hysteresis: 0.030 in (.08 cm).
Electrical Connection: Factory sealed leads with 18 minimum, 4
conductor, PVC insulated, 18 AWG green/red/black/white (ground/NC/
NO/common).
Housing: 316 SS.
Potting: Epoxy resin.
Conduit: 1/2 14 female NPT.
Weight: 0.32 lb (145 g); 0.45 lb (204 g) with actuator.
Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, UL, cUL.
Model
DT1060
DT1160
Decription
Detector and
standard actuator
detector and
high strength actuator
Sensing Distance
0.1 (2.54 mm)
0.5 (12.7 mm)
ACCESSORIES & BOOKS
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 537
Shut-Off
Valves
pages 546, 559
Cooling
Extensions
page 547
Pressure
Snubbers
pages 547 548
Fittings,
Stainless Steel
pages 549 553, 556 557
Fittings,
Nylon
pages 554 555
Static Pressure
Sensors
pages 557 559
Gage Guards
page 548
Strap Wrenches
page 548
Mounting Brackets
and Accessories
page 560
Pumps
page 561
Product Carrying
Cases
page 561
Gage Connectors
page 559
Pressure Connectors
and Fittings
page 560
Psychrometers
page 561
Slide Charts
page 561
Air Filter Kits
page 561
Gage Fluids
page 562
Pressure Tubing
page 562
Reference
Books
pages 538 539
Filters, Regulators
and Lubricators
pages 540 546
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
538
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
B
o
o
k
s
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
HVAC Fundamentals
Volume 3: Air Conditioning, Heat Pumps, and Distribution Systems
Fourth Edition
By James E. Brumbaugh, 2004
Learn to install and service todays popular electronic air cleaners and filters
Service less common heating systems such as coal-fired furnaces
Install, maintain, and repair humidifiers and dehumidifiers
Handle radiators, convectors, and baseboard heating units
This book provides a comprehensive, hands-on guide to installing, servicing, and repairing all basic air-conditioning systems. It also includes
complete coverage of specialized heating units such as radiant heating systems, fans, exhaust systems, air filters, and more.
HVAC Fundamentals
Volume 2: Heating System Components, Gas and Oil Burners & Automatic Controls
Fourth Edition
By James E. Brumbaugh, 2004
Install and repair thermostats, humidistats, automatic controls, and oil or gas burner controls
Review pipes, pipe fittings, piping details, valve installation, and duct systems
Learn the best ways to handle hydronics and steam line controls
Deal with solid fuels and understand coal firing methods
This guidebook covers everything you need to know to install, maintain, and repair the components that run, regulate, and fuel both old and
new systems.
HVAC Fundamentals
Volume 1: Heating Systems, Furnaces, and Boilers
Fourth Edition
By James E. Brumbaugh, 2004
Review the basics of installation, wiring, and troubleshooting for different HVAC systems
Compare the economy and efficiency of various fuel types
Find formula cross references, data tables with conversions, and listings of trade organizations and equipment manufacturers
Whether youre installing, servicing, repairing, or troubleshooting an old or new heating system, youll find what youre looking for, from
wood and coal furnace maintenance to new calculations and the latest environmental technologies and regulations.
Technical Reference Books
HVAC Pocket Reference
By James Brumbaugh, 2005
Your one-stop reference for:
Conversion tables, electrical formulas, pipe thread standards, and motor ratings
Fuel cost comparisons and offset calculations and valve details
Gas and oil burner specifications and pipe performance data
Weather and design factors affecting heating/cooling calculations
Troubleshooting guidelines
When you need to check specs, confirm measurements, or make a quick metric conversion on the job, find the answers quickly and easily
right in your pocket.
Pumps & Hydraulics
Sixth Edition
By Rex Miller & Mark Richard Miller, 2004
Learn to install and service pumps for nearly any application
Service and maintain individual pumping devices that use smaller motors
See how pumps are used in robotics, taking advantage of hydraulics to lift larger, heavier loads
Know the appropriate servicing schedule for different types of pumping equipment
This handbook is widely known as a highly useful and definitive reference for HVAC engineers and technicians alike, and those who work
on domestic hot and cold-water services, gas supply, and steam services. Newly updated on natural ventilation, ventilation rates, free cooling
and nighttime cooling.
Order Number: BK-0005
ISBN: 0764542060, Pages: 698, Paperback
Order Number: BK-0006
ISBN: 0764542079, Pages: 655, Paperback
Order Number: BK-0007
ISBN: 0764542087, Pages: 676, Paperback
Order Number: BK-0013
ISBN: 0 7645 8810 9, Pages: 370, Paperback
Order Number: BK-0009
ISBN: 0764571168, Pages: 556, Paperback
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 539
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
B
o
o
k
s
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Air Conditioning: Home & Commercial
Fifth Edition
By Rex Miller & Mark Richard Miller, 2004
Information on installing and maintaining both residential and commercial systems
Understand the physics of air conditioning and filtration
Make accurate temperature measurements using various methods and devices
Work with room air conditioners, water cooling systems, and auto air conditioning
Learn about refrigerants, compressors, condensers, evaporators, and AC motors
Whether youre an AC professional, an independent repair technician, or a cost-conscious homeowner, this guidebook contains everything
you need. It includes information on installing, servicing, maintaining, and troubleshooting.
Refrigeration: Home & Commercial
Fifth Edition
By Rex Miller & Mark Richard Miller, 2004
Know how different types of refrigerants are used and how to handle them safely
Perform routine maintenance on various types of compressors and test for leakage and resolve common problems such as freeze-ups
Repair and replace refrigerator cabinet parts and troubleshoot common problems with home freezers
Breakdown of electrically driven and absorption-type refrigeration units
Learn to troubleshoot and maintain the wide variety of motors used in cooling devices
Service and repair automatic icemakers, water coolers, and display cases
Whether youre a student, apprentice, cost-conscious homeowner, or skilled technician, this reference manual will provide you with valuable
information. Beginning with the essential physics and math, it provides a complete course in maintaining, troubleshooting, and repairing
both new and vintage refrigeration systems for home and light industry.
Plant Engineers Handbook
Edited by R. Keith Mobley, 2001
Produced in association with Plant Engineering Magazine and created by leading authors and editor
International perspective with dual units and regulations
Offers comprehensive coverage of an enormous range of subjects, which are of vital interest to the plant engineer and anyone connected with
industrial operations or maintenance. Includes plant site selection, basic facilities, lubrication, corrosion, energy conservation, maintenance,
insurance matters, materials handling, financial concerns, and environmental considerations.
Guide to the 2005 National Electrical Code
By Paul Rosenberg, 2004
Understand the terms and rules for installation set forth in the NEC
Review each section of the NEC that applies to electrical installation
Learn about the significant changes in bonding and grounding requirements
Explore the expanded section covering communications equipment
This guide extracts the necessary information for installers and arranges it for easy access, highlighting the changes so you can quickly spot
whats new. If youre a novice or even a veteran, youll want this book with you on every job.
Electricians Pocket Manual
Second Edition
By Paul Rosenberg, 2003
Explains updated maintenance and construction standards and provides details on motors, controllers, and circuits
Examines electronic components and communications wiring and offers guidelines for dealing with hazardous location wiring
Covers generators, mechanical power transmission, and electrical power distribution
The Electricians Pocket Manual is packed with charts, conversions, photographs, diagrams, code standards, and other information you
need on the job. It even includes a chapter on tools and safety. This on-the-job reference will help you find answers quickly and easily.
Technical Reference Books
Order Number: BK-0008
ISBN: 0764571109, Pages: 504, Paperback
Order Number: BK-0010
ISBN: 0764571176, Pages: 738, Paperback
Order Number: BK-0003
ISBN: 0750673281, Pages: 2400, Hardback
Order Number: BK-0012
ISBN: 0764578022, Pages: 816, Paperback
Order Number: BK-0011
ISBN: 0764541994, Pages: 358, Paperback
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
540
F
t
e
r
s
,
R
e
g
u
a
t
o
r
s
a
n
d
L
u
b
r
c
a
t
o
r
s
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Filters, Regulators and Lubricators
For Pneumatic Air Applications
Size 1
Air
41 to 140F (5 to 60C)
165 psig
1/8, 1/4 NPT
5, 25, 50
165 psi
Manual/Semi-Auto
0.75 inch
3
55, 85 SCFM
1/8, 1/4 NPT
<0.2 psig
<0.25 SCFM
40, 60 SCFM
0-10 psig
0-30 psig
0-60 psig
0-120 psig
0.3 SCFH
1/8, 1/4 NPT
Mist
1.22 inch
3
55, 115 SCFM
Size 2
Air
41 to 140F (5 to 60C)
165 psig
1/4, 3/8, 1/2 NPT
5, 25, 50
165 psi
Manual/Semi-Auto
2.75 inch
3
120, 120, 120 SCFM
1/4, 3/8, 1/2 NPT
<0.2 psig
<0.25 SCFM
90, 120, 120 SCFM
0-10 psig
0-30 psig
0-60 psig
0-120 psig
0.3 SCFH
1/4, 3/8, 1/2 NPT
Mist
5.18 inch
3
125, 125, 125 SCFM
General
Service
Temperature Limits
Maximum Supply Pressure
Filters
Process Connection
Filtration (micron)
Maximum Supply Pressure
Drain
Bowl Capacity
Flow (based on 100 psi inlet pressure
w/ 50 micron filter)
Construction
Regulators
Process Connection
Effect of Supply Pressure Variation
(25 psig) on Outlet Pressure
Exhaust Capacity (5 psig above 20
psig set point)
Flow Capacity at 100 psig Supply and
70 psig Outlet
Output Pressure Ranges
Total Air Consumption @
Maximum Output
Construction
Lubricators
Process Connection
Lubrication
Bowl Capacity
Flow (based on 100 psi inlet pressure)
Construction
Body: Aluminum; Filter: Sintered Bronze
Body: Aluminum; Bowl: Polycarbonate
Body: Aluminum
SPECIFICATIONS
Series R Regulators
Series L Lubricators
Series F Filters
F Series Filters keep air and pneumatic systems operating cleanly and efficiently.
Port sizes, filter elements, and drain options available to service broad application
requirements.
R Series Pressure Regulators offer economic prices and high performance
pressure regulation. Configurable units offer a variety of fitting and port sizes, and
supply pressures ranging from 10 to 120 psig. The non-rising adjustment knob allows
for simple and precise monitoring of pressure and features push-pull lock ring.
L Series Lubricators maintain safe operation and longevity of pneumatic systems.
Top plug permits filling without removing bowl or disconnecting air-lines. Adjustable
drop rate fits any application.
R1 R2
L1 L2
Series
F, R, L
MOUNTING BRACKET
FOR SERIES 2
13/32 TYP
[10.32 TYP]
1-3/16
[30.16]
1-20/32
[45.24]
49/64
[19.45]
SERIES 2
5-15/16
[150.81]
41/64
[16.27]
2-31/64
[63.10]
1-25/32 TYP
[45.24 TYP]
NPT CONNECTION
FILTER
RELEASE
LATCH
1/4 TYP
[6.35 TYP]
3-1/2
[88.90]
27/32
[27.43]
SERIES 1
1-21/32
[42.07]
1-37/64
[40.08]
NPT
CONNECTION
ASSEMBLY MOUNTING
BRACKET HERE
SERIES 2
MOUNTING BRACKET
FOR SERIES 2
1/4 TYP
[6.35 TYP]
1-25/32
[45.24]
NPT
CONNECTION
7-9/64
[181.37]
13/32 TYP
[10.32 TYP]
1-3/16
[30.16]
49/64
[19.45]
1-25/32 TYP
[45.24 TYP]
1/2
[12.70]
1-1/8
[28.58]
1-13/64
[30.56]
5/64 TYP
[1.98 TYP]
17/65 TYP
[6.75 TYP]
MOUNTING BRACKET FOR
SERIES 1 SERIES 1
1-1/8 TYP
[28.58 TYP]
1-21/32
[42.07]
25/64
[9.92]
4-3/64
[102.79]
NPT CONNECTION
F1 F2
1-13/64
[30.60]
25/64 TYP
[9.92 TYP]
MOUNTING BRACKET
FOR SERIES 2
17/64
[6.75]
1-23/32
[43.66]
1-33/84
[38.50] 1-9/32
[32.54]
1
[25.40]
17/64
[6.75]
MOUNTING BRACKET
FOR SERIES 1
1-17/64
[32.15]
5/64 TYP
[7.98 TYP]
MOUNTING BRACKET
FOR SERIES 1
1-13/64
[30.56]
5/64 TYP
[1.98 TYP]
17/64 TYP
[6.75 TYP]
1-1/8
[28.58]
SERIES 1
5-7/64
[129.78]
1-1/8 TYP
[28.58 TYP]
NPT
CONNECTION
1/2
[12.70]
5-9/16
[141.29]
NPT
CONNECTION
SERIES 2
1-17/64
[32.15]
2-31/64
[63.10]
2-31/64
[63.10]
ASSEMBLE
MOUNTING
BRACKET
HERE
Model
F1-150M
F2-250M
Process
Connection
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
Filtration
50 microns
50 microns
Model
R1-1120
R2-2120
Process
Connection
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
Model
L1-1
L2-2
Drain
Manual
Manual
Pressure
Range
120 psi
120 psi
Process
Connection
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 541
F
t
e
r
s
,
R
e
g
u
a
t
o
r
s
a
n
d
L
u
b
r
c
a
t
o
r
s
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
1-1/8 NPT 1-1/4 NPT 2-1/4 NPT 2-3/8 NPT 2-1/2 NPT
REGULATED PRESSURE VS. FLOW
5.5
4.8
4.1
3.4
2.8
2.1
1.4
0.7
0
psig
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
BAR
SCFM 0
LPM 0
20.0
575
40.0
1150
60.0
1700
80.0
2265
100.0
2875
120.00
3450
FEATURES
Filter
Polycarbonate bowl with metal guard
Filter options 5, 25, 50
Manual, semi automatic or automatic drain options
Regulator
Rolling diaphragm
Panel/pipe/bracket mountable
Aluminum body, polycarbonate bonnet and knob
Non rising adjustment knob with push pull lock ring
Lubricator
Field serviceable polycarbonate bowl
Polycarbonate bowl includes metal guard and top plug
Adjustable drip rate
Function
Body Style
Process
Connection
L
1
2
1
2
3
4
L Series Lubricators
Function
Body Style
Process
Connection
Filtration
Drain
1
2
1
2
3
4
50
25
05
M
S
A
F Series Filters
F
Function
Body Style
Process
Connection
Pressure
Range
R
1
2
1
2
3
4
R Series Pressure Regulators
010
030
060
120
Filter
1 Size
2 Size
1/8 NPT (1 Size only)
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT (2 Size only)
1/2 NPT (2 Size only)
50 micron filter
25 micron filter
5 micron filter
Manual drain
Semi Automatic drain
Automatic drain (2 Size only)
Regulator
1 Size
2 Size
1/8 NPT (1 Size only)
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT (2 Size only)
1/2 NPT (2 Size only)
0 10 psi outlet pressure
0 30 psi outlet pressure
0 60 psi outlet pressure
0 120 psi outlet pressure
Lubricator
1 Size
2 Size
1/8 NPT (1 Size only)
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT (2 Size only)
1/2 NPT (2 Size only)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
542
F
t
e
r
s
,
R
e
g
u
a
t
o
r
s
a
n
d
L
u
b
r
c
a
t
o
r
s
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Filters, Regulators and Lubricators
Combination Packages For Pneumatic Air Applications
Size 1
Air
41 to 140F (5 to 60C)
165 psig
1/8, 1/4 NPT
5, 25, 50
165 psi
Manual/Semi-Auto
0.75 inch
3
55, 85 SCFM
1/8, 1/4 NPT
<0.2 psig
<0.25 SCFM
40, 60 SCFM
0-10 psig
0-30 psig
0-60 psig
0-120 psig
0.3 SCFH
1/8, 1/4 NPT
Mist
1.22 inch
3
55, 115 SCFM
Size 2
Air
41 to 140F (5 to 60C)
165 psig
1/4, 3/8, 1/2 NPT
5, 25, 50
165 psi
Manual/Semi-Auto
2.75 inch
3
120, 120, 120 SCFM
1/4, 3/8, 1/2 NPT
<0.2 psig
<0.25 SCFM
90, 120, 120 SCFM
0-10 psig
0-30 psig
0-60 psig
0-120 psig
0.3 SCFH
1/4, 3/8, 1/2 NPT
Mist
5.18 inch
3
125, 125, 125 SCFM
General
Service
Temperature Limits
Maximum Supply Pressure
Filters
Process Connection
Filtration (micron)
Maximum Supply Pressure
Drain
Bowl Capacity
Flow (based on 100 psi inlet pressure
w/ 50 micron filter)
Construction
Regulators
Process Connection
Effect of Supply Pressure Variation
(25 psig) on Outlet Pressure
Exhaust Capacity (5 psig above 20
psig set point)
Flow Capacity at 100 psig Supply and
70 psig Outlet
Output Pressure Ranges
Total Air Consumption @
Maximum Output
Construction
Lubricators
Process Connection
Lubrication
Bowl Capacity
Flow (based on 100 psi inlet pressure)
Construction
Body: Aluminum; Filter: Sintered Bronze
Body: Aluminum; Bowl: Polycarbonate
Body: Aluminum
SPECIFICATIONS The Series FR Filter-Regulators are combination units that provide maximum
options in minimal space. Constructed of aluminum and polycarbonate, these rugged
units offer the same air pressure regulation features as our standard R Series units
side-by-side with the convenience of an F Series filter. Unscrewing the adjustment knob
and retaining flange easily adapts panel or bracket mounting.
The Series FRL takes the FR Series to the next level by including an L Series
lubricator. The package is completely installed and ready to go right out of the box.
Series FR Filter-Regulator Series FRL Filter-Regulator-Lubricator
8-25/64
[213.12]
1-25/52
[45.25]
2-9/84
[54.37]
SERIES FRL2 2-17/32
[54.29]
9/32
[2.82]
7-9/84
[181.37]
FR1 FR2
Series
FR, FRL
9-7/16
[239.71]
SERIES FR2
NPT
CONNECTION
3-7/8
[98.43]
1-23/32
[45/56]
7-33/64
[38.50]
1-13/64
[30.60]
25/54 TYP
[9.92 TYP]
17/64
[6.75]
MOUNTING BRACKET
FOR SERIES FRL2
5-49/54
[146.45]
1-31/32 [80.01]
1-15/32
[57.31]
15/64
[5.95]
SERIES FRL1
5-7/64
[129.79]
NPT
CONNECTION
1-15/85
[30.56]
61/64
[24.27]
7/32
[5.56]
6-3/8
[161.93]
1-37/64
[40.08]
SERIES FR1
NPT
CONNECTION
MOUNTING BRACKET
FOR SERIES FR2
1-13/64
[30.60]
17/84
[6.75]
1-33/64
[38.50]
1-23/32
[43.66]
25/64 TYP
[9.92 TYP]
MOUNTING BRACKET
FOR SERIES FR1
1-17/64
[32.15]
1
[25.70]
1-9/32
[32.54]
17/64
[6.75]
5/64 TYP
[1.98 TYP]
Model
FR1-112050M
FR2-212050M
FRL1-112050M
FRL2-212050M
Process
Connection
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
Pressure
Range
120 psi
120 psi
120 psi
120 psi
Filtration
50 microns
50 microns
50 microns
50 microns
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 543
F
t
e
r
s
,
R
e
g
u
a
t
o
r
s
a
n
d
L
u
b
r
c
a
t
o
r
s
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
1-1/8 NPT 1-1/4 NPT 2-1/4 NPT 2-3/8 NPT 2-1/2 NPT
REGULATED PRESSURE VS. FLOW
5.5
4.8
4.1
3.4
2.8
2.1
1.4
0.7
0
psig
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
BAR
SCFM 0
LPM 0
20.0
575
40.0
1150
60.0
1700
80.0
2265
100.0
2875
120.00
3450
FEATURES
FR Filter Regulator Combo
Aluminum and polycarbonate construction
Manual, semi auto or autodrain available
1 Size has polycarbonate bowl, 2 Size has polycarbonate bowl with
metal guard
Non rising adjustment knob with push pull lock ring feature
Panel or bracket mounting
FRL Package
All in one package ready for installation
Automatic drain
50 filter standard (others available)
120 psi regulator & 1/8 NPT on 1 Size
120 psi regulator & 1/4 NPT on 2 Size
Function
Body Style
Process
Connection
Pressure Range
Filtration
Drain
FR
FRL
1
2
1
2
3
4
010
030
060
120
50
25
05
M
S
A
Filters - Regulators & Filters-Regulators-Lubricators
Filter Regulator
Filter Regulator Lubricator
1 Size
2 Size
1/8 NPT (1 Size only)
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT (2 Size only)
1/2 NPT (2 Size only)
0 10 psi outlet pressure
0 30 psi outlet pressure
0 60 psi outlet pressure
0 120 psi outlet pressure
50 micron filter
25 micron filter
5 micron filter
Manual drain (standard)
Semi Automatic drain
Automatic drain (2 Size only)
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
544
F
t
e
r
s
,
R
e
g
u
a
t
o
r
s
a
n
d
L
u
b
r
c
a
t
o
r
s
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Series
MPR
Miniature Pressure Regulator
Air or Water Regulator, Compact and Lightweight, Low Cost
The Series MPR Miniature Pressure Regulators are compact units that
provide low cost, high performance pressure regulation of compressed air or
air/water. The low torque, non-rising adjustment knob with locking capability
provides easy and precise adjustment. Models for use with air are self relieving.
Models for air/water are non-relieving.
3/8
[9.65]
2-27/32
[71.88]
1-5/8
[41.40]
1-1/2
[38.10]
(2) 1/4 NPT
INLET & OUTLET
PORTS
(2) 1/8 NPT
GAGE PORTS
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compressed air or water.
Wetted Materials: Body: Zinc; Bonnet: Acetal; Diaphragm/seals: Nitrile;
Internals: Aluminum, brass, acetal, steel, music wire (MPR2 is plated
with electroless nickel for water use).
Maximum Supply Pressure: 250 psig (17.2 bar).
Temperature Limits: 0 to 150F ( 18 to 60C).
Flow Capacity: 24 SCFM (48 m
3
/hr) at 100 psig (6.9 bar) supply, 60
psig (4.1 bar) output.
Process Connection: Inlet and outlet: Two 1/4 female NPT; Two 1/8
female NPT gage ports.
Weight: 4 oz (113 g).
Series AFR Air Filter Regulator provides clean air pressure to pneumatic
controllers, valve positioners, air cylinders and other equipment. Self-relieving
regulator is equipped with a 40 micron filter housed in a dripwell with gage port.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air only.
Wetted Materials: Body: Aluminum alloy, irridite, and lock epoxy finish;
Filter: Phenolic impregnated cellulose; diaphragm and valve seat plug:
Nitrile elastomer.
Max. Supply Pressure: 250 psig (1700 kPa).
Temperature Limits: 0 to 160F ( 18 to 71C).
Sensitivity: 1 (2.5 cm) of water.
Consumption: <6 SCFH (0.17 m
3
/hr).
Flow Capacity: 20 SCFM (33 m
3
/hr) @ 100 psig (700 kPa) supply.
Exhaust Capacity: 0.1 SCFM (0.17 m
3
/hr) with downstream pressure 5
psig (35 kPa) above set point.
Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT.
Weight: 1.6 lb (725 g).
Series
AFR
Air Filter Regulator
3.130
[79.5]
3.130
[79.5] DRAIN
7-3/4
[196.8]
2-19/32
[65.8]
21/32
[16.5]
2-53/64
[71.6]
INPUT
1/4 NPT
3/8
[9.6]
GAUGE PORT
1/4 NPT
OUTPUT
1/4 NPT
Model
Air
MPR1-0
MPR1-1
MPR1-2
MPR1-3
MPR1-4
Air/Water
MPR2-0
MPR2-1
MPR2-2
MPR2-3
MPR2-4
Range
0 to 5 psi
0 to 15 psi
0 to 30 psi
0 to 60 psi
0 to 100 psi
Model
AFR1
AFR2
AFR3
AFR4
AFR-BRKT, Mounting Bracket
ACCESSORIES
MPR-B, Mounting Bracket
MPR-N, Panel Mounting Nut
Range
0 to 10 psi (0 to 65 kPa)
0 to 30 psi (0 to 200 kPa)
0 to 60 psi (0 to 400 kPa)
0 to 120 psi (0 to 800 kPa)
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 545
F
t
e
r
s
,
R
e
g
u
a
t
o
r
s
a
n
d
L
u
b
r
c
a
t
o
r
s
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
SPECIFICATIONS
Filtration Efficiency: 93% (removal of 0.01 micron particles).
Maximum Pressure: 150 psig (10 bar).
Maximum Temperature: 130F (54C).
Max. Flow at 100 psig: 22 scfm (F222); 45 scfm (F451).
Inlet & Outlet Ports: 1/4 female NPT.
Mounting: In line only (F222); 1/4 20 mounting holes (F451).
Materials of Construction: Anodized aluminum head, polycarbonate
bowl, cadmium plated steel tie rod, nylon internals, Buna N seal.
Weight: 0.5 lb (0.2 kg) (F222); 1.1 lb (0.5 kg) (F451).
Models F222 & F451 Liquid/Particle Filters
Compressed air filters protect equipment and instrumentation from harmful
contaminant's such as dirt, water and oil. Liquids are continuously coalesced and
released through the manual drain valves. Replaceable filter element removes
particles and droplets as small as 0.01 micron with 93% efficiency. Units have 1/4
female NPT inlet and outlet and manual drain valve.
F222 F451
Model F195 Disposable In-Line Filter
Remove 99.99% of unwanted particles from within your gas flow with the
Model F195 Disposable In-Line Filter. Encapsulated microfiber filter elements
are able to filter particles as small as 0.1 micron. Filters are completely
disposable simply remove the filter from your line and throw it away when it
becomes dirty. The transparent nylon housing makes it simple to determine if
the filter needs to be changed.
SPECIFICATIONS
Filtration Efficiency: 99.99% (removal of 0.1 micron particles).
Housing Construction: Nylon.
Filter Tube Dimensions: 0.59 ID x 1.39 length.
Maximum Temperature: 230F @ 0 psig (110C @ 0 bar), 120F @
125 psig (49C @ 9 bar).
Maximum Pressure: 125 psig (8.6 bar).
Maximum Differential Pressure: 60 psi (4 bar) (in to out flow
direction), 20 psi (1.4 bar) (out to in flow direction).
Internal Volume: 11.5 cc (11.5 ml).
Connections: Barbed for 1/4 I.D. tubing.
1.100
[27.94] .750
[19.05]
.750
[19.05]
3.220
[81.79]
.250
[6.35]
.100
[2.54]
Line Pressure (psig) 1.5 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 125
Gas Flow (scfm) 0.6 0.9 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.7 3.5 4.2 5.7
* 1.5 psi pressure drop.
Flowmeter Accessories and Options
Line Pressure vs. Flow
Regulator Kits are available as optional extras for both Rate-Master
Differential Pressure
Gages much easier by simply following the instruction
included with each cover supplied.
FEATURES
Reinforced plastic handle provides extra
leverage.
Rubber strap reinforced with 38 cords of
high tensile polycarbon to give a
breaking strength in excess of 2,000 lbs.
Strap will grip objects from .79 inches to
6.30 inches diameter.
Low cost, rugged and simple to use.
Handy multi-purpose tool.
Model
SWUK1
Series
PS
Pressure Snubber
Model GG1, (Buna-N diaphragm)
Model GG2, (Fluoroelastomer diaphragm)
Construction
Brass 1/8 NPT
SS 1/8 NPT
Brass 1/4 NPT
Brass 1/4 NPT
SS 1/4 NPT
SS 1/4 NPT
SS 1/4 NPT
Model SWUK1
548.P.N:Layout 2 2/15/11 3:29 PM Page 1
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 549
F
t
t
n
g
s
,
S
t
a
n
e
s
s
S
t
e
e
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Introduction to Stainless Steel Fitting Line
The Dwyer Series A-1000 quality tube fittings have been designed and
manufactured to provide reliable leak-free connections in a wide variety of
applications. A reliable leak-free tubing system will be achieved by combining the
proper selection and handling of tubing with the proper tube fitting selection and
installation. The following information is provided to assist in the tube selection
process.
Material
The tubing material chosen must be compatible with the systems
contained media, pressure and temperature, as well as with the
environment in which it will be installed. Also, the tubing and fittings
materials should be similar for optimum sealing action to occur (stainless
fittings for stainless tube, brass fittings for copper tube, carbon steel fittings
for carbon steel tube, etc.). The mixing and contact of dissimilar materials
may leave the system susceptible to galvanic corrosion and/or not allow
proper tube fitting makeup to be achieved.
Pressure and Flow
The size of the tubes outside diameter (O.D.) and the necessary wall
thickness are determined by the systems pressure and flow requirements.
Table A details the suggested tubing sizes and wall thickness for use with
instrumentation tube fittings. If no pressure is shown on the table for a
particular size, the tube is not recommended for use with instrumentation
tube fittings. The tubing system should not be utilized above the tubes
maximum allowable working pressure.
Temperature
The systems operating temperature may affect the initial choice of tubing
material and may also affect the maximum allowable working temperature
for the given tube size (see Table B for temperature stress factors).
Light Gas Service
To provide a successful connection for light gas service, the tubing must
have a thick enough wall to provide resistance for the setup action of the
ferrules to further compensate for the tubes potential surface condition.
Handling and Installation
Surface scratches and gouges on tubing are a source of potential leaks.
Some precaution when handling the tubing can help reduce surface
scratches and maintain the surface finish as originally intended by the
manufacturer. Tubing should never be dragged across rocks, blacktop,
pavement, or tubing storage racks as scratches and gouges can occur.
Sharp blades should always be used in the tube cutters or hacksaws used
to cut the tubing so as to provide a clean, square cut. Dull cutting blades
can cause internal and external hanging burrs, and cause the tubing to
become oval and affect proper insertion within the fitting. As a good
handling practice, tubing should always be deburred prior to tube fitting
installation to help assure easy and complete tube insertion. Additionally,
for bent tube assemblies, it is important to bend tubing prior to installing
tube fittings, and to provide a sufficient straight length of tubing after the
bend to allow the tube to be fully inserted into the fitting. Also, to eliminate
weight stress from the tubing upon the fitting and to provide additional
system support for vibration and thermal shock resistance, the tubing
should always be supported by tube hangers, clamps or trays.
*The precipitation of chromium carbides potentially resulting in intergranular
corrosion may occur when exposed to operating temperatures.
Tube O.D.
[Size (in)]
1/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
.010
5600
.012
6850
.014
8150
.016
9500
.020
12100
.028
8550
5450
4000
.035
11000
7000
5100
4050
3300
2450
.049
10300
7500
5850
4800
3500
2950
2400
2050
.065
10300
8050
6550
4750
4000
3300
2800
2400
.083
6250
5200
4250
3600
3150
2450
.095
6050
4950
4200
3650
2850
2350
.109
5800
4850
4200
3300
2700
2000
.120
4700
3650
3000
2200
.134
4150
3400
2500
.156
4900
4000
2900
.188
4900
3600
Wall Thickness of Tube (Inches)
STAINLESS STEEL TUBING - TABLE A
Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (psig)
F
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1200
Temperature
Stress Factors For Determining Tubing Pressure Ratings at
Elevated Temperatures - TABLE B
C
38
93
149
200
260
316
371
427
482
538
649
Stainless Steel 316
1.00
1.00
1.00
.97
.90
.85
.82
.80*
.78*
.73*
.37*
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
550
F
t
t
n
g
s
,
S
t
a
n
e
s
s
S
t
e
e
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Stainless Steel Fitting Line
Series
A-1000
Series A-1001 Male Elbow Fitting Line
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, steam and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Ranges: See reference Table B.
Pressure Ranges: See reference Table A.
Connections: 1/16 to 1 1/2.
Dimensions: Consult website, or contact factory.
H WRENCH PAD
BY
F
E
P PIPE THREAD
C
D
T
G NUT
HEX
A
BX
G NUT HEX
B BODY
F
E
P PIPE THREAD
H BODY HEX
A
C
D
T
Series A-1002 Male Connector Fitting Line
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, steam and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Ranges: See reference Table B.
Pressure Ranges: See reference Table A.
Connections: 1/16 to 2.
Dimensions: Consult website, or contact factory.
Model
A-1001-1
A-1001-2
A-1001-3
A-1001-4
A-1001-5
A-1001-6
A-1001-7
A-1001-8
A-1001-9
A-1001-10
A-1001-11
T=Tube O.D.
1/16
1/16
1/8
1/8
1/8
3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
Model
A-1001-12
A-1001-13
A-1001-15
A-1001-16
A-1001-17
A-1001-18
A-1001-19
A-1001-20
A-1001-21
A-1001-22
A-1001-23
T=Tube O.D.
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
Model
A-1001-24
A-1001-25
A-1001-26
A-1001-27
A-1001-28
A-1001-29
A-1001-30
A-1001-31
A-1001-32
A-1001-33
T=Tube O.D.
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
7/8
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
Model
A-1002-1
A-1002-2
A-1002-3
A-1002-4
A-1002-5
A-1002-6
A-1002-7
A-1002-8
A-1002-9
A-1002-10
A-1002-11
A-1002-12
A-1002-13
A-1002-15
A-1002-16
T=Tube O.D.
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
Model
A-1002-17
A-1002-18
A-1002-19
A-1002-20
A-1002-21
A-1002-22
A-1002-23
A-1002-24
A-1002-25
A-1002-26
A-1002-27
A-1002-28
A-1002-29
A-1002-30
A-1002-31
T=Tube O.D.
5/16
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
Model
A-1002-32
A-1002-33
A-1002-34
A-1002-35
A-1002-36
A-1002-37
A-1002-39
A-1002-40
A-1002-41
A-1002-42
A-1002-43
A-1002-44
A-1002-45
T=Tube O.D.
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
3/4
7/8
1
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
P=Pipe
Thread Male
1/16
1/8
1/16
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
P=Pipe
Thread Male
3/8
1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
P=Pipe
Thread Male
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
P=Pipe
Thread Male
1/16
1/8
1/4
1/16
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/8
1/4
1/16
1/8
1/4
1/2
3/4
P=Pipe
Thread Male
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/8
1/2
P=Pipe
Thread Male
1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4
1
3/4
1/2
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 551
F
t
t
n
g
s
,
S
t
a
n
e
s
s
S
t
e
e
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Stainless Steel Fitting Line
Series
A-1000
Series A-1003 Union Fitting Line
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, steam and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Ranges: See reference Table B.
Pressure Ranges: See reference Table A.
Connections: 1/16 to 2.
Dimensions: Consult website, or contact factory.
B BODY
H BODY
HEX
G NUT HEX
T
D
C
A
C
D
E T
G NUT HEX
A
C
D
E T
BX
H WRENCH PAD
A
T
G NUT HEX
Series A-1004 Union Elbow Fitting Line
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, steam and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Ranges: See reference Table B.
Pressure Ranges: See reference Table A.
Connections: 1/16 to 2.
Dimensions: Consult website, or contact factory.
B BODY G NUT HEX
E T
D
C
AX
A
AX
BX
AX
BX
BX
H WRENCH
PAD
Series A-1005 Union Tee Fitting Line
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, steam and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Ranges: See reference Table B.
Pressure Ranges: See reference Table A.
Connections: 1/16 to 2.
Dimensions: Consult website, or contact factory.
Model
A-1003-1
A-1003-2
A-1003-3
A-1003-4
A-1003-5
Model
A-1003-6
A-1003-7
A-1003-8
A-1003-9
A-1003-10
Model
A-1003-11
A-1003-12
A-1003-13
A-1003-14
Model
A-1004-1
A-1004-2
A-1004-3
A-1004-4
A-1004-5
Model
A-1004-6
A-1004-7
A-1004-8
A-1004-9
A-1004-10
Model
A-1004-11
A-1004-12
A-1004-13
A-1004-14
Model
A-1005-1
A-1005-2
A-1005-3
A-1005-4
A-1005-5
Model
A-1005-6
A-1005-7
A-1005-8
A-1005-9
A-1005-11
Model
A-1005-12
A-1005-13
A-1005-14
T=Tube O.D.
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
T=Tube O.D.
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
T=Tube O.D.
1/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
T=Tube O.D.
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
T=Tube O.D.
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
T=Tube O.D.
1/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
T=Tube O.D.
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
T=Tube O.D.
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
T=Tube O.D.
1/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
552
F
t
t
n
g
s
,
S
t
a
n
e
s
s
S
t
e
e
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Stainless Steel Fitting Line
Series
A-1000
Series A-1006 Front Ferrule Fitting Line
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, steam and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Ranges: See reference Table B.
Pressure Ranges: See reference Table A.
Connections: 1/16 to 2.
T
T
Series A-1007 Back Ferrule Fitting Line
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, steam and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Ranges: See reference Table B.
Pressure Ranges: See reference Table A.
Connections: 1/16 to 2.
G NUT HEX
T
L
Series A-1008 Nut Fitting Line
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, steam and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Ranges: See reference Table B.
Pressure Ranges: See reference Table A.
Connections: 1/16 to 2.
Dimensions: Consult website, or contact factory.
Model
A-1008-8
A-1008-9
A-1008-10
A-1008-11
A-1008-12
A-1008-13
A-1008-14
Model
A-1007-1
A-1007-2
A-1007-3
A-1007-4
A-1007-5
A-1007-6
A-1007-7
Model
A-1008-1
A-1008-2
A-1008-3
A-1008-4
A-1008-5
A-1008-6
A-1008-7
Model
A-1007-8
A-1007-9
A-1007-10
A-1007-11
A-1007-12
A-1007-13
A-1007-14
Model
A-1006-8
A-1006-9
A-1006-10
A-1006-11
A-1006-12
A-1006-13
A-1006-14
Model
A-1006-1
A-1006-2
A-1006-3
A-1006-4
A-1006-5
A-1006-6
A-1006-7
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, steam and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Limits: See reference Table B on the website.
Pressure Limits: See reference Table A on the website.
Connections: 1/8 to 1/2.
Dimensions: Consult website or contact factory.
DC
H
G HEX
B
A
E F
Series A-1012 Stainless Steel Fitting Line
Model
A-1012-1
A-1012-2
A-1012-3
A-1012-4
A-1012-6
A-1012-9
Hose Barb
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
T=Tube O.D.
1/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
T=Tube O.D.
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
T=Tube O.D.
1/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
T=Tube O.D.
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
T=Tube O.D.
1/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
T=Tube O.D.
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
T=Tube O.D.
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 553
F
t
t
n
g
s
,
S
t
a
n
e
s
s
S
t
e
e
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Stainless Steel Fitting Line
Series
A-1000
Series A-1009 Ferrule Set Fitting Line
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, steam and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Ranges: See reference Table B.
Pressure Ranges: See reference Table A.
Connections: 1/16 to 2.
T
B BODY
H BODY HEX
T
D
C
A
AX
D
E
G NUT HEX
BX
H JAM NUT HEX
Series A-1010 Bulkhead Union Fitting Line
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, steam and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Ranges: See reference Table B.
Pressure Ranges: See reference Table A.
Connections: 1/16 to 1.
Dimensions: Consult website, or contact factory.
Series A-1011 Female Connector Fitting Line
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Liquid, steam and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS.
Temperature Ranges: See reference Table B.
Pressure Ranges: See reference Table A.
Connections: 1/16 to 1 1/2.
Dimensions: Consult website, or contact factory.
G NUT HEX
B BODY
P PIPE THREAD
H BODY HEX
T
D
C
A
Model
A-1009-1
A-1009-2
A-1009-3
A-1009-4
A-1009-5
A-1009-6
A-1009-7
Model
A-1010-1
A-1010-2
A-1010-3
A-1010-4
A-1010-5
A-1010-6
A-1010-7
A-1010-8
A-1010-9
A-1010-10
Model
A-1011-1
A-1011-2
A-1011-3
A-1011-4
A-1011-5
A-1011-6
A-1011-7
A-1011-8
A-1011-9
A-1011-11
T=Tube O.D.
1/16
1/16
1/8
1/8
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
Model
A-1011-12
A-1011-13
A-1011-14
A-1011-15
A-1011-16
A-1011-17
A-1011-18
A-1011-19
A-1011-20
A-1011-21
T=Tube O.D.
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
Model
A-1011-22
A-1011-23
A-1011-24
A-1011-25
A-1011-26
A-1011-27
A-1011-28
A-1011-29
T=Tube O.D.
5/8
3/4
3/4
7/8
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
T=Tube O.D.
1/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
P=Pipe
Thread Male
1/16
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
P=Pipe
Thread Male
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/8
P=Pipe
Thread Male
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
T=Tube O.D.
1/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
554
F
t
t
n
g
s
,
N
y
o
n
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Nylon Fittings
Dwyer Instruments offers a wide variety of nylon and stainless steel fittings.
Nylon fittings are generally acceptable for use at working pressures up to 150 psi at normal room tempera-
tures, and at very low pressures, temperatures can approach 175F.
Nylon Fittings
Series A-2001 Male Pipe Thread (MPT) by
Hose Barb (HB)
Model
A-2001-1
A-2001-2
A-2001-3
A-2001-4
A-2001-5
A-2001-6
Model
A-2002-1
A-2002-2
A-2002-3
A-2002-4
Series A-2002 Female Pipe Thread
(FPT) by Hose Barb (HB)
Series A-2003 Elbows: Male Pipe
Thread by Hose Barb
Series A-2004 Elbows: Female Pipe
Thread by Hose Barb
Model
A-2003-1
A-2003-2
A-2003-3
A-2003-4
Model
A-2004-1
A-2004-2
Model
A-2005-1
A-2005-2
A-2005-3
Series A-2005 Elbows: Female Pipe
Thread by Male Pipe Thread
Model
A-2006-1
A-2006-2
A-2006-3
Series A-2006 Elbows: Female Pipe
Thread-90
Model
A-2007-1
A-2007-2
A-2007-3
Series A-2007 Tees: Female Pipe
Thread
Model
A-2008-1
Series A-2008 Tees: Female Pipe
Thread with 1/4 Gauge Port
Model
A-2009-1
A-2009-2
A-2009-3
A-2009-4
A-2009-5
A-2009-6
A-2009-7
A-2009-8
A-2009-9
A-2009-10
Model
A-2009-11
A-2009-13
A-2009-14
A-2009-15
A-2009-16
A-2009-17
A-2009-18
A-2009-19
A-2009-20
Series A-2009 Reducer: Bushings
A-2001
A-2002
A-2004
A-2005
A-2008
A-2006
A-2007
A-2003
A-2009
Series
A-2000
Male NPT x HB
1/8 x 3/16
1/8 x 1/4
1/8 x 5/16
1/8 x 3/8
1/4 x 3/16
1/4 x 1/4
Female NPT x HB
1/4 x 1/4
1/4 x 3/8
3/8 x 1/4
3/8 x 3/8
Male NPT x HB
1/8 x 1/4
1/8 x 3/8
1/4 x 3/16
1/4 x 1/4
Female NPT x HB
1/8 x 1/4
1/4 x 1/4
Female NPT x Male NPT
1/4 x 1/4
3/8 x 3/8
1/2 x 1/2
Female NPT x Female NPT
1/2 x 1/2
3/4 x 3/4
1 x 1
Female NPT
1/4
1/2
3/4
Female NPT
1/2
Male NPT x Female NPT
3/8 x 1/8
3/8 x 1/4
1/2 x 1/8
1/2 x 1/4
1/2 x 3/8
3/4 x 1/8
3/4 x 1/4
3/4 x 3/8
3/4 x 1/2
1 x 1/2
Male NPT x Female NPT
1 1/4 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1
1 1/2 x 3/4
1 1/2 x 1
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
2 x 3/4
2 x 1
2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1 1/2
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 555
F
t
t
n
g
s
,
N
y
o
n
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Model
A-2011-1
A-2011-2
A-2011-3
A-2011-4
Series A-2011 Nipples: Male Pipe
Thread by Male Pipe Thread
Model
A-2012-1
A-2012-2
A-2012-3
Series A-2012 Couplings:
Female Pipe Thread
Model
A-2013-1
A-2013-2
Series A-2013 Elbows: Hose Barb
Model
A-2014-1
A-2014-2
Series A-2014 Hose Menders
w/o Center Stop
Series A-2015 Hose Menders
with Center Stop
Model
A-2015-1
A-2015-2
Series A-2016 Tees: Hose Barb
Model
A-2016-1
A-2016-2
Series A-2017 Tees:
Male Pipe Thread by Hose Barb
Model
A-2017-1
A-2017-2
A-2017-3
A-2017-4
A-2011
A-2012 A-2013
A-2014 A-2015
A-2016
A-2017
A-2010
Model
A-2010-1
A-2010-2
A-2010-3
A-2010-4
A-2010-5
A-2010-6
A-2010-7
Series A-2010 Reducing Nipples: Male
Pipe Thread
Nylon Fittings
Series
A-2000
Male NPT x Male NPT
1/8 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/4
3/8 x 3/8
1/2 x 1/2
Female NPT x Female NPT
1/2 x 1/2
3/4 x 3/4
1 x 1
HB x HB
1/4 x 1/4
3/8 x 1/4
HB x HB
1/4 x 3/16
5/16 x 5/16
HB x HB
1/8 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/4
HB(1) x HB(2&3)
1/4 x 1/4
1/4 x 3/8
Male NPT (1) x HB (2&3)
1/8 x 1/4
1/4 x 1/4
1/4 x 3/8
1/4 x 1/2
Male NPT x Male NPT
1/4 x 1/8
3/8 x 1/8
3/8 x 1/4
1/2 x 1/4
1/2 x 3/8
3/4 x 3/8
3/4 x 1/2
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
556
F
t
t
n
g
s
,
S
t
a
n
e
s
s
S
t
e
e
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
A-2020
Series A-2022 Elbow:
Female Pipe Thread, 90
Model
A-2022-1
A-2022-2
A-2022-3
A-2022-4
A-2022-5
A-2022-6
A-2022-7
A-2022-8
A-2022-9
A-2022-10
Series A-2023 Elbow: Female
Pipe Thread, 45
Model
A-2023-1
A-2023-2
A-2023-3
A-2023-4
A-2023-5
A-2023-6
A-2023-7
A-2023-8
A-2023-9
A-2023-10
Series A-2024 Reducer Bushings
Model
A-2024-1
A-2024-2
A-2024-3
A-2024-4
A-2024-5
A-2024-6
A-2024-7
A-2024-8
A-2024-9
A-2024-10
A-2024-11
A-2024-12
A-2024-13
A-2024-14
A-2024-15
A-2024-16
A-2024-17
A-2022
A-2023
A-2024
A-2018
A-2019
A-2021
Series A-2018 316 SS Hose Barb: Male
Pipe Thread
Model
A-2018-1
A-2018-2
Series A-2019 Cap: Female
Pipe Thread
Model
A-2019-1
A-2019-2
A-2019-3
A-2019-4
A-2019-5
A-2019-6
Series A-2020 Cross:
Female Pipe Thread
Model
A-2020-1
A-2020-2
A-2020-3
A-2020-4
A-2020-5
A-2020-6
Series A-2021 Coupling:
Female Pipe Thread
Model
A-2021-1
A-2021-2
A-2021-3
A-2021-4
A-2021-5
A-2021-6
A-2021-7
A-2021-8
A-2021-9
A-2021-10
Stainless Steel Fittings
Our stainless steel fittings and pipe nipples are made
from 304 or 316 SS and are rated at 150 psi.
Stainless Steel Fittings
Series
A-2000
Female NPT
1/8 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/4
3/8 x 3/8
1/2 x 1/2
3/4 x 3/4
1 x 1
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
1 1/2 x 1 1/2
2 x 2
3 x 3
Female NPT
1/8 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/4
3/8 x 3/8
1/2 x 1/2
3/4 x 3/4
1 x 1
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
1 1/2 x 1 1/2
2 x 2
3 x 3
Male NPT x Female NPT
1/4 x 1/8
3/8 x 1/4
1/2 x 1/4
1/2 x 3/8
3/4 x 1/4
3/4 x 1/2
1 x 1/2
1 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 3/4
1 1/4 x 1
1 1/2 x 3/4
1 1/2 x 1
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1
2 x 1 1/4
2 x 1 1/2
3 x 2
Male NPT x HB
1/4 x 1/4
1/4 x 3/8
Female NPT
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
Female NPT
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
Female NPT
1/8 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/4
3/8 x 3/8
1/2 x 1/2
3/4 x 3/4
1 x 1
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
1 1/2 x 1 1/2
2 x 2
3 x 3
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 557
S
t
a
t
c
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
A-2026
A-2027 A-2028
Series A-2026 Tee:
Female Pipe Thread
Model
A-2026-1
A-2026-2
A-2026-3
A-2026-4
A-2026-5
A-2026-6
A-2026-7
A-2026-8
A-2026-9
A-2026-10
Series A-2027 Union:
Female Pipe Thread
Model
A-2027-1
A-2027-2
A-2027-3
A-2027-4
A-2027-5
A-2027-6
A-2027-7
A-2027-8
A-2027-9
A-2027-10
Model
A-2028-1
A-2028-2
A-2028-3
A-2028-4
A-2028-5
A-2028-6
A-2028-7
A-2028-8
A-2028-9
A-2028-10
A-2028-11
A-2028-12
A-2028-13
A-2028-14
Model
A-2028-15
A-2028-16
A-2028-17
A-2028-18
A-2028-19
A-2028-20
A-2028-21
A-2028-22
A-2028-23
A-2028-24
A-2028-25
A-2028-26
A-2028-27
Series A-2028 Nipple: Male Pipe Thread
A-2025
Series A-2025 Street Elbow: Female Pipe
Thread by Male Pipe Thread
Model
A-2025-1
A-2025-2
A-2025-3
A-2025-4
A-2025-5
A-2025-6
A-2025-7
A-2025-8
A-2025-9
A-2025-10
Stainless Steel Fittings
Series
A-2000
Female NPT
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
Female NPT
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3
Male NPT x Length
1/8 x 3/4
1/8 x 1 1/2
1/8 x 2
1/4 x 7/8
1/4 x 1 1/2
1/4 x 2
3/8 x 1
3/8 x 1 1/2
3/8 x 2
1/2 x 1 1/8
1/2 x 1 1/2
1/2 x 2
3/4 x 1 3/8
3/4 x 1 1/2
Male NPT x Length
3/4 x 2
1 x 1 1/2
1 x 2
1 1/4 x 1 5/8
1 1/4 x 2
1 1/2 x 1 3/4
1 1/2 x 2
2 x 2
2 x 2 1/2
3 x 2 5/8
3 x 3
4 x 2 7/8
4 x 4
Female NPT x Male NPT
1/8 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/4
3/8 x 3/8
1/2 x 1/2
3/4 x 3/4
1 x 1
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
1 1/2 x 1 1/2
2 x 2
3 x 3
Stainless Steel Static Pressure Tips
SPECIFICATIONS
Sizes: 4 (101 mm), 6 (152 mm), 8 (203 mm).
Materials: 304 SS sensor tube, 303 SS hose barb, 430 SS flange.
Connection: Barb connection for use with 3/16 I.D. tubing.
Flange View
1/4 [6.0]
GASKET
FLANGE BRACKET
1/4 HOSE BARB
1/2 [12.70]
1-1/16
[26.92]
LENGTH
4 [101.6], 6 [152.4] OR 8 [203.2]
A-489
A-491
A-493
4
6
8
The Stainless Steel Static Pressure Tips are used to measure static
pressures in ducts or rooms. They are to be connected to differential pressure
switches and transmitters. Two static sensors are used in applications where
differential pressure is required across a filter or coil. These sensors include a
mounting flange with integral rubber gasket and two screws for simplifying
mounting on a duct.
A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange
A-491, 6 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange
A-493, 8 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
558
S
t
a
t
c
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
s
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
A-420 Typical outdoor
mounting
Static Pressure Accessories
A-417 A-418
A-419 A-420
A-421 Surge Damper
Advantages and Specifications of the A-465 Kit
The professional way to sense space pressure.
Mounting options include: Sheetrock walls, ceiling tiles or single gang
electrical boxes.
Non block reference opening prevents plugging.
Saves time and money.
Outside dimensions: 2 3/4 x 4 1/2 x 1/4 inches (6.9 x 11.4 x 0.6 cm).
Attractive design blends in with building decor.
Materials: White ABS plastic.
The A-465 Space Pressure Sensor Kit provides a clean solution for sensing
space pressure. Typical applications include: sensing the pressure in clean rooms,
laboratories and building lobbies. The kink resistant tubing provided in the kit is
connected to the tubing running to a pressure transducer, Magnehelic
Gage, VAV
unit or any other types of pressure sensing devices. The sensor can be mounted on
sheetrock walls, single gang electrical boxes or on ceiling tiles. The block free
pressure reference opening along with the kink resistant tubing ensure accurate
readings at all times.
Flush Mount Space Pressure Sensor
Ideal for Clean Rooms
Model
A-465
03/16
[04.8]
3/4
[19.1]
1/4
[6.4]
2-3/4
[69.9]
3-1/4
[82.5] 4-1/2
[114.3]
Model A-417, Static Pressure Pickup. For use in clean rooms, 100 micron filter
picks up static pressure. Stainless steel wall plate fits 2 x 4 electrical box.
Sealed with foam gasket, screws included. Barbed brass fitting holds 1/8 to
5/32 I.D. tubing.
Model A-418, Static Pressure Pickup. Room mount with Delta Style plastic
enclosure fits 2 x 4 electrical box. Fine mesh screen hides static pressure
pickup port. Clean connection to 1/8 to 5/32 I.D. tubing and pressure sensor.
Sealed with foam gasket, screws included.
Model A-419, Static Pressure Pickup Ceiling Mount. Plate rests on top of
standard 3/4 thick ceiling tile while 100 micron filter faces down through 5/8
hole in tile. Filter is barely noticeable in room being monitored. Screws included
for optional mounting to junction box. Barbed brass fitting holds 1/8 to 5/32
I.D. tubing.
Model A-420, Static Pressure Pickup for Roof or Outside Wall Mount. Port
especially reduces effects of wind gusts to keep pressure readings stable
when plate is parallel to ground. NEMA 4X (IP66) rated structure withstands
harsh environmental elements. Structure is 3 5/8 across and 2 1/2 deep.
EMT Conduit fitting is 1/2. Pressure connection is brass barbed fitting for 1/4
tubing.
Model A-421, Static Pressure Tip measures duct static air pressure. Assembly
includes 6 probe, silicon rubber hose, and screws. Built in surge damper
ensures stable readings on pressure sensor. Pressure spike reducer can be
added to end of tube to further smooth over pressure fluctuations.
Model A-465
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 559
M
s
c
e
a
n
e
o
u
s
A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
e
s
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Static Pressure Sensors
Valves Connectors
A-301
A-302
A-303
A-306-A
A-305
A-307
A-310A A-310B
A-311
A-312
A-355 A-365
A-315 A-316 A-317 A-318
A-319 A-321 A-322
A-308
A-345
MODELS
MODELS
A-414
ACCESSORIES
These sensors are for use with manometers, Magnehelic
or Photohelic
Gage against
over pressure due to regulator failure etc. Opens at 10 psi. Mounts in tee fitting in
sensing line or in unused gage port with addition of A 349 reducer. 1/4 male NPT
(Use two for D.P. application).
A-322, Gage connector for 1/4 tubing. Slip fits in 3/4 opening in 250 series A.F. gages
(Compression nut and ferrule not included).
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer-inst.com www.dwyer-inst.co.uk www.dwyer-inst.com.au
560
M
i
s
c
e
l
l
a
n
e
o
u
s
A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
I
E
S
&
B
O
O
K
S
Fittings Filters
Miscellaneous
F222
A-351
A-354
A-356
A-357
A-366
A-370 A-369 A-368 A-362
A-371 A-395 A-497
A-397
A-364
A-363
A-353 A-352
A-346
A-339
A-334
A-330 A-331 A-332
A-333
A-324 A-326 A-327, A-328 A-329
A-336 A-337
A-338
A-340 A-342 A-345
A-349 A-391 A-392 A-398
F451
MODELS
MODELS
A-300
A-465 A-464
ACCESSORIES
A-298, Flat Aluminum Bracket for flush mounting Capsuhelic
gage
A-351, Pinch Clamp to seal rubber tubing, as in a leakage test
A-352, Magneclip, slip on magnetic holder for acrylic plastic gages. Per pair
A-353, Magnetic Mounting. Flat style, secures to flowmeter, etc. with 6-32 machine
screw and boots insert
A-354, Magnetic Mounting, Edge style, secures edge of acrylic manometer with 10-32
machine screw and boots insert
A-356, Gage plug with retainer loop, polyethylene plastic. For 1/4 I.D. tubing. Slip loop
over tubing O.D. and insert plug for seal
A-357, Thermometer and terminal tube holder. Stainless steel wire
A-362, Stand-Hang bracket, aluminum, for Minihelic
II gage
A-363, Scale Clamp Bar for 1221 Manometer
A-364, Magnet Assembly for 1222 Manometers, 2 required (3 required for 1222-36 and
M-1000)
A-366, Manometer Cleaning Brush 1/4 O.D. x 2-1/8 Long. Attach to wire for use
A-368, Surface mounting plate, aluminum, for Magnehelic
gage
A-369, Stand-Hang Bracket, aluminum, for Magnehelic
gage
A-370, Mounting Bracket, Flush mount Capsuhelic
Capsu-Photohelic
Digihelic
DigiMag
Duotect
Durablock
Dwyer Group
Dwyer
rr
Flex-Tube
Flotect
Iso Verter
rr
Lin-E-Aire
Lite Rite
Love
Love Controls
Magnehelic
MagneSense
Mercoid
Mercoid Control
Mercontrol
Microtector
rr
Minihelic
Mini-Master
rr
Mini-Photohelic
One-Touch
Optitrol
Photohelic
Plast-A-Vane
Precisor
rr
Quick-View
Rate-Master
rr
Safe-T-Ohm
Slack Tube
Spirahelic
Visi-Float
AQStick
Even-Action
Hi-Flow
Loop Alarms
Lovelink
Mini-Node
Minitactor
Mother Node
Pre-Trac
Proximity
S-D
Slide Guide
SLiquid
Tell Tale
Tell Tale Jr.
Thermoguide
Ultra-Mag
Ultra-View
Vaneometer
Visa International
Services Association
MasterCard
International Inc.
Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc.
Canadian Standards
Association
FM Global
Technology
Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc.
Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc.
Trademark Acknowledgements
Alumel
Conceptech, Inc.
BACnet
ASHRAE
Chromel
Conceptech, Inc.
Darina
Hilgraeve, Inc.
Iglide
Igus GMBH
Inconel
Henkel Corporation
Modbus
Southco, Inc.
Open I/O
Swagelock Company
Trendreader
Saint-Gobain Performance
Corporation
VCR
Swagelok Company
Velcro
Microsoft Corporation
Windows NT
Microsoft Corporation
Windows Vista
Microsoft Corporation
Excel
Microsoft Corporation
Powerpoint
Microsoft Corporation
Air Flow
TM
TSI, Inc.
No More Leaks
TM
Permatex
Precision Flow Sierra Instruments, Inc.
ProHood
TM
TSI, Inc.
Smart Interface
TM
Ientek Co., Ltd.
Information about Mercury-added Products
Dwyer Instruments, Inc. continues its development of non-mercury replacement alternatives for those products currently offered containing mercury. We
will continue to work with all customers to supply mercury added products as needed for replacement of products currently in use and to guide customers
towards non-mercury added products for new applications.
Dwyer Instruments, Inc. will comply with all local, state, federal, and international laws regarding the sale of mercury added products. These laws may
affect our ability to sell, distribute, or transport products into restricted states and/or countries. Mercury added product sales may be limited or denied to
certain customers depending on the location or intended use of the product.
Dwyer Instruments, Inc. encourages all customers to become familiar and comply with all mercury legislation. Sales of any and all mercury added products
will be discontinued to any customer that knowingly or willfully disregards any legislation concerning mercury.
Dwyer Instruments, Inc. requests that all mercury containing products are properly disposed of at the end of their useful life. Many web sites are available
to help educate consumers about proper disposal of mercury added products. Please visit www.newmoa.org for addition information related to mercury
usage.
Gage Pressure 23
CC1 Temperature 307
CC-10K Temperature 254
CD Pressure 99
CDD Air Quality 147
CDW Air Quality 147
CFS Level 329
CHP Test Equipment 459
CIF Flow 183
CLD20 Test Equipment 454
CLP Level 334
CLS1 Level 336
CLS2 Level 337
CLT Level 349
CMT Air Quality 146
CONG Pressure 70
Cooling Tower/Snubber Access./Books 547
CPF Flow 184-185
CPS Process Control 404
CRF2 Level 348
CS Pressure 99
CSG Test Equipment 457
CT40/50 Process Control 385
CT60/70 Process Control 385
CVA Valves 515
CX Pressure 98
CXA Pressure 98
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 573
Product Section Page Product Section Page
D DPG-000
D Temperature 296
DA/DS Pressure 90-91
DA-7035N Temperature 282
DAFM Air Quality 123
DBLM Level 340
DBT Temperature 250
DCG Pressure 86
DCT500A Process Control 394
DCT500ADC Process Control 394
DCT600 Process Control 395
DCT1000 Process Control 396
DCT1000DC Process Control 397
DCV Valves 518
DDA Air Quality 149
DDB Air Quality 150
DDC Air Quality 149
DDD Air Quality 150
DFT Flow 216
DH Pressure 16-17
DH Links Pressure 18
DHII Pressure 15
DH3 Pressure 14
Digihelic
Gage Pressure 12
DKT-1 Test Equipment 443
DL001 Data Loggers/Record. 416
DL6 Data Loggers/Record. 416
DL7 Data Loggers/Record. 417
DL8 Data Loggers/Record. 417
DLD Level 355
DLI Data Loggers/Record. 408
DLI2 Data Loggers/Record. 409
DLP Data Loggers/Record. 409
DM-1100 Pressure 12
DM-1200 Pressure 12
DM-2000 Pressure 44
DMF Flow 236
DP Pressure 39
DPC Level 351
DPG-000 Pressure 83
DPG-100 DW-USB-RT
DPG-100 Pressure 83
DPG-200 Pressure 88
DPGA Pressure 84
DPGAB Pressure 85
DPGW Pressure 84
DPGWB Pressure 85
DPL110 Level 336
DPM Process Control 400
DPMA Process Control 366
DPML Process Control 367
DPMP Process Control 367
DPMW Process Control 366
DPMX Process Control 368
DR Flow 171
DR4 Flow 172
DRFT Temperature 251
DS300, DS400 Flow 186-187
DSGT Pressure 87
DSS Process Control 403
DSSR Process Control 381
DT Valves 536
Duotect
Gage Pressure 24
Durablock
Manometer Pressure 25
DV Valves 485
DW-USB Data Loggers/Record. 415
DW-USB-LITE Data Loggers/Record. 415
DW-USB-RT Data Loggers/Record. 414
EBV EVA
EBV Level 362
EC Temperature 299
EC Test Equipment 453
EDA Pressure 89
EDPS Pressure 29
EMR Process Control 383
EP1000 Valves 524
EPTA Valves 523
EVA Valves 473
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
574
Product Section Page Product Section Page
F FTS
F Access./Books 540-541
F195 Access./Books 545
F222, F451 Access./Books 545
F6/F7 Level 324-325
F7-MLK Level 328
F7-MLK2 Level 328
F7-MM Level 326
F7-MS Level 327
F700 Access./Books 546
FAFM Air Quality 122
FBG Pressure 72
FC-1000 Process Control 377
FD Level 357
FDT Pressure 107
Flex-Tube
Gage MIT
Magnehelic
Transmitter Pressure 46
MagneSense
Gage Pressure 19
MIT Test Equipment 450
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
576
Product Section Page Product Section Page
MM MW
MM Flow 156-157
MM10 Test Equipment 458
MN-1 Process Control 386
MotherNode Process Control 387
MP Pressure 19
MPC Level 353
MPC Jr. Level 352
MPR Access./Books 544
MS Pressure 40-41
MSP Process Control 379
MSV Valves 483
MTF Flow 174-175
MTL10 Data Loggers/Record. 411
MTL20/30 Data Loggers/Record. 411
MTL5041/5045 Process Control 389
MTL7706/7787 Process Control 390
Muffler Accessory Valves 518
MULS Level 332
MV Valves 484
MVR Level 317
MVS Pressure 101
MW Test Equipment 440
NCS-10 NVII
NCS-10 Level 338
NSS Process Control 402
NVII Valves 476
O-45 OSW-100
O-45 Temperature 308
OLS Level 333
OMA Flow 163
One-Touch
Transmitter Pressure 42
OP Flow 188-189
OSC-200 Air Quality 148
OSW-100 Air Quality 148
P PVF
P Temperature 297
P1 Flow 208
P2 Flow 206
P3 Flow 206
P4 Flow 207
P5 Flow 209
P8 Flow 207
PBFV Valves 509
PBLT2 Level 346
PBLTX Level 346
PBV Valves 493
PCHP Test Equipment 460
PCP Level 351
PDPS Pressure 27
PE Flow 190-191
PFT Flow 220
PG Pressure 36
PGV Valves 482
PHO-1 Test Equipment 451
Photohelic
Gage 10-11
Carbon Dioxide
Indicators 455-456
Transmitters 147
Carrying Cases 561
Combustion Test Kits 455-456
Combustion Flowmeter 183
Connectors 519, 549-558
Controllers
Dust Collection 394-397
Electro-Pneumatic 524
Fan Speed 377
Flow 210, 212
Level 344, 350-354
Mass Flow 234, 236
Process 256-258, 262-263, 267-268, 272-273
Pump 350-354
Temperature 256-262, 267-269, 271-274, 278-279
Current Switches 384
D
Damper
Actuators 149-150
Position Sensing 531-536
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 581
Page Page
Data Loggers 407-418
Detector 318, 401, 454, 536
Differential Pressure
Gages 4-5, 8-10
Indicating Transmitters 14-17, 40-41, 44-46, 48-50, 52-53
Indicators 4-5, 8-10, 24-26, 424-431
Regulators 547
Switch/Gages 14-23
Switches 27-28, 31-40
Transmitters 40-56
Digihelic
Controller 14-18
Digimag
12
Digital Indicating
Meters, Panel 255, 366-376
Pressure Transmitters 14-17, 40-41, 44-46, 48-50,
52-53, 87-89, 102-103
Temperature/Controller 256-262, 267-268, 272-273
Temperature/Process 255, 369, 371, 373
Temperature/Switch 274, 277-279
Digital Manometers 424-427, 429
Digital Panel Meters 255, 366-376
Digital Gages 83, 86-88
Digital Pressure Kits 435
Digital Timers 392-397, 399-403
Duotect
Switch 38, 94
Durablock
Transmitter 40-41
Manometers
Digital Handheld 424-431
Fluid Filled
Inclined 24-26
Inclined/Vertical 24, 26, 431
U-Tube 430-431
Well Type 25
Minihelic
Gage 8-9, 44
Mini-Master
Flowmeter 156-157
Mini-Node
386
Mini-Photohelic
Gage 19
Mother Node
387
Multi Jet Water Meters 224-225
P
Panel Meters 255, 366-368, 372-374
pH Testers 452
Photohelic
Gage 20-23
Pitot Tubes 128-129
Position Indicating Control 531-536
Positioners 526-528
Power Supplies 374, 548
Pressure
Calibrators 458-463
Data Loggers 407, 409, 415-417
Differential
Gages 4-5, 8-12
Switches, Dial 18-23
Switches, Digital 14-17
Transmitters 14-17, 40-55
Regulators 558
Switches 27-28, 31-40
Single
Gages, Dial 57-82
Gages, Digital 83-88
Switches 88-101
Switch/Gages 20-21, 87-88
Transmitters 86-88, 106-112
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
584
Page Page
Process
Controllers 256-260, 262-263, 267-268, 271-273
Current Transformers/Switches 384-385
Data Loggers 407, 412, 414-417
Fan Speed Controllers 377
Panel Meters/Indicators 255, 366-376
Relays 381-382
Sensor
Particulate (Dust or Broken Bag) 399-401
Signal Converters/Isolators 378-380
SSR Monitors 386
Switches
Alarm 376-377
Speed 402-403
Timer Boards 394-397
Transmitters
Particulate (Dust or Broken Bag) 401
Psychrometers 561
Pump
Accessories 561
Controllers 350-355
Purge Meters 156-162
Q
Quick-View
Indicator 531
R
Rate-Master
Flowmeter 158-159, 176
Recorders
Circular Chart 420
Strip Chart 419
Reference Books 538-539
Regulators 540-545
Relays 381-382, 386
RTD Sensors 287-299, 307-311
S
Sensors
Broken Bag 399-401
Current 384-385
Flow 7, 120-129, 186-191
Particulate 399-401
Position 536
Speed 402-403
Static Pressure 558-559
Temperature 280, 287-307
Sight Flow Indicators 192-194, 217-219
Sight Windows 194
Slack-Tube
Manometer 431
Slide Charts 561
Smoke Gages 456
Speed Sensors 402-403
Spirahelic
Gage 78-80, 106
Static Pressure Sensors 558-559
Steam Trap 522
Switch/Gages 14-23, 87-88, 94
Switches
Bin Level 336-343
Current 384
Differential Pressure 27-28, 31-40, 426-428
Flow 130, 191-213, 217-218
Gas Pressure 36-37
Humidity 136
Level 320-344
Limit - Air Flow 130, 195-196, 198-201, 208
Limit - Gas Pressure 36-37
Limit - Pressure 27-28, 31-40, 88-101
Limit - Temperature 251, 273-274, 277-278, 281-282
Liquid Level 319-320
Single Pressure 88-101
Speed 402-403
Temperature 251, 273-274, 277-278, 281-282
Valve Position 526-528
CALL TO ORDER: U.S. Phone 219 879 8000 U.K. Phone (+44) (0)1494 461707 Australia Phone (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 585
Page Page
T
Temperature
Calibrators 445
Conditioners 378, 380
Control Valves 471-473, 516
Controllers 256-264, 267-274, 277-279
Data Loggers 407-417
Humidity Switches 136
Indicator Crayons 451
Indicators 240-252, 274, 277-279, 366-376,
443, 448-451
Labels, Irreversible 253
Recorders 419-420
Sensors 280, 287-307
Switches 251, 273-274, 277-278
Digital Panel Mount 273-274, 281-282
Mechanical 251, 277-278
RTD/Thermocouple 277
Thermometers 240-252, 443, 448-451
Dial 240-247, 251
Digital 250-251, 443, 448-451
Glass 248-249
Infrared 447-451
Thermocouple, Digital 443
Thermostat 377
Transmitters 137-139, 144-145, 283-285, 312
Test Equipment
Analyzers
CO 455
Flue Gas 455
Calibrators 445, 462-463
Pressure 462-463
Thermocouple 445
Kits
Air Velocity 433-434, 439-440
Combustion 455-456
Gas Pressure 431
Portable Gage 431, 433-434
Smoke Gage 456
Variable Area Flowmeter 169
Leak Detectors
Combustion 454
Refrigerant 454
PH/ORP/Temperature Meters 458
Pump 459-461
Testers
Conductivity 453
pH 452
Total Dissolved Solids 453
Thermal Anemometers 436-437
Thermohygrometers 441-442
Thermometers
Dial 240-247, 251
Digital 250-251, 443, 448-451
Glass 248-249
Infrared 449-451
Thermocouple, Digital 443
Thermometers with Switch 251, 277
Timers 392-393
Timer Boards 394-397
Totalizing Meters 224-226
Transducer
Current to Pressure 523-526
Transformers 384-385
Transmitters
Air Velocity 132-135
CO
2
156
Differential Pressure 14-17, 40-53
Flow 213-219, 221-223, 227-236
Level 345-349
Particulate 398-401
Position 528-530
Pressure Indicating 14-17, 40-41, 45-46, 48-49, 52,
86-88, 102-103, 106
RH/Temperature 137-139, 144-145
Sanitary 112
Single Pressure 86-88, 106-112
Temperature 137-139, 144-145, 285, 312
Valve Position 532-534
Tubing 528, 562
VISIT OUR WEBSITES: www.dwyer inst.com www.dwyer inst.co.uk www.dwyer inst.com.au
586
Page
U
U-Tube Manometers 430-431
Ultra-Mag
Switch 342-343
Ultra-View
Flowmeter 167
V
Valves
Accessories 559
Actuators 149-150, 473
Angle Seat 478-481
Ball 484-503
Butterfly 508-514
Check 504-507
Controls 468-475
Controllers 524
Diaphragm Pulse 518
Drain 485
Globe 468-476
Manual Gear Operator 511
Miniature 484
Needle 476-477
Piston 515
Position Indicator/Switch/Transmitter 531-536
Positioners 528-530
Self Acting Temperature Control 474
Shuttle 515
Solenoid 519-520
Temperature Control 474
Zone 516
Vaneometer
Anemometer 441
Variable Area Rotometers 156-175
Venturi Meter/Gage 7
Vibrators 356-362
Visi-Float
Flowmeter 160-163, 196
W
Water Detectors 318-319
Wind Meters 440-443
Wind Speed Indicators 440-443
Pressure Conversion Chart
in/H
2
O
.1
.2
.4
.6
.8
1.0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
P.S.I.
.0036
.0072
.0144
.0216
.0289
.0361
.0722
.1083
.1444
.1804
.2165
.2526
.2887
.3248
.3609
.3970
.4331
.4692
.5053
.5414
.5774
.6136
.6496
.6857
.7218
.7579
.7940
.8301
.8662
.9023
.9384
.9745
1.010
1.047
1.083
1.119
1.155
1.191
1.227
1.263
1.299
1.335
1.371
1.408
1.444
1.480
1.516
1.552
1.588
1.624
1.660
1.696
1.732
1.768
1.804
1.841
1.877
1.913
1.949
1.985
2.021
2.057
2.093
2.129
2.165
2.202
2.238
2.274
2.310
2.346
2.382
2.418
2.454
2.490
2.526
2.562
2.598
2.635
2.671
2.707
2.743
2.779
2.815
2.851
2.887
2.923
2.959
2.996
3.032
3.068
3.104
3.140
3.176
3.212
3.248
3.284
3.320
3.356
3.392
3.429
3.456
3.501
3.537
3.573
3.609
in/Hg
.0073
.0146
.0293
.0440
.0588
.0735
.1470
.2205
.2940
.3673
.4408
.5143
.5878
.6613
.7348
.8083
.8818
.9553
1.029
1.102
1.176
1.249
1.322
1.396
1.470
1.543
1.616
1.690
1.764
1.837
1.910
1.984
2.056
2.132
2.205
2.278
2.352
2.425
2.498
2.571
2.645
2.718
2.791
2.876
2.940
3.013
3.086
3.160
3.233
3.306
3.378
3.453
3.526
3.600
3.673
3.748
3.822
3.895
3.968
4.041
4.115
4.188
4.261
4.335
4.408
4.483
4.556
4.630
4.703
4.776
4.850
4.923
4.996
5.070
5.143
5.216
5.290
5.365
5.438
5.511
5.585
5.658
5.731
5.805
5.878
5.951
6.024
6.100
6.173
6.246
6.320
6.393
6.466
6.450
6.613
6.686
6.760
6.833
6.906
6.981
7.055
7.128
7.201
7.275
7.348
mm/H
2
O
2.534
5.067
10.13
15.20
20.34
25.41
50.81
76.22
101.62
127.0
152.4
177.8
203.2
228.6
254.0
279.4
304.8
330.2
355.6
381.0
406.4
431.8
457.2
482.6
508.0
533.4
558.8
584.2
609.6
635.0
660.4
685.8
710.8
736.8
762.2
787.5
812.8
836.2
863.5
888.9
914.2
939.5
964.9
990.9
1016
1042
1067
1092
1118
1143
1168
1194
1219
1244
1270
1296
1321
1346
1372
1397
1422
1448
1473
1498
1524
1550
1575
1600
1626
1651
1676
1702
1727
1752
1778
1803
1828
1854
1880
1905
1930
1956
1981
2006
2032
2057
2082
2108
2134
2159
2184
2210
2265
2260
2286
2311
2336
2362
2387
2413
2438
2464
2489
2514
2540
mm/Hg
.1863
.3726
.7452
1.118
1.496
1.868
3.736
5.604
7.472
9.335
11.203
13.072
14.940
16.808
18.676
20.544
22.412
24.280
26.148
28.016
29.879
31.752
33.616
35.484
37.352
39.22
41.09
42.96
44.82
46.69
48.56
50.43
52.26
54.18
56.04
57.91
59.77
61.63
63.49
65.36
67.22
69.08
70.95
72.86
74.72
76.59
78.45
80.31
82.18
84.04
85.90
87.76
89.63
91.49
93.35
95.27
97.13
98.99
100.8
102.7
104.6
106.4
108.3
110.2
112.0
113.9
115.8
117.7
119.5
121.4
123.3
125.1
127.0
128.8
130.7
132.6
134.4
136.4
138.2
140.1
141.9
143.8
145.7
147.5
149.4
151.2
153.1
155.0
156.9
158.8
160.6
162.5
164.4
166.2
168.1
169.9
171.8
173.7
175.5
177.4
179.3
181.2
183.0
184.9
186.8
kg/cm
2
.0002
.0005
.0010
.0015
.0020
.0025
.0051
.0076
.0102
.0127
.0152
.0178
.0203
.0228
.0254
.0279
.0304
.0330
.0355
.0381
.0406
.0431
.0457
.0482
.0507
.0533
.0558
.0584
.0609
.0634
.0660
.0685
.0710
.0736
.0761
.0787
.0812
.0837
.0862
.0888
.0913
.0938
.0964
.0990
.1015
.1040
.1066
.1091
.1116
.1142
.1167
.1192
.1218
.1243
.1268
.1294
.1320
.1345
.1370
.1395
.1421
.1146
.1471
.1497
.1522
.1548
.1573
.1599
.1624
.1649
.1674
.1700
.1725
.1750
.1776
.1801
.1826
.1852
.1878
.1903
.1928
.1954
.1979
.2004
.2030
.2055
.2080
.2106
.2131
.2157
.2182
.2207
.2233
.2258
.2283
.2309
.2334
.2359
.2384
.2410
.2436
.2461
.2486
.2512
.2537
bar
.0002
.0005
.0010
.0015
.0020
.0025
.0050
.0075
.0099
.0124
.0149
.0174
.0199
.0224
.0249
.0274
.0299
.0324
.0348
.0373
.0398
.0423
.0448
.0473
.0498
.0523
.0547
.0572
.0597
.0622
.0647
.0672
.0696
.0722
.0747
.0772
.0796
.0821
.0846
.0871
.0896
.0920
.0945
.0971
.0996
.1020
.1045
.1070
.1095
.1120
.1144
.1169
.1194
.1219
.1244
.1269
.1294
.1319
.1344
.1369
.1393
.1418
.1443
.1468
.1493
.1518
.1543
.1568
.1593
.1618
.1642
.1667
.1692
.1717
.1742
.1766
.1791
.1817
.1842
.1866
.1891
.1916
.1941
.1966
.1991
.2015
.2040
.2066
.2091
.2115
.2140
.2165
.2190
.2215
.2239
.2264
.2289
.2314
.2339
.2364
.2389
.2414
.2439
.2464
.2488
mbar
.2482
.4964
.9928
1.489
1.992
2.489
4.978
7.467
9.956
12.44
14.93
17.42
19.90
22.39
24.88
27.37
29.86
32.35
34.84
37.33
39.81
42.31
44.79
47.28
49.77
52.26
54.74
57.23
59.72
62.21
64.70
67.19
69.64
72.19
74.67
77.15
79.63
82.12
84.60
87.08
89.56
92.04
94.53
97.08
99.56
102.0
104.5
107.0
109.5
112.0
114.5
116.9
119.4
121.9
124.4
126.9
129.4
131.9
134.4
136.9
139.3
141.8
144.3
146.8
149.3
151.8
154.3
156.8
159.3
161.8
164.2
166.7
169.2
171.7
174.2
176.6
179.1
181.7
184.2
186.6
189.1
191.6
194.1
196.6
199.1
201.5
204.0
206.6
209.1
211.5
214.0
216.5
219.0
221.5
223.9
226.4
228.9
231.4
233.9
236.4
238.9
241.4
243.9
246.4
248.8
Pa
24.82
49.64
99.28
148.9
199.2
248.9
497.8
746.7
995.6
1244
1493
1742
1990
2239
2488
2737
2986
3235
3484
3733
3981
4231
4479
4728
4977
5226
5474
5723
5972
6221
6470
6719
6964
7219
7467
7715
7963
8212
8460
8708
8956
9204
9453
9708
9956
10204
10452
10701
10949
11197
11445
11694
11942
12190
12438
12693
12941
13190
13438
13686
13934
14182
14431
14679
14927
15182
15430
15679
15927
16175
16423
16672
16920
17168
17416
17664
17912
18168
18416
18664
18912
19160
19409
19657
19905
20153
20402
20657
20905
21153
21401
21650
21898
22146
22394
22642
22890
23139
23387
23642
23890
24138
24387
24635
24883
kPa
.0248
.0496
.0993
.1489
.1992
.2489
.4978
.7476
.9956
1.244
1.493
1.742
1.990
2.239
2.488
2.737
2.986
3.235
3.484
3.733
3.981
4.231
4.479
4.728
4.977
5.226
5.474
5.723
5.972
6.221
6.470
6.719
6.964
7.219
7.467
7.715
7.963
8.212
8.460
8.708
8.956
9.204
9.453
9.708
9.956
10.20
10.45
10.70
10.95
11.20
11.44
11.69
11.94
12.19
12.44
12.69
12.94
13.19
13.44
13.69
13.93
14.18
14.43
14.68
14.93
15.18
15.43
15.68
15.93
16.18
16.42
16.67
16.92
17.17
17.42
17.66
17.91
18.17
18.42
18.66
18.91
19.16
19.41
19.66
19.90
20.15
20.40
20.66
20.90
21.15
21.40
21.65
21.90
22.15
22.39
22.64
22.89
23.14
23.39
23.64
23.89
24.14
24.39
24.64
24.88
P.S.I.
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
6.0
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.8
8.0
8.2
8.4
8.6
8.8
9.0
9.2
9.4
9.6
9.8
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
14.7
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
24.0
25.0
in/H
2
O
27.71
30.45
33.22
35.98
38.75
41.52
44.29
47.06
49.82
52.59
55.36
58.13
60.90
63.67
66.43
69.20
71.97
74.74
77.51
80.27
83.04
85.81
88.58
91.35
94.11
96.88
99.65
102.4
105.2
108.0
110.7
113.5
116.3
119.0
121.8
124.6
127.3
130.1
132.9
135.6
138.4
141.2
143.9
146.7
149.5
152.2
155.0
157.8
160.5
163.3
166.1
168.8
171.6
174.4
177.2
179.9
182.7
185.5
188.2
191.0
193.8
196.5
199.3
202.1
204.8
207.6
210.4
215.9
221.4
227.0
232.5
238.0
243.6
249.1
254.7
260.2
265.7
271.3
276.8
304.5
332.2
359.8
387.5
406.9
415.2
442.9
470.6
498.2
525.9
553.6
581.3
609.0
636.7
664.3
692.0
in/Hg
2.036
2.240
2.443
2.647
2.850
3.054
3.258
3.461
3.665
3.686
4.072
4.276
4.479
4.683
4.886
5.090
5.294
5.497
5.701
5.904
6.108
6.312
6.515
6.719
6.922
7.126
7.330
7.535
7.737
7.940
8.144
8.348
8.551
8.775
8.958
9.162
9.366
9.569
9.773
9.976
10.18
10.38
10.59
10.79
10.99
11.20
11.40
11.60
11.81
12.01
12.22
12.42
12.62
12.83
13.03
13.23
13.44
13.64
13.84
14.05
14.25
14.46
14.66
14.86
15.07
15.27
15.47
15.88
16.29
16.70
17.10
17.51
17.92
18.32
18.73
19.14
19.54
19.95
20.36
22.40
24.43
26.47
28.50
29.93
30.54
32.58
34.61
36.65
36.68
40.72
42.76
44.79
46.83
48.86
50.90
mm/H
2
O
703.1
773.4
843.7
914.0
984.3
1055
1125
1195
1266
1336
1406
1476
1547
1617
1687
1758
1828
1898
1969
2039
2109
2180
2250
2320
2390
2461
2531
2601
2672
2742
2812
2883
2953
3023
3094
2164
3234
3304
3375
3445
3515
3586
3656
3726
3797
3876
3973
4008
4078
4148
4218
4289
4359
4429
4500
4570
4640
4711
4781
4851
4922
4992
5062
5132
5203
5273
5343
5484
5625
5765
5906
6047
6187
6328
6468
6609
6750
6890
7031
7734
8437
9140
9843
10340
10550
11250
11950
12660
13360
14060
14770
15470
16170
16870
17580
mm/Hg
51.75
56.89
62.06
67.23
72.40
77.57
82.74
87.92
93.09
98.26
103.4
108.6
113.8
118.9
124.1
129.3
134.5
139.6
144.8
150.0
155.1
160.3
165.5
170.7
175.8
181.0
186.2
191.3
196.5
201.7
206.9
212.0
217.2
222.4
227.5
232.7
237.9
243.1
248.2
253.4
258.6
263.7
268.9
274.1
279.3
284.4
289.6
294.8
299.9
305.1
310.3
315.5
320.6
325.8
331.0
336.1
341.3
346.5
351.7
356.8
362.0
367.2
372.3
377.5
382.7
387.9
393.0
403.4
413.7
424.1
434.4
444.7
455.1
465.4
475.8
486.1
496.5
506.8
517.1
568.9
620.6
672.3
724.0
760.2
775.7
827.4
879.1
930.9
982.6
1034
1086
1138
1189
1241
1293
kg/cm
2
.0703
.0773
.0844
.0914
.0984
.1055
.1125
.1195
.1266
.1336
.1406
.1476
.1547
.1617
.1687
.1758
.1828
.1898
.1968
.2039
.2109
.2180
.2250
.2320
.2390
.2461
.2531
.2601
.2672
.2742
.2812
.2883
.2953
.3023
.3094
.3164
.3234
.3304
.3375
.3445
.3515
.3586
.3656
.3726
.3797
.3867
.3937
.4007
.4078
.4148
.4218
.4289
.4359
.4429
.4500
.4570
.4640
.4710
.4781
.4851
.4921
.4992
.5062
.5132
.5203
.5273
.5343
.5484
.5625
.5765
.5906
.6046
.6187
.6328
.6468
.6609
.6749
.6890
.7031
.7734
.8437
.9140
.9843
1.033
1.055
1.125
1.195
1.265
1.336
1.406
1.476
1.547
1.617
1.687
1.758
bar
.0689
.0758
.0827
.0896
.0965
.1034
.1103
.1172
.1241
.1310
.1379
.1448
.1517
.1586
.1655
.1724
.1793
.1862
.1930
.1999
.2068
.2137
.2206
.2275
.2344
.2413
.2482
.2551
.2620
.2689
.2758
.2827
.2896
.2965
.3034
.3103
.3172
.3240
.3310
.3378
.3447
.3516
.3585
.3654
.3723
.3792
.3861
.3930
.3999
.4068
.4137
.4206
.4275
.4344
.4413
.4482
.4550
.4619
.4688
.4757
.4826
.4895
.4964
.5033
.5102
.5171
.5240
.5378
.5516
.5654
.5792
.5929
.6067
.6205
.6343
.6481
.6619
.6757
.6895
.7584
.8274
.8963
.9652
1.014
1.034
1.103
1.172
1.241
1.310
1.379
1.448
1.517
1.586
1.655
1.724
mbar
68.95
75.84
82.74
89.63
96.52
103.4
110.3
117.2
124.1
131.0
137.9
144.8
151.7
158.6
165.5
172.4
179.3
186.2
193.0
199.9
206.8
213.7
220.6
227.5
234.4
241.3
248.2
255.1
262.0
268.9
275.8
282.7
289.6
296.5
303.4
310.3
317.2
324.0
331.0
337.8
344.7
351.6
358.5
365.4
372.3
379.2
386.1
393.0
399.9
406.8
413.7
420.6
427.5
434.4
441.3
448.2
455.0
461.9
468.8
475.7
482.6
489.5
496.4
503.3
510.2
517.1
524.0
537.8
551.6
565.4
579.2
592.9
606.7
620.5
634.3
648.1
661.9
675.7
689.5
758.4
827.4
896.3
965.2
1014
1034
1103
1172
1241
1310
1379
1448
1517
1586
1655
1724
Pa
6895
7584
8274
8963
9652
10340
11030
11720
12410
13100
13790
14480
15170
15860
16550
17240
17930
18620
19300
19990
20680
21370
22060
22750
23440
24130
24820
25510
26200
26890
27580
28270
28960
29650
30338
31030
31720
32400
33100
33780
34470
35160
35850
36540
37230
37920
38610
39300
39990
40680
41370
42060
42750
43440
44130
44820
45500
46190
46880
47570
48260
48950
49640
50330
51020
51710
52400
53780
55160
56540
57920
59290
60670
62050
63430
64810
66190
67570
68950
75840
82740
98630
96520
101400
103400
110300
117200
124100
131000
137900
144800
151700
158600
165500
172400
kPa
6.895
7.584
8.274
8.963
9.652
10.34
11.03
11.72
12.41
13.10
13.79
14.48
15.17
15.86
16.55
17.24
17.93
18.62
19.30
19.99
20.68
21.37
22.06
22.75
23.44
24.13
24.82
25.51
26.20
26.89
27.58
28.27
28.96
29.65
30.34
31.03
31.72
32.40
33.10
33.78
34.47
35.16
35.85
36.54
37.23
37.92
38.61
39.30
39.99
40.68
41.37
42.06
42.75
43.44
44.13
44.82
45.50
46.19
46.88
47.57
48.26
48.95
49.64
50.33
51.02
51.71
52.40
53.78
55.16
56.54
57.92
59.29
60.67
62.05
63.43
64.81
66.19
67.57
68.95
75.84
82.74
89.63
96.52
101.4
103.4
110.3
117.2
124.1
131.0
137.9
144.8
151.7
158.6
165.5
172.4
CONVERSION P.S.I. x 27.71 = in. H
2
O P.S.I. x .0689 = bar
FACTORS P.S.I. x 2.036 = in. Hg P.S.I. x 68.95 = mbar
NOTE:
P.S.I. x 703.1 = mm/H
2
O P.S.I. x 6895 = Pa
CONVERSION FACTORS P.S.I. x 51.75 = mm/Hg P.S.I. x 6.895 = kPa
ROUNDED P.S.I. x .0703 = kg/cm
2
2
0
1
1
D
W
Y
E
R
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
,
I
N
C
.
-
I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
&
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
w
w
w
.
d
w
y
e
r
-
i
n
s
t
.
c
o
m
TO ORDER:
Phone: 219/879-8000
Fax: 219/872-9057
www.dwyer-inst.com DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC.
Printed in U.S.A. 09/10 - INTL
2011ofcobc.P:Layout 4 7/27/10 2:45 PM Page 1